%N

$)')4!,#!-%2!
4HE.IKON'UIDETO$IGITAL0HOTOGRAPHY
WITHTHE
Where to Find It
||rJ .|.t ycu’.o |cck|rg |c. |.cn
The Index See pages 147–149
Search by key word.
Error Messages See pages 132–133
If a warning is displayed in the control panel, viewfinder, or monitor, find
the solution here.
Troubleshooting See pages 129–131
Camera behaving unexpectedly? Find the solution here.
The Q&A Index See pages vii–ix
Know what you want to do but don’t know the function name? Find it from
the “question and answer” index.
See pages v–vi The Table of Contents
Find items by function or menu name.
Digitutor
“||g|tutc.,” . so.|os c| “..tc| .rJ |o..r” n.ru.|s |r ncv|o |c.n, |s .v.||.b|o .t t|o |c||c.|rg .obs|to
http://www.nikondigitutor.com/index_eng.html
Help
|so t|o c.no..‘s crbc..J |o|p |o.tu.o |c. |o|p cr noru |tons .rJ ct|o. tcp|cs Soo p.go 9 |c.
Jot.||s
i
Introduction
Technical Notes
Tutorial
Photography and Playback
Reference
Menu Guide
More on Photography (All Modes)
P, S, A, and M Modes
More on Playback
Connecting to a Television, Computer, or Printer
Playback Options: The Playback Menu
Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu
Custom Settings
Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu
Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu
ii For Your Safety
For Your Safety
¯c p.ovort J.n.go tc ycu. ||kcr p.cJuct c. |r¦u.y tc ycu.so|| c. tc ct|o.s, .o.J t|o |c|
|c.|rg s.|oty p.oc.ut|crs |r t|o|. ort|.oty bo|c.o us|rg t||s oou|pnort |oop t|oso s.|oty
|rst.uct|crs .|o.o .|| t|cso .|c uso t|o p.cJuct .||| .o.J t|on
¯|o ccrsoouorcos t|.t ccu|J .osu|t |.cn |.||u.o tc cbso.vo t|o p.oc.ut|crs ||stoJ |r t||s soc
t|cr ..o |rJ|c.toJ by t|o |c||c.|rg synbc|
Do not look at the sun through the viewfnder
\|o.|rg t|o sur c. ct|o. st.crg ||g|t scu.co t|.cug|
t|o v|o.firJo. ccu|J c.uso po.n.rort v|su.| |np.|.
nort
Using the viewfnder diopter control
\|or cpo..t|rg t|o v|o.firJo. J|cpto. ccrt.c| .|t|
ycu. oyo tc t|o v|o.firJo., c..o s|cu|J bo t.kor rct
tc put ycu. firgo. |r ycu. oyo .cc|Jort.||y
Turn of immediately in the event of malfunction
S|cu|J ycu rct|co sncko c. .r urusu.| sno|| ccn
|rg |.cn t|o oou|pnort c. A´ .J.pto. (.v.||.b|o
sop...to|y), urp|ug t|o A´ .J.pto. .rJ .oncvo t|o
b.tto.y |nnoJ|.to|y, t.k|rg c..o tc .vc|J bu.rs ´cr
t|ruoJ cpo..t|cr ccu|J .osu|t |r |r¦u.y A|to. .oncv
|rg t|o b.tto.y, t.ko t|o oou|pnort tc . ||kcr.u
t|c.|.oJ so.v|co corto. |c. |rspoct|cr
Do not disassemble
¯cuc||rg t|o p.cJuct’s |rto.r.| p..ts ccu|J .osu|t
|r |r¦u.y |r t|o ovort c| n.||urct|cr, t|o p.cJuct
s|cu|J bo .op.|.oJ cr|y by . ou.||fioJ toc|r|c|.r
S|cu|J t|o p.cJuct b.o.k cpor .s t|o .osu|t c| .
|.|| c. ct|o. .cc|Jort, .oncvo t|o b.tto.y .rJ/c. A´
.J.pto. .rJ t|or t.ko t|o p.cJuct tc . ||kcr.ut|c
.|.oJ so.v|co corto. |c. |rspoct|cr
Do not use in the presence of fammable gas
|c rct uso o|oct.cr|c oou|pnort |r t|o p.osorco c|
fl.nn.b|o g.s, .s t||s ccu|J .osu|t |r oxp|cs|cr c.
fi.o
Keep out of reach of children
|.||u.o tc cbso.vo t||s p.oc.ut|cr ccu|J .osu|t |r |r
¦u.y
Do not place the strap around the neck of an infant or
child
||.c|rg t|o c.no.. st..p ..curJ t|o rock c| .r |r|.rt
c. c|||J ccu|J .osu|t |r st..rgu|.t|cr
Observe proper precautions when handling batteries
b.tto.|os n.y |o.k c. oxp|cJo || |np.cpo.|y |.rJ|oJ
Obso.vo t|o |c||c.|rg p.oc.ut|crs .|or |.rJ||rg
b.tto.|os |c. uso |r t||s p.cJuct
• |so cr|y b.tto.|os .pp.cvoJ |c. uso |r t||s oou|p
nort
• |c rct s|c.t c. J|s.ssonb|o t|o b.tto.y
• bo su.o t|o p.cJuct |s cff bo|c.o .op|.c|rg t|o b.t
to.y || ycu ..o us|rg .r A´ .J.pto., bo su.o |t |s ur
p|uggoJ
• |c rct .ttonpt tc |rso.t t|o b.tto.y ups|Jo Jc.r c.
b.ck...Js
• |c rct oxpcso t|o b.tto.y tc fl.no c. tc oxcoss|vo
|o.t
• |c rct |nno.so |r c. oxpcso tc ..to.
• |op|.co t|o to.n|r.| ccvo. .|or t..rspc.t|rg t|o
b.tto.y |c rct t..rspc.t c. stc.o t|o b.tto.y .|t|
not.| cb¦octs suc| .s rock|.cos c. |.|.p|rs
• b.tto.|os ..o p.cro tc |o.k.go .|or |u||y J|sc|..goJ
¯c .vc|J J.n.go tc t|o p.cJuct, bo su.o tc .oncvo
t|o b.tto.y .|or rc c|..go .on.|rs
• \|or t|o b.tto.y |s rct |r uso, .tt.c| t|o to.n|r.|
ccvo. .rJ stc.o |r . ccc|, J.y p|.co
• ¯|o b.tto.y n.y bo |ct |nnoJ|.to|y .|to. uso c.
.|or t|o p.cJuct |.s boor usoJ cr b.tto.y pc.o.
|c. .r oxtorJoJ po.|cJ bo|c.o .oncv|rg t|o b.tto.y
tu.r t|o c.no.. cff .rJ .||c. t|o b.tto.y tc ccc|
• ||sccrt|ruo uso |nnoJ|.to|y s|cu|J ycu rct|co .ry
c|.rgos |r t|o b.tto.y, suc| .s J|scc|c..t|cr c. Jo|c.
n.t|cr
Observe proper precautions when handling the quick charger
• |oop J.y |.||u.o tc cbso.vo t||s p.oc.ut|cr ccu|J
.osu|t |r fi.o c. o|oct.|c s|cck
• |ust cr c. ro.. t|o not.| p..ts c| t|o p|ug s|cu|J bo
.oncvoJ .|t| . J.y c|ct| ´crt|ruoJ uso ccu|J .osu|t
|r fi.o
• |c rct |.rJ|o t|o pc.o. c.b|o c. gc ro.. t|o c|..
go. Ju.|rg t|urJo.stc.ns |.||u.o tc cbso.vo t||s
p.oc.ut|cr ccu|J .osu|t |r o|oct.|c s|cck
• |c rct J.n.go, ncJ||y, c. |c.c|b|y tug c. borJ t|o
pc.o. c.b|o |c rct p|.co |t urJo. |o.vy cb¦octs c.
oxpcso |t tc |o.t c. fl.no S|cu|J t|o |rsu|.t|cr bo
J.n.goJ .rJ t|o .|.os boccno oxpcsoJ, t.ko t|o
pc.o. c.b|o tc . ||kcr.ut|c.|.oJ so.v|co .op.osor
t.t|vo |c. |rspoct|cr |.||u.o tc cbso.vo t||s p.oc.u
t|cr ccu|J .osu|t |r fi.o c. o|oct.|c s|cck
• |c rct |.rJ|o t|o p|ug c. c|..go. .|t| .ot |.rJs
|.||u.o tc cbso.vo t||s p.oc.ut|cr ccu|J .osu|t |r o|oc
t.|c s|cck
WARNINGS
¯||s |ccr n..ks ...r|rgs ¯c p.ovort pcss|b|o |r¦u.y, .o.J .|| ...r|rgs bo|c.o us|rg
t||s ||kcr p.cJuct
iii Notices
Notices
Use appropriate cables
\|or ccrroct|rg c.b|os tc t|o |rput .rJ cutput
¦.cks, uso cr|y t|o c.b|os p.cv|JoJ c. sc|J by ||kcr
|c. t|o pu.pcso tc n.|rt.|r ccnp||.rco .|t| p.cJuct
.ogu|.t|crs
CD-ROMs
´||OVs ccrt.|r|rg sc|t...o c. n.ru.|s s|cu|J rct
bo p|.yoJ b.ck cr .uJ|c ´| oou|pnort ||.y|rg ´|
|OVs cr .r .uJ|c ´| p|.yo. ccu|J c.uso |o..|rg |css
c. J.n.go t|o oou|pnort
Observe caution when using the fash
|c rct cpo..to t|o fl.s| .|t| t|o fl.s| .|rJc.
tcuc||rg . po.scr c. cb¦oct |.||u.o tc cbso.vo t||s
p.oc.ut|cr ccu|J .osu|t |r bu.rs c. fi.o
|s|rg t|o fl.s| c|cso tc t|o sub¦oct’s oyos ccu|J c.uso
tonpc...y v|su.| |np.|.nort |..t|cu|.. c..o s|cu|J
bo cbso.voJ .|or p|ctcg..p||rg |r|.rts, .|or t|o
fl.s| s|cu|J bo rc |oss t|.r cro noto. (39 |r) |.cn
t|o sub¦oct
• |c p..t c| t|o n.ru.|s |rc|uJoJ .|t| t||s p.cJuct
n.y bo .op.cJucoJ, t..rsn|ttoJ, t..rsc.|boJ, stc.oJ |r
. .ot.|ov.| syston, c. t..rs|.toJ |rtc .ry |.rgu.go |r
.ry |c.n, by .ry no.rs, .|t|cut ||kcr’s p.|c. ..|ttor
po.n|ss|cr
• ||kcr .oso.vos t|o .|g|t tc c|.rgo t|o spoc|fic.t|crs
c| t|o |..J...o .rJ sc|t...o Josc.|boJ |r t|oso n.r
u.|s .t .ry t|no .rJ .|t|cut p.|c. rct|co
• ||kcr .||| rct bo |o|J ||.b|o |c. .ry J.n.gos .osu|t|rg
|.cn t|o uso c| t||s p.cJuct
• \|||o ovo.y offc.t |.s boor n.Jo tc orsu.o t|.t t|o |r
|c.n.t|cr |r t|oso n.ru.|s |s .ccu..to .rJ ccnp|oto,
.o .cu|J .pp.oc|.to |t .o.o ycu tc b.|rg .ry o..c.s c.
cn|ss|crs tc t|o .ttort|cr c| t|o ||kcr .op.osort.t|vo
|r ycu. ..o. (.JJ.oss p.cv|JoJ sop...to|y)
Notices for Customers in the U.S.A.
Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Radio Frequency Interference Statement
¯||s oou|pnort |.s boor tostoJ .rJ |curJ tc ccnp|y
.|t| t|o ||n|ts |c. . ´|.ss b J|g|t.| Jov|co, pu.su.rt tc
|..t 15 c| t|o |´´ .u|os ¯|oso ||n|ts ..o Jos|groJ tc
p.cv|Jo .o.scr.b|o p.ctoct|cr .g.|rst |..n|u| |rto.|o.
orco |r . .os|Jort|.| |rst.||.t|cr ¯||s oou|pnort gor
o..tos, usos, .rJ c.r ..J|.to ..J|c |.oouorcy oro.gy
.rJ, || rct |rst.||oJ .rJ usoJ |r .ccc.J.rco .|t| t|o
|rst.uct|crs, n.y c.uso |..n|u| |rto.|o.orco tc ..J|c
ccnnur|c.t|crs |c.ovo., t|o.o |s rc gu...rtoo t|.t
|rto.|o.orco .||| rct cccu. |r . p..t|cu|.. |rst.||.t|cr ||
t||s oou|pnort Jcos c.uso |..n|u| |rto.|o.orco tc ..
J|c c. to|ov|s|cr .ocopt|cr, .||c| c.r bo Joto.n|roJ by
tu.r|rg t|o oou|pnort cff .rJ cr, t|o uso. |s orccu.
.goJ tc t.y tc cc..oct t|o |rto.|o.orco by cro c. nc.o c|
t|o |c||c.|rg no.su.os
• |oc.|ort c. .o|cc.to t|o .oco|v|rg .rtorr.
• |rc.o.so t|o sop...t|cr bot.oor t|o oou|pnort .rJ
.oco|vo.
• ´crroct t|o oou|pnort |rtc .r cut|ot cr . c|.cu|t J||
|o.ort |.cn t|.t tc .||c| t|o .oco|vo. |s ccrroctoJ
• ´crsu|t t|o Jo.|o. c. .r oxpo.|orcoJ ..J|c/to|ov|s|cr
toc|r|c|.r |c. |o|p
CAUTIONS
Modifications
¯|o |´´ .oou|.os t|o uso. bo rct|fioJ t|.t .ry c|.rgos
c. ncJ|fic.t|crs n.Jo tc t||s Jov|co t|.t ..o rct ox
p.oss|y .pp.cvoJ by ||kcr ´c.pc..t|cr n.y vc|J t|o
uso.’s .ut|c.|ty tc cpo..to t|o oou|pnort
Interface Cables
|so t|o |rto.|.co c.b|os sc|J c. p.cv|JoJ by ||kcr |c.
ycu. oou|pnort |s|rg ct|o. |rto.|.co c.b|os n.y ox
cooJ t|o ||n|ts c| ´|.ss b |..t 15 c| t|o |´´ .u|os
Notice for Customers in the State of California
\A||||´ |.rJ||rg t|o cc.J cr t||s p.cJuct n.y ox
pcso ycu tc |o.J, . c|on|c.| krc.r tc t|o St.to c| ´.||
|c.r|. tc c.uso b|.t| Jo|octs c. ct|o. .op.cJuct|vo |..n
Wash hands after handling
||kcr |rc, 1300 \.|t \||tn.r |c.J, Vo|v|||o, |o. +c.k 1143064, |SA ¯o| 631544200
Notices for Customers in Canada
CAUTION
¯||s c|.ss b J|g|t.| .pp...tus noots .|| .oou|.onorts c|
t|o ´.r.J|.r |rto.|o.orco ´.us|rg |ou|pnort |ogu|.
t|crs
ATTENTION
´ot .pp..o|| runo.|ouo Jo |. c|.sso b .ospocto tcutos
|os ox|gorcos Ju |og|onort su. |o n.to.|o| b.cu|||ou. Ju
´.r.J.
D80
Avoid contact with liquid crystal
S|cu|J t|o ncr|tc. b.o.k, c..o s|cu|J bo t.kor tc .vc|J |r¦u.y Juo tc b.ckor g|.ss .rJ tc p.ovort t|o ||ou|J c.yst.|
|.cn t|o ncr|tc. tcuc||rg t|o sk|r c. orto.|rg t|o oyos c. ncut|
iv Notices
Symbol for Separate Collection in European Countries
¯||s synbc| |rJ|c.tos t|.t t||s p.cJuct |s tc bo cc||octoJ sop...to|y
¯|o |c||c.|rg .pp|y cr|y tc uso.s |r |u.cpo.r ccurt.|os
• ¯||s p.cJuct |s Jos|gr.toJ |c. sop...to cc||oct|cr .t .r .pp.cp.|.to cc||oct|cr pc|rt |c rct J|spcso
c| .s |cuso|c|J ..sto
• |c. nc.o |r|c.n.t|cr, ccrt.ct t|o .ot.||o. c. t|o |cc.| .ut|c.|t|os |r c|..go c| ..sto n.r.gonort
Notice Concerning Prohibition of Copying or Reproduction
|cto t|.t s|np|y bo|rg |r pcssoss|cr c| n.to.|.| t|.t |.s boor J|g|t.||y ccp|oJ c. .op.cJucoJ by no.rs c| . sc.r
ro., J|g|t.| c.no.., c. ct|o. Jov|co n.y bo pur|s|.b|o by |..
• Items prohibited by law from being copied or reproduced
|c rct ccpy c. .op.cJuco p.po. ncroy, cc|rs, socu.|
t|os, gcvo.rnort bcrJs, c. |cc.| gcvo.rnort bcrJs,
ovor || suc| ccp|os c. .op.cJuct|crs ..o st.npoJ
“S.np|o”
¯|o ccpy|rg c. .op.cJuct|cr c| p.po. ncroy, cc|rs,
c. socu.|t|os .||c| ..o c|.cu|.toJ |r . |c.o|gr ccurt.y
|s p.c||b|toJ
|r|oss t|o p.|c. po.n|ss|cr c| t|o gcvo.rnort |.s
boor cbt.|roJ, t|o ccpy|rg c. .op.cJuct|cr c. urusoJ
pcst.go st.nps c. pcst c..Js |ssuoJ by t|o gcvo.r
nort |s p.c||b|toJ
¯|o ccpy|rg c. .op.cJuct|cr c| st.nps |ssuoJ by t|o
gcvo.rnort .rJ c| co.t|fioJ Jccunorts st|pu|.toJ by
|.. |s p.c||b|toJ
• Cautions on certain copies and reproductions
¯|o gcvo.rnort |.s |ssuoJ c.ut|crs cr ccp|os c. .o
p.cJuct|crs c| socu.|t|os |ssuoJ by p.|v.to ccnp.r|os
(s|..os, b|||s, c|ocks, g||t co.t|fic.tos, otc), ccnnuto.
p.ssos, c. ccupcr t|ckots, oxcopt .|or . n|r|nun
c| rocoss..y ccp|os ..o tc bo p.cv|JoJ |c. bus|ross
uso by . ccnp.ry A|sc, Jc rct ccpy c. .op.cJuco
p.sspc.ts |ssuoJ by t|o gcvo.rnort, ||corsos |ssuoJ
by pub||c .gorc|os .rJ p.|v.to g.cups, || c..Js, .rJ
t|ckots, suc| .s p.ssos .rJ no.| ccupcrs
• Comply with copyright notices
¯|o ccpy|rg c. .op.cJuct|cr c| ccpy.|g|toJ c.o.t|vo
.c.ks suc| .s bccks, nus|c, p.|rt|rgs, .ccJcuts,
p.|rts, n.ps, J...|rgs, ncv|os, .rJ p|ctcg..p|s |s
gcvo.roJ by r.t|cr.| .rJ |rto.r.t|cr.| ccpy.|g|t |..s
|c rct uso t||s p.cJuct |c. t|o pu.pcso c| n.k|rg ||
|og.| ccp|os c. tc |r|.|rgo ccpy.|g|t |..s
Disposing of Data Storage Devices
||o.so rcto t|.t Jo|ot|rg |n.gos c. |c.n.tt|rg nonc.y c..Js c. ct|o. J.t. stc..go Jov|cos Jcos rct ccnp|oto|y
o..so t|o c.|g|r.| |n.go J.t. |o|otoJ fi|os c.r scnot|nos bo .occvo.oJ |.cn J|sc..JoJ stc..go Jov|cos us|rg
ccnno.c|.||y .v.||.b|o sc|t...o, pctort|.||y .osu|t|rg |r t|o n.||c|cus uso c| po.scr.| |n.go J.t. |rsu.|rg t|o
p.|v.cy c| suc| J.t. |s t|o uso.’s .ospcrs|b|||ty
bo|c.o J|sc..J|rg . J.t. stc..go Jov|co c. t..rs|o..|rg c.ro.s||p tc .rct|o. po.scr, o..so .|| J.t. us|rg ccnno.
c|.| Jo|ot|cr sc|t...o, c. |c.n.t t|o Jov|co .rJ t|or ccnp|oto|y .ofi|| |t .|t| |n.gos ccrt.|r|rg rc p.|v.to |r|c.n.
t|cr (|c. ox.np|o, p|ctu.os c| onpty sky) bo su.o tc .|sc .op|.co .ry p|ctu.os so|octoJ |c. p.osot .||to b.|.rco
´..o s|cu|J bo t.kor tc .vc|J |r¦u.y .|or p|ys|c.||y Jost.cy|rg J.t. stc..go Jov|cos
Trademark Information
V.c|rtcs|, V.c OS, .rJ Çu|ck¯|no ..o .og|sto.oJ t..Jon..ks c| App|o ´cnputo., |rc V|c.csc|t .rJ \|rJc.s ..o
.og|sto.oJ t..Jon..ks c| V|c.csc|t cc.pc..t|cr ¯|o S| |cgc |s . t..Jon..k c| t|o S| ´..J Asscc|.t|cr ¯|o S||´
|cgc |s . t..Jon..k AJcbo, Ac.cb.t, .rJ AJcbo |o.Jo. ..o .og|sto.oJ t..Jon..ks c| AJcbo Systons |rc ||ctb.|Jgo
|s . t..Jon..k A|| ct|o. t..Jo r.nos nort|croJ |r t||s n.ru.| c. t|o ct|o. Jccunort.t|cr p.cv|JoJ .|t| ycu.
||kcr p.cJuct ..o t..Jon..ks c. .og|sto.oJ t..Jon..ks c| t|o|. .ospoct|vo |c|Jo.s
v Table of Contents
Table of Contents
For Your Safety ................................................................ ii
Notices .............................................................................. iii
Q & A Index .................................................................... vii
Introduction..................................................1
Getting to Know the Camera .................................... 2
Using Camera Menus ................................................... 9
First Steps ...................................................................... 11
Att.c||rg . |ors 11
´|..g|rg .rJ |rso.t|rg t|o b.tto.y 12
b.s|c Sotup 14
|rso.t|rg Vonc.y ´..Js 15
AJ¦ust|rg \|o.firJo. |ccus 1
Tutorial ........................................................18
“Point-and-Shoot” Photography ( Mode) ...... 19
Creative Photography (Digital Vari-Programs) . 24
Basic Playback .............................................................. 26
Reference ....................................................27
More on Photography (All Modes) ..............28
Focus ............................................................................... 28
Autc|ccus 28
|ccus A.o. So|oct|cr 30
|ccus |cck 31
V.ru.| |ccus 32
Image Quality and Size ............................................. 33
|n.go Çu.||ty 34
|n.go S|.o 35
Choosing a Shooting Mode .................................... 36
So||¯|no. VcJo 3
|s|rg . |oncto ´crt.c| 38
Using the Built-in Flash ............................................. 40
ISO Sensitivity .............................................................. 43
Two-Button Reset ....................................................... 44
P, S, A, and M Modes ....................................45
Mode P (Programmed Auto) ................................... 47
Mode S (Shutter-Priority Auto) .............................. 48
Mode A (Aperture-Priority Auto) .......................... 49
Mode M (Manual) ....................................................... 50
Exposure ........................................................................ 52
Voto.|rg 52
Autcoxpcsu.o |cck 53
|xpcsu.o ´cnpors.t|cr 54
||.s| |xpcsu.o ´cnpors.t|cr 55
b..ckot|rg 56
White Balance .............................................................. 58
||ro¯ur|rg \||to b.|.rco 58
´|ccs|rg . ´c|c. ¯onpo..tu.o 59
|.osot \||to b.|.rco 59
More on Playback........................................61
Viewing Photographs on the Camera ................. 61
||ctc |r|c.n.t|cr 62
\|o.|rg Vu|t|p|o |n.gos ¯|unbr.|| ||.yb.ck 63
¯.k|rg . ´|cso. |cck ||.yb.ck ¯ccn 64
|.ctoct|rg ||ctcg..p|s |.cn |o|ot|cr 65
|o|ot|rg |rJ|v|Ju.| ||ctcg..p|s 65
Connecting to a TV, Computer, or Printer ...66
Viewing Photographs on TV ................................... 66
Connecting to a Computer ..................................... 67
bo|c.o ´crroct|rg t|o ´.no.. 6
´crroct|rg t|o |Sb ´.b|o 6
Printing Photographs ................................................ 69
|.|rt|rg \|. ||.oct |Sb ´crroct|cr 69
Menu Guide.................................................74
Playback Options: The Playback Menu ............... 74
|o|oto 4
||.yb.ck |c|Jo. 5
|ct.to ¯.|| 5
S||Jo S|c. 5
||Jo |n.go 8
|.|rt Sot 8
Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu .............. 79
Opt|n|.o |n.go (|, S, A, .rJ V VcJos) 9
|n.go Çu.||ty (A|| VcJos) 81
|n.go S|.o (A|| VcJos) 81
\||to b.|.rco (|, S, A, .rJ V VcJos) 82
|SO Sors|t|v|ty (A|| VcJos) 83
|crg |xp || (A|| VcJos) 83
||g| |SO || (A|| VcJos) 83
Vu|t|p|o |xpcsu.o (|, S, A, .rJ V VcJos) 84
Custom Settings .......................................................... 86
| |osot 86
1 boop (A|| VcJos) 86
2 A|A.o. VcJo (A|| VcJos) 8
3 ´orto. A| A.o. (A|| VcJos) 8
4 A|Ass|st (A|| VcJos |xcopt , , .rJ ) 8
5 |c Vonc.y ´..J` (A|| VcJos) 88
6 |n.go |ov|o. (A|| VcJos) 88
|SO Autc (|, S, A, .rJ V VcJos Or|y) 88
8 ´.|J ||sp|.y (A|| VcJos) 89
9 \|o.firJo. \..r|rg (A|| VcJos) 89
10 |\ Stop (A|| VcJos) 89
11 |xpcsu.o ´cnp (|, S, A, .rJ V VcJos Or|y) 89
12 ´orto.\o|g|toJ (|, S, A, .rJ V VcJos Or|y) 90
13 Autc b|¯ Sot (|, S, A, .rJ V VcJos Or|y) 90
14 Autc b|¯ O.Jo. (|, S, A, .rJ V VcJos Or|y) 91
15 ´cnn.rJ ||.|s (|, S, A, .rJ V VcJos Or|y) 91
16 |||´ buttcr (A|| VcJos) 92
1 |||un|r.t|cr (A|| VcJos) 93
18 A||/A|| (A|| VcJos) 94
19 A| |cck (A|| VcJos) 94
20 |ccus A.o. (A|| VcJos) 94
21 A| A.o. |||un|r.t|cr (A|| VcJos) 95
vi Table of Contents
22 bu||t|r ||.s| (|, S, A, .rJ V VcJos Or|y) 95
23 ||.s| \..r|rg (|, S, A, .rJ V VcJos Or|y) 98
24 ||.s| S|utto. SpooJ
(|, S, A, .rJ V VcJos Or|y) 98
25 Autc || (|, S, A, .rJ V VcJos Or|y) 98
26 VcJo||rg ||.s| (|, S, A, .rJ V VcJos Or|y) 98
2 Vcr|tc.Off (A|| VcJos) 98
28 Autc Voto.Off (A|| VcJos) 99
29 So||¯|no. (A|| VcJos) 99
30 |oncto Or |u..t|cr (A|| VcJos) 99
31 |xp |o|.y VcJo (A|| VcJos) 99
32 Vb|80 b.tto.|os (A|| VcJos) 100
Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu .......... 101
´SV / Sotup Voru 101
|c.n.t Vonc.y ´..J 102
\c.|J ¯|no 103
|´| b.|g|tross 103
\|Joc VcJo 103
|.rgu.go 103
|Sb 104
|n.go ´cnnort 104
|c|Jo.s 105
|||o |c Soouorco 106
V|..c. |cck|p 106
|ust Off |o| ||ctc 106
b.tto.y |r|c 10
||.n...o \o.s|cr 108
Autc |n.go |ct.t|cr 108
Creating Retouched Copies:
The Retouch Menu ................................................... 109
|||g|t|rg 110
|oJ|yo ´c..oct|cr 111
¯.|n 111
Vcrcc|.cno 112
|||to. |ffocts 112
Sn.|| ||ctu.o 112
|n.go Ovo.|.y 114
Technical Notes........................................ 116
Optional Accessories ............................................... 116
|orsos 11
Opt|cr.| ||.s| |r|ts (SpooJ||g|ts) 119
Ot|o. Accossc.|os 122
Caring for the Camera ............................................. 124
´..|rg |c. t|o ´.no.. .rJ b.tto.y ´.ut|crs 12
Troubleshooting ........................................................ 129
´.no.. |..c. Voss.gos .rJ ||sp|.ys 132
Appendix ..................................................................... 134
Specifications ............................................................. 142
Index .............................................................................. 147
vii Q & A Index
Q & A Index
||rJ .|.t ycu’.o |cck|rg |c. us|rg t||s “ouost|cr .rJ .rs.o.” |rJox
General Questions
Question Key phrase Page #
|c. Jc | uso t|o norus` |s|rg t|o norus 9–10
|c. Jc | got nc.o |r|c.n.t|cr cr . noru` |o|p 3, 9
\|.t Jc t|oso |rJ|c.tc.s no.r` ´crt.c| p.ro|, v|o.firJo. 5, 6
\|.t Jcos t||s ...r|rg no.r` ´.no.. |..c. noss.gos .rJ J|sp|.ys 132–133
|c. n.ry nc.o s|cts c.r | t.ko .|t| t||s c..J` |unbo. c| oxpcsu.os .on.|r|rg 19
|c. nuc| c|..go Jcos t|o b.tto.y |.vo |o|t` b.tto.y |ovo| 19
\|.t Jcos “oxpcsu.o” no.r .rJ |c. Jcos |t .c.k`
|xpcsu.o 46
\|.t Jc | Jc .|t| t|o v|o.firJo. oyop|oco c.p` So|| t|no., .oncto ccrt.c| 3, 38
\|.t cpt|cr.| fl.s| ur|ts (SpooJ||g|ts) c.r | uso` Opt|cr.| fl.s| ur|ts 119–121
\|.t |orsos c.r | uso` |orsos 11–118
\|.t .ccossc.|os ..o .v.||.b|o |c. ny c.no..` Accossc.|os |c. t|o |80 123
\|.t nonc.y c..Js c.r | uso` App.cvoJ nonc.y c..Js 122
\|.t sc|t...o |s .v.||.b|o |c. ny c.no..` Accossc.|os |c. t|o |80 123
\|c c.r | .sk tc .op.|. c. |rspoct ny c.no..` So.v|c|rg t|o c.no.. x, 126
|c. Jc | c|o.r t|o c.no.. c. |ors` ´|o.r|rg t|o c.no.. 124
Camera Setup
Question Key phrase Page #
|c. Jc | |ccus t|o v|o.firJo.` \|o.firJo. |ccus 1
|c. Jc | koop t|o ncr|tc. |.cn tu.r|rg cff` Vcr|tc. cff 98
|c. Jc | sot t|o c|cck`
\c.|J t|no 103 |c. Jc | sot t|o c|cck |c. J.y||g|t s.v|rgs t|no`
|c. Jc | c|.rgo t|no .cros .|or | t..vo|`
|c. Jc | .J¦ust ncr|tc. b.|g|tross` |´| b.|g|tross 103
|c. Jc | .ostc.o Jo|.u|t sott|rgs` ¯.cbuttcr .osot 44
|c. Jc | tu.r cff t|o ||g|t cr t|o |.crt c| t|o c.no..` A|.ss|st |||un|r.tc. 8
´.r | J|sp|.y . |..n|rg g.|J |r t|o v|o.firJo.` ´.|J J|sp|.y 89
|c. Jc | v|o. t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| |r t|o J..k` |´| |||un|r.tc. 3, 93
|c. Jc | koop t|o s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o J|sp|.ys
|.cn tu.r|rg cff`
Autc noto. cff 99
|c. Jc | c|.rgo t|o so|| t|no. Jo|.y` So|| t|no. 99
|c. Jc | c|.rgo t|o .oncto Jo|.y` |oncto ccrt.c| 99
|c. Jc | koop t|o c.no.. |.cn boop|rg` boop 86
|c. Jc | v|o. .|| t|o |tons |r t|o norus` ´SV / sotup noru 101
´.r | J|sp|.y t|o norus |r . J|ffo.ort |.rgu.go` |.rgu.go 103
|c. Jc | koop t|o fi|o runbo. |.cn bo|rg .osot .|or
| |rso.t . ro. nonc.y c..J` |||o runbo. soouorco 106
|c. Jc | .osot fi|o runbo.|rg tc 1`
viii Q & A Index
Taking Photographs
Question Key phrase Page #
|s t|o.o .r o.sy ..y tc t.ko sr.ps|cts` Autc ncJo 19–23
|s t|o.o .r o.sy ..y tc t.ko nc.o c.o.t|vo s|cts` ||g|t.| \..||.cg..n ncJos 24–25
|c. Jc | b.|rg cut . pc.t..|t sub¦oct` |c.t..|t ncJo 24, 25
|c. c.r | got gccJ |.rJsc.po s|cts` |.rJsc.po ncJo 24, 25
|c. Jc | t.ko c|cso ups c| sn.|| cb¦octs` ´|csoup ncJo 24, 25
|c. Jc | “|.oo.o” . ncv|rg sub¦oct` Spc.ts ncJo 24, 25
|c. Jc | s|cct scoro.y .t r|g|t` ||g|t |.rJsc.po ncJo 24, 25
´.r | |rc|uJo r|g|t b.ckg.curJs |r ny pc.t..|ts` ||g|t pc.t..|t ncJo 24, 25
|c. Jc | t.ko . |ct c| p|ctcg..p|s ou|ck|y` S|cct|rg ncJo 36
´.r | s|cct . so||pc.t..|t` So|| t|no. 3
|s t|o.o . .oncto ccrt.c| |c. t||s c.no..` |oncto ccrt.c| 38–39
|c. Jc | .J¦ust oxpcsu.o` |xpcsu.o, P, S, A, .rJ M ncJos 45–51
|c. Jc | |.oo.o c. b|u. ncv|rg cb¦octs` VcJo S (s|utto.p.|c.|ty .utc) 48
|c. Jc | b|u. b.ckg.curJ Jot.||s` VcJo A (.po.tu.op.|c.|ty .utc) 49
´.r | n.ko p|ctcs b.|g|to. c. J..ko.` |xpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr 54
|c. Jc | n.ko . t|no oxpcsu.o` |crg t|nooxpcsu.os 51
|c. Jc | uso t|o fl.s|`
||.s| p|ctcg..p|y, fl.s| ncJo 40–42 ´.r t|o fl.s| fi.o .utcn.t|c.||y .|or rooJoJ`
|c. Jc | koop t|o fl.s| |.cn fi.|rg`
|c. Jc | p.ovort .oJ oyo` |oJoyo .oJuct|cr 41
´.r | t.ko p|ctu.os urJo. |c. ||g|t .|t|cut t|o fl.s|` |SO sors|t|v|ty 43
´.r | ccrt.c| |c. t|o c.no.. |ccusos` Autc|ccus 28–29
|c. Jc | |ccus cr . ncv|rg sub¦oct` Autc|ccus ncJo 29
|c. Jc | c|ccso .|o.o t|o c.no.. |ccusos` |ccus ..o. 30
´.r | c|.rgo t|o ccnpcs|t|cr .|to. |ccus|rg` |ccus |cck 31
|c. Jc | |np.cvo |n.go ou.||ty`
|n.go ou.||ty .rJ s|.o 33–35
|c. Jc | t.ko b|ggo. p|ctcg..p|s`
|c. c.r | got nc.o p|ctcs cr t|o nonc.y c..J`
´.r | t.ko p|ctcs .t . .oJucoJ s|.o |c. on.||`
ix Q & A Index
Viewing, Printing, and Retouching Photographs
Question Key phrase Page #
´.r | v|o. ny p|ctcg..p|s cr t|o c.no..` ´.no.. p|.yb.ck 61, 63
´.r | v|o. nc.o |r|c.n.t|cr .bcut p|ctcs` ||ctc |r|c 62–63
\|y p..ts c| ny p|ctcs b||rk`
||ctc |r|c, ||g|||g|ts 62–63
|c. Jc | got .|J c| .r ur..rtoJ p|ctc` |o|ot|rg |rJ|v|Ju.| p|ctcs 26, 65
´.r | Jo|oto sovo..| p|ctcs .t crco` |o|oto 4
´.r | .ccn |r cr p|ctu.os tc n.ko su.o t|oy’.o |r |ccus` ||.yb.ck .ccn 64
´.r | p.ctoct p|ctcs |.cn .cc|Jort.| Jo|ot|cr` |.ctoct 65
|s t|o.o .r .utcn.t|c p|.yb.ck (“s||Jo s|c.”) cpt|cr` S||Jo s|c. 5–
´.r | v|o. ny p|ctcs cr ¯\` ¯o|ov|s|cr p|.yb.ck 66
´.r | sot . s||Jo s|c. tc nus|c` ||ctnct|cr 5–
|c. Jc | ccpy p|ctcs tc ny ccnputo.` ´crroct|rg tc . ccnputo. 6–68
|c. Jc | p.|rt p|ctcg..p|s` |.|rt|rg p|ctcg..p|s 69–3
´.r | p.|rt p|ctcs .|t|cut . ccnputo.` |.|rt|rg v|. |Sb 69–3
´.r | p.|rt t|o J.to cr ny p|ctcg..p|s` ¯|no st.np, ||O| 1, 3
|c. Jc | c.Jo. p.c|oss|cr.| p.|rts` |.|rt sot 3
|c. Jc | b.|rg cut Jot.||s |r s|.Jc.s` |||g|t|rg 110
´.r | got .|J c| .oJ oyo` |oJoyo cc..oct|cr 111
´.r | c.cp p|ctcg..p|s cr t|o c.no..` ¯.|n 111
´.r | c.o.to . ncrcc|.cno ccpy c| . p|ctcg..p|` Vcrcc|.cno 112
´.r | c.o.to . ccpy .|t| J|ffo.ort cc|c.s` |||to. offocts 112
´.r | n.ko . sn.|| ccpy c| . p|ctcg..p|` Sn.|| p|ctu.o 112–113
´.r | cvo.|.y t.c p|ctcs tc n.ko . s|rg|o |n.go` |n.go cvo.|.y 114–115
x Q & A Index

Life-Long Learning
As p..t c| ||kcr’s “|||o|crg |o..r|rg” ccnn|tnort tc crgc|rg p.cJuct suppc.t .rJ oJuc.t|cr, ccr
t|ru.||yupJ.toJ |r|c.n.t|cr |s .v.||.b|o cr||ro .t t|o |c||c.|rg s|tos
• |c. uso.s |r t|o |SA http://www.nikonusa.com/
• |c. uso.s |r |u.cpo .rJ A|.|c. http://www.europe-nikon.com/support
• |c. uso.s |r As|., Oco.r|., .rJ t|o V|JJ|o |.st http://www.nikon-asia.com/
\|s|t t|oso s|tos tc koop uptcJ.to .|t| t|o |.tost p.cJuct |r|c.n.t|cr, t|ps, .rs.o.s tc |.oouort|y
.skoJ ouost|crs (|AÇs), .rJ goro..| .Jv|co cr J|g|t.| |n.g|rg .rJ p|ctcg..p|y AJJ|t|cr.| |r|c.n.
t|cr n.y bo .v.||.b|o |.cn t|o ||kcr .op.osort.t|vo |r ycu. ..o. Soo t|o |c||c.|rg ||| |c. ccrt.ct
|r|c.n.t|cr http://nikonimaging.com/
1 Introduction
¯|.rk ycu |c. ycu. pu.c|.so c| . ||kcr |80 s|rg|o|ors .oflox (S||) J|g|t.| c.no.. .|t| |r
to.c|.rgo.b|o |orsos ¯||s n.ru.| |.s boor ..|ttor tc |o|p ycu or¦cy t.k|rg p|ctu.os .|t|
ycu. ||kcr J|g|t.| c.no.. |o.J t||s n.ru.| t|c.cug||y bo|c.o uso, .rJ koop |t |.rJy .|or
us|rg t|o p.cJuct
¯c n.ko |t o.s|o. tc firJ t|o |r|c.n.t|cr ycu rooJ, t|o |c||c.|rg synbc|s .rJ ccrvort|crs
..o usoJ
¯||s |ccr n..ks c.ut|crs, |r|c.n.t|cr t|.t
s|cu|J bo .o.J bo|c.o uso tc p.ovort J.n
.go tc t|o c.no..
¯||s |ccr n..ks t|ps, .JJ|t|cr.| |r|c.n.
t|cr t|.t n.y bo |o|p|u| .|or us|rg t|o
c.no..
¯||s |ccr n..ks rctos, |r|c.n.t|cr t|.t
s|cu|J bo .o.J bo|c.o us|rg t|o c.no..
¯||s |ccr |rJ|c.tos t|.t nc.o |r|c.n.t|cr
|s .v.||.b|o o|so.|o.o |r t||s n.ru.| c. |r
t|o Quick Start Guide
¯||s |ccr n..ks sott|rgs t|.t c.r bo .J
¦ustoJ us|rg c.no.. norus
¯||s |ccr n..ks sott|rgs t|.t c.r bo firo
turoJ |.cn t|o ´ustcn Sott|rgs noru
Lens
Ar A|S |` ¯ccn||kkc. || || 18–135 nn |/35–56´ |ors ( 145) |s usoJ |r t||s n.ru.| |c. |||ust..
t|vo pu.pcsos
1 |cc.| |orgt| sc.|o
2 |ccus .|rg
3 |cc.| |orgt| |rJox
4 Vcurt|rg |rJox 11
5 |o.. c.p 11
6 ´|| ccrt.cts 11
AV ncJo s.|tc| 11, 32
8 ¯ccn .|rg 21
9 |ors c.p 1, 19
Introduction
6
5
9 7 8
2 1 3 4
2 Introduction: Getting to Know the Camera
¯.ko . |o. ncnorts tc |.n|||..|.o ycu.so|| .|t| c.no.. ccrt.c|s .rJ J|sp|.ys +cu n.y
firJ |t |o|p|u| tc bcckn..k t||s soct|cr .rJ .o|o. tc |t .s ycu .o.J t|.cug| t|o .ost c| t|o
n.ru.|
Camera Body
1 bu||t|r fl.s| 23, 40
2

(fl.s| ncJo) buttcr 40
(fl.s| ccnpors.t|cr) 55
3 (b..ckot|rg) buttcr 56–5
4 |r|...oJ .oco|vo. 38
5 |ors ncurt|rg |rJox 11
6 |yo|ot |c. c.no.. st..p 8
7 ´crroctc. ccvo. 66, 6, 0
8 |Sb ccrroctc. 6
9 |osot s.|tc| 129
10 |´|| ccrroctc. |c. cpt|cr.| ||5 A´
.J.pto. 123
11 \|Joc ccrroctc. 66
12 |oncto cc.J ccrroctc. 123
13 |ccusncJo so|octc. 28, 32
14 |ors .o|o.so buttcr 11
15 |ors ncurt 11
16 V|..c. 106, 125
17 |opt|c|fio|J p.ov|o. buttcr 49
18 ´.|p 21
19 Subccnn.rJ J|.| 10, 91
20 |||´ buttcr 92
21 |yo|ot |c. c.no.. st..p 8
22 A|.ss|st |||un|r.tc. 28, 8
So||t|no. |.np 3, 38
|oJoyo .oJuct|cr |.np 39
23 S|utto..o|o.so buttcr 22, 23
24 |c.o. s.|tc| 11, 19
|||un|r.tc. s.|tc| 3
25 (oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr) buttcr 54
● (.osot buttcr) 44
26 (s|cct|rg ncJo) buttcr 36
S|rg|o/ccrt|rucus ncJo 36
So||t|no. ncJo 3
|oncto ccrt.c| ncJo 38
27 (A| ncJo) buttcr 29
● (.osot buttcr) 44
28 ´crt.c| p.ro| 5
29 Accossc.y s|co ccvo. 119
30 Accossc.y s|co (|c. cpt|cr.| fl.s| ur|t) 119
31 (|cc.| p|.ro n..k) 32
32 VcJo J|.| 4, 48, 49, 50
33 (noto.|rg ncJo) buttcr 52
(|c.n.t) buttcr 16
1
2
3
4
5
6
21
7
8
9
10
11
12
13 14 15
16
17
18
19
20
22
24
25
26
27
28
31
32
33
23
29
30
Getting to Know the Camera
3 Introduction: Getting to Know the Camera
* Multi selector
¯|o nu|t| so|octc. |s usoJ |c. noru r.v|g.t|cr .rJ tc ccrt.c| t|o J|sp|.y c| p|ctc |r|c.n.t|cr Ju.|rg
p|.yb.ck
View more photo info ||.yb.ck ( 61)
Move cursor up Voru r.v|g.t|cr ( 9)
View previous photo View next photo
Return to previous menu Display sub-menu
Cancel Make selection
View more photo info
Move cursor down
Help
|c. |o|p cr t|o cu..ort ncJo c. noru |ton, p.oss t|o buttcr .t t|o
bcttcn |o|t cc.ro. c| t|o ncr|tc. |o|p |s J|sp|.yoJ .|||o t|o buttcr |s
p.ossoJ, tc sc.c|| t|o J|sp|.y, p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r |o|p |s
.v.||.b|o |r (.utc) .rJ ||g|t.| \..||.cg..n ncJos c. .|or . |ccr |s
J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o bcttcn |o|t cc.ro. c| t|o ncr|tc.
1 \|o.firJo. oyop|oco 8
2 \|o.firJo. oyop|oco cup 6, 1, 21
3 ||cpto. .J¦ustnort ccrt.c| 1
4 (A||/A||) buttcr 31, 94
5 ||5 v|o.firJo. oyop|oco c.p 8
6 V.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| 10, 91
7 Vonc.y c..J s|ct ccvo. 15
8 |ccus so|octc. |cck 30
9 Vonc.y c..J .ccoss |.np 15, 23
10

buttcr 9
11 b.tto.yc|.nbo. ccvo. |.tc| 13
12 b.tto.yc|.nbo. ccvo. 13
13 Vu|t| so|octc.
¯
14 ¯.|pcJ scckot
15 (p|.yb.ck .ccn) buttcr 64
QUAL (|n.go ou.||ty/s|.o) buttcr 34, 35
16 (t|unbr.||) buttcr 63
ISO (|SO sors|t|v|ty) buttcr 43
17 (|o|p/p.ctoct) buttcr 9, 65
WB (.||to b.|.rco) buttcr 58
18 (noru) buttcr 9
19 (p|.yb.ck) buttcr 26, 61
20 Vcr|tc. 9, 26
21 (Jo|oto) buttcr 26, 65
(|c.n.t) buttcr 16
5
3
4
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
18
19
21
17
20
2 1
The LCD Illuminator
|c|J|rg t|o pc.o. s.|tc| |r t|o pcs|t|cr .ct|v.tos t|o oxpcsu.o noto.s .rJ t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| b.ck
||g|t (|´| |||un|r.tc.), .||c.|rg t|o J|sp|.y tc bo .o.J |r t|o J..k A|to. t|o pc.o. s.|tc| |s .o|o.soJ,
t|o |||un|r.tc. .||| .on.|r .ct|vo .|||o t|o oxpcsu.o noto.s ..o .ct|vo c. urt|| t|o s|utto. |s .o|o.soJ
4 Introduction: Getting to Know the Camera
The Mode Dial
¯|o |80 cffo.s . c|c|co c| t|o |c||c.|rg o|ovor s|cct|rg ncJos
Advanced Modes (Exposure Modes)
So|oct t|oso ncJos |c. |u|| ccrt.c| cvo. c.no.. sott|rgs
P — Programmed auto ( 4) ´.no.. c|ccsos
s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o, uso. ccrt.c|s ct|o.
sott|rgs
S — Shutter-priority auto ( 48) ´|ccso |.st
s|utto. spooJs tc |.oo.o .ct|cr, s|c. s|utto.
spooJs tc suggost nct|cr by b|u..|rg ncv|rg
cb¦octs
A — Aperture-priority auto ( 49) AJ¦ust .po.
tu.o tc sc|tor b.ckg.curJ Jot.||s c. |rc.o.so
Jopt|c|fio|J tc b.|rg bct| n.|r sub¦oct .rJ
b.ckg.curJ |rtc |ccus
M — Manual ( 50) V.tc| s|utto. spooJ .rJ
.po.tu.o tc ycu. c.o.t|vo |rtort
Point-and-Shoot Modes (Digital Vari-Programs)
So|oct|rg . ||g|t.| \..||.cg..n .utcn.t|c.||y cpt|n|.os sott|rgs tc su|t t|o so|octoJ
scoro, n.k|rg c.o.t|vo p|ctcg..p|y .s s|np|o .s .ct.t|rg t|o ncJo J|.|
— Auto ( 19) ´.no.. .J¦usts sott|rgs
.utcn.t|c.||y tc p.cJuco cpt|n.| .osu|ts .|t|
“pc|rt.rJs|cct” s|np||c|ty |occnnorJoJ
|c. fi.stt|no uso.s c| J|g|t.| c.no..s
— Portrait ( 24, 25) S|cct pc.t..|ts .|t|
b.ckg.curJ |r sc|t |ccus
— Landscape ( 24, 25) |.oso.vo Jot.||s |r
|.rJsc.po s|cts
— Close up ( 24, 25) ¯.ko v|v|J c|csoups c|
flc.o.s, |rsocts, .rJ ct|o. sn.|| cb¦octs
— Sports ( 24, 25) |.oo.o nct|cr |c. Jy
r.n|c spc.ts s|cts
— Night landscape ( 24, 25) ¯.ko |.rJsc.po
s|cts .t r|g|t
— Night portrait ( 24, 25) S|cct pc.t..|ts
.g.|rst . J|n|y||t b.ckJ.cp
5 Introduction: Getting to Know the Camera
Large-Capacity Memory Cards
\|or orcug| nonc.y .on.|rs cr t|o nonc.y c..J tc .occ.J . t|cus.rJ
c. nc.o p|ctu.os .t cu..ort sott|rgs, t|o runbo. c| oxpcsu.os .on.|r|rg
.||| bo s|c.r |r t|cus.rJs, .curJoJ Jc.r tc t|o ro..ost |urJ.oJ (og, ||
t|o.o |s .ccn |c. .pp.cx|n.to|y 1,260 oxpcsu.os, t|o oxpcsu.o ccurt J|s
p|.y .||| s|c. 12 |)
1
2
3
4
5
6 7
8
9
10
11
12
16
17 18
19
20
21
23
22 13
14
15
Control Panel
1 S|utto. spooJ 48, 50
|xpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr v.|uo 54
||.s| ccnpors.t|cr v.|uo 55
|SO sors|t|v|ty 43
\||to b.|.rco firotur|rg, c.
cc|c. tonpo..tu.o 58, 59
|unbo. c| s|cts |r b..ckot|rg soouorco
56, 140
2 |SO sors|t|v|ty |rJ|c.tc. 43
|SO A|¯O |rJ|c.tc. 43
3 b.tto.y |rJ|c.tc. 19
4 ||.s| syrc ncJo 40, 41
5 |n.go ou.||ty 34
6 |n.go s|.o 35
7 \||to b.|.rco ncJo 58
8 |unbo. c| oxpcsu.os .on.|r|rg 19
|unbo. c| s|cts .on.|r|rg bo|c.o
nonc.y buffo. fi||s 36
|´ ncJo |rJ|c.tc. 68
|.osot .||to b.|.rco .occ.J|rg |rJ|c.tc. 60
9 “|” (.ppo..s .|or nonc.y .on.|rs |c. cvo.
1000 oxpcsu.os)
10 S|cct|rg ncJo 36
So||t|no./.oncto ccrt.c| ncJo 3, 38
11 Apo.tu.o (|/runbo.) 49, 50
b..ckot|rg |rc.onort 56
|´ ccrroct|cr |rJ|c.tc. 68
12 |xpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr |rJ|c.tc. 54
13 ||.s| ccnpors.t|cr |rJ|c.tc. 55
14 ||ox|b|o p.cg..n |rJ|c.tc. 4
15 |ccus ..o. 30, 8
A|..o. ncJo 30, 8
16 A| ncJo 29
17 b..ckot|rg p.cg.oss |rJ|c.tc. 56
18 Voto.|rg ncJo 52
19 Vu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o |rJ|c.tc. 84
20 b|.ck.rJ.||to |rJ|c.tc. 81
21 “boop” |rJ|c.tc. 86
22 “´|cck rct sot” |rJ|c.tc. 103, 132
23 b..ckot|rg |rJ|c.tc. 56
6 Introduction: Getting to Know the Camera
|| t|o b.tto.y |s tct.||y ox|.ustoJ c. rct |r
so.toJ, t|o J|sp|.y |r t|o v|o.firJo. .||| J|n
¯|o v|o.firJo. J|sp|.y .||| .otu.r tc rc.n.|
.|or . |u||yc|..goJ b.tto.y |s |rso.toJ
6
8
2
1
3
5
4
7
13 9 12 10 11 15 18
22 21 19
14 16 17
20
The Viewfinder Display
1 |..n|rg g.|J (J|sp|.yoJ .|or On |s so|octoJ
|c. ´ustcn Sott|rg 8 (Grid display)) 89
2 8nn (031 |r) .o|o.orco c|.c|o |c. corto.
.o|g|toJ noto.|rg 52, 90
3 “|c nonc.y c..J” ...r|rg
1
15, 133
4 b.tto.y |rJ|c.tc.
1
19
5 b|.ck.rJ.||to |rJ|c.tc.
1
81
6 |ccus b..ckots (|ccus ..o.) 19, 21, 30
7 |c.n.||..no |ccus b..ckots
(|ccus ..o.) 21, 8
8 \|Jo|..no |ccus b..ckots (|ccus ..o.) 8
9 |ccus |rJ|c.tc. 22
10 ||.s| v.|uo (|\) |cck 94
11 Autcoxpcsu.o (A|) |cck 94
12 S|utto. spooJ 48, 50
13 Apo.tu.o (|/runbo.) 48, 50
14 ||oct.cr|c .r.|cg oxpcsu.o J|sp|.y 50
|xpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr 54
15 ||.s| ccnpors.t|cr |rJ|c.tc. 55
16 |xpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr |rJ|c.tc. 54
17 |unbo. c| oxpcsu.os .on.|r|rg 19
|unbo. c| s|cts .on.|r|rg bo|c.o
nonc.y buffo. fi||s 36
|.osot .||to b.|.rco .occ.J|rg |rJ|c.tc. 60
|xpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr v.|uo 54
||.s| ccnpors.t|cr v.|uo 55
|´ ccrroct|cr |rJ|c.tc. 68
18 ||.s|.o.Jy |rJ|c.tc. 23
19 Autc |SO sors|t|v|ty |rJ|c.tc. 43
20 b.tto.y |rJ|c.tc. 19
21 b..ckot|rg |rJ|c.tc. 56
22 “|” (.ppo..s .|or nonc.y .on.|rs |c.
cvo. 1000 oxpcsu.os) 5
1 ´.r bo ||JJor .|t| ´ustcn Sott|rg 9 ( 89)
The Control Panel and Viewfinder
¯|o .ospcrso t|nos .rJ b.|g|tross c| t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo. n.y v..y .|t| tonpo..tu.o
O.|rg tc t|o c|...cto.|st|cs c| t||s typo c| J|sp|.y, ycu n.y rct|co firo ||ros ..J|.t|rg cut...J |.cn
t|o so|octoJ |ccus ..o. ¯||s |s rc.n.| .rJ Jcos rct |rJ|c.to . n.||urct|cr
7 Introduction: Getting to Know the Camera
Supplied Accessories
The MH-18a Quick Charger ( 12)
¯|o V|18. |s |c. uso .|t| t|o supp||oJ ||||3o b.tto.y
AC adapter plug
CHARGE lamp
AC inlet
Terminal cover
Negative terminal
Positive terminal
Signal contact
¯|o uso c| t||.Jp..ty .oc|..go.b|o
|||cr b.tto.|os rct bo..|rg t|o ||kcr
|c|cg..p||c so.| s|c.r .bcvo ccu|J
|rto.|o.o .|t| rc.n.| cpo..t|cr c|
t|o c.no.. c. .osu|t |r t|o b.tto.|os
cvo.|o.t|rg, |gr|t|rg, .uptu.|rg, c.
|o.k|rg
The EN-EL3e Rechargeable Li-ion Battery ( 12, 13)
¯|o ||||3o |s |c. uso .|t| t|o |80
Use Only Nikon Brand Electronic Accessories
||kcr c.no..s ..o Jos|groJ tc t|o ||g|ost st.rJ..Js .rJ |rc|uJo ccnp|ox o|oct.cr|c c|.cu|t.y Or|y
||kcr b..rJ o|oct.cr|c .ccossc.|os (|rc|uJ|rg |orsos, SpooJ||g|ts, b.tto.y c|..go.s, b.tto.|os, .rJ A´
.J.pto.s) co.t|fioJ by ||kcr spoc|fic.||y |c. uso .|t| t||s ||kcr J|g|t.| c.no.. ..o org|roo.oJ .rJ
p.cvor tc cpo..to .|t||r t|o cpo..t|cr.| .rJ s.|oty .oou|.onorts c| t||s o|oct.cr|c c|.cu|t.y
¯|| |S| O| |O||||O| |||´¯|O||´ A´´|SSO|||S ´O||| |AVA´| ¯|| ´AV||A A|| VA+ \O|| +O|| |||O| \A||A|¯+
|c. nc.o |r|c.n.t|cr .bcut ||kcr b..rJ .ccossc.|os, ccrt.ct .r .ut|c.|.oJ ||kcr Jo.|o.
Wall plug (shape varies with
country of sale)
8 Introduction: Getting to Know the Camera
¯c .oncvo t|o ccvo., |c|J t|o c.no.. fi.n|y .rJ pu|| t|o bcttcn c|
t|o ccvo. gort|y urt|| cut...Js .s s|c.r .t .|g|t
The DK-21 Viewfinder Eyepiece Cup
bo|c.o .tt.c||rg t|o ||5 v|o.firJo. oyop|oco c.p .rJ ct|o. v|o.
firJo. .ccossc.|os ( 122), .oncvo t|o v|o.firJo. oyop|oco cup by
p|.c|rg ycu. firgo.s urJo.ro.t| t|o fl.rgos .t o|t|o. s|Jo .rJ s||J
|rg |t cff .s s|c.r .t .|g|t
The Camera Strap
Att.c| t|o c.no.. st..p .s s|c.r bo|c.
The BM-7 LCD Monitor Cover
A c|o.. p|.st|c ccvo. |s p.cv|JoJ .|t| t|o c.no.. tc koop t|o ncr|
tc. c|o.r .rJ p.ctoct |t .|or t|o c.no.. |s rct |r uso ¯c .tt.c| t|o
ccvo., |rso.t t|o p.c¦oct|cr cr t|o tcp c| t|o ccvo. |rtc t|o n.tc|
|rg |rJort.t|cr .bcvo t|o c.no.. ncr|tc. (ቢ) .rJ p.oss t|o bct
tcn c| t|o ccvo. urt|| |t c||cks |rtc p|.co (ባ)
9 Introduction: Using Camera Menus
Vcst s|cct|rg, p|.yb.ck, .rJ sotup cpt|crs c.r bo .ccossoJ |.cn
t|o c.no.. norus ¯c v|o. t|o norus, p.oss t|o buttcr
Menu Description
Playback AJ¦ust p|.yb.ck sott|rgs .rJ n.r.go p|ctcs ( 4)
Shooting AJ¦ust s|cct|rg sott|rgs ( 9)
Custom Settings |o.scr.||.o c.no.. sott|rgs ( 86)
Setup |c.n.t nonc.y c..Js .rJ po.|c.n b.s|c c.no.. sotup ( 101)
Retouch ´.o.to .otcuc|oJ ccp|os c| ox|st|rg p|ctcg..p|s ( 109)
¯|o nu|t| so|octc. .rJ OK buttcr ..o usoJ tc r.v|g.to t|o c.no.. norus
Move cursor up
Increase number


Move cursor down
Decrease number
Return to previous menu Display sub-menu
▲ ▼
|.oss OK tc so|oct ||g|||g|toJ cpt|cr
Slider shows position in current
menu
If “?” icon is displayed, help for
the current item can be viewed
by pressing button
Choose from playback, shoot-
ing, Custom Settings, setup, and
retouch menus (see below)
Current menu item is highlighted
Current setting for each option is
shown by icon
Using Camera Menus
10 Introduction: Using Camera Menus
¯c ncJ||y noru sott|rgs
1

Display menus.
2
Highlight icon for current menu.
3
Select menu.
4
Position cursor in selected menu.
5
Highlight menu item.
6
Display options.
7
Highlight option.
8

Make selection.
Voru |tons t|.t ..o J|sp|.yoJ |r g..y ..o rct cu.
.ort|y .v.||.b|o
|.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |.||..y tc ox|t t|o norus .rJ .otu.r tc s|cct|rg ncJo (
19, 28) ¯|o ncr|tc. .||| tu.r cff
Using the Command Dials
¯|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| c.r bo usoJ tc ncvo t|o cu.sc. up .rJ Jc.r, t|o
subccnn.rJ J|.| tc ncvo t|o cu.sc. |o|t .rJ .|g|t ¯|o subccnn.rJ
J|.| c.r rct bo usoJ tc n.ko . so|oct|cr
11 Introduction: First Steps
Attaching a Lens
´..o s|cu|J bo t.kor tc p.ovort Just |.cn orto.|rg t|o c.no.. .|or t|o |ors |s .oncvoJ
1
¯u.r t|o c.no.. cff
2
|oncvo t|o .o.. c.p |.cn t|o |ors
|oncvo t|o c.no.. bcJy c.p
3
|oop|rg t|o ncurt|rg |rJox cr t|o |ors .||groJ .|t| t|o
ncurt|rg |rJox cr t|o c.no.. bcJy, pcs|t|cr t|o |ors |r t|o
c.no..’s b.ycrot ncurt .rJ .ct.to t|o |ors |r t|o J|.oct|cr
s|c.r urt|| |t c||cks |rtc p|.co
|| t|o |ors |s oou|ppoJ .|t| .r AV c. V/AV s.|tc|, so|oct A
(.utc|ccus) c. V/A (.utc|ccus .|t| n.ru.| p.|c.|ty)
Detaching Lenses
bo su.o t|o c.no.. |s cff .|or .oncv|rg c. oxc|.rg|rg |orsos ¯c .oncvo t|o |ors, p.oss .rJ |c|J
t|o |ors.o|o.so buttcr .|||o tu.r|rg t|o |ors c|cck.|so A|to. .oncv|rg t|o |ors, .op|.co t|o c.no..
bcJy c.p .rJ .o.. |ors ccvo.
Aperture Ring
|| t|o |ors |s oou|ppoJ .|t| .r .po.tu.o .|rg ( 45, 11), |cck .po.tu.o .t t|o n|r|nun sott|rg (||g|ost
|/runbo.) Soo t|o |ors n.ru.| |c. Jot.||s
First Steps
12 Introduction: First Steps
Charging and Inserting the Battery
¯|o supp||oJ ||||3o b.tto.y |s rct c|..goJ .t s||pnort ´|..go t|o b.tto.y us|rg t|o sup
p||oJ V|18. b.tto.y c|..go. .s Josc.|boJ bo|c.
1
´|..go t|o b.tto.y
1.1 |oncvo t|o to.n|r.| ccvo. |.cn t|o b.tto.y
Li-ion BATTERY PACK
1.2 ´crroct t|o pc.o. cc.J tc t|o c|..go. .rJ p|ug |t |r
1.3 ||.co t|o b.tto.y |r t|o c|..go. ¯|o ´|A|´| |.np .||| b||rk
.s t|o b.tto.y c|..gos Abcut t.c .rJ . ou..to. |cu.s ..o
.oou|.oJ |c. .r ox|.ustoJ b.tto.y tc |u||y c|..go
1.4 ´|..g|rg |s ccnp|oto .|or t|o ´|A|´| |.np stcps b||rk
|rg |oncvo t|o b.tto.y |.cn t|o c|..go. .rJ urp|ug t|o
c|..go.
EN-EL3e Rechargeable Li-ion Batteries
¯|o ||||3o s|..os |r|c.n.t|cr .|t| ccnp.t|b|o Jov|cos ¯|o c.no.. usos t||s |r|c.n.t|cr tc J|sp|.y
t|o b.tto.y c|..go st.to |r s|x |ovo|s |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ tc s|c. t|o b.tto.y c|..go st.to, .on.|r
|rg b.tto.y |||o, .rJ runbo. c| p|ctu.os t.kor s|rco t|o b.tto.y ..s |.st c|..goJ |r t|o sotup noru
Battery Info J|sp|.y ( 10)
13 Introduction: First Steps
2
|rso.t t|o b.tto.y
2.1 A|to. ccrfi.n|rg t|.t t|o c.no.. |s cff, cpor t|o b.tto.y
c|.nbo. ccvo.
2.2 |rso.t . |u||y c|..goJ b.tto.y .s s|c.r .t .|g|t ´|cso t|o
b.tto.y c|.nbo. ccvo.
The Battery and Charger
Read and follow the warnings and cautions on pages ii–iii and 127–128 of this manual, together with any
warnings and instructions provided by the battery manufacturer |so cr|y ||||3o b.tto.|os ¯|o |80
|s rct ccnp.t|b|o .|t| t|o VS|0 ´|2 b.tto.y |c|Jo. c. .|t| ||||3 c. ||||3. b.tto.|os |c. |100,
|0so.|os, c. |50 c.no..s
|c rct uso t|o b.tto.y .t .nb|ort tonpo..tu.os bo|c. 0 ´ (32 |) c. .bcvo 40 ´ (104 |) |u.|rg
c|..g|rg, t|o tonpo..tu.o s|cu|J bo |r t|o v|c|r|ty c| 5–35 ´ (41–95 |) |c. bost .osu|ts, c|..go t|o
b.tto.y .t tonpo..tu.os .bcvo 20 ´ (68 |) b.tto.y c.p.c|ty n.y J.cp || t|o b.tto.y |s usoJ .t . ton
po..tu.o bo|c. t|o tonpo..tu.o .t .||c| |t ..s c|..goJ || t|o b.tto.y |s c|..goJ .t . tonpo..tu.o bo
|c. 5 ´ (41 |), t|o b.tto.y |||o |rJ|c.tc. |r t|o Battery Info J|sp|.y n.y s|c. . tonpc...y Joc.o.so
Removing the Battery
¯u.r t|o c.no.. cff bo|c.o .oncv|rg t|o b.tto.y ¯c .vc|J s|c.t|rg t|o b.tto.y, .op|.co t|o to.n|r.|
ccvo. .|or t|o b.tto.y |s rct |r uso
14 Introduction: First Steps
Basic Setup
¯|o fi.st t|no t|o c.no.. |s tu.roJ cr, t|o |.rgu.go so|oct|cr J|.|cg s|c.r |r Stop 1 .|||
bo J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ncr|tc. |c||c. t|o stops bo|c. tc c|ccso . |.rgu.go .rJ sot t|o t|no
.rJ J.to
1

Turn camera on.
2
Select language.
3

Display map of world time zones.
4
Select local time zone.
5

Display daylight saving time options.
6

Highlight On if daylight saving time is in
effect.
7

Display date menu.
8
Press multi selector left or right to select item,
up or down to change.
9

Set clock and return to shooting mode.
Monitor will turn off automatically.
¯c c|.rgo t|o c.Jo. |r .||c| t|o yo.., ncrt|,
.rJ J.y ..o J|sp|.yoJ, so|oct World time > Date
format |.cn t|o sotup noru ( 103)
Using Camera Menus
¯|o |.rgu.go noru |s cr|y J|sp|.yoJ .utcn.t|c.||y t|o fi.st t|no norus ..o J|sp|.yoJ Soo “|s|rg
´.no.. Vorus” ( 9–10) |c. |r|c.n.t|cr cr rc.n.| noru cpo..t|cr
15 Introduction: First Steps
Inserting Memory Cards
¯|o c.no.. stc.os p|ctu.os cr Socu.o ||g|t.| (S|) nonc.y c..Js (.v.||.b|o sop...to|y)
1
|rso.t . nonc.y c..J
1.1 bo|c.o |rso.t|rg c. .oncv|rg nonc.y c..Js, turn the cam-
era off .rJ cpor t|o c..J s|ct ccvo.
1.2 S||Jo t|o nonc.y c..J |r .s s|c.r .t .|g|t urt|| |t c||cks |rtc
p|.co ¯|o nonc.y c..J .ccoss |.np .||| ||g|t |c. .bcut .
soccrJ ´|cso t|o nonc.y c..J s|ct ccvo.
Front
1.3 ¯u.r t|o c.no.. cr || t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| s|c.s t|o runbo.
c| oxpcsu.os .on.|r|rg, t|o c..J |s .o.Jy |c. uso
|| t|o noss.go s|c.r .t .|g|t |s J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ncr|tc.,
|c.n.t t|o c..J .s Josc.|boJ |r “´.no.. |..c. Voss.gos
.rJ ||sp|.ys” ( 133)
The Access Lamp
|c rct .oncvo t|o b.tto.y c. J|sccrroct t|o pc.o. scu.co .|||o t|o nonc.y c..J .ccoss |.np |s ||t
|.||u.o tc cbso.vo t||s p.oc.ut|cr ccu|J .osu|t |r J.n.go tc t|o c..J
The Write Protect Switch
S| c..Js ..o oou|ppoJ .|t| . ..|to p.ctoct s.|tc| tc p.ovort
.cc|Jort.| |css c| J.t. \|or t||s s.|tc| |s |r t|o “|cck” pcs|t|cr,
t|o c.no.. .||| J|sp|.y . noss.go tc ...r t|.t p|ctcs c.r rct
bo .occ.JoJ c. Jo|otoJ .rJ t|o nonc.y c..J c.r rct bo |c.n.ttoJ
16 Introduction: First Steps
2
Vonc.y c..Js nust bo |c.n.ttoJ t|o fi.st t|no t|oy ..o usoJ |r
t|o |80 ¯c |c.n.t t|o nonc.y c..J, tu.r t|o c.no.. cr .rJ
p.oss t|o ( .rJ ) buttcrs urt|| ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.
firJo. J|sp|.ys fl.s| .s s|c.r .t .|g|t |.oss|rg bct| buttcrs
tcgot|o. . soccrJ t|no .||| |c.n.t t|o nonc.y c..J |u.|rg
|c.n.tt|rg, t|o |otto.s .||| .ppo.. |r t|o |..noccurt
J|s p|.y |c rct tu.r t|o c.no.. cff c. .oncvo t|o b.tto.y urt||
|c.n.tt|rg |s ccnp|oto, t|o ncr|tc. |.s tu.roJ cff, .rJ t|o ccr
t.c| p.ro| s|c.s t|o runbo. c| oxpcsu.os .on.|r|rg
Formatting Memory Cards
|c.n.t c..Js |r t|o c.no.. |o.|c.n.rco n.y J.cp || t|oy ..o |c.
n.ttoJ |r . ccnputo.
|c.n.tt|rg nonc.y c..Js po.n.rort|y Jo|otos .|| p|ctcg..p|s .rJ
ct|o. J.t. t|oy n.y ccrt.|r bo su.o .|| J.t. ycu .|s| tc koop |.vo
boor ccp|oJ tc .rct|o. stc..go Jov|co bo|c.o |c.n.tt|rg t|o c..J
Camera Off Display
|| t|o c.no.. |s tu.roJ cff .|t| . b.tto.y .rJ nonc.y c..J |rso.toJ, t|o
runbo. c| oxpcsu.os .on.|r|rg .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| || rc
nonc.y c..J |s |rso.toJ, t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .||| s|c. .rJ . |ccr
.||| bo J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o v|o.firJo.
Removing Memory Cards
1 ´crfi.n t|.t t|o .ccoss |.np |s cff
2 ¯u.r t|o c.no.. cff .rJ cpor t|o nonc.y c..J s|ct ccvo.
3 |.oss t|o c..J |r tc o¦oct (ቢ) ¯|o c..J c.r t|or bo .oncvoJ by |.rJ
(ባ)
17 Introduction: First Steps
Adjusting Viewfinder Focus
||ctcg..p|s ..o |..noJ |r t|o v|o.firJo. bo|c.o s|cct|rg, n.ko su.o t|.t t|o J|sp|.y |r t|o
v|o.firJo. |s |r c|o.. |ccus
Viewfinder Focus
\|o.firJo. |ccus (J|cpto.) c.r bo .J¦ustoJ |r t|o ..rgo –2 – +1 n
1
´c..oct|vo |orsos (.v.||.b|o sop.
..to|y, 122) .||c. J|cpto.s c| –5 – +3 n
1

1
|oncvo t|o |ors c.p .rJ tu.r t|o c.no.. cr
2
|ct.to t|o J|cpto. .J¦ustnort ccrt.c| urt|| t|o |ccus b..ck
ots ..o |r s|..p |ccus \|or cpo..t|rg t|o J|cpto. .J¦ustnort
ccrt.c| .|t| ycu. oyo tc t|o v|o.firJo., bo c..o|u| rct tc put
ycu. firgo.s c. firgo.r.||s |r ycu. oyo
Focus brackets
18 Tutorial
¯|o ¯utc.|.| cut||ros t|o b.s|cs c| t.k|rg .rJ v|o.|rg p|ctcg..p|s |r (.utc) .rJ ||g|t.|
\..||.cg..n ncJos ¯||s soct|cr .ssunos t|.t Jo|.u|t c.no.. sott|rgs ..o usoJ, |c. |r|c.
n.t|cr cr .ostc.|rg Jo|.u|t sott|rgs, soo p.go 134
Use a CPU Lens

(.utc) .rJ ||g|t.| \..||.cg..n ncJos ..o cr|y .v.||.b|o .|t| ´|| |orsos || t|oso ncJos ..o so
|octoJ .|or . rcr´|| |ors |s .tt.c|oJ, t|o s|utto. .o|o.so .||| bo J|s.b|oJ
Tutorial
Photography and Playback
Auto Meter Off
At Jo|.u|t sott|rgs, t|o v|o.firJo. J|sp|.y .rJ t|o .po.tu.o .rJ s|utto.spooJ |rJ|c.tc.s |r t|o ccrt.c|
p.ro| .||| tu.r cff || rc cpo..t|crs ..o po.|c.noJ |c. .bcut s|x soccrJs (.utc noto. cff), .oJuc|rg t|o
J..|r cr t|o b.tto.y |.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |.||..y tc .o.ct|v.to t|o J|sp|.y
Exposure meters on Exposure meters off Exposure meters on
6 s
¯|o |orgt| c| t|no bo|c.o t|o oxpcsu.o noto.s tu.r cff .utcn.t|c.||y c.r bo .J¦ustoJ us|rg ´ustcn
Sott|rg 28 (Auto meter off, 99)
19 Tutorial: “Point-and-Shoot” Photography ( Mode)
¯||s soct|cr Josc.|bos |c. tc t.ko p|ctcg..p|s |r (.utc) ncJo, .r .utcn.t|c “pc|rt
.rJs|cct” ncJo |r .||c| t|o n.¦c.|ty c| sott|rgs ..o ccrt.c||oJ by t|o c.no.. |r .ospcrso
tc s|cct|rg ccrJ|t|crs
1
¯u.r t|o c.no.. cr
1.1 |oncvo t|o |ors c.p .rJ tu.r t|o c.no.. cr ¯|o ccr
t.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo. J|sp|.ys .||| ||g|t ¯|o ncr|tc.
.on.|rs cff Ju.|rg s|cct|rg
1.2 ´|ock t|o b.tto.y |ovo| |r t|o v|o.firJo. c. ccrt.c| p.ro|
Control panel Viewfnder Description

b.tto.y |u||y c|..goJ
— b.tto.y p..t|.||y J|sc|..goJ
|c. b.tto.y |o.Jy |u||yc|..goJ sp..o b.tto.y

(b||rks)

(b||rks)
S|utto. .o|o.so J|s.b|oJ ´|.rgo b.tto.y
b.tto.y |ovo| rct J|sp|.yoJ .|or c.no.. |s pc.o.oJ by cpt|cr.| A´ .J.pto.
1.3 ¯|o oxpcsu.o ccurt J|sp|.ys |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.
firJo. s|c. t|o runbo. c| p|ctcg..p|s t|.t c.r bo stc.oJ
cr t|o nonc.y c..J ´|ock t|o runbo. c| oxpcsu.os .o
n.|r|rg
|| t|o.o |s rct orcug| nonc.y tc stc.o .JJ|t|cr.| p|ctc
g..p|s .t cu..ort sott|rgs, t|o J|sp|.y .||| fl.s| .s s|c.r .t
.|g|t |c |u.t|o. p|ctu.os c.r bo t.kor urt|| t|o nonc.y
c..J |.s boor .op|.coJ ( 15) c. p|ctcg..p|s |.vo boor
Jo|otoJ ( 26, 65, 4)
“Point-and-Shoot” Photography ( Mode)
20 Tutorial: “Point-and-Shoot” Photography ( Mode)
2
So|oct ncJo .rJ c|ccso .utc|ccus
2.1 |ct.to t|o ncJo J|.| tc
2.2 |ct.to t|o |ccusncJo so|octc. tc A| (.utc|ccus)
3
´|ock sott|rgs |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| ¯|o Jo|.u|t sott|rgs |c. ncJo ..o ||stoJ bo|c.
Option Default
ቢ ||.s| syrc ncJo Autc 40
ባ |n.go ou.||ty '||´ |c.n.| 34
ቤ |n.go s|.o |..go 35
ብ S|cct|rg ncJo S|rg|o |..no 36
ቦ Autc|ccus ncJo Autc so|oct 29
ቧ A|..o. ncJo Autc..o. A| 30



ቧ ቦ

21 Tutorial: “Point-and-Shoot” Photography ( Mode)
4
|..no . p|ctcg..p| |r t|o v|o.firJo. ¯|o ncr|tc. .on.|rs cff Ju.|rg s|cct|rg
4.1 |c|J t|o c.no.. .s s|c.r
Holding the Camera
|c|J t|o |.rJg.|p |r ycu. .|g|t |.rJ .rJ c..J|o t|o c.no.. bcJy
c. |ors .|t| ycu. |o|t |oop ycu. o|bc.s p.cppoJ ||g|t|y .g.|rst
ycu. tc.sc |c. suppc.t .rJ p|.co cro |cct |.|| . p.co .|o.J c| t|o
ct|o. tc koop ycu uppo. bcJy st.b|o
4.2 |..no . p|ctc |r t|o v|o.firJo. .|t| t|o n.|r sub¦oct pc
s|t|croJ |r .ry c| t|o o|ovor |ccus ..o.s
Focus area
Using a Zoom Lens
|so t|o .ccn .|rg tc .ccn |r cr t|o sub¦oct sc t|.t |t fi||s . |..g
o. ..o. c| t|o |..no, c. .ccn cut tc |rc.o.so t|o ..o. v|s|b|o |r
t|o fir.| p|ctcg..p| (so|oct |crgo. |cc.| |orgt|s cr t|o |ors |c
c.| |orgt| sc.|o |rJox tc .ccn |r, s|c.to. |cc.| |orgt|s tc .ccn
cut)
Zoom in
Zoom out
22 Tutorial: “Point-and-Shoot” Photography ( Mode)
The Shutter-Release Button
¯|o c.no.. |.s . t.cst.go s|utto..o|o.so buttcr ¯|o c.no.. |ccusos .|or t|o s|utto..o|o.so
buttcr |s p.ossoJ |.||..y ¯c t.ko t|o p|ctcg..p|, p.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr t|o .ost c| t|o
..y Jc.r
5
|ccus
5.1 |.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |.||..y tc |ccus ¯|o c.n
o.. .||| so|oct t|o |ccus ..o. .utcn.t|c.||y || t|o sub¦oct
|s J..k, t|o fl.s| n.y pcp up .rJ t|o A|.ss|st |||un|r.tc.
n.y ||g|t
5.2 \|or t|o |ccus cpo..t|cr |s ccnp|oto, t|o so|octoJ |ccus ..o.s .||| bo b.|ofly ||g|
||g|toJ, . boop .||| scurJ, .rJ t|o |r|ccus |rJ|c.tc. (●) .||| .ppo.. |r t|o v|o.
firJo. (t|o boop n.y rct scurJ || t|o sub¦oct |s ncv|rg) \|||o t|o s|utto..o|o.so
buttcr |s p.ossoJ |.||..y, |ccus .||| |cck .rJ t|o runbo. c| oxpcsu.os t|.t c.r bo
stc.oJ |r t|o nonc.y buffo. .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o v|o.firJo.

Selected
focus area
In-focus
indicator
Shutter speed Aperture
Buffer
capacity
Viewfnder

Shutter speed Aperture
Control panel
In-focus indicator Description
● Sub¦oct |r |ccus

(b||rks)
´.no.. ur.b|o tc |ccus cr sub¦oct |r |ccus ..o. us|rg .utc|ccus
Focus Take photograph
23 Tutorial: “Point-and-Shoot” Photography ( Mode)
6
¯.ko t|o p|ctcg..p|
Sncct||y p.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr t|o .ost c| t|o ..y
Jc.r tc .o|o.so t|o s|utto. .rJ .occ.J t|o p|ctcg..p| ¯|o .c
coss |.np roxt tc t|o nonc.y c..J s|ct ccvo. .||| ||g|t Do not
eject the memory card or remove or disconnect the power source
until the lamp has gone out and recording is complete.
Camera Off Display
|| t|o c.no.. |s tu.roJ cff .|t| . b.tto.y .rJ nonc.y c..J |rso.toJ, t|o
runbo. c| oxpcsu.os .on.|r|rg .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro|
¯c s.vo b.tto.y pc.o. .|or t|o fl.s| |s rct |r uso, .otu.r |t tc |ts c|csoJ
pcs|t|cr by p.oss|rg |t gort|y Jc.r...J t||| t|o |.tc| c||cks |rtc p|.co |c.
nc.o |r|c.n.t|cr cr us|rg t|o fl.s|, soo p.go 40
The Built-in Flash
|| .JJ|t|cr.| ||g|t|rg |s .oou|.oJ |c. cc..oct oxpcsu.o |r ncJo, t|o bu||t|r
fl.s| .||| pcp up .utcn.t|c.||y .|or t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ
|.||..y ||.s| ..rgo v..|os .|t| .po.tu.o .rJ |SO sors|t|v|ty ( 141), .o
ncvo |ors |ccJs .|or us|rg t|o fl.s| || t|o fl.s| |s ..|soJ, p|ctcg..p|s
c.r cr|y bo t.kor .|or t|o fl.s|.o.Jy |rJ|c.tc. ( ) |s J|sp|.yoJ || t|o
fl.s|.o.Jy |rJ|c.tc. |s rct J|sp|.yoJ, .oncvo ycu. firgo. b.|ofly |.cn t|o
s|utto..o|o.so buttcr .rJ t.y .g.|r
7
¯u.r t|o c.no.. cff .|or s|cct|rg |s ccnp|oto
24 Tutorial: Creative Photography (Digital Vari-Programs)

Focus Area
At Jo|.u|t sott|rgs, t|o c.no.. so|octs t|o |ccus ..o. .s |c||c.s
• , , , .rJ ncJos ¯|o c.no.. so|octs t|o |ccus ..o. .utcn.t|c.||y
• ncJo ¯|o c.no.. |ccusos cr t|o sub¦oct |r t|o corto. |ccus ..o. Ot|o. |ccus ..o.s c.r bo so
|octoJ .|t| t|o nu|t| so|octc. ( 30)
• ncJo ¯|o c.no.. |ccusos ccrt|rucus|y .|||o t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ |.||..y, t..ck
|rg t|o sub¦oct |r t|o corto. |ccus ..o. || t|o sub¦oct |o.vos t|o corto. |ccus ..o., t|o c.no.. .|||
ccrt|ruo tc |ccus b.soJ cr |r|c.n.t|cr |.cn t|o ct|o. |ccus ..o.s ¯|o st..t|rg |ccus ..o. c.r bo
so|octoJ .|t| t|o nu|t| so|octc. ( 30)
The Built-in Flash
|| .JJ|t|cr.| ||g|t|rg |s .oou|.oJ |c. cc..oct oxpcsu.o |r , , c. ncJo, t|o bu||t|r fl.s| .||| pcp
.utcn.t|c.||y .|or t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ |.||..y
|r .JJ|t|cr tc , t|o |80 cffo.s . c|c|co c| s|x ||g|t.| \..||.cg..n ncJos So|oct|rg .
p.cg..n .utcn.t|c.||y cpt|n|.os sott|rgs tc su|t t|o so|octoJ scoro, n.k|rg c.o.t|vo p|c
tcg..p|y .s o.sy .s .ct.t|rg t|o ncJo J|.|
Mode Description
Portrait |c. pc.t..|ts
Landscape |c. r.tu..| .rJ n.rn.Jo |.rJsc.pos
Close up |c. c|cso up s|cts c| flc.o.s, |rsocts, .rJ ct|o. sn.|| cb¦octs
Sports |c. ncv|rg sub¦octs
Night landscape |c. |c.||g|t c. r|g|t scoros

Night portrait |c. pc.t..|ts t.kor urJo. |c. ||g|t
¯c t.ko p|ctcg..p|s |r ||g|t.| \..||.cg..n ncJos
1
|ct.to t|o ncJo J|.| tc so|oct . ||g|t.| \..||.cg..n ncJo
2
|..no . p|ctcg..p|, |ccus, .rJ s|cct
Creative Photography (Digital Vari-Programs)
25 Tutorial: Creative Photography (Digital Vari-Programs)
Portrait
|so |c. pc.t..|ts .|t| sc|t, r.tu..||cck|rg sk|r tcros || t|o sub¦oct |s |..
|.cn t|o b.ckg.curJ c. . to|op|ctc |ors |s usoJ, b.ckg.curJ Jot.||s .|||
bo sc|toroJ tc |orJ t|o ccnpcs|t|cr . sorso c| Jopt|

Landscape
|so |c. v|v|J |.rJsc.po s|cts ¯|o bu||t|r fl.s| .rJ A|.ss|st |||un|r.tc.
tu.r cff .utcn.t|c.||y

Close Up
|so |c. c|csoup s|cts c| flc.o.s, |rsocts, .rJ ct|o. sn.|| cb¦octs ¯|o
c.no.. .utcn.t|c.||y |ccusos cr t|o sub¦oct |r t|o corto. |ccus ..o.
|so c| . t.|pcJ |s .occnnorJoJ tc p.ovort b|u.

Sports
||g| s|utto. spooJs |.oo.o nct|cr |c. Jyr.n|c spc.ts s|cts |r .||c| t|o
n.|r sub¦oct st.rJs cut c|o..|y ¯|o bu||t|r fl.s| .rJ A|.ss|st |||un|r.
tc. tu.r cff .utcn.t|c.||y

Night Landscape
S|c. s|utto. spooJs ..o usoJ tc p.cJuco sturr|rg r|g|t |.rJsc.pos ¯|o
bu||t|r fl.s| .rJ A|.ss|st |||un|r.tc. tu.r cff .utcn.t|c.||y, uso c| . t.|
pcJ |s .occnnorJoJ tc p.ovort b|u.

Night Portrait
|so |c. . r.tu..| b.|.rco bot.oor t|o n.|r sub¦oct .rJ t|o b.ckg.curJ
|r pc.t..|ts t.kor urJo. |c. ||g|t
26 Tutorial: Basic Playback
||ctcg..p|s ..o .utcn.t|c.||y J|sp|.yoJ |c. .bcut |cu. soccrJs .|
to. s|cct|rg || rc p|ctcg..p| |s J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ncr|tc., t|o ncst
.ocort p|ctu.o c.r bo v|o.oJ by p.oss|rg t|o buttcr AJJ|t|cr.|
p|ctu.os c.r bo J|sp|.yoJ by .ct.t|rg t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| c.
p.oss|rg t|o nu|t| so|octc. |o|t c. .|g|t
¯c orJ p|.yb.ck .rJ .otu.r tc s|cct|rg ncJo, p.oss t|o s|utto.
.o|o.so buttcr |.||..y
Deleting Unwanted Photographs
¯c Jo|oto t|o p|ctcg..p| cu..ort|y J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ncr|tc., p.oss
t|o buttcr A ccrfi.n.t|cr J|.|cg .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ |.oss t|o
buttcr .g.|r tc Jo|oto t|o |n.go .rJ .otu.r tc p|.yb.ck ¯c ox|t
.|t|cut Jo|ot|rg t|o p|ctu.o, p.oss t|o buttcr
Basic Playback
27
Reference
Reference
¯||s soct|cr bu||Js cr t|o ¯utc.|.| tc ccvo. nc.o .Jv.rcoJ s|cct|rg .rJ p|.yb.ck cpt|crs
More on Photography (All Modes): 28
S|cct . ncv|rg sub¦oct c. |ccus n.ru.||y Focus: 28
AJ¦ust |n.go ou.||ty .rJ s|.o Image Quality and Size: 33
¯.ko p|ctcg..p|s |r cro .t . t|no, |r bu.sts, c.
us|rg t|o so||t|no. c. . .oncto ccrt.c|
Choosing a Shooting Mode: 36
|so t|o bu||t|r fl.s| Using the Built-in Flash: 40
|.|so |SO sors|t|v|ty .|or ||g|t|rg |s pcc. ISO Sensitivity: 43
|ostc.o Jo|.u|t sott|rgs Two-Button Reset: 44
P, S, A, and M Modes: 45
|ot t|o c.no.. c|ccso s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.
tu.o
Mode P (Programmed Auto): 47
|.oo.o c. b|u. nct|cr Mode S (Shutter-Priority Auto): 48
´|ccso .|ot|o. tc b|u. b.ckg.curJ cb¦octs Mode A (Aperture-Priority Auto): 49
´|ccso s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o n.ru.||y Mode M (Manual): 50
´|ccso . noto.|rg not|cJ, |cck oxpcsu.o, .J¦ust
oxpcsu.o .rJ fl.s| |ovo|
Exposure: 52
V.ko cc|c.s |cck r.tu..|
¯.ko p|ctcs urJo. urusu.| ||g|t|rg
White Balance: 58
Soo t|o Voru ´u|Jo |c. |r|c.n.t|cr cr ct|o. cpo..t|crs t|.t c.r cr|y bo po.|c.noJ |r P, S, A, .rJ M
ncJos, |rc|uJ|rg custcn|.|rg s|..por|rg, ccrt..st, cc|c. s.tu..t|cr, .rJ |uo (“Opt|n|.o |n.go”,
9) .rJ c.o.t|rg nu|t|p|o oxpcsu.os (“Vu|t|p|o |xpcsu.o”, 84)
More on Playback: 61
\|o. p|ctcg..p|s cr t|o c.no.. Viewing Photographs on the Camera: 61
Soo t|o Voru ´u|Jo |c. ct|o. p|.yb.ck cpt|crs ( 4)
Connecting to a TV, Computer, or Printer: 66
\|o. p|ctcg..p|s cr ¯\ Viewing Photographs on TV: 66
´cpy p|ctcg..p|s tc . ccnputo. Connecting to a Computer: 67
|.|rt p|ctcg..p|s Printing Photographs: 69
28 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Focus
More on Photography (All Modes)
Focus
|ccus c.r bo .J¦ustoJ .utcn.t|c.||y (soo “ Autc|ccus,” bo|c.) c. n.ru.||y ( 32) ¯|o uso.
c.r .|sc so|oct t|o |ccus ..o. |c. .utcn.t|c c. n.ru.| |ccus ( 30) c. uso |ccus |cck tc |ccus
tc .occnpcso p|ctcg..p|s .|to. |ccus|rg ( 31)
Autofocus
Controls used: Focus mode selector
\|or t|o |ccus ncJo so|octc. |s sot tc AF, t|o c.no.. |ccusos .u
tcn.t|c.||y .|or t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ |.||..y |r
s|rg|o..o. A|, . boop .||| scurJ .|or t|o c.no.. |ccusos |c
boop .||| scurJ .|or AF-A |s so|octoJ |r (spc.ts) ncJo c. .|or
ccrt|rucusso.vc .utc|ccus |s usoJ (rcto t|.t ccrt|rucusso.vc
.utc|ccus n.y bo so|octoJ .utcn.t|c.||y .|or s|cct|rg ncv|rg
sub¦octs |r AF-A .utc|ccus ncJo)
|| t|o |ors Jcos rct suppc.t .utc|ccus c. t|o c.no.. |s ur.b|o tc |ccus us|rg .utc|ccus, uso
n.ru.| |ccus ( 32)
A-M Selection/Autofocus with Manual Priority
|| t|o |ors |s oou|ppoJ .|t| AV so|oct|cr c. .r V/AV s.|tc|, so|oct A
(.utc|ccus) c. M/A (.utc|ccus .|t| n.ru.| p.|c.|ty)
The AF-Assist Illuminator
|| t|o sub¦oct |s pcc.|y ||t, t|o A|.ss|st |||un|r.tc. .||| ||g|t .utcn.t|c.||y tc
.ss|st t|o .utc|ccus cpo..t|cr .|or t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ
|.||..y ¯|o A|.ss|st |||un|r.tc. .||| rct ||g|t |r , , c. ncJos c. ||
Off |.s boor so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rg 4 (AF assist, 8) ¯|o |||un|r.
tc. |.s . ..rgo c| .bcut 05–30 n (1 |t 8 |r–9 |t 10 |r), .|or us|rg t|o
|||un|r.tc., uso . |ors .|t| . |cc.| |orgt| c| 24–200 nn .rJ .oncvo t|o
|ors |ccJ
1 — Beep ( 86)
¯||s cpt|cr c.r bo usoJ tc tu.r t|o boop spo.ko. cr c. cff
More on Photography (All Modes)
Focus
29 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Focus
Getting Good Results with Autofocus
Autc|ccus Jcos rct po.|c.n .o|| urJo. t|o ccrJ|t|crs ||stoJ bo|c. || t|o c.no.. |s ur.b|o tc |ccus
us|rg .utc|ccus, uso n.ru.| |ccus ( 32) c. uso |ccus |cck ( 31) tc |ccus cr .rct|o. sub¦oct .t t|o
s.no J|st.rco .rJ t|or .occnpcso t|o p|ctcg..p|
There is little or no contrast
between the subject and the
background
The focus area contains ob-
jects at different distances
from the camera
Example Sub¦oct |s t|o s.no cc|c. .s t|o b.ck
g.curJ
Example Sub¦oct |s |rs|Jo . c.go
The subject is dominated by
regular geometric patterns
The focus area contains areas
of sharply contrasting bright-
ness
Example A .c. c| .|rJc.s |r . skysc..po. Example: Sub¦oct |s |.|| |r t|o s|.Jo
The subject appears smaller
than the focus area
The subject many contains
fine details
Example |ccus ..o. ccrt.|rs bct| |c.og.curJ
sub¦oct .rJ J|st.rt bu||J|rgs
Example A fio|J c| flc.o.s c. ct|o. sub¦octs t|.t
..o sn.|| c. |.ck v..|.t|cr |r b.|g|tross
Autofocus Mode
Controls used: button
¯|o |c||c.|rg .utc|ccus ncJos ..o .v.||.b|o .|or t|o |ccus ncJo so|octc. |s sot tc AF
Autofocus mode Description
AF-A
Autc so|oct
(Jo|.u|t sott|rg)
´.no.. .utcn.t|c.||y so|octs s|rg|oso.vc .utc|ccus .|or sub¦oct |s st.
t|cr..y, ccrt|rucusso.vc .utc|ccus .|or sub¦oct |s ncv|rg S|utto. c.r
cr|y bo .o|o.soJ || c.no.. |s .b|o tc |ccus
AF-S S|rg|oso.vc A|
|c. st.t|cr..y sub¦octs |ccus |ccks .|or s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ
|.||..y S|utto. c.r cr|y bo .o|o.soJ .|or |r|ccus |rJ|c.tc. |s J|sp|.yoJ
AF-C
´crt|rucusso.vc
A|
|c. ncv|rg sub¦octs ´.no.. |ccusos ccrt|rucus|y .|||o s|utto..o|o.so
buttcr |s p.ossoJ |.||..y ||ctcg..p|s c.r bo t.kor ovor .|or |r|ccus
|rJ|c.tc. |s rct J|sp|.yoJ
¯c c|ccso t|o .utc|ccus ncJo, p.oss t|o buttcr urt|| t|o Jos|.oJ
sott|rg |s J|sp|.yoJ
AF-A
AF-S AF-C
30 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Focus
Focus Area Selection
Controls used: Multi selector (monitor off)
¯|o |80 cffo.s . c|c|co c| o|ovor |ccus ..o.s t|.t tcgot|o. ccvo. . .|Jo ..o. c| t|o |..no At
t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rgs, t|o c.no.. c|ccsos t|o |ccus ..o. .utcn.t|c.||y c. |ccusos cr sub¦oct
|r t|o corto. |ccus ..o. ¯|o |ccus ..o. c.r .|sc bo so|octoJ n.ru.||y tc ccnpcso p|ctc
g..p|s .|t| t|o n.|r sub¦oct pcs|t|croJ .|ncst .ry.|o.o |r t|o |..no
1
At Jo|.u|t sott|rgs, t|o |ccus ..o. |s so|octoJ .utcn.t|c.||y |r
, , , , .rJ ncJos ¯c or.b|o n.ru.| |ccus so|oc
t|cr |r t|oso ncJos, so|oct Single Area c. Dynamic Area |c.
´ustcn Sott|rg 2 (AF-Area Mode, 8)
2
S||Jo t|o |ccus so|octc. |cck tc t|o “●” pcs|t|cr ¯||s .||c.s t|o
nu|t| so|octc. tc bo usoJ tc so|oct t|o |ccus ..o.
3
|so t|o nu|t| so|octc. tc so|oct t|o |ccus ..o. |r t|o v|o.firJo.
c. ccrt.c| p.ro| .|||o t|o oxpcsu.o noto.s ..o .ct|vo ( 18)
¯|o |ccus so|octc. |cck c.r bo .otu.roJ tc t|o “L” (|cckoJ) pc
s|t|cr |c||c.|rg so|oct|cr tc p.ovort t|o so|octoJ |ccus ..o.
|.cn c|.rg|rg .|or t|o nu|t| so|octc. |s p.ossoJ
Custom Settings
´ustcn Sott|rg 2 (AF-Area Mode, 8) ccrt.c|s |c. t|o c.no.. so|octs t|o |ccus ..o. ´ustcn
Sott|rg 3 (Center AF Area, 8) ccrt.c|s t|o s|.o .rJ runbo. c| |ccus ..o.s .v.||.b|o ´ustcn Sot
t|rg 18 (AE-L/AF-L, 94) Joto.n|ros .||c.s t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr tc bo usoJ tc so|oct t|o |ccus ..o.
´ustcn Sott|rg 20 (Focus Area,

94) ccrt.c|s .|ot|o. |ccus ..o. so|oct|cr “...ps ..curJ” ´ustcn
Sott|rg 21 (AF Area Illumination,

95) ccrt.c|s .|ot|o. t|o .ct|vo |ccus ..o. |s ||g|||g|toJ |r t|o
v|o.firJo.
31 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Focus
Focus Lock
Controls used: AE-L/AF-L button (AF-A/AF-C)/Shutter-release button (AF-S)
|ccus |cck c.r bo usoJ tc c|.rgo t|o ccnpcs|t|cr .|to. |ccus|rg, n.k|rg |t pcss|b|o tc |c
cus cr . sub¦oct t|.t .||| rct bo |r . |ccus ..o. |r t|o fir.| ccnpcs|t|cr |t c.r .|sc bo usoJ
.|or t|o .utc|ccus syston |s ur.b|o tc |ccus ( 29)
1
|cs|t|cr t|o sub¦oct |r t|o so|octoJ |ccus ..o. .rJ p.oss t|o
s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |.||..y tc |r|t|.to |ccus
2
´|ock t|.t t|o |r|ccus |rJ|c.tc. (●) .ppo..s |r t|o v|o.firJo.
AF-A and AF-C autofocus modes ( 29)
|.oss t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr tc |cck bct| |ccus .rJ oxpcsu.o
|ccus .||| .on.|r |cckoJ .|||o t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr |s p.ossoJ,
ovor || ycu |.to. .oncvo ycu. firgo. |.cn t|o s|utto..o|o.so
buttcr
AF-S autofocus modes ( 29)
|ccus .||| |cck .utcn.t|c.||y .|or t|o |r|ccus |rJ|c.tc. .ppo..s, .rJ .on.|r |cckoJ
urt|| ycu .oncvo ycu. firgo. |.cn t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |ccus c.r .|sc bo
|cckoJ by p.oss|rg t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr (soo bo|c.)
Ar AE-L |ccr .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o v|o.firJo.
3
|occnpcso t|o p|ctcg..p| .rJ s|cct
|ccus .||| .on.|r |cckoJ bot.oor s|cts .s |crg .s t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s kopt p.ossoJ
|.||..y, .||c.|rg sovo..| p|ctcg..p|s |r succoss|cr tc bo t.kor .t t|o s.no |ccus sott|rg
|ccus .||| .|sc .on.|r |cckoJ bot.oor s|cts .|||o t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr |s p.ossoJ
|c rct c|.rgo t|o J|st.rco bot.oor t|o c.no.. .rJ t|o sub¦oct .|||o |ccus |cck |s |r o|
|oct || t|o sub¦oct ncvos, |ccus .g.|r .t t|o ro. J|st.rco
Continuous Shooting Mode ( 36)
|so t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr tc |cck |ccus |r ccrt|rucus s|cct|rg ncJo
18 — AE-L/AF-L ( 94)
¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s t|o bo|.v|c. c| t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr
32 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Focus
The Electronic Range Finder
|| t|o |ors |.s . n.x|nun .po.tu.o c| |/56 c. |.sto., t|o v|o.firJo. |ccus
|rJ|c.tc. c.r bo usoJ tc ccrfi.n .|ot|o. t|o pc.t|cr c| t|o sub¦oct |r t|o
so|octoJ |ccus ..o. |s |r |ccus A|to. pcs|t|cr|rg t|o sub¦oct |r t|o .ct|vo
|ccus ..o., p.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |.||..y .rJ .ct.to t|o |ors |c
cus|rg .|rg urt|| t|o |r|ccus |rJ|c.tc. (●) |s J|sp|.yoJ
Focal Plane Position
¯c Joto.n|ro t|o J|st.rco bot.oor ycu. sub¦oct .rJ t|o c.no.., no.su.o
|.cn t|o |cc.| p|.ro n..k cr t|o c.no.. bcJy ¯|o J|st.rco bot.oor t|o
|ors ncurt|rg fl.rgo ( 11) .rJ t|o |cc.| p|.ro |s 465 nn (183 |r)
Manual Focus
Controls used: Focus mode selector/lens focusing ring
V.ru.| |ccus |s .v.||.b|o |c. |orsos t|.t Jc rct suppc.t .utc|ccus
(rcrA| ||kkc. |orsos) c. .|or .utc|ccus Jcos rct p.cJuco t|o
Jos|.oJ .osu|ts ( 29) ¯c |ccus n.ru.||y, sot t|o |ccusncJo so|oc
tc. tc M .rJ .J¦ust t|o |ors |ccus|rg .|rg urt|| t|o |n.go J|sp|.yoJ
cr t|o c|o.. n.tto fio|J |r t|o v|o.firJo. |s |r |ccus ||ctcg..p|s
c.r bo t.kor .t .ry t|no, ovor .|or t|o |n.go |s rct |r |ccus
\|or us|rg . |ors t|.t cffo.s AV so|oct|cr, so|oct V .|or |ccus|rg n.ru.||y \|t| |orsos
t|.t suppc.t V/A (.utc|ccus .|t| n.ru.| p.|c.|ty), |ccus c.r bo .J¦ustoJ n.ru.||y .|t| t|o
|ors sot tc V c. V/A Soo t|o Jccunort.t|cr p.cv|JoJ .|t| ycu. |ors |c. Jot.||s
33 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Image Quality and Size
Image Quality and Size
¯cgot|o., |n.go ou.||ty .rJ s|.o Joto.n|ro |c. nuc| sp.co o.c| p|ctcg..p| cccup|os cr
t|o nonc.y c..J |..go., ||g|o. ou.||ty |n.gos c.r bo p.|rtoJ .t |..go. s|.os but .|sc .o
ou|.o nc.o nonc.y, no.r|rg t|.t |o.o. suc| |n.gos c.r bo stc.oJ cr t|o nonc.y c..J
´|.rgos tc |n.go ou.||ty .rJ s|.o ..o .ofloctoJ |r t|o runbo. c| oxpcsu.os .on.|r|rg .s
J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo. ( 19)
Small < Image size > Large
H
i
g
h

<

I
m
a
g
e

q
u
a
l
i
t
y

>

L
o
w
Image Quality and Size
JPEG Fine
JPEG Normal
JPEG Basic
L
a
r
g
e



l
e

s
i
z
e
S
m
a
l
l



l
e

s
i
z
e
S M L
Image Quality, Image Size, and File Size
Soo t|o ApporJ|x |c. |r|c.n.t|cr cr t|o runbo. c| p|ctu.os t|.t c.r bo stc.oJ cr . nonc.y c..J (
138)
34 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Image Quality and Size
Image Quality
Controls used: button + main command dial (monitor off)
¯|o c.no.. suppc.ts t|o |c||c.|rg |n.go ou.||ty cpt|crs (||stoJ |r JoscorJ|rg c.Jo. by |n
.go ou.||ty .rJ fi|o s|.o)
Option Description
NEF (RAW)
´cnp.ossoJ ... J.t. |.cn t|o |n.go sorsc. ..o s.voJ J|.oct|y tc nonc.y c..J
´|ccso |c. |n.gos t|.t .||| bo p.ccossoJ cr . ccnputo.
JPEG Fine
|n.gos ..o ccnp.ossoJ |oss t|.r JPEG Normal, p.cJuc|rg ||g|o.ou.||ty |n.gos
´cnp.oss|cr ..t|c .cug||y 1 4
JPEG Normal
(Jo|.u|t)
bost c|c|co |r ncst s|tu.t|crs ´cnp.oss|cr ..t|c .cug||y 1 8
JPEG Basic Sn.||o. fi|o s|.o su|toJ tc on.|| c. t|o \ob ´cnp.oss|cr ..t|c .cug||y 1 16
NEF (RAW) +
JPEG Fine
¯.c |n.gos ..o .occ.JoJ cro ||| (|A\) |n.go .rJ cro firoou.||ty '||´ |n.go
NEF (RAW) +
JPEG Normal
¯.c |n.gos ..o .occ.JoJ cro ||| (|A\) |n.go .rJ cro rc.n.|ou.||ty '||´ |n
.go
NEF (RAW) +
JPEG Basic
¯.c |n.gos ..o .occ.JoJ cro ||| (|A\) |n.go .rJ cro b.s|cou.||ty '||´ |n.go
|n.go ou.||ty c.r bo sot by p.oss|rg t|o QUAL buttcr .rJ .ct.t|rg
t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| urt|| t|o Jos|.oJ sott|rg |s J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o
ccrt.c| p.ro| |n.go ou.||ty c.r .|sc bo .J¦ustoJ |.cn t|o s|cct
|rg noru ( 81)
NEF (RAW)/NEF+JPEG
´.ptu.o |` (.v.||.b|o sop...to|y, 123) c. t|o supp||oJ ||ctu.o|.c¦oct sc|t...o ..o .oou|.oJ tc v|o.
||| (|A\) |n.gos cr . ccnputo. \|or p|ctcg..p|s t.kor .t NEF (RAW) + JPEG Fine, NEF (RAW)
+ JPEG Normal, c. NEF (RAW) + JPEG Basic ..o v|o.oJ cr t|o c.no.., cr|y t|o '||´ |n.go .||| bo
J|sp|.yoJ \|or p|ctcg..p|s t.kor .t t|oso sott|rgs ..o Jo|otoJ, bct| ||| .rJ '||´ |n.gos .||| bo
Jo|otoJ
\||to b.|.rco b..ckot|rg ( 90) |s rct .v.||.b|o .|or .r ||| (|A\) + '||´ cpt|cr |s so|octoJ |c. |n
.go ou.||ty So|oct|rg .r ||| (|A\) + '||´ cpt|cr c.rco|s .||to b.|.rco b..ckot|rg
35 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Image Quality and Size
Image Size
Controls used: button + sub-command dial (monitor off)
|n.go s|.o |s no.su.oJ |r p|xo|s ¯|o |c||c.|rg cpt|crs ..o .v.||.b|o
Image size Size (pixels) Approximate size when printed at 200 dpi
¯
Large (3872 × 2592/10.0 M)
(Jo|.u|t)
3,82 × 2,592 492 × 329 cn (1936 × 1296 |r)
Medium (2896 × 1944/5.6 M) 2,896 × 1,944 368 × 24 cn (1448 × 92 |r)
Small (1936 × 1296/2.5 M) 1,936 × 1,296 246 × 165 cn (968 × 648 |r)
¯ “Jp|” st.rJs |c. dcts po. irc|, . no.su.o c| p.|rto. .osc|ut|cr |n.gos p.|rtoJ .t ||g|o. .osc|ut|crs
.||| bo sn.||o., |n.gos p.|rtoJ .t |c.o. .osc|ut|crs |..go.
|n.go s|.o c.r bo sot by p.oss|rg t|o QUAL buttcr .rJ .ct.t|rg t|o subccnn.rJ J|.| urt||
t|o Jos|.oJ sott|rg |s J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| |n.go ou.||ty c.r .|sc bo .J¦ustoJ |.cn
t|o s|cct|rg noru ( 81)

File Names
||ctcg..p|s ..o stc.oJ .s |n.go fi|os .|t| r.nos c| t|o |c.n “|S´_rrrrxxx,” .|o.o rrrr |s . |cu.
J|g|t runbo. bot.oor 0001 .rJ 9999 .ss|groJ .utcn.t|c.||y |r .scorJ|rg c.Jo. by t|o c.no.., .rJ
xxx |s cro c| t|o |c||c.|rg t|.oo |otto. oxtors|crs “|||” |c. ||| |n.gos c. “'|´” |c. '||´ |n.gos ¯|o
||| .rJ '||´ fi|os .occ.JoJ .t . sott|rg c| “|||+'||´” |.vo t|o s.no fi|o r.nos but J|ffo.ort oxtor
s|crs Sn.|| ccp|os c.o.toJ .|t| t|o sn.|| p|ctu.o cpt|cr |r t|o .otcuc| noru |.vo fi|o r.nos bog|r
r|rg .|t| “SS´_” .rJ orJ|rg .|t| t|o oxtors|cr “'|´” (og, “SS´_0001'|´”), .|||o |n.gos .occ.JoJ
.|t| t|o ct|o. cpt|crs |r t|o .otcuc| noru |.vo fi|o r.nos bog|rr|rg .|t| “´S´” (og, “´S´_0001
'|´”) |n.gos .occ.JoJ .t . Optimize Image > Custom > Color Mode sott|rg c| II (AdobeRGB) (
80) |.vo r.nos t|.t bog|r .|t| .r urJo.scc.o (og, “_|S´0001'|´”)
|cto t|.t t|o cpt|cr so|octoJ |c. |n.go s|.o Jcos rct .ffoct t|o s|.o c| ||| (|A\) |n.gos
\|or v|o.oJ cr . ccnputo., ||| |n.gos ..o 3,82 × 2,592 p|xo|s |r s|.o
36 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Choosing a Shooting Mode
Choosing a Shooting Mode
S|cct|rg ncJo Joto.n|ros |c. t|o c.no.. t.kos p|ctcg..p|s cro .t . t|no, |r . ccrt|ru
cus soouorco, .|t| . t|noJ s|utto..o|o.so Jo|.y, c. .|t| . .oncto ccrt.c|
Mode Description
S|rg|o |..no
´.no.. t.kos cro p|ctcg..p| o.c| t|no s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ
Accoss |.np .||| ||g|t .|||o p|ctc |s .occ.JoJ, roxt s|ct c.r bo t.kor |nno
J|.to|y || orcug| sp.co .on.|rs |r nonc.y buffo.
´crt|rucus
´.no.. .occ.Js p|ctcg..p|s .t up tc t|.oo |..nos po. soccrJ
1
.|||o s|ut
to..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ
So||t|no. |so |c. so||pc.t..|ts c. tc .oJuco b|u..|rg c.usoJ by c.no.. s|.ko ( 3)
|o|.yoJ .oncto Opt|cr.| V||3 .oncto ccrt.c| .oou|.oJ |so |c. so||pc.t..|ts ( 38)
Çu|ck.ospcrso
.oncto
Opt|cr.| V||3 .oncto ccrt.c| .oou|.oJ |so tc .oJuco b|u..|rg c.usoJ by
c.no.. s|.ko ( 38)
1 Avo..go |..no ..to .|t| n.ru.| |ccus, n.ru.| c. s|utto.p.|c.|ty .utc oxpcsu.o, . s|utto. spooJ c|
'/.. s c. |.sto., .rJ nonc.y .on.|r|rg |r nonc.y buffo.
¯c c|ccso . s|cct|rg ncJo, p.oss t|o buttcr urt|| t|o Jos|.oJ sott|rg |s J|sp|.yoJ

Buffer Size
¯|o runbo. c| |n.gos t|.t c.r bo stc.oJ |r t|o nonc.y buffo. .t cu.
.ort sott|rgs |s s|c.r |r t|o oxpcsu.occurt J|sp|.ys |r t|o v|o.firJo. .rJ
ccrt.c| p.ro| .|||o t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ ¯||s runbo. |s
upJ.toJ .s p|ctcg..p|s ..o t..rs|o..oJ tc t|o nonc.y c..J .rJ nc.o
nonc.y boccnos .v.||.b|o |r t|o buffo. || 0 |s J|sp|.yoJ, t|o buffo. |s |u||
.rJ s|cct|rg .||| s|c. S|cct|rg c.r ccrt|ruo up tc . n.x|nun c| 100
s|cts Soo t|o ApporJ|x |c. nc.o |r|c.n.t|cr ( 138)
\|||o p|ctcg..p|s ..o bo|rg .occ.JoJ tc t|o nonc.y c..J, t|o .ccoss |.np roxt tc t|o nonc.y c..J
s|ct .||| ||g|t Do not remove the memory card or remove or disconnect the power source until the access
lamp has gone out || t|o c.no.. |s s.|tc|oJ cff .|||o J.t. .on.|r |r t|o buffo., t|o pc.o. .||| rct tu.r
cff urt|| .|| |n.gos |r t|o buffo. |.vo boor .occ.JoJ
Choosing a Shooting Mode
Controls used: button
37 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Choosing a Shooting Mode
Self-Timer Mode
¯|o so||t|no. c.r bo usoJ tc .oJuco c.no.. s|.ko c. |c. so||pc.t..|ts
1
Vcurt t|o c.no.. cr . t.|pcJ c. p|.co t|o c.no.. cr . st.b|o, |ovo| su.|.co
2
|.oss t|o buttcr urt|| |s J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro|
3
|..no t|o p|ctcg..p| bo|c.o t.k|rg . p|ctcg..p| .|t| t|o fl.s| |r P, S, A, c. M ncJos
( 45), p.oss t|o buttcr tc ..|so t|o fl.s| .rJ ..|t |c. t|o |rJ|c.tc. tc bo J|sp|.yoJ
|r t|o v|o.firJo. ( 40) ¯|o t|no. .||| stcp || t|o fl.s| |s ..|soJ .|to. t|o t|no. |.s
st..toJ
4
|r ncJos ct|o. t|.r M, .oncvo t|o v|o.firJo. oyop|oco cup
.rJ |rso.t t|o supp||oJ ||5 oyop|oco c.p .s s|c.r ¯||s p.o
vorts ||g|t orto.|rg v|. t|o v|o.firJo. |rto.|o.|rg .|t| oxpc
su.o
5
|.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |.||..y tc |ccus, .rJ t|or
p.oss t|o buttcr t|o .ost c| t|o ..y Jc.r tc st..t t|o so||t|n
o. ¯|o so||t|no. |.np .||| st..t tc b||rk .rJ . boop .||| bog|r
tc scurJ ¯.c soccrJs bo|c.o t|o p|ctcg..p| |s t.kor, t|o
so||t|no. |.np .||| stcp b||rk|rg .rJ t|o boop|rg .||| boccno
nc.o ..p|J At Jo|.u|t sott|rgs, t|o s|utto. .||| bo .o|o.soJ tor
soccrJs .|to. t|o t|no. st..ts
¯|o t|no. .||| rct st..t || t|o c.no.. |s ur.b|o tc |ccus c. |r ct|o. s|tu.t|crs |r .||c| t|o
s|utto. c.r rct bo .o|o.soJ
¯|o so||t|no. c.r bo c.rco||oJ by so|oct|rg .rct|o. s|cct|rg ncJo ¯u.r|rg t|o c.no.. cff
c.rco|s so||t|no. ncJo .rJ .ostc.os s|rg|o |..no c. ccrt|rucus s|cct|rg ncJo
Bulb
|r so||t|no. ncJo, . s|utto. spooJ c| |s oou|v.|ort tc .pp.cx|n.to|y '/·. s
1 — Beep ( 86)
¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s t|o boop t|.t scurJs Ju.|rg t|o so||t|no. ccurtJc.r
29 — Self-timer ( 99)
So||t|no. Jo|.y c.r bo sot tc 2 s, 5 s, 10 s (t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rg), c. 20 s
38 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Choosing a Shooting Mode
Using a Remote Control
|so t|o cpt|cr.| V||3 .oncto ccrt.c| |c. so||pc.t..|ts ( 123) c. tc cpo..to t|o c.no..
.oncto|y
Before Using the Remote Control
bo|c.o us|rg t|o .oncto ccrt.c| |c. t|o fi.st t|no, .oncvo t|o c|o.. p|.st|c b.tto.y |rsu|.tc. s|oot
1
Vcurt t|o c.no.. cr . t.|pcJ c. p|.co t|o c.no.. cr . st.b|o, |ovo| su.|.co
2
|.oss t|o buttcr tc so|oct cro c| t|o |c||c.|rg ncJos
Mode
|o|.yoJ .oncto
S|utto. .o|o.soJ .bcut 2 s .|to. .oncto s|ut
to..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ
Çu|ck.ospcrso
.oncto
S|utto. .o|o.soJ .|or .oncto s|utto..o|o.so
buttcr |s p.ossoJ
¯|o c.no.. .||| orto. st.rJby ncJo At Jo|.u|t sott|rgs, s|rg|o |..no c. ccrt|rucus
s|cct|rg ncJo .||| bo .ostc.oJ || rc cpo..t|crs ..o po.|c.noJ |c. .bcut . n|ruto
3
|..no t|o p|ctcg..p| || .utc|ccus |s |r offoct, t|o c.no.. s|utto..o|o.so buttcr c.r
bo usoJ tc sot |ccus, .|t|cug| cr|y t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr cr t|o .oncto ccrt.c|
c.r bo usoJ tc .o|o.so t|o s|utto.
4
|r ncJos ct|o. t|.r M, .oncvo t|o v|o.firJo. oyop|oco cup
.rJ |rso.t t|o supp||oJ ||5 oyop|oco c.p .s s|c.r ¯||s p.o
vorts ||g|t orto.|rg v|. t|o v|o.firJo. |rto.|o.|rg .|t| oxpc
su.o
5
A|n t|o t..rsn|tto. cr t|o V||3 .t t|o |r|...oJ .oco|vo. cr t|o
c.no.. .rJ p.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr cr t|o V||3 |r
Jo|.yoJ .oncto ncJo, t|o so||t|no. |.np .||| ||g|t |c. .bcut
t.c soccrJs bo|c.o t|o s|utto. |s .o|o.soJ |r ou|ck.ospcrso
.oncto ncJo, t|o so||t|no. |.np .||| fl.s| .|to. t|o s|utto. |.s
boor .o|o.soJ || AF-A c. AF-S |s so|octoJ |r .utc|ccus ncJo
( 29), t|o c.no.. .||| .otu.r tc st.rJby ncJo .|t|cut .o|o.s|rg t|o s|utto. || ur.b|o
tc |ccus ¯|o c.no.. .||| .o|o.so t|o s|utto. .|t|cut |ccus|rg |r n.ru.| |ccus ncJo,
|| AF-C |s so|octoJ |r .utc|ccus ncJo, c. || t|o c.no.. |.s .|.o.Jy boor |ccusoJ us|rg
t|o c.no.. s|utto..o|o.so buttcr (soo stop 3)
|oncto ccrt.c| ncJo c.r bo c.rco||oJ by so|oct|rg .rct|o. s|cct|rg ncJo S|rg|o|..no
c. ccrt|rucus s|cct|rg ncJo .||| bo .ostc.oJ || t|o c.no.. |s tu.roJ cff c. rc cpo..t|crs
..o .bcut cro n|ruto
39 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Choosing a Shooting Mode
Using the Built-in Flash
|| t|o fl.s| |s .oou|.oJ, t|o c.no.. .||| cr|y .ospcrJ tc t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr cr t|o V||3 crco
t|o fl.s| |.s c|..goJ |r , , , .rJ ncJos, t|o fl.s| .||| bog|r c|..g|rg .|or Jo|.yoJ .oncto
c. ou|ck.ospcrso .oncto ncJo |s so|octoJ, crco t|o fl.s| |s c|..goJ, |t .||| pcp up .utcn.t|c.||y ||
.oou|.oJ .|or t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr cr t|o V||3 |s p.ossoJ |r P, S, A, .rJ M ncJos, ..|s|rg t|o
fl.s| Ju.|rg t|o t.csoccrJ ccurtJc.r |r Jo|.yoJ .oncto ncJo .||| c.rco| t|o t.csoccrJ t|no.
\.|t |c. t|o fl.s| tc c|..go .rJ t|or p.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr cr t|o V||3 tc .ost..t t|o
t|no.
|r fl.s|syrc ncJos t|.t suppc.t .oJoyo .oJuct|cr, t|o .oJoyo .oJuct|cr |.np .||| ||g|t |c. .bcut
cro soccrJ bo|c.o t|o s|utto. |s .o|o.soJ |r Jo|.yoJ .oncto ncJo, t|o so||t|no. |.np .||| b||rk |c.
t.c soccrJs .rJ t|or ||g|t |c. cro soccrJ bo|c.o t|o s|utto. |s .o|o.soJ
1 — Beep ( 86)
¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s t|o boops t|.t scurJ .|or t|o .oncto ccrt.c| |s usoJ

30 — Remote on Duration ( 99)
´|ccso |orgt| c| t|no t|o c.no.. .||| .on.|r |r st.rJby bo|c.o .oncto ccrt.c| ncJo |s c.rco||oJ
40 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Using the Built-in Flash
Using the Built-in Flash
¯|o c.no.. suppc.ts . v..|oty c| fl.s| ncJos |c. p|ctcg..p||rg pcc.|y ||t c. b.ck||t sub
¦octs
Using the Built-in Flash: , , , and Modes
1
|ct.to t|o ncJo J|.| tc so|oct t|o Jos|.oJ ncJo
2
|.oss t|o buttcr .rJ .ct.to urt|| t|o Jos|.oJ fl.s| ncJo |s J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ccrt.c|
p.ro| ( 41)
3
¯.ko p|ctu.os ¯|o fl.s| .||| pcp up .s .oou|.oJ .|or t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s
p.ossoJ |.||..y, .rJ fi.o .|or . p|ctcg..p| |s t.kor
Using the Built-in Flash: P, S, A, and M Modes
1
|ct.to t|o ncJo J|.| tc so|oct t|o Jos|.oJ ncJo
2
|.oss t|o buttcr tc ..|so t|o fl.s|
3
|.oss t|o buttcr .rJ .ct.to urt|| t|o Jos|.oJ fl.s| ncJo |s J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ccrt.c|
p.ro| ( 41)
4
So|oct . noto.|rg not|cJ .rJ sot oxpcsu.o
5
¯.ko p|ctu.os ¯|o fl.s| .||| fi.o .|orovo. . p|ctu.o |s t.kor
Lowering the Built-in Flash
¯c s.vo pc.o. .|or t|o fl.s| |s rct |r uso, p.oss |t gort|y Jc.r
...J urt|| t|o |.tc| c||cks |rtc p|.co
41 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Using the Built-in Flash
Flash Mode
¯|o cu..ort fl.s| ncJo |s J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .s s|c.r bo|c.
|s J|sp|.yoJ .|or t|o fl.s| |s cff
¯|o fl.s| ncJos .v.||.b|o JoporJ cr t|o ncJo cu..ort|y so|octoJ .|t| t|o ncJo J|.|
¯ SLOW |s J|sp|.yoJ .|to. n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| |s .o|o.soJ
, ,
S, M P, A
Auto
Auto+
red-eye
reduction
Off
Rear-curtain
sync
Fill flash
Red-eye
reduction
Fill flash
Slow sync+
red-eye
reduction
Red-eye
reduction
Slow sync
Rear-
curtain+
slow sync
*
Off
Auto+Slow sync
Auto+
Slow sync+
red-eye
reduction
: Red-eye reduction
|so |c. pc.t..|ts |oJoyo .oJuct|cr |.np ||g|ts bo|c.o fl.s| fi.os, .oJuc|rg “.oJoyo”
AUTO: Auto fash
\|or ||g|t|rg |s pcc. c. sub¦oct |s b.ck ||t, fl.s| pcps up .utcn.t|c.||y .|or
s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ |.||..y .rJ fi.os .s .oou|.oJ || t||s |ccr |s rct
J|sp|.yoJ, fl.s| .||| cr|y pcp up .|or buttcr |s p.ossoJ
SLOW: Slow sync
S|utto. spooJ s|c.s .utcn.t|c.||y tc c.ptu.o b.ckg.curJ ||g|t|rg .t r|g|t c.
urJo. |c. ||g|t |so tc |rc|uJo b.ckg.curJ ||g|t|rg |r pc.t..|ts
REAR: Rear-curtain sync
||.s| fi.os ¦ust bo|c.o s|utto. c|csos (soo rcto cr |c||c.|rg p.go) || t||s |ccr |s
rct J|sp|.yoJ, fl.s| .||| fi.o |nnoJ|.to|y .|to. s|utto. cpors
: Of
||.s| Jcos rct fi.o ovor .|or ||g|t|rg |s pcc. c. sub¦oct |s b.ck||t
42 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Using the Built-in Flash
22 — Built-in Flash ( 95)
´|ccso |c. t|o bu||t|r fl.s| fi.os
26 — Modeling Flash ( 98)
|.ov|o. t|o offocts c| t|o fl.s|
The Built-in Flash
|so .|t| ´|| |orsos .|t| |cc.| |orgt|s c| 18–300 nn c. rcr´|| |orsos .|t| |cc.| |orgt|s c|
18–200 nn ( 118, rcto t|.t .utc fl.s| |ovo| ccrt.c| |s .v.||.b|o .|t| ´|| |orsos cr|y) |oncvo |ors
|ccJs tc p.ovort s|.Jc.s |orsos t|.t b|cck t|o sub¦oct’s v|o. c| t|o .oJoyo .oJuct|cr |.np n.y
|rto.|o.o .|t| .oJoyo .oJuct|cr ¯|o fl.s| |.s . n|r|nun ..rgo c| 60 cn (2 |t) .rJ c.r rct bo usoJ
|r t|o n.c.c ..rgo c| n.c.c .ccn |orsos
|| t|o fl.s| fi.os |r ccrt|rucus s|cct|rg ncJo ( 36), cr|y cro p|ctu.o .||| bo t.kor o.c| t|no t|o
s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ
¯|o s|utto. .o|o.so n.y bo b.|ofly J|s.b|oJ tc p.ctoct t|o fl.s| .|to. |t |.s boor usoJ |c. sovo..| ccr
socut|vo s|cts ¯|o fl.s| c.r bo usoJ .g.|r .|to. . s|c.t p.uso
Soo t|o ApporJ|x |c. nc.o .bcut t|o bu||t|r fl.s|, |rc|uJ|rg fl.s| ccrt.c|, s|utto. syrc spooJs, .rJ
..rgo |c. |r|c.n.t|cr cr cpt|cr.| fl.s| ur|ts (SpooJ||g|ts), soo “Opt|cr.| ||.s| |r|ts (SpooJ||g|ts)” (
119) Soo “|\ |cck” |c. |r|c.n.t|cr us|rg |\ |cck ( 92)
Rear-Curtain Sync
|c.n.||y t|o fl.s| fi.os .s t|o s|utto. cpors (“|.crt cu.t.|r syrc”, soo bo|c. .t |o|t) |r .o..cu.t.|r
syrc, t|o fl.s| fi.os ¦ust bo|c.o t|o s|utto. c|csos, c.o.t|rg t|o offoct c| . st.o.n c| ||g|t bo||rJ ncv|rg
sub¦octs
Front-curtain sync Rear curtain sync
43 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / ISO Sensitivity
ISO Sensitivity
“|SO sors|t|v|ty” |s t|o J|g|t.| oou|v.|ort c| fi|n spooJ ¯|o ||g|o. t|o |SO sors|t|v|ty, t|o |oss
||g|t rooJoJ tc n.ko .r oxpcsu.o, .||c.|rg ||g|o. s|utto. spooJs c. sn.||o. .po.tu.os
|SO sors|t|v|ty c.r bo sot bot.oor v.|uos .cug||y oou|v.|ort tc |SO 100 .rJ |SO 1600 |r
stops oou|v.|ort tc '/· |\ \.|uos cvo. 1600 ..o J|sp|.yoJ .s H 0.3 (|SO 2000 oou|v.|ort), H
0.7 (|SO 2500 oou|v.|ort), .rJ H 1.0 (|SO 3200 oou|v.|ort) (.utc) .rJ ||g|t.| \..||.c
g..n ncJos .|sc cffo. .r Auto sott|rg t|.t .||c.s t|o c.no.. tc sot |SO sors|t|v|ty .utc
n.t|c.||y |r .ospcrso tc ||g|t|rg ccrJ|t|crs ¯|o Jo|.u|t sott|rg |c. (.utc) .rJ ||g|t.|
\..||.cg..n ncJos |s Auto, t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rg |c. P, S, A, .rJ M ncJos 100
|SO sors|t|v|ty c.r bo so|octoJ by p.oss|rg t|o ISO buttcr .rJ .ct.t|rg t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ
J|.| urt|| t|o Jos|.oJ sott|rg |s J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| |SO sors|t|v|ty c.r .|sc bo
.J¦ustoJ |.cn t|o s|cct|rg noru ( 83)
High ISO NR ( 83)
¯|o ||g|o. t|o |SO sors|t|v|ty, t|o nc.o ||ko|y p|ctu.os ..o tc bo sub¦oct tc “rc|so” |r t|o |c.n c| ..r
Jcn|ysp.coJ, b.|g|t|ycc|c.oJ p|xo|s ||ctcs t.kor .t |SO sors|t|v|t|os cvo. |SO 1600 .||| ||ko|y ccrt.|r
.pp.oc|.b|o .ncurts c| rc|so ¯|o High ISO NR cpt|cr |r t|o s|cct|rg noru c.r bo usoJ tc .oJuco
rc|so .t |SO sors|t|v|t|os c| 400 c. nc.o
7 — ISO Auto ( 88)
¯||s cpt|cr c.r bo usoJ tc or.b|o .utcn.t|c |SO sors|t|v|ty ccrt.c| |r P, S, A, .rJ M ncJos Sors|t|v|t|os
c| H 0.3, H 0.7, .rJ H 1.0 ..o rct .v.||.b|o .|or ISO auto |s cr
ISO Sensitivity
Controls used: button + main command dial (monitor off)
44 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Two-Button Reset
Two-Button Reset
¯|o c.no.. sott|rgs ||stoJ bo|c. c.r bo .ostc.oJ tc Jo|.u|t v.|uos
by |c|J|rg t|o .rJ buttcrs Jc.r tcgot|o. |c. nc.o t|.r
t.c soccrJs (t|oso buttcrs ..o n..koJ by . g.oor Jct) ¯|o ccr
t.c| p.ro| tu.rs cff b.|ofly .|||o sott|rgs ..o .osot ´ustcn Sott|rgs
..o rct .ffoctoJ
Default Settings
Soo t|o ApporJ|x |c. . ||st c| Jo|.u|t sott|rgs ( 134–13)
Two-Button Reset
Controls used: button + button
Option Default
S|cct|rg ncJo
( 36–39)
S|rg|o |..no
|n.go ou.||ty ( 34, 81) '||´ |c.n.|
|n.go s|.o ( 35, 81) |..go
|SO sors|t|v|ty ( 43, 83)
, ||g|t.| \..||.cg..n Autc
P, S, A, M 100
\||to b.|.rco
( 58–60, 82)
¯
Autc
Autc|ccus ncJo ( 29) A|A
|ccus ..o. ( 30)

´orto.
Voto.|rg ( 52) V.t.|x
A| |cck |c|J ( 53) Off
¯ ||rotur|rg .osot tc 0, Choose color temp. .o
sot tc 5000 |
† |ccus ..o. rct J|sp|.yoJ || Auto-area AF |s so
|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rg 2 (AF-area mode)
Option Default
||ox|b|o p.cg..n ( 4) Off
|xpcsu.o
ccnpors.t|cr ( 54)
±0
b..ckot|rg
( 56–5)
±0

||.s| oxpcsu.o
ccnpors.t|cr ( 55)
±0
|\ |cck ( 92–93) Off
||.s| syrc ncJo ( 40–42)
, ,
Autc |.crtcu.t.|r
syrc
Autc s|c. syrc
P, S, A, M |.crtcu.t.|r syrc
Vu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o
( 84–85)
Off
‡ |unbo. c| s|cts .osot tc .o.c b..ckot|rg |rc.o
nort .osot tc 1 |\ (oxpcsu.o/fl.s| b..ckot|rg)
c. 1 (.||to b.|.rco b..ckot|rg)
45 Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes
Lens Aperture Ring
When using a CPU lens equipped with an aperture ring ( 11), |cck t|o .po.tu.o .|rg .t t|o n|r|nun .po.
tu.o (||g|ost |/runbo.) ¯ypo ´ |orsos ..o rct oou|ppoJ .|t| .r .po.tu.o .|rg
Non-CPU lenses c.r cr|y bo usoJ |r oxpcsu.o ncJo V, .|or .po.tu.o c.r bo .J¦ustoJ n.ru.||y us|rg
t|o |ors .po.tu.o .|rg (|r ct|o. ncJos, t|o s|utto..o|o.so .||| bo J|s.b|oJ) ¯|o c.no.. oxpcsu.o no
to., |SO Autc, .rJ v..|oty c| ct|o. |o.tu.os c.r rct bo usoJ ( 11)
Custom Settings
|so ´ustcn Sott|rg (ISO auto, 88) tc or.b|o .utc |SO sors|t|v|ty ccrt.c| |r |, S, A, .rJ V ncJos
´ustcn Sott|rg 10 (EV step, 89) Joto.n|ros t|o s|.o c| t|o |rc.onorts usoJ |c. oxpcsu.o ccrt.c|
´ustcn Sott|rg 15 (Command Dials, 91) Joto.n|ros t|o .c|os p|.yoJ by t|o n.|r .rJ subccn
n.rJ J|.|s |r sott|rg s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o
P, S, A, .rJ M ncJos cffo. ccrt.c| cvo. . v..|oty c| .Jv.rcoJ sott|rgs, |rc|uJ|rg oxpcsu.o (


52), .||to b.|.rco, .rJ |n.go cpt|n|..t|cr |.c| c| t|oso ncJos cffo.s . J|ffo.ort Jog.oo
c| ccrt.c| cvo. s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o
Mode Description
P
|.cg..nnoJ .utc
( 4)
´.no.. sots s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o |c. cpt|n.| oxpcsu.o |occn
norJoJ |c. sr.ps|cts .rJ |r ct|o. s|tu.t|crs |r .||c| t|o.o |s ||tt|o
t|no tc .J¦ust c.no.. sott|rgs
S
S|utto.p.|c.|ty .utc
( 48)
|so. c|ccsos s|utto. spooJ, c.no.. so|octs .po.tu.o |c. bost .osu|ts
|so tc |.oo.o c. b|u. nct|cr
A
Apo.tu.op.|c.|ty .utc
( 49)
|so. c|ccsos .po.tu.o, c.no.. so|octs s|utto. spooJ |c. bost .osu|ts
|so tc b|u. b.ckg.curJ c. b.|rg bct| |c.og.curJ .rJ b.ckg.curJ |rtc
|ccus
M V.ru.| ( 50)
|so. ccrt.c|s bct| s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o Sot s|utto. spooJ tc
“bu|b” c. “” |c. |crg t|nooxpcsu.os
P, S, A, and M Modes
46 Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes
Exposure
¯|o oxpcsu.o (b.|g|tross) c| p|ctcg..p|s |s Joto.n|roJ by t|o .ncurt c| ||g|t t|.t |.||s cr t|o |n.go
sorsc. (´´|) .|||o t|o s|utto. |s cpor ¯.c |.ctc.s t|.t Joto.n|ro oxpcsu.o ..o s|utto. spooJ .rJ
.po.tu.o
Apo.tu.o .o|o.s tc t|o s|.o c| t|o cpor|rg t|.cug| .||c| t|o ||g|t p.ssos ¯|o |..go. t|o .po.tu.o, t|o
g.o.to. t|o .ncurt c| ||g|t t|.t p.ssos t|.cug| t|o cpor|rg .rJ t|o b.|g|to. t|o oxpcsu.o Sn.||o.
.po.tu.os no.r |oss ||g|t .rJ J..ko. oxpcsu.os ¯|o c.no.. J|sp|.ys s|c. .po.tu.o |r “|/runbo.s”
t|o |..go. t|o |/runbo., t|o sn.||o. t|o .po.tu.o
S|utto. spooJ Joto.n|ros |c. |crg t|o s|utto. |s cpor ¯|o s|c.o. t|o s|utto. spooJ, t|o |crgo. t|o
|n.go sorsc. |s oxpcsoJ tc ||g|t .rJ t|o b.|g|to. t|o oxpcsu.o |.sto. s|utto. spooJs no.r t|.t t|o
|n.go sorsc. |s oxpcsoJ tc ||g|t |c. |oss t|no, p.cJuc|rg J..ko. oxpcsu.os
¯|o .o|.t|crs||p bot.oor s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o c.r bo ||koroJ tc fi|||rg . cup |.cn . t.p |r
t||s .r.|cgy, t|o .ncurt c| ..to. rooJoJ tc fi|| t|o cup |s t|o .ncurt c| ||g|t rooJoJ |c. cpt|n.|
oxpcsu.o || t|o cup cvo.flc.s, t|o p|ctu.o .||| bo cvo.oxpcsoJ || t|o cup Jcosr’t fi||, t|o p|ctu.o .|||
bo urJo.oxpcsoJ ¯|o .ncurt t|o t.p |s cporoJ |s t|o .po.tu.o, .rJ t|o |orgt| c| t|no t|o t.p |s
cporoJ t|o s|utto. spooJ Opor up t|o t.p .rJ t|o cup .||| fi|| |r |oss t|no, t|g|tor t|o t.p .rJ nc.o
t|no .||| bo rooJoJ tc fi|| t|o cup
'ust .s . cup c.r bo fi||oJ |r J|ffo.ort t|nos us|rg J|ffo.ort t.p sott|rgs, J|ffo.ort ccnb|r.t|crs c|
s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o c.r bo usoJ tc p.cJuco t|o s.no oxpcsu.o ¯|o .osu|ts, |c.ovo., .||| bo
vo.y J|ffo.ort |.st s|utto. spooJs .rJ |..go. .po.tu.os |.oo.o ncv|rg cb¦octs .rJ sc|tor b.ckg.curJ
Jot.||s, .|||o s|c. s|utto. spooJs .rJ sn.|| .po.tu.os b|u. ncv|rg cb¦octs .rJ b.|rg cut b.ckg.curJ
Jot.||s
Fast shutter speed (/ s) Slow shutter speed (1 s)
Small aperture (f/36) Large aperture (f/3)
(Remember, the larger the f/-number, the
smaller the aperture.)
47 Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / Mode P (Programmed Auto)
Flexible Program
|r ncJo P, J|ffo.ort ccnb|r.t|crs c| s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o c.r bo so
|octoJ by .ct.t|rg t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| (“flox|b|o p.cg..n”) |ct.to t|o
n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| tc t|o .|g|t |c. |..go .po.tu.os (sn.|| |/runbo.s) t|.t
b|u. b.ckg.curJ Jot.||s c. |.st s|utto. spooJs t|.t “|.oo.o” nct|cr |ct.to
t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| tc t|o |o|t |c. sn.|| .po.tu.os (|..go |/runbo.s)
t|.t |rc.o.so Jopt| c| fio|J c. s|c. s|utto. spooJs t|.t b|u. nct|cr A||
ccnb|r.t|crs p.cJuco t|o s.no oxpcsu.o \|||o flox|b|o p.cg..n |s |r o|
|oct, . |rJ|c.tc. .ppo..s |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| ¯c .ostc.o Jo|.u|t s|utto.
spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o sott|rgs, .ct.to t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| urt|| t|o |rJ|
c.tc. |s rc |crgo. J|sp|.yoJ, c|ccso .rct|o. ncJo, c. tu.r t|o c.no.. cff
|r t||s ncJo, t|o c.no.. .utcn.t|c.||y .J¦usts s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o |c. cpt|n.| ox
pcsu.o |r ncst s|tu.t|crs ¯||s ncJo |s .occnnorJoJ |c. sr.ps|cts .rJ ct|o. s|tu.t|crs |r
.||c| ycu ..rt tc |o.vo t|o c.no.. |r c|..go c| s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o
¯c t.ko p|ctcg..p|s |r p.cg..nnoJ .utc
1
|ct.to t|o ncJo J|.| tc P
2
|..no . p|ctcg..p|, |ccus, .rJ s|cct
Mode P (Programmed Auto)
¯|o oxpcsu.o p.cg..n |c. ncJo P |s g|vor |r t|o ApporJ|x ( 139)
/ s, f/8 / s, f/2.8
(Large aperture)
48 Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / Mode S (Shutter-Priority Auto)
|r s|utto.p.|c.|ty .utc, ycu c|ccso t|o s|utto. spooJ |.cn v.|uos bot.oor 30 s .rJ '/·... s
.|||o t|o c.no.. .utcn.t|c.||y so|octs t|o .po.tu.o t|.t .||| p.cJuco t|o cpt|n.| oxpc
su.o |so s|c. s|utto. spooJs tc suggost nct|cr by b|u..|rg ncv|rg sub¦octs, ||g| s|utto.
spooJs tc “|.oo.o” nct|cr
¯c t.ko p|ctcg..p|s |r s|utto.p.|c.|ty .utc
1
|ct.to t|o ncJo J|.| tc S
2
|ct.to t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| tc c|ccso t|o Jos|.oJ s|utto. spooJ
3
|..no . p|ctcg..p|, |ccus, .rJ s|cct
Flashing Shutter-Speed Display
Soo “´.no.. |..c. Voss.gos .rJ ||sp|.ys” ( 132) |c. |r|c.n.t|cr cr .|.t tc Jc || fl.s||rg “ ” c.
“ ” |rJ|c.tc.s .ppo.. |r t|o s|utto.spooJ J|sp|.ys
Mode S (Shutter-Priority Auto)
49 Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / Mode A (Aperture-Priority Auto)
|r .po.tu.op.|c.|ty .utc, ycu c|ccso t|o .po.tu.o |.cn v.|uos bot.oor t|o n|r|nun .rJ
n.x|nun |c. t|o |ors .|||o t|o c.no.. .utcn.t|c.||y so|octs t|o s|utto. spooJ t|.t .|||
p.cJuco t|o cpt|n.| oxpcsu.o Sn.|| .po.tu.os (||g| |/runbo.s) |rc.o.so Jopt| c| fio|J,
b.|rg|rg bct| t|o n.|r sub¦oct .rJ b.ckg.curJ |rtc |ccus |..go .po.tu.os (|c. |/run
bo.s) sc|tor b.ckg.curJ Jot.||s
¯c t.ko p|ctcg..p|s |r .po.tu.op.|c.|ty .utc
1
|ct.to t|o ncJo J|.| tc A
2
|ct.to t|o subccnn.rJ J|.| tc c|ccso t|o Jos|.oJ .po.tu.o
3
|..no . p|ctcg..p|, |ccus, .rJ s|cct
Mode A (Aperture-Priority Auto)
Depth of Field
“|opt| c| fio|J” |s t|o J|st.rco tc .||c| cb¦octs bo||rJ .rJ |r |.crt c| t|o |ccus pc|rt .ppo.. tc bo |r
|ccus |..go .po.tu.os (|c. |/runbo.s) .oJuco Jopt| c| fio|J, b|u..|rg cb¦octs bo||rJ .rJ |r |.crt c|
t|o n.|r sub¦oct Sn.|| .po.tu.os (||g| |/runbo.s) |rc.o.so Jopt| c| fio|J, b.|rg|rg cut Jot.||s |r t|o
b.ckg.curJ .rJ |c.og.curJ (rcto t|.t Jopt| c| fio|J |s .|sc |rfluorcoJ by ct|o. |.ctc.s, suc| .s |cc.|
|orgt| .rJ |ccus J|st.rco) S|c.t fio|J Jopt|s ..o goro..||y usoJ |r pc.t..|ts tc b|u. b.ckg.curJ Jo
t.||s, |crg fio|J Jopt|s |r |.rJsc.po p|ctcg..p|s tc b.|rg t|o |c.og.curJ .rJ b.ckg.curJ |rtc |ccus
¯c p.ov|o. Jopt| c| fio|J, p.oss .rJ |c|J t|o Jopt|c|fio|J p.ov|o. but
tcr ¯|o |ors .||| bo stcppoJ Jc.r tc t|o cu..ort .po.tu.o v.|uo, .||c.|rg
Jopt| c| fio|J tc bo p.ov|o.oJ |r t|o v|o.firJo.
50 Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / Mode M (Manual)
|r n.ru.| oxpcsu.o ncJo, ycu ccrt.c| bct| s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o S|utto. spooJ c.r
bo sot tc v.|uos bot.oor 30 s .rJ '/·... s, c. t|o s|utto. c.r bo |o|J cpor |c. |rJofir|to|y
|c. |crgo. oxpcsu.os ( ) Apo.tu.o c.r bo sot tc v.|uos bot.oor t|o n|r|nun .rJ
n.x|nun v.|uos |c. t|o |ors
¯c t.ko p|ctcg..p|s |r n.ru.| oxpcsu.o ncJo
1
|ct.to t|o ncJo J|.| tc M
2
|ct.to t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| tc c|ccso . s|utto. spooJ, .rJ t|o subccnn.rJ J|.| tc
sot .po.tu.o ´|ock oxpcsu.o |r t|o o|oct.cr|c .r.|cg oxpcsu.o J|sp|.ys (soo bo|c.)
3
|..no . p|ctcg..p|, |ccus, .rJ s|cct
Electronic Analog Exposure Display
|| . ´|| |ors |s .tt.c|oJ .rJ . s|utto. spooJ ct|o. t|.r |s so|octoJ, t|o o|oct.cr|c .r.|cg ox
pcsu.o J|sp|.ys |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo. s|c. .|ot|o. t|o p|ctcg..p| .cu|J bo urJo. c.
cvo.oxpcsoJ .t cu..ort sott|rgs |oporJ|rg cr t|o cpt|cr c|csor |c. ´ustcn Sott|rg 10 (EV step,
89), t|o .ncurt c| urJo. c. cvo.oxpcsu.o |s s|c.r |r |rc.onorts c| '/· |\ c. '⁄. |\ || t|o ||n|ts c|
t|o oxpcsu.o noto.|rg syston ..o oxcooJoJ, t|o J|sp|.ys .||| fl.s|
EV Step set to “1/3 step” EV Step set to “1/2 step”
Opt|n.| oxpcsu.o
|rJo.oxpcsoJ by '/· |\ |rJo.oxpcsoJ by '/. |\
Ovo.oxpcsoJ by nc.o t|.r 2 |\ Ovo.oxpcsoJ by nc.o t|.r 3 |\
Mode M (Manual)
/ s, f/4.5
51 Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / Mode M (Manual)
Long Time-Exposures
S|utto. spooJs c| “bu|b” .rJ “” c.r bo usoJ |c. |crg t|nooxpcsu.o p|ctcg..p|s c| ncv|rg
||g|ts, t|o st..s, r|g|t scoro.y, c. fi.o.c.ks ¯c p.ovort b|u..|rg c.usoJ by c.no.. s|.ko, uso
. t.|pcJ .rJ .r cpt|cr.| .oncto ccrt.c| ( 123) c. .oncto cc.J ( 123)
Shutter speed Description
S|utto. .on.|rs cpor .|||o t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s |o|J Jc.r
Opt|cr.| V||3 .oncto ccrt.c| .oou|.oJ ( 123) So|oct ncJo V, c|ccso . s|utto.
spooJ c| “bu|b,” .rJ t|or so|oct Jo|.yoJ .oncto c. ou|ck.ospcrso .oncto ncJo
( 38) S|utto. cpors .|or t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr cr t|o .oncto ccrt.c| |s
p.ossoJ .rJ urt|| t|o buttcr |s p.ossoJ . soccrJ t|no c. .on.|rs cpor |c. t||.ty
n|rutos
¯c p.ovort |css c| pc.o. bo|c.o t|o oxpcsu.o |s ccnp|oto, uso . |u||y c|..goJ b.tto.y c. .r
cpt|cr.| A´ .J.pto. |cto t|.t rc|so n.y bo p.osort |r |crg oxpcsu.os, bo|c.o s|cct|rg,
c|ccso On |c. t|o Long exp. NR cpt|cr |r t|o s|cct|rg noru ( 83)
35 s, f/25
52 Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / Exposure
Exposure
Metering
Controls used: button + main command dial
¯|o noto.|rg not|cJ Joto.n|ros |c. t|o c.no.. sots oxpcsu.o ¯|o |c||c.|rg cpt|crs
..o .v.||.b|o
Method Description
3| ´c|c. V.t.|x ||
|occnnorJoJ |r ncst s|tu.t|crs ´.no.. noto.s . .|Jo ..o. c| t|o |..no
.rJ sots oxpcsu.o .ccc.J|rg tc J|st.|but|cr c| b.|g|tross, cc|c., J|st.rco,
.rJ ccnpcs|t|cr |c. r.tu..| .osu|ts
´orto..o|g|toJ
´.no.. noto.s ort|.o |..no but .ss|grs g.o.tost .o|g|t tc corto. ..o.
´|.ss|c noto. |c. pc.t..|ts, .occnnorJoJ .|or us|rg fi|to.s .|t| .r oxpc
su.o |.ctc. (fi|to. |.ctc.) cvo. 1 × ( 122)
Spct
´.no.. noto.s c|.c|o 35 nn (014 |r) |r J|.noto. (.pp.cx|n.to|y 25 ° c|
|..no) ´|.c|o |s corto.oJ cr cu..ort |ccus ..o., n.k|rg |t pcss|b|o tc noto.
cffcorto. sub¦octs (|| rcr´|| |ors |s usoJ c. || Auto-area AF |s so|octoJ
|c. ´ustcn Sott|rg 2 ( 8), c.no.. .||| noto. corto. |ccus ..o.) |rsu.os
t|.t sub¦oct .||| bo cc..oct|y oxpcsoJ, ovor .|or b.ckg.curJ |s nuc|
b.|g|to. c. J..ko.
¯c c|ccso . noto.|rg not|cJ, p.oss t|o buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| urt||
t|o Jos|.oJ ncJo |s J|sp|.yoJ

12—Center Weight ( 90)
¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s t|o s|.o c| t|o ..o. .ss|groJ t|o g.o.tost .o|g|t |r corto..o|g|toJ noto.|rg
¯|o Jo|.u|t |s 8nn (031|r)
3D Color Matrix II Metering
|r n.t.|x noto.|rg, oxpcsu.o |s sot us|rg . 420sognort |´b sorsc. |so . typo ´ c. | |ors |c. .osu|ts
t|.t |rc|uJo ..rgo |r|c.n.t|cr (3| cc|c. n.t.|x noto.|rg ||, 11) \|t| ct|o. ´|| |orsos, 3| ..rgo
|r|c.n.t|cr |s rct |rc|uJoJ (cc|c. n.t.|x noto.|rg ||)
Exposure
53 Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / Exposure
Autoexposure Lock
Controls used: AE-L/AF-L button
|so .utc oxpcsu.o |cck tc .occnpcso p|ctcg..p|s .|to. noto.|rg oxpcsu.o
1
So|oct ncJo P, S, c. A .rJ c|ccso corto..o|g|toJ c. spct noto.|rg (oxpcsu.o |cck |.s
rc offoct |r ncJo M, .|||o .rJ ||g|t.| \..||.cg..n ncJos ..o rct .occnnorJoJ .s
corto..o|g|toJ .rJ spct noto.|rg ..o rct .v.||.b|o |r t|oso ncJos) || us|rg corto.
.o|g|toJ noto.|rg, so|oct t|o corto. |ccus ..o. .|t| t|o nu|t| so|octc. ( 30)
2
|cs|t|cr t|o sub¦oct |r t|o so|octoJ |ccus ..o. .rJ p.oss t|o
s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |.||..y \|t| t|o s|utto..o|o.so but
tcr p.ossoJ |.||..y .rJ t|o sub¦oct pcs|t|croJ |r t|o |ccus
..o., p.oss t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr tc |cck oxpcsu.o
\|||o oxpcsu.o |cck |s |r offoct, .r AE-L |rJ|c.tc. .||| .ppo.. |r
t|o v|o.firJo.
3
|oop|rg t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr p.ossoJ, .occnpcso t|o p|ctc
g..p| .rJ s|cct

Adjusting Shutter Speed and Aperture
\|||o oxpcsu.o |cck |s |r offoct, t|o |c||c.|rg sott|rgs c.r bo .J¦ustoJ .|t|cut .|to.|rg t|o noto.oJ
v.|uo |c. oxpcsu.o
Mode Setting
|.cg..nnoJ .utc S|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o (flox|b|o p.cg..n, 4)
S|utto.p.|c.|ty .utc S|utto. spooJ
Apo.tu.op.|c.|ty .utc Apo.tu.o
¯|o ro. v.|uos c.r bo ccrfi.noJ |r t|o v|o.firJo. .rJ ccrt.c| p.ro| |cto t|.t t|o noto.|rg not|cJ
c.r rct bo c|.rgoJ .|||o oxpcsu.o |cck |s |r offoct (c|.rgos tc noto.|rg t.ko offoct .|or t|o |cck
|s .o|o.soJ)

18 — AE-L/AF-L ( 94)
¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s t|o bo|.v|c. c| t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr

19 — AE Lock ( 94)
¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s .|ot|o. t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |ccks oxpcsu.o
54 Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / Exposure
Exposure Compensation
Controls used: button + main command dial
|xpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr |s usoJ tc .|to. oxpcsu.o |.cn t|o v.|uo suggostoJ by t|o c.no..,
n.k|rg p|ctu.os b.|g|to. c. J..ko. |t |s ncst offoct|vo .|or usoJ .|t| corto..o|g|toJ c.
spct noto.|rg ( 52)
|xpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr |s .v.||.b|o |r ncJos P, S, .rJ A (|r ncJo M, cr|y t|o oxpcsu.o
|r|c.n.t|cr s|c.r |r t|o o|oct.cr|c .r.|cg oxpcsu.o J|sp|.y |s .ffoctoJ, s|utto. spooJ .rJ
.po.tu.o Jc rct c|.rgo)
|.oss t|o buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| urt|| t|o
Jos|.oJ v.|uo |s J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| |xpcsu.o ccnpor
s.t|cr c.r bo sot tc v.|uos bot.oor – 5 |\ (urJo.oxpcsu.o) .rJ
+ 5 |\ (cvo.oxpcsu.o) |r |rc.onorts c| '/· |\ |r goro..|, c|ccso
pcs|t|vo v.|uos tc n.ko t|o sub¦oct b.|g|to., rog.t|vo v.|uos tc
n.ko |t J..ko.
At v.|uos ct|o. t|.r ± 0, . |ccr .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ .|to. ycu .o|o.so
t|o buttcr ¯|o cu..ort v.|uo |c. oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr .|||
bo J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o v|o.firJo. .|or t|o buttcr |s p.ossoJ

10 — EV Step ( 89)
|so t||s cpt|cr tc sot t|o |rc.onorts |c. oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr tc |\

11 — Exposure Comp. ( 89)
|| Jos|.oJ, oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr c.r bo sot .|t|cut p.oss|rg t|o buttcr
– 0.3 EV
+ 2.0 EV
|c.n.| oxpcsu.o c.r bo .ostc.oJ by sott|rg oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr tc ± 0 |xpcsu.o ccn
pors.t|cr |s rct .osot .|or t|o c.no.. |s tu.roJ cff
No exposure compensation –1 EV +1 EV
55 Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / Exposure
Using Flash Exposure Compensation with Optional Speedlights
||.s| oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr |s .|sc .v.||.b|o .|t| .r cpt|cr.| Sb800 c. Sb600 SpooJ||g|ts
10 — EV Step ( 89)
|so t||s cpt|cr tc sot t|o |rc.onorts |c. fl.s| ccnpors.t|cr tc |\
Flash Exposure Compensation
Controls used: button + sub command dial
||.s| oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr |s usoJ tc .|to. fl.s| cutput |.cn t|o |ovo| suggostoJ by t|o
c.no.., c|.rg|rg t|o b.|g|tross c| t|o n.|r sub¦oct .o|.t|vo tc t|o b.ckg.curJ ||.s| cut
put c.r bo |rc.o.soJ tc n.ko t|o n.|r sub¦oct .ppo.. b.|g|to., c. .oJucoJ tc p.ovort ur
..rtoJ ||g|||g|ts c. .ofloct|crs
|.oss t|o (
)
buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o subccnn.rJ J|.| urt|| t|o
Jos|.oJ v.|uo |s J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| ||.s| ccnpors.t|cr
c.r bo sot tc v.|uos bot.oor – 3 |\ (J..ko.) .rJ + 1 |\ (b.|g|to.) |r
|rc.onorts c| '/· |\ |r goro..|, c|ccso pcs|t|vo v.|uos tc n.ko t|o
sub¦oct b.|g|to., rog.t|vo v.|uos tc n.ko |t J..ko.
At v.|uos ct|o. t|.r ± 0, . |ccr .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ .|to. ycu .o
|o.so t|o (
)
buttcr ¯|o cu..ort v.|uo |c. fl.s| ccnpors.t|cr
.||| bo J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o v|o.firJo. .|or t|o buttcr |s p.ossoJ
+0.7 EV
−0.3 EV
|c.n.| fl.s| cutput c.r bo .ostc.oJ by sott|rg fl.s| ccnpors.t|cr tc ± 00 ||.s| oxpcsu.o
ccnpors.t|cr |s rct .osot .|or t|o c.no.. |s tu.roJ cff
56 Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / Exposure
Bracketing
Controls used: button + command dials
b..ckot|rg .utcn.t|c.||y v..|os so|octoJ sott|rgs s||g|t|y .|t| o.c| s|ct, “b..ckot|rg” t|o
cu..ort v.|uo ¯|o sott|rg .ffoctoJ |s c|csor .|t| ´ustcn Sott|rg 13 (Auto BKT set, 90),
bo|c., |t |s .ssunoJ t|.t AE & flash |s so|octoJ tc v..y oxpcsu.o .rJ fl.s| |ovo| Ot|o. cp
t|crs c.r bo usoJ tc v..y oxpcsu.o c. fl.s| |ovo| sop...to|y c. tc b..ckot .||to b.|.rco
1
|.oss t|o buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| tc c|ccso t|o runbo. c| s|cts
|r t|o b..ckot|rg soouorco (t.c c. t|.oo)
Progress indicator
No. of shots
2
|.oss t|o buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o subccnn.rJ J|.| tc c|ccso t|o b..ckot|rg |rc.o
nort |.cn v.|uos bot.oor 03 |\ .rJ 20 |\
Bracketing
increment
Understanding the Bracketing Display
Number of shots Progress indicator Description
3 s|cts urncJ|fioJ, rog.t|vo, pcs|t|vo
2 s|cts urncJ|fioJ, pcs|t|vo
2 s|cts urncJ|fioJ, rog.t|vo
Bracketing Programs
Soo t|o ApporJ|x |c. . ||st c| b..ckot|rg p.cg..ns ( 140)
10 — EV Step (

89)
|so t||s cpt|cr tc sot t|o |rc.onorts |c. oxpcsu.o .rJ fl.s| b..ckot|rg tc |\
14 — Auto BKT Order (

91)
¯||s cpt|cr c.r bo usoJ tc c|.rgo t|o b..ckot|rg c.Jo.
57 Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / Exposure
Exposure Bracketing
¯|o c.no.. ncJ|fios oxpcsu.o by v..y|rg s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o (p.cg..nnoJ .utc), .po.tu.o
(s|utto.p.|c.|ty .utc), c. s|utto. spooJ (.po.tu.op.|c.|ty .utc, n.ru.| oxpcsu.o ncJo) \|or On |s
so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rg (ISO Auto, 88), t|o c.no.. .||| .utcn.t|c.||y v..y |SO sors|t|v|ty |c.
cpt|nun oxpcsu.o .|or t|o ||n|ts c| t|o c.no.. oxpcsu.o syston ..o oxcooJoJ |r oxpcsu.o b..ck
ot|rg, s|utto. spooJ .||| cr|y bo c|.rgoJ .|to. t|o c.no.. |.s .J¦ustoJ |SO sors|t|v|ty
Exposure and Flash Bracketing
|r ccrt|rucus ncJo, s|cct|rg .||| p.uso .|to. t|o runbo. c| s|cts spoc|fioJ |r t|o b..ckot|rg p.c
g..n So|oct|rg c. ||g|t.| \..||.cg..n ncJos .||| c.rco| b..ckot|rg, b..ckot|rg .||| .osuno .|or
ncJo P, S, A, c. M |s so|octoJ |xpcsu.o .rJ fl.s| b..ckot|rg ..o c.rco||oJ .|or WB bracketing |s
so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rg 13 (Auto BKT set, 90)
Resuming Exposure or Flash Bracketing
|| t|o nonc.y c..J fi||s bo|c.o .|| s|cts |r t|o soouorco |.vo boor t.kor, s|cct|rg c.r bo .osunoJ
|.cn t|o roxt s|ct |r t|o soouorco .|to. t|o nonc.y c..J |.s boor .op|.coJ c. s|cts |.vo boor Jo
|otoJ tc n.ko .ccn cr t|o nonc.y c..J || t|o c.no.. |s tu.roJ cff bo|c.o .|| s|cts |r t|o soouorco
|.vo boor t.kor, b..ckot|rg .||| .osuno |.cn t|o roxt s|ct |r t|o soouorco .|or t|o c.no.. |s
tu.roJ cr
3
´cnpcso . p|ctcg..p|, |ccus, .rJ s|cct ¯|o c.no.. .||| v..y
oxpcsu.o .rJ fl.s| |ovo| .|t| o.c| s|ct At Jo|.u|t sott|rgs,
t|o fi.st s|ct .||| bo t.kor .t t|o cu..ort v.|uos |c. oxpcsu.o
.rJ fl.s| ccnpors.t|cr .rJ t|o |c||c.|rg s|cts .t ncJ|fioJ
v.|uos || t|o b..ckot|rg soouorco ccrs|sts c| t|.oo s|cts, t|o
b..ckot|rg |rc.onort .||| bo subt..ctoJ |.cn t|o cu..ort v.|
uos |r t|o soccrJ s|ct .rJ .JJoJ |r t|o t||.J s|ct, “b..ckot|rg”
t|o cu..ort v.|uos ¯|o ncJ|fioJ v.|uos c.r bo ||g|o. c. |c.o.
t|.r t|o n.x|nun .rJ n|r|nun v.|uos |c. oxpcsu.o .rJ
fl.s| ccnpors.t|cr ¯|o ncJ|fioJ s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o
..o J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo.
\|||o b..ckot|rg |s |r offoct, . b..ckot|rg p.cg.oss |rJ|c.tc.
.||| bo J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| ¯|o sognort .||| J|s
.ppo.. |.cn t|o |rJ|c.tc. .|or t|o urncJ|fioJ s|ct |s t.kor,
t|o |rJ|c.tc. .|or t|o s|ct .|t| t|o rog.t|vo |rc.onort
|s t.kor, .rJ t|o |rJ|c.tc. .|or t|o s|ct .|t| t|o pcs|t|vo
|rc.onort |s t.kor
¯c c.rco| b..ckot|rg, p.oss t|o buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| urt|| t|o run
bo. c| s|cts |r t|o b..ckot|rg soouorco |s .o.c .rJ |s rc |crgo. J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ccrt.c|
p.ro| ¯|o p.cg..n |.st |r offoct .||| bo .ostc.oJ t|o roxt t|no b..ckot|rg |s .ct|v.toJ
58 Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / White Balance
White Balance
\||to b.|.rco orsu.os t|.t cc|c.s ..o ur.ffoctoJ by t|o cc|c. c| t|o ||g|t scu.co Autc .||to
b.|.rco |s .occnnorJoJ |c. ncst ||g|t scu.cos, || rocoss..y, ct|o. v.|uos c.r bo so|octoJ
.ccc.J|rg tc t|o typo c| scu.co ¯|o |c||c.|rg cpt|crs ..o .v.||.b|o
Option Description
Auto
´.no.. sots .||to b.|.rco .utcn.t|c.||y |occnnorJoJ |c. ncst s|tu
.t|crs
Incandescent |so urJo. |rc.rJoscort ||g|t|rg
Fluorescent |so urJo. fluc.oscort ||g|t|rg
Direct Sunlight |so .|t| sub¦octs ||t by J|.oct sur||g|t
Flash |so .|t| bu||t|r fl.s| c. cpt|cr.| ||kcr fl.s| ur|ts
Cloudy |so |r J.y||g|t urJo. cvo.c.st sk|os
Shade |so |r J.y||g|t .|t| sub¦octs |r t|o s|.Jo
Choose color temp. ´|ccso cc|c. tonpo..tu.o |.cn ||st c| v.|uos ( 59)
White balance
preset
|so g..y c. .||to cb¦oct c. ox|st|rg p|ctcg..p| .s .o|o.orco |c. .||to
b.|.rco ( 59)
¯c so|oct . v.|uo |c. .||to b.|.rco, p.oss t|o WB buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ
J|.| urt|| t|o Jos|.oJ sott|rg |s J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| \||to b.|.rco c.r .|sc bo
.J¦ustoJ |.cn t|o s|cct|rg noru ( 82)
Fine-Tuning White Balance
Controls used: WB button + sub-command dial (monitor off)
At sott|rgs ct|o. t|.r (Choose color temp.) .rJ PRE (White balance preset), .||to
b.|.rco c.r bo “firo turoJ” by ± 3 |r |rc.onorts c| cro ´|ccso |c.o. v.|uos tc n.ko p|c
tcg..p|s .ppo.. s||g|t|y nc.o yo||c. c. .oJ, ||g|o. v.|uos tc |orJ |n.gos . b|u|s| t|rgo
|.oss t|o WB buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o subccnn.rJ J|.| urt|| t|o Jos|.oJ sott|rg |s J|sp|.yoJ
|r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro|
White Balance
Controls used: WB button + main command dial (monitor off)
|u.|rg s|cct|rg, sott|rgs ct|o. t|.r ±0 ..o J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ccrt.c|
p.ro| .s s|c.r .t .|g|t
59 Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / White Balance
Choosing a Color Temperature
Controls used: WB button + sub-command dial
(monitor off)
At . sott|rg c| (Choose color temp.), cc|c. tonpo..tu.o c.r bo
so|octoJ by p.oss|rg t|o WB buttcr .rJ .ct.t|rg t|o subccnn.rJ
J|.| urt|| t|o Jos|.oJ v.|uo |s J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| ´c|c.
tonpo..tu.o c.r .|sc bo so|octoJ |r t|o s|cct|rg noru ( 82)
Choose color temp.
¯.ko . tost s|ct tc Joto.n|ro || t|o so|octoJ cc|c. tonpo..tu.o |s .pp.cp.|.to tc t|o ||g|t scu.co |cto
t|.t t|o Jos|.oJ .osu|ts n.y rct .c||ovoJ .|t| t|o fl.s| c. .|t| fluc.oscort ||g|t|rg, c|ccso (Flash)
c. (Fluorescent) |rsto.J
Color Temperature
¯|o po.co|voJ cc|c. c| . ||g|t scu.co v..|os .|t| t|o v|o.o. .rJ ct|o. ccrJ|t|crs ´c|c. tonpo..tu.o |s
.r cb¦oct|vo no.su.o c| t|o cc|c. c| . ||g|t scu.co, JofiroJ .|t| .o|o.orco tc t|o tonpo..tu.o tc .||c|
.r cb¦oct .cu|J |.vo tc bo |o.toJ tc ..J|.to ||g|t |r t|o s.no ..vo|orgt|s \|||o ||g|t scu.cos .|t|
. cc|c. tonpo..tu.o |r t|o ro|g|bc.|ccJ c| 5,000–5,500 | .ppo.. .||to, ||g|t scu.cos .|t| . |c.o.
cc|c. tonpo..tu.o, suc| .s |rc.rJoscort ||g|t bu|bs, .ppo.. s||g|t|y yo||c. c. .oJ ||g|t scu.cos .|t|
. ||g|o. cc|c. tonpo..tu.o .ppo.. t|rgoJ .|t| b|uo ¯|o cc|c. tonpo..tu.os |c. o.c| c| t|o .||to b.|
.rco sott|rgs suppc.toJ by t|o c.no.. n.y bo |curJ |r t|o ApporJ|x ( 140)
13 — Auto BKT Set ( 90)
¯||s cpt|cr tc c.o.to . so.|os c| p|ctcg..p|s “b..ckot|rg” t|o cu..ort .||to b.|.rco v.|uo
Preset White Balance
|.osot .||to b.|.rco c.r bo usoJ .|or t|o Jos|.oJ .osu|ts c.r rct bo .c||ovoJ .t ct|o. sot
t|rgs c. tc n.tc| .||to b.|.rco tc t|o v.|uo usoJ |r .r p.ov|cus p|ctcg..p| ¯.c not|cJs
..o .v.||.b|o |c. sott|rg p.osot .||to b.|.rco
Method Description
||.oct no.su.onort
|out..| g..y c. .||to cb¦oct |s p|.coJ urJo. ||g|t|rg t|.t .||| bo usoJ |r
fir.| p|ctcg..p| .rJ .||to b.|.rco |s no.su.oJ by c.no.. ( 60)
´cpy |.cn ox|st|rg
p|ctcg..p|
\||to b.|.rco |s ccp|oJ |.cn p|ctc cr nonc.y c..J ( 82)
60 Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / White Balance
Measuring a Value for Preset White Balance
1
||.co . rout..| g..y c. .||to cb¦oct urJo. t|o ||g|t|rg t|.t .||| bo usoJ |r t|o fir.| p|c
tcg..p| A st.rJ..J g..y c..J c.r bo usoJ .s . .o|o.orco |r stuJ|c sott|rgs |c rct uso
oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr
2
|.oss t|o WB buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| urt|| |s J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o
ccrt.c| p.ro|
3
|o|o.so t|o WB buttcr b.|ofly .rJ t|or p.oss t|o buttcr urt|| J|sp|.ys st..t tc fl.s| .s
s|c.r .t .|g|t ¯c ox|t .|t|cut no.su.|rg . ro. v.|uo |c. .||to b.|.rco, p.oss t|o WB
buttcr
4
|..no t|o .o|o.orco cb¦oct sc t|.t |t fi||s t|o v|o.firJo. .rJ
p.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr .|| t|o ..y Jc.r ¯|o c.n
o.. .||| no.su.o . v.|uo |c. .||to b.|.rco .rJ uso t||s v.|uo
.|or p.osot .||to b.|.rco |s so|octoJ |c p|ctcg..p| .||| bo
.occ.JoJ
¯c ox|t .|t|cut no.su.|rg . ro. v.|uo |c. .||to b.|.rco, p.oss t|o WB buttcr
5
|| t|o c.no.. ..s .b|o tc no.su.o . v.|uo |c. .||to b.|.rco, t|o
J|sp|.ys .||| fl.s| .s s|c.r .t .|g|t |c. .bcut s|x soccrJs bo|c.o
t|o c.no.. .otu.rs tc s|cct|rg ncJo (tc .otu.r tc s|cct|rg
ncJo bo|c.o t|o J|sp|.y stcps fl.s||rg, p.oss t|o s|utto..o
|o.so buttcr |.||..y) \||to b.|.rco .||| .utcn.t|c.||y bo sot
tc t|o no.su.oJ v.|uo
|| t|o J|sp|.ys fl.s| .s s|c.r .t .|g|t, t|o c.no.. ..s ur.b|o tc
no.su.o .||to b.|.rco |.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |.||
..y tc .otu.r tc Stop 4 .rJ no.su.o .||to b.|.rco .g.|r
61 Reference: More on Playback / Viewing Photographs on the Camera
Viewing Photographs on the Camera
Auto Image Rotation ( 108)/Rotate Tall ( 75)
¯|oso cpt|crs ccrt.c| .|ot|o. p|ctcg..p|s t.kor |r “t.||” c.|ort.t|cr ..o .ct.toJ |c. J|sp|.y |r t|o
ncr|tc. Ju.|rg p|.yb.ck
6 — Image Review ( 88)
´|ccso .|ot|o. tc J|sp|.y p|ctcg..p|s .s t|oy ..o t.kor
27 — Monitor Off ( 98)
´|ccso |c. |crg t|o ncr|tc. .on.|rs cr bo|c.o tu.r|rg cff .utcn.t|c.||y tc s.vo pc.o.
¯c p|.y p|ctcg..p|s b.ck, p.oss t|o buttcr ¯|o ncst
.ocort p|ctcg..p| .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ncr|tc. ||c
tcg..p|s t.kor |r “t.||” (pc.t..|t) c.|ort.t|cr ..o J|sp|.yoJ
|r t.|| c.|ort.t|cr .s s|c.r .t .|g|t
More on Playback
Viewing Photographs on the Camera
¯|o |c||c.|rg cpo..t|crs c.r bo po.|c.noJ |r |u|||..no p|.yb.ck
To Use Description
\|o. .JJ|t|cr.|
p|ctcg..p|s
c.
|.oss nu|t| so|octc. tc .|g|t c. .ct.to n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| .|g|t
tc v|o. p|ctcg..p|s |r c.Jo. .occ.JoJ |.oss nu|t| so|octc. |o|t
c. .ct.to n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| |o|t tc v|o. p|ctcg..p|s |r .o
vo.so c.Jo.
\|o. p|ctc |r|c.
n.t|cr
c.
|.oss nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r c. .ct.to subccnn.rJ J|.| tc
v|o. |r|c.n.t|cr .bcut cu..ort p|ctcg..p| ( 62)
¯ccn |r cr p|ctc ¯ccn |r cr cu..ort p|ctcg..p| ( 64)
|o|oto p|ctc |o|oto cu..ort p|ctcg..p| ( 65)
|.ctoct p|ctc |.ctoct cu..ort p|ctcg..p| ( 65)
\|o. t|unbr.||s \|o. nu|t|p|o p|ctcg..p|s ( 63)
|x|t tc s|cct|rg
ncJo
S|utto. buttcr
c.
¯c tu.r ncr|tc. cff .rJ .otu.r tc s|cct|rg ncJo, p.oss s|utto.
.o|o.so buttcr |.||..y c. p.oss t|o buttcr
\|o. norus \|o. norus ( 4)
|otcuc| p|ctc ´.o.to .otcuc|oJ ccpy c| cu..ort p|ctcg..p| ( 109)
62 Reference: More on Playback / Viewing Photographs on the Camera
Photo Information
||ctc |r|c.n.t|cr |s supo.|npcsoJ cr |n.gos J|sp|.yoJ |r |u|||..no p|.yb.ck |.oss t|o
nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r c. .ct.to t|o subccnn.rJ J|.| tc cyc|o t|.cug| t|o |c||c.|rg |r
|c.n.t|cr b.s|c |r|c.n.t|cr ↔ S|cct|rg |.t. |.go 1 ↔ S|cct|rg |.t. |.go 2 ↔ |otcuc|
||stc.y (.otcuc|oJ ccp|os cr|y) ↔ ||g|||g|ts ↔ |´b ||stcg..n ↔ b.s|c |r|c.n.t|cr
³



Retouch History
1
1 |.ctoct st.tus 65
2 |otcuc| |rJ|c.tc. 109
3 |otcuc| ||stc.y ||sts c|.rgos n.Jo tc |n.go us|rg cpt|crs
|r .otcuc| noru ( 109), st..t|rg .|t| ncst .ocort c|.rgo 109
4 |..no runbo./tct.| runbo. c| |n.gos
1 ||sp|.yoJ || |n.go ..s c.o.toJ us|rg cpt|crs |r .otcuc| noru
³






µ
¸

¹

1 |.ctoct st.tus 65
2 |otcuc| |rJ|c.tc. 109
3 |n.go cpt|n|..t|cr
1
9
4 |SO sors|t|v|ty
2
43
5 \||to b.|.rco/.||to
b.|.rco firotur|rg 58
6 |n.go s|.o/
|n.go ou.||ty 34, 35
7 ¯cro ccnpors.t|cr 80
8 S|..por|rg 80
9 ´c|c. ncJo/|uo 80
10 S.tu..t|cr 80
11 |n.go ccnnort
3
104
12 |..no runbo./tct.|
runbo. c| |n.gos
Shooting Data, Page 2
1 |||to. r.no |s J|sp|.yoJ || p|ctc ..s t.kor .|t| fi|to. cpt|cr so
|octoJ |c. Optimize image > Black-and-white > Custom
2 ||sp|.yoJ |r .oJ || |SO sors|t|v|ty ..s ncJ|fioJ |.cn so|octoJ v.|uo
by .utc |SO
3 Or|y fi.st 13 |otto.s ..o J|sp|.yoJ
³ ·
ᕩ ᕨ ᕧ ᕦ
ᕥ ᕤ

1 |.ctoct st.tus 65
2 |otcuc| |rJ|c.tc. 109
3 |..no runbo./tct.|
runbo. c| |n.gos
4 |c|Jo. r.no 5
5 |n.go ou.||ty 34
6 |.to c| .occ.J|rg 14, 103
7 ¯|no c| .occ.J|rg 14, 103
8 |||o r.no 35
9 |n.go s|.o 35
Basic Information
¸
³







µ

1 |.ctoct st.tus 65
2 |otcuc| |rJ|c.tc. 109
3 ´.no.. r.no
4 Voto.|rg 52
5 S|utto. spooJ 48, 50
6 Apo.tu.o 49, 50
7 VcJo 45
8 |xpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr 54
9 |cc.| |orgt| 1
10 ||.s| ncJo 40
11 |..no runbo./tct.|
runbo. c| |n.gos
Shooting Data, Page 1
63 Reference: More on Playback / Viewing Photographs on the Camera
Viewing Multiple Images: Thumbnail Playback
¯c J|sp|.y |n.gos |r “ccrt.ct s|oots” c| |cu. c. r|ro |n.gos,
p.oss t|o buttcr |r |u|||..no p|.yb.ck ¯|o |c||c.|rg
cpo..t|crs c.r bo po.|c.noJ .|||o t|unbr.||s ..o J|s
p|.yoJ
To Use Description
||sp|.y nc.o |n
.gos po. p.go
|rc.o.so runbo. c| |n.gos J|sp|.yoJ |.cn cro (|u|||..no p|.y
b.ck) tc |cu. c. |.cn |cu. tc r|ro
||sp|.y |o.o. |n
.gos po. p.go
|oc.o.so runbo. c| |n.gos J|sp|.yoJ |.cn r|ro tc |cu. c. |.cn
|cu. tc cro (|u|||..no p|.yb.ck)
||g|||g|t
p|ctcg..p|s
|so nu|t| so|octc. tc ||g|||g|t p|ctcg..p|s, c. .ct.to n.|r
ccnn.rJ J|.| tc ncvo cu.sc. up c. Jc.r, subccnn.rJ J|.|
tc ncvo cu.sc. |o|t c. .|g|t
\|o. ||g|||g|toJ
p|ctu.o |u|| |..no
\|o. p|ctu.o ||g|||g|toJ |r t|unbr.|| ||st |u|| |..no
|o|oto p|ctc |o|oto ||g|||g|toJ p|ctcg..p| ( 65)
|.ctoct p|ctc |.ctoct ||g|||g|toJ p|ctcg..p| ( 65)
|x|t tc s|cct|rg
ncJo
S|utto. buttcr
c.
¯c tu.r ncr|tc. cff .rJ .otu.r tc s|cct|rg ncJo, p.oss s|utto.
.o|o.so buttcr |.||..y c. p.oss t|o buttcr
\|o. norus \|o. norus ( 4)
Highlights
Highlights ..o t|o b.|g|tost pc.t|crs c| t|o |n.go |ot.||s
n.y bo |cst (“..s|oJ cut”) |r ..o.s c| ||g|||g|ts t|.t ..o cvo.
oxpcsoJ
1 |.ctoct st.tus 65
2 |otcuc| |rJ|c.tc. 109
3 |n.go ||g|||g|ts (..o.s c| |n.go t|.t ..o “..s|oJ cut”) ..o
|rJ|c.toJ by fl.s||rg bc.Jo.
4 |..no runbo./tct.| runbo. c| |n.gos
³ ᕣ


1 |.ctoct st.tus 65
2 |otcuc| |rJ|c.tc. 109
3 ||stcg..n (.|| c|.rro|s)
4 |oJ c|.rro| ||stcg..n
5 ´.oor c|.rro| ||stcg..n
6 b|uo c|.rro| ||stcg..n
7 |..no runbo./tct.|
runbo. c| |n.gos
RGB Histogram
A histogram |s . g..p| s|c.|rg t|o J|st.|but|cr c| tcros |r t|o
|n.go ¯|o |c.|.crt.| .x|s cc..ospcrJs tc p|xo| b.|g|tross,
.|t| J..k p|xo|s .t t|o |o|t .rJ b.|g|t p|xo|s .t t|o .|g|t ¯|o
vo.t|c.| .x|s s|c.s t|o runbo. c| p|xo|s c| o.c| b.|g|tross
|r t|o |n.go |cto t|.t c.no.. ||stcg..ns n.y J|ffo. |.cn
t|cso J|sp|.yoJ |r |n.g|rg .pp||c.t|crs

³

ᕦ ᕣ


64 Reference: More on Playback / Viewing Photographs on the Camera
Taking a Closer Look: Playback Zoom
|.oss t|o buttcr tc .ccn |r cr . p|ctcg..p| |r |u|||..no p|.y
b.ck ¯|o |c||c.|rg cpo..t|crs c.r bo po.|c.noJ
To Use Description
¯ccn |r .rJ cut /
|.oss tc .ccn |r tc n.x|nun c| .p
p.cx|n.to|y 25 × (|..go |n.gos), 19 × (no
J|un |n.gos) c. 13 × (sn.|| |n.gos) |.oss
tc .ccn cut \|||o p|ctc |s .ccnoJ
|r, p.oss nu|t| so|octc. up, Jc.r, |o|t, c.
.|g|t tc v|o. ..o.s c| |n.go rct v|s|b|o
\|o. ct|o. ..o.s c|
|n.go
|r ncr|tc. |oop nu|t| so|octc. p.ossoJ tc sc.c|| ..p|J|y tc ct|o.
..o.s c| |..no |.v|g.t|cr .|rJc. |s J|sp|.yoJ .|or .ccn
..t|c |s .|to.oJ, ..o. cu..ort|y v|s|b|o |r ncr|tc. |s |rJ|c.toJ by
yo||c. bc.Jo.
\|o. ct|o. |n.gos
|ct.to n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| tc v|o. s.no |cc.t|cr |r ct|o. |n
.gos .t cu..ort .ccn ..t|c
´.rco| .ccn |otu.r tc |u|||..no p|.yb.ck
|o|oto p|ctc |o|oto cu..ort p|ctcg..p| ( 65)
|.ctoct p|ctc |.ctoct cu..ort p|ctcg..p| ( 65)
|x|t tc s|cct|rg
ncJo
S|utto. buttcr
c.
¯c tu.r ncr|tc. cff .rJ .otu.r tc s|cct|rg ncJo, p.oss s|utto.
.o|o.so buttcr |.||..y c. p.oss t|o buttcr
\|o. norus \|o. norus ( 4)
65 Reference: More on Playback / Viewing Photographs on the Camera
Protecting Photographs from Deletion
|r |u|||..no, .ccn, .rJ t|unbr.|| p|.yb.ck, t|o buttcr c.r bo usoJ tc p.ctoct p|ctc
g..p|s |.cn .cc|Jort.| Jo|ot|cr |.ctoctoJ fi|os c.r rct bo Jo|otoJ us|rg t|o buttcr c.
t|o Delete cpt|cr |r t|o p|.yb.ck noru, .rJ |.vo |OS “.o.Jcr|y” st.tus .|or v|o.oJ cr
. \|rJc.s ccnputo. |cto t|.t p.ctoctoJ fi|os will bo Jo|otoJ .|or t|o nonc.y c..J |s
|c.n.ttoJ ( 102)
|.oss t|o buttcr tc p.ctoct t|o p|ctcg..p| cu..ort|y
J|sp|.yoJ |r |u|||..no c. .ccn p|.yb.ck c. ||g|||g|toJ |r
t|o t|unbr.|| ||st ¯|o p|ctcg..p| .||| bo n..koJ .|t| .
|ccr
¯c .oncvo p.ctoct|cr |.cn t|o p|ctcg..p| sc t|.t |t c.r bo Jo|otoJ, p.oss t|o but
tcr .|or t|o p|ctcg..p| |s J|sp|.yoJ |r |u|||..no c. .ccn p|.yb.ck c. ||g|||g|toJ |r t|o
t|unbr.|| ||st ¯c .oncvo p.ctoct|cr |.cn .|| |n.gos |r t|o |c|Jo. c. |c|Jo.s cu..ort|y so
|octoJ |c. Playback Folder, p.oss t|o .rJ buttcrs tcgot|o. |c. .bcut t.c soccrJs
Deleting Individual Photographs
|.oss t|o buttcr tc Jo|oto t|o p|ctcg..p| cu..ort|y J|sp|.yoJ |r |u|||..no c. .ccn
p|.yb.ck c. ||g|||g|toJ |r t|o t|unbr.|| ||st Oro c| t|o |c||c.|rg ccrfi.n.t|cr J|.|cgs .|||
bo J|sp|.yoJ, p.oss t|o buttcr .g.|r tc Jo|oto t|o p|ctcg..p| |.oss .ry ct|o. buttcr
tc ox|t .|t|cut Jo|ot|rg t|o p|ctcg..p|
Delete ( 74)
¯||s cpt|cr c.r bo usoJ tc Jo|oto nu|t|p|o p|ctcg..p|s
66 Reference: Connecting to a TV, Computer, or Printer / Viewing Photographs on TV
Viewing Photographs on TV
Connecting to a TV, Computer, or Printer
¯|o supp||oJ |´|2 .uJ|c/v|Joc (A/\) c.b|o c.r bo usoJ tc ccrroct t|o c.no.. tc . to|ov|
s|cr c. \´| |c. p|.yb.ck c. .occ.J|rg b.ckg.curJ nus|c |rc|uJoJ .|t| ||ctnct|cr s||Jo
s|c.s ( 5) .||| bo p|.yoJ b.ck cvo. t|o to|ov|s|cr spo.ko.s
1
´|ccso t|o .pp.cp.|.to v|Joc ncJo ( 103)
2
Turn the camera off A|..ys tu.r t|o c.no.. cff bo|c.o ccr
roct|rg c. J|sccrroct|rg t|o A/\ c.b|o
3
´crroct t|o A/\ c.b|o .s s|c.r
Connect to
camera
Connect to
video device
Video (yellow)
Audio (white)
4
¯uro t|o to|ov|s|cr tc t|o v|Joc c|.rro|
5
¯u.r t|o c.no.. cr |u.|rg p|.yb.ck, |n.gos .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ
cr t|o to|ov|s|cr c. .occ.JoJ tc v|Joc t.po, t|o c.no.. ncr|
tc. .||| .on.|r cff
Use an AC Adapter
|so c| .r ||5 A´ .J.pto. (.v.||.b|o sop...to|y) |s .occnnorJoJ |c. oxtorJoJ p|.yb.ck \|or
t|o ||5 |s ccrroctoJ, t|o c.no.. ncr|tc.cff Jo|.y .||| bo fixoJ .t tor n|rutos .rJ t|o oxpc
su.o noto.s .||| .on.|r cr |rJofir|to|y
Video connector
67 Reference: Connecting to a TV, Computer, or Printer / Connecting to a Computer
¯|o c.no.. c.r bo ccrroctoJ tc . ccnputo. us|rg t|o supp||oJ |´|4 |Sb c.b|o ¯|o sup
p||oJ ||ctu.o|.c¦oct sc|t...o c.r t|or bo usoJ tc ccpy p|ctcg..p|s tc t|o ccnputo., .|o.o
t|oy c.r bo c.g.r|.oJ, .otcuc|oJ, .rJ p.|rtoJ
Before Connecting the Camera
|rst.|| ||ctu.o|.c¦oct c. .ry ct|o. sc|t...o ycu n.y rooJ .|to. fi.st .o.J|rg t|o n.ru.|s .rJ
.ov|o.|rg t|o syston .oou|.onorts ¯c orsu.o t|.t J.t. t..rs|o. |s rct |rto..uptoJ, bo su.o
t|o c.no.. b.tto.y |s |u||y c|..goJ || |r Jcubt, c|..go t|o b.tto.y bo|c.o ccrroct|rg t|o
c.no.. c. uso .r ||5 A´ .J.pto. (.v.||.b|o sop...to|y)
bo|c.o ccrroct|rg t|o c.no.., so|oct t|o USB |ton |r t|o c.no..
sotup noru .rJ c|ccso . |Sb cpt|cr .s Josc.|boJ bo|c.
Computer operating system USB
\|rJc.s `| |cno |J|t|cr
\|rJc.s `| |.c|oss|cr.| ´|ccso PTP c. Mass Storage
V.c OS `
\|rJc.s 2000 |.c|oss|cr.| ´|ccso Mass Storage
¯
¯ |c |O¯ so|oct PTP || PTP |s so|octoJ .|or t|o c.no.. |s ccrroctoJ, t|o
\|rJc.s |..J...o .|...J .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ ´||ck Cancel tc ox|t t|o .|.
..J, .rJ t|or J|sccrroct t|o c.no.. .rJ so|oct Mass Storage
Connecting the USB Cable
1
¯u.r t|o ccnputo. cr .rJ ..|t |c. |t tc st..t up
2
¯u.r t|o c.no.. cff
3
´crroct t|o supp||oJ |´|4 |Sb c.b|o .s s|c.r |c rct uso |c.co c. .ttonpt tc |rso.t
t|o ccrroctc.s .t .r .rg|o ´crroct t|o c.no.. J|.oct|y tc t|o ccnputo., Jc rct ccr
roct t|o c.b|o v|. . |Sb |ub c. koybc..J
USB connector
Connecting to a Computer
68 Reference: Connecting to a TV, Computer, or Printer / Connecting to a Computer
4
¯u.r t|o c.no.. cr || Mass Storage |s so|octoJ |c. USB, t|o
ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo. .||| J|sp|.y t|o |rJ|c.tc.s s|c.r
.t .|g|t (.|or PTP |s so|octoJ, t|o rc.n.| s|cct|rg |rJ|c.tc.s
..o J|sp|.yoJ)
5
¯..rs|o. p|ctcg..p|s tc t|o ccnputo. .s Josc.|boJ |r t|o ||ctu.o|.c¦oct .o|o.orco
n.ru.| (cr ´|)
6
|| PTP |s so|octoJ |c. USB, t|o c.no.. c.r bo tu.roJ cff .rJ t|o |Sb c.b|o J|sccr
roctoJ crco t..rs|o. |s ccnp|oto || Mass Storage |s so|octoJ, t|o c.no.. nust fi.st bo
.oncvoJ |.cn t|o syston .s Josc.|boJ bo|c.
Windows XP Home Edition/Windows XP Professional
´||ck t|o “S.|o|y |oncvo |..J...o” |ccr |r t|o t.skb.. ( ) .rJ
so|oct Safely remove USB Mass Storage Device
Windows 2000 Professional
´||ck t|o “|rp|ug c. |¦oct |..J...o” |ccr |r t|o t.skb.. ( ) .rJ
so|oct Stop USB Mass Storage Device
Mac OS X
|..g t|o c.no.. vc|uno (“|||O| |80”) |rtc t|o ¯..s|
During Transfer
|c rct tu.r t|o c.no.. cff c. J|sccrroct t|o |Sb c.b|o .|||o t..rs|o. |s |r p.cg.oss
Camera Control Pro
´.no.. ´crt.c| |.c (.v.||.b|o sop...to|y,

123) c.r bo usoJ tc cpo..to
t|o c.no.. |.cn . ccnputo. bo|c.o ccrroct|rg t|o c.no.., sot t|o c.n
o.. USB cpt|cr ( 104) tc PTP \|or ´.no.. ´crt.c| |.c |s .urr|rg, t|o
c.no.. .||| s|c. |r p|.co c| t|o runbo. c| oxpcsu.os .on.|r|rg
69 Reference: Connecting to a TV, Computer, or Printer / Printing Photographs
Printing Via Direct USB Connection
|| .r o..c. cccu.s Ju.|rg p.|rt|rg, t|o c.no.. .||| J|sp|.y t|o J|.|cg s|c.r .t
.|g|t A|to. c|ock|rg t|o p.|rto., p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r tc ||g|
||g|t Continue .rJ p.oss OK tc .osuno p.|rt|rg So|oct Cancel tc ox|t .|t|cut
p.|rt|rg t|o .on.|r|rg p.gos
||ctcg..p|s c.r bo p.|rtoJ by .ry c| t|o |c||c.|rg not|cJs
• ´crroct t|o c.no.. tc . p.|rto. .rJ p.|rt '||´ p|ctcg..p|s J|.oct|y |.cn t|o c.no.. (soo
bo|c.)
• |rso.t t|o c.no.. nonc.y c..J |r . p.|rto. oou|ppoJ .|t| . c..J s|ct (soo t|o p.|rto. n.r
u.| |c. Jot.||s) || t|o p.|rto. suppc.ts ||O| ( 134), p|ctcg..p|s c.r bo so|octoJ |c.
p.|rt|rg us|rg Print Set ( 3)
• ¯.ko t|o c.no.. nonc.y c..J tc . Jovo|cpo. c. J|g|t.| p.|rto. corto. || t|o corto. sup
pc.ts ||O|, p|ctcg..p|s c.r bo so|octoJ |c. p.|rt|rg us|rg Print Set
• ¯..rs|o. p|ctu.os ( 6) .rJ p.|rt t|on |.cn . ccnputo. us|rg ||ctu.o|.c¦oct c. ´.ptu.o
|` (.v.||.b|o sop...to|y,

123) |cto t|.t t||s |s t|o cr|y not|cJ .v.||.b|o |c. p.|rt|rg
|A\ (|||) p|ctu.os
Printing Via Direct USB Connection
'||´ p|ctcg..p|s c.r bo p.|rtoJ J|.oct|y |.cn . c.no.. ccrroctoJ tc . ||ctb.|Jgo p.|rto.
( 134) \|or t.k|rg p|ctcg..p|s |c. p.|rt|rg v|. J|.oct |Sb ccrroct|cr |r P, S, A, .rJ M
ncJos, c|ccso Ia (sRGB) c. IIIa (sRGB) |c. t|o Custom > Color mode cpt|cr |r t|o Opti-
mize image noru ( 80)
Select PTP in camera USB menu and connect camera to printer ( 70)
Select photographs for printing
using Print Set
Take photographs
Print photographs
one at a time ( 71)
Print multiple
photographs ( 72)
Create index prints
( 72)
Disconnect USB cable
|A\ (|||) p|ctcg..p|s c.r rct bo p.|rtoJ by J|.oct |Sb ccrroct|cr ¯|oy ..o J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o |.|rt
So|oct noru but c.r rct bo so|octoJ |c. p.|rt|rg
Printing Photographs
70 Reference: Connecting to a TV, Computer, or Printer / Printing Photographs
Connecting the Printer
bo|c.o p.|rt|rg, c|ock t|.t t|o c.no.. b.tto.y |s |u||y c|..goJ || |r Jcubt, c|..go t|o b.t
to.y c. uso .r ||5 A´ .J.pto. (.v.||.b|o sop...to|y)
1
Sot t|o c.no.. USB cpt|cr tc PTP ( 104)
2
¯u.r t|o p.|rto. cr
3
¯u.r t|o c.no.. cff
4
´crroct t|o supp||oJ |´|4 |Sb c.b|o .s s|c.r |c rct uso |c.co c. .ttonpt tc |rso.t
t|o ccrroctc.s .t .r .rg|o ´crroct t|o c.no.. J|.oct|y tc t|o p.|rto., Jc rct ccrroct
t|o c.b|o v|. . |Sb |ub c. koybc..J
5
¯u.r t|o c.no.. cr A .o|ccno sc.oor .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ, |c|
|c.oJ by t|o ||ctb.|Jgo p|.yb.ck J|sp|.y |.ccooJ tc “ |.|rt|rg
||ctu.os Oro .t . ¯|no” ( 1) c. “ |.|rt|rg Vu|t|p|o ||ctu.os” (
2)

|.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. |o|t c. .|g|t tc v|o. .JJ|t|cr.| p|ctcg..p|s, c. p.oss t|o but
tcr tc .ccn |r cr t|o cu..ort p|ctc ( 64) ¯c v|o. s|x p|ctcg..p|s .t . t|no, p.oss
t|o buttcr |so t|o nu|t| so|octc. tc ||g|||g|t p|ctcg..p|s, c. p.oss tc J|sp|.y
t|o ||g|||g|toJ p|ctcg..p| |u|| |..no
USB connector
71 Reference: Connecting to a TV, Computer, or Printer / Printing Photographs
Page Size, Border, and Time Stamp
´|ccso p.|rto. Jo|.u|t tc p.|rt .t cu..ort p.|rto. sott|rgs Or|y cpt|crs suppc.toJ by t|o cu..ort
p.|rto. c.r bo so|octoJ
Printing Pictures One at a Time
¯c p.|rt t|o p|ctu.o cu..ort|y so|octoJ |r t|o ||ctb.|Jgo p|.yb.ck
J|sp|.y, p.oss OK ¯|o noru s|c.r .t .|g|t .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ |.oss
t|o nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r tc ||g|||g|t .r cpt|cr .rJ p.oss tc
t|o .|g|t tc so|oct
Option Description
Start
Printing
|.|rt cu..ort p|ctu.o ¯c c.rco| .rJ .otu.r tc ||ctb.|Jgo p|.yb.ck J|sp|.y bo|c.o p.|rt
|rg |s ccnp|oto, p.oss OK ||ctb.|Jgo p|.yb.ck J|sp|.y |s s|c.r .|or p.|rt|rg |s ccn
p|oto
Page Size
Voru s|c.r .t .|g|t .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ |.oss nu|t| so|oc
tc. up c. Jc.r tc c|ccso p.go s|.o |.cn Printer Default
(Jo|.u|t p.go s|.o |c. cu..ort p.|rto.), 3.5 x 5 in., 5 x 7 in.,
100 x 150 mm, 4 x 6 in., 8 x 10 in., Letter, A3, c. A4,
t|or p.oss OK tc so|oct .rJ .otu.r tc p.|rt noru
No. of Copies
Voru s|c.r .t .|g|t .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ |.oss nu|t| so|octc.
up c. Jc.r tc c|ccso runbo. c| ccp|os (n.x|nun 99),
t|or p.oss OK tc so|oct .rJ .otu.r tc p.|rt noru
Border
Voru s|c.r .t .|g|t .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ |.oss nu|t| so|oc
tc. up c. Jc.r tc c|ccso p.|rt sty|o |.cn Printer Default
(Jo|.u|t |c. cu..ort p.|rto.), Print with Border (p.|rt
p|ctc .|t| .||to bc.Jo.), c. No Border, t|or p.oss OK tc
so|oct .rJ .otu.r tc p.|rt noru
Time stamp
Voru s|c.r .t .|g|t .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ |.oss nu|t| so|octc.
up c. Jc.r tc c|ccso Printer Default (Jo|.u|t |c. cu..ort
p.|rto.), Print Time Stamp (p.|rt t|no .rJ J.to c| .occ.J
|rg cr p|ctc), c. No Time Stamp, t|or p.oss OK tc so|oct
.rJ .otu.r tc p.|rt noru
Cropping
Voru s|c.r .t .|g|t .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ ¯c ox|t .|t|cut
c.cpp|rg p|ctu.o, ||g|||g|t No cropping .rJ p.oss OK
¯c c.cp p|ctu.o, ||g|||g|t Crop .rJ p.oss nu|t| so|octc.
.|g|t
|| Crop |s so|octoJ, J|.|cg s|c.r .t .|g|t .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ
|so .rJ buttcrs tc c|ccso s|.o c| c.cp .rJ uso
nu|t| so|octc. tc c|ccso pcs|t|cr c| c.cp |.oss OK tc .o
tu.r tc p.|rt noru
72 Reference: Connecting to a TV, Computer, or Printer / Printing Photographs
Printing Multiple Pictures
¯c p.|rt nu|t|p|o p|ctu.os c. c.o.to .r |rJox p.|rt ||st|rg .|| '||´
p|ctcg..p|s .s sn.|| t|unbr.|| |n.gos, p.oss t|o buttcr |r t|o
||ctb.|Jgo p|.yb.ck J|sp|.y ¯|o noru s|c.r .t .|g|t .||| bo J|s
p|.yoJ |.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r tc ||g|||g|t .r cpt|cr
.rJ p.oss tc t|o .|g|t tc so|oct
Option Description
Print Select |.|rt so|octoJ p|ctu.os (soo bo|c.)
Print (DPOF) |.|rt cu..ort ||O| p.|rt c.Jo. ( 3)
Index Print
´.o.to |rJox p.|rt c| .|| '||´ p|ctcs, tc n.x|nun c| 256
´crfi.n.t|cr J|.|cg s|c.r .t .|g|t .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ, p.oss
OK tc J|sp|.y noru c| p.|rt cpt|crs ´|ccso p.go s|.o,
bc.Jo., .rJ t|no st.np cpt|crs .s Josc.|boJ cr p.ocoJ
|rg p.go (...r|rg .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ || so|octoJ p.go s|.o |s
tcc sn.||) ¯c st..t p.|rt|rg, ||g|||g|t Start Printing .rJ
p.oss OK ||ctb.|Jgo noru .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ .|or p.|rt|rg
|s ccnp|oto
Printing Selected Photographs
´|ccs|rg Print Select J|sp|.ys t|o noru s|c.r |r Stop 1
1

Scroll through pictures. To display current
picture full screen, press button.
2
Select current picture and set number of
prints to 1. Selected pictures marked by
icon.
3
Specify number of prints (up to 99). To deselect
picture, press multi selector down when num-
ber of prints is 1. Repeat Steps 1 – 3 to select
additional pictures.
4

Display print options. Choose page size, bor-
der, and time stamp options as described on
page 71. To start printing, highlight Start
Printing and press OK. PictBridge menu will be
displayed when printing is complete.
73 Reference: Connecting to a TV, Computer, or Printer / Printing Photographs
Creating a DPOF Print Order: Print Set
¯|o Print Set cpt|cr |r t|o p|.yb.ck noru |s usoJ tc c.o.to J|g|t.| “p.|rt c.Jo.s” |c.
||ctb.|Jgoccnp.t|b|o p.|rto.s .rJ Jov|cos t|.t suppc.t ||O| So|oct|rg Print Set |.cn
t|o p|.yb.ck noru J|sp|.ys t|o noru s|c.r |r Stop 1
1
Highlight Select / Set.
2
Display selection dialog.
3
Select pictures and specify number of prints as described in Steps 2 – 3 on previous page.
Note that RAW (NEF) photos can not be selected for printing.
4

Display options. Highlight option and press
multi selector right:
• Data imprint: Print shutter speed and aperture
on all pictures in print order.
• Imprint date: Print date of recording on all pic-
tures in print order.
To complete print order and exit, highlight
Done and press OK.
¯c p.|rt t|o cu..ort p.|rt c.Jo. .|or t|o c.no.. |s ccrroctoJ tc . ||ctb.|Jgo p.|rto., so
|oct Print (DPOF) |r t|o ||ctb.|Jgo noru .rJ |c||c. t|o stops |r “ |.|rt|rg So|octoJ ||ctc
g..p|s” tc ncJ||y .rJ p.|rt t|o cu..ort c.Jo. ( 2) ||O| J.to .rJ J.t. |np.|rt cpt|crs
..o rct suppc.toJ .|or p.|rt|rg v|. J|.oct |Sb ccrroct|cr, tc p.|rt t|o J.to c| .occ.J|rg cr
p|ctcg..p|s |r t|o cu..ort p.|rt c.Jo., uso t|o ||ctb.|Jgo Time Stamp cpt|cr
Print Set
¯|o Print Set cpt|cr c.r rct bo usoJ || t|o.o |s rct orcug| sp.co cr t|o nonc.y c..J tc stc.o t|o
p.|rt c.Jo.
|.|rt c.Jo.s n.y rct p.|rt cc..oct|y || |n.gos ..o Jo|otoJ us|rg . ccnputo. .|to. t|o p.|rt c.Jo. |s c.o
.toJ
74 Menu Guide / Playback Options: The Playback Menu
Playback Options: The Playback Menu
Option Description
Delete |o|oto .|| c. so|octoJ p|ctcs 4
Playback folder ´|ccso |c|Jo. |c. p|.yb.ck 5
Rotate tall |ct.to “t.||” (pc.t..|tc.|ort.t|cr) p|ctcs Ju.|rg p|.yb.ck 5
Slide show
||.y p|ctcs b.ck |r .utcn.t|c s||Jo s|c.s, o|t|o. .|t| b.ckg.curJ nus|c .rJ
p.rr|rg, .ccn, .rJ t..rs|t|cr offocts (||ctnct|cr) c. .|t|cut (st.rJ..J)
5
Hide image ||Jo so|octoJ p|ctcs 8
Print set So|oct p|ctcs |c. p.|rt|rg 8
Delete
¯|o Jo|oto noru ccrt.|rs t|o |c||c.|rg cpt|crs
Option Description
Selected |o|oto so|octoJ p|ctcg..p|s (soo bo|c.)
All |o|oto .|| p|ctcg..p|s
Selecting Multiple Pictures
¯c so|oct nu|t|p|o p|ctu.os |c. Jo|ot|cr, s||Jo s|c.s, c. t|o Hide image cpt|cr
1
Highlight picture. To view highlighted pic-
ture full frame, press button.
2
Select highlighted picture.
Selection shown by icon.
3
Repeat steps 1–2 to select additional pic-
tures. To deselect picture, highlight and
press multi selector down.
4
Complete operation.
¯|o p|.yb.ck noru ccrt.|rs t|o |c||c.|rg cpt|crs (cpt|crs J|sp|.yoJ
n.y J|ffo. || My menu |s so|octoJ |c. t|o CSM/Setup menu cpt|cr
|r t|o sotup noru, 101) Soo “|s|rg ´.no.. Vorus” ( 9) |c. nc.o
|r|c.n.t|cr cr us|rg t|o norus
Menu Guide
Playback Options: The Playback Menu
75 Menu Guide / Playback Options: The Playback Menu
Playback Folder
´|ccso . |c|Jo. |c. p|.yb.ck
Option Description
Current
(Jo|.u|t)
Or|y p|ctcs |r t|o |c|Jo. cu..ort|y so|octoJ |c. Folders |r t|o s|cct
|rg noru ..o J|sp|.yoJ Ju.|rg p|.yb.ck ¯||s cpt|cr |s so|octoJ
.utcn.t|c.||y .|or . p|ctc |s t.kor || . nonc.y c..J |s |rso.toJ
.rJ t||s cpt|cr so|octoJ bo|c.o p|ctcs |.vo boor t.kor, . noss.go
st.t|rg t|.t t|o |c|Jo. ccrt.|rs rc |n.gos .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ Ju.|rg
p|.yb.ck So|oct All tc bog|r p|.yb.ck
All ||.y b.ck p|ctcs |r .|| |c|Jo.s cr t|o nonc.y c..J
Rotate Tall
So|oct On tc .ct.to “t.||” (pc.t..|tc.|ort.t|cr) p|ctcs |c. J|sp|.y |r t|o
ncr|tc. ||ctcg..p|s t.kor .|t| Off so|octoJ |c. Auto image rota-
tion ( 108) .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ |r “.|Jo” (|.rJsc.po) c.|ort.t|cr
Slide Show
||.y p|ctu.os b.ck cro .|to. t|o ct|o. |r .r .utcn.toJ “s||Jo s|c.” A
Pictmotion cpt|cr |s .v.||.b|o .|t| t..rs|t|crs, p.rr|rg .rJ .ccn o|
|octs .rJ b.ckg.curJ nus|c (b.ckg.curJ nus|c .||| cr|y bo .uJ|b|o ||
t|o c.no.. |s ccrroctoJ tc . to|ov|s|cr sot, 66)
¯|o .occnnorJoJ stops |rvc|voJ |r c.o.t|rg . s||Jo s|c. ..o s|c.r
bo|c.
1
Select photos
||g|||g|t Select pictures .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. .|g|t ||g|||g|t cro c| t|o |c|
|c.|rg cpt|crs .rJ p.oss OK tc so|oct t|o ||g|||g|toJ cpt|cr .rJ .otu.r tc t|o s||Jo
s|c. noru
•All pictures S||Jo s|c. .||| |rc|uJo .|| t|o p|ctcs |r t|o cu..ort p|.yb.ck |c|Jo. ( 5)
•Select pictures So|oct up tc fi|ty p|ctcs |c. t|o s||Jo s|c. ( 4) Or|y p|ctcs |r t|o cu.
.ort p|.yb.ck |c|Jo. ( 5) ..o .v.||.b|o |c. so|oct|cr, ||JJor p|ctcs .rJ |n.gos t|.t
c.r rct bo J|sp|.yoJ by t|o c.no.. c.r rct bo so|octoJ
76 Menu Guide / Playback Options: The Playback Menu
2
Choose a style
||g|||g|t Change settings .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. .|g|t, t|or ||g|||g|t Style .rJ
p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. .|g|t ||g|||g|t cro c| t|o |c||c.|rg cpt|crs .rJ p.oss OK tc
so|oct t|o ||g|||g|toJ cpt|cr .rJ .otu.r tc t|o s||Jo s|c. noru
•Standard ||ctu.os ..o p|.yoJ b.ck .t . so|octoJ |rto.v.|, .|t|cut b.ckg.curJ nus|c,
t..rs|t|crs, c. ct|o. offocts
•Pictmotion So|oct . p.tto.r t|.t |rc|uJos b.ckg.curJ nus|c .|t| n.tc||rg t..rs|t|crs
.rJ p.rr|rg .rJ .ccn offocts |cto t|.t b.ckg.curJ nus|c .||| cr|y bo .uJ|b|o || t|o
c.no.. |s ccrroctoJ tc . to|ov|s|cr ( 66)
3
Choose a frame interval or playback pattern
||g|||g|t Change settings .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. .|g|t, t|or c|ccso . |..no
|rto.v.| c. p|.yb.ck p.tto.r .s Josc.|boJ bo|c.
“Standard” selected in Step 2
¯c c|.rgo t|o |rto.v.| bot.oor s||Jos |.cn t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rg c| t.c soccrJs, ||g|||g|t Frame
interval .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. .|g|t ||g|||g|t cro c| t|o |c||c.|rg cpt|crs .rJ p.oss OK
tc so|oct t|o ||g|||g|toJ cpt|cr .rJ .otu.r tc t|o s||Jo s|c. noru
“Pictmotion” selected in Step 2
¯c c|.rgo t|o b.ckg.curJ t..ck |.cn t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rg c| Pachelbel’s Canon, ||g|||g|t
Background music .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. .|g|t ||g|||g|t cro c| t|o |c||c.|rg cpt|crs
.rJ p.oss OK tc so|oct t|o ||g|||g|toJ cpt|cr .rJ .otu.r tc t|o s||Jo s|c. noru
|.rr|rg .rJ .ccn offocts .rJ t..rs|t|crs ..o n.tc|oJ tc t|o so|octoJ b.ckg.curJ t..ck
77 Menu Guide / Playback Options: The Playback Menu
4
Start the show
¯c st..t t|o s||Jo s|c., ||g|||g|t Start .rJ p.oss OK ¯|o |c||c.|rg
cpo..t|crs c.r bo po.|c.noJ Ju.|rg . s||Jo s|c.
To Use Description
´c |c....J c.
b.ck cro |..no
/
|.oss nu|t| so|octc. c. .ct.to n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| |o|t tc .otu.r
tc t|o p.ov|cus |..no, .|g|t tc sk|p tc t|o roxt |..no ¯||s cp
t|cr |s rct .v.||.b|o || Pictmotion |s so|octoJ |r Stop 2
\|o. p|ctc |r|c /
´|.rgo t|o p|ctc |r|c J|sp|.yoJ ¯||s cpt|cr |s rct .v.||.b|o ||
Pictmotion |s so|octoJ |r Stop 2
|.uso s||Jo
s|c.
|.uso t|o s||Jo s|c.
|x|t tc p|.yb.ck
noru
|rJ t|o s||Jo s|c. .rJ .otu.r tc t|o p|.yb.ck noru
|x|t tc p|.yb.ck
ncJo
|rJ t|o s||Jo s|c. .rJ .otu.r tc |u|||..no ( 61) c. t|unbr.||
p|.yb.ck ( 63)
|x|t tc s|cct|rg
ncJo
S|utto.
.o|o.so
|.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |.||..y tc tu.r t|o ncr|tc. cff
.rJ .otu.r tc s|cct|rg ncJo ||ctcs c.r bo t.kor |nnoJ|
.to|y
¯|o J|.|cg s|c.r .t .|g|t |s J|sp|.yoJ .|or t|o s|c. orJs c.
.|or t|o buttcr |s p.ossoJ tc p.uso p|.yb.ck So|oct Restart
tc .ost..t t|o s|c. c. Exit tc .otu.r tc t|o p|.yb.ck noru
78 Menu Guide / Playback Options: The Playback Menu
Hide Image
||Jo c. .ovo.| so|octoJ p|ctcg..p|s ||JJor |n.gos ..o v|s|b|o cr|y
|r t|o Hide Image noru, .rJ c.r cr|y bo Jo|otoJ by |c.n.tt|rg t|o
nonc.y c..J
Option Description
Select/set ||Jo c. .ovo.| so|octoJ p|ctcg..p|s ( 4)
Deselect all? |ovo.| .|| p|ctcg..p|s
File Attributes for Hidden Images
||JJor |n.gos |.vo “||JJor” .rJ “.o.Jcr|y” st.tus .|or v|o.oJ cr . \|rJc.s ccnputo. |r t|o
c.so c| “||| + '||´” |n.gos, t||s n..k|rg .pp||os tc bct| ||| (|A\) .rJ '||´ |n.gos
Print Set
´|ccso Select / set tc so|oct p|ctcg..p|s |c. p.|rt|rg cr . ||ctb.|Jgo
p.|rto. c. ||O|ccnp.t|b|o Jov|co ( 3) ´|ccso Deselect all? tc
.oncvo .|| p|ctcs |.cn t|o cu..ort p.|rt c.Jo.
Protected and Hidden Images
|ovo.||rg .r |n.go t|.t |s bct| ||JJor .rJ p.ctoctoJ .||| s|nu|t.rocus|y .oncvo p.ctoct|cr |.cn
t|o |n.go
79 Menu Guide / Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu
Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu
¯|o s|cct|rg noru ccrt.|rs t|o |c||c.|rg cpt|crs (cpt|crs J|sp|.yoJ
n.y J|ffo. || My menu |s so|octoJ |c. t|o CSM/Setup cpt|cr |r t|o
sotup noru, 101) Soo “|s|rg ´.no.. Vorus” ( 9) |c. nc.o |r|c.
n.t|cr cr us|rg t|o norus
Option Description
Optimize image
¯
Opt|n|.o |n.gos .ccc.J|rg tc scoro 9–81
Image quality

´|ccso |n.go ou.||ty 81
Image size

´|ccso |n.go s|.o 81
White balance
¯, †
AJ¦ust cc|c.s .ccc.J|rg tc t|o ||g|t scu.co 82
ISO sensitivity

|.|so sors|t|v|ty .|or ||g|t|rg |s pcc. 83
Long exp. NR |oJuco rc|so .t s|c. s|utto. spooJs 83
High ISO NR |oJuco rc|so .t ||g| |SO sors|t|v|t|os 83
Multiple exposure
¯, †
|occ.J nu|t|p|o oxpcsu.os |r . s|rg|o |..no 84–85
¯ Av.||.b|o |r P, S, A, .rJ M ncJos cr|y
† |osot tc Jo|.u|ts .|or . t.cbuttcr .osot |s po.|c.noJ ( 44)
Optimize Image (P, S, A, and M Modes)
Opt|n|.o ccrt..st, s|..por|rg, .rJ ct|o. sott|rgs .ccc.J|rg tc |c. p|ctcg..p|s .||| bo
usoJ c. t|o typo c| scoro
Option Description
N
Normal (Jo|.u|t) |occnnorJoJ |c. ncst s|tu.t|crs
SO
Softer
Sc|tors cut||ros, p.cJuc|rg r.tu..| .osu|ts su|t.b|o |c. pc.t..|ts c. .otcuc||rg
cr . ccnputo.
VI
Vivid
|r|.rcos s.tu..t|cr, ccrt..st, .rJ s|..pross tc p.cJuco v|v|J |n.gos .|t|
v|b..rt .oJs, g.oors, .rJ b|uos
VI
More vivid
V.x|n|.os s.tu..t|cr, ccrt..st, .rJ s|..pross tc p.cJuco c.|sp |n.gos .|t|
s|..p cut||ros
PO
Portrait
|c.o.s ccrt..st .|||o |orJ|rg r.tu..| toxtu.o .rJ .curJoJ |oo| tc sk|r c| pc.
t..|t sub¦octs
Custom ´ustcn|.o |n.go cpt|n|..t|cr sott|rgs ( 80)
BW
Black-and-white ¯.ko p|ctcs |r b|.ck.rJ.||to ( 81)
At Settings Other than “Custom”
At sott|rgs ct|o. t|.r Custom
• ||ctcg..p|s ..o cpt|n|.oJ |c. cu..ort s|cct|rg ccrJ|t|crs |osu|ts .||| v..y .|t| oxpcsu.o .rJ t|o
pcs|t|cr c| t|o sub¦oct |r t|o |..no
• ¯|o s|´b cc|c. sp.co |s usoJ ¯c uso t|o AJcbo |´b cc|c. sp.co, so|oct Custom .rJ c|ccso II
(Adobe RGB) |c. Color Mode
• |so . typo ´ c. | |ors |c. bost .osu|ts
Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu
80 Menu Guide / Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu
Customizing Image Enhancement Options: Custom
So|oct Custom tc n.ko sop...to .J¦ustnorts tc t|o |c||c.|rg cpt|crs A|to. .J¦ust|rg sot
t|rgs, ||g|||g|t Done .rJ p.oss
• Image sharpening ´|ccso |c. nuc| cut||ros ..o s|..poroJ Ju.|rg
s|cct|rg ´|ccso ||g| sott|rgs |c. s|..p cut||ros, |c. sott|rgs |c.
sc|to. cut||ros
Default setting Autc
“Auto”
|osu|ts |c. .utc |n.go s|..por|rg, tcro ccnpors.t|cr, .rJ s.tu..t|cr v..y .|t| oxpcsu.o .rJ t|o
pcs|t|cr c| t|o sub¦oct |r t|o |..no |so . typo ´ c. | |ors |c. bost .osu|ts
Color Mode
VcJos |. .rJ |||. ..o .occnnorJoJ |c. p|ctcs t|.t .||| bo p.|rtoJ .|t|cut ncJ|fic.t|cr c. v|o.oJ |r
.pp||c.t|crs t|.t Jc rct suppc.t cc|c. n.r.gonort || t|o .pp||c.t|cr suppc.ts cc|c. n.r.gonort,
c|ccso t|o AJcbo |´b cc|c. sp.co .|or cpor|rg p|ctcs t.kor |r ncJo || ´.ptu.o |` (.v.||.b|o sop.
..to|y, 123) .rJ ||ctu.o|.c¦oct J|sp|.y cc|c.s cc..oct|y ovor || t|o cc..oct cc|c. sp.co |s rct so|octoJ
• Hue adjustment |uo c.r bo .J¦ustoJ bot.oor –9 ˚ tc +9 ˚ |r |rc.onorts
c| 3 ˚ (t|o Jog.oos .o|o. tc t|o “cc|c. .|oo|” c|tor usoJ tc oxp.oss |uo)
|cs|t|vo v.|uos n.ko .oJs nc.o c..rgo, g.oors nc.o b|uo, .rJ b|uos
nc.o pu.p|o |og.t|vo v.|uos n.ko .oJs nc.o pu.p|o, b|uos nc.o
g.oor, .rJ g.oors nc.o yo||c.
Default setting ±0
• Tone compensation ´crt.c| ccrt..st |c.o. sott|rgs p.ovort |css c|
Jot.|| |r ||g|||g|ts urJo. |..s| ||g|t|rg c. |r J|.oct sur||g|t ||g|o.
sott|rgs p.oso.vo Jot.|| |r n|sty |.rJsc.pos .rJ ct|o. |c.ccrt..st
sub¦octs ´|ccso Custom tc so|oct . uso.JofiroJ tcro cu.vo c.o.toJ
us|rg ´.no.. ´crt.c| |.c (.v.||.b|o sop...to|y, 123) Soo t|o ´.n
o.. ´crt.c| |.c n.ru.| |c. Jot.||s
Default setting Autc
• Color mode ´crt.c| cc|c. .op.cJuct|cr ||ctcs t.kor |r ncJos |. .rJ
|||. ..o .J.ptoJ tc t|o s|´b cc|c. sp.co .rJ ..o su|toJ |c. p.|rt|rg c.
uso “.s |s,” .|t| rc |u.t|o. ncJ|fic.t|cr ´|ccso |. |c. pc.t..|t s|cts
.rJ |||. |c. r.tu.o c. |.rJsc.po s|cts VcJo || |s .J.ptoJ tc t|o AJcbo
|´b cc|c. sp.co, .||c| suppc.ts . .|Jo. g.nut c| cc|c.s t|.r s|´b
VcJo || |s t|o p.o|o..oJ c|c|co |c. p|ctcs t|.t .||| bo oxtors|vo|y p.c
cossoJ c. .otcuc|oJ
Default setting |. (s|b´)
• Saturation ´crt.c| t|o v|v|Jross c| cc|c.s ´|ccso Moderate |c. |oss
s.tu..toJ cc|c.s, Enhanced |c. nc.o v|v|J cc|c.s
Default setting Autc
81 Menu Guide / Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu
Taking Pictures in Black-and-White: Black-and-White
So|oct|rg Black-and-white |c. Optimize image J|sp|.ys t|o noru
s|c.r .t .|g|t ´|ccso Normal tc t.ko st.rJ..J b|.ck.rJ.||to p|c
tu.os, c. Custom tc .J¦ust s|..por|rg .rJ tcro ccnpors.t|cr bo|c.o
s|cct|rg .s Josc.|boJ |r cr p.go 80 Custom .|sc suppc.ts t|o |c||c.
|rg cc|c. fi|to. offocts
Filter efect Description
Of |c cc|c. fi|to. offoct
Yellow
|r|.rcos ccrt..st ´.r bo usoJ tc tcro Jc.r t|o b.|g|tross c| t|o sky |r |.rJ
sc.po p|ctcg..p|s O..rgo p.cJucos nc.o ccrt..st t|.r yo||c., .oJ nc.o ccrt..st
t|.r c..rgo
Orange
Red
Green Sc|tors sk|r tcros ´.r bo usoJ |c. pc.t..|ts
b|.ck.rJ.||to |rJ|c.tc.s .ppo.. |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo. .|or Black-and-
white |s so|octoJ |c. Optimize image ( 5–)
Image Quality (All Modes)
Sovor cpt|crs ..o .v.||.b|o |c. |n.go ou.||ty Soo “|o|o.orco |n.go
Çu.||ty .rJ S|.o” ( 33)
Image Size (All Modes)
|n.go s|.o c.r bo so|octoJ |.cn Large, Medium, .rJ Small Soo “|o|
o.orco |n.go Çu.||ty .rJ S|.o” ( 33)
82 Menu Guide / Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu
Copying White Balance from a Photograph
A .||to b.|.rco v.|uo ccp|oJ |.cn .r ox|st|rg p|ctcg..p| c.r bo usoJ |c. p.osot .||to
b.|.rco So|oct White balance > White balance preset |r t|o s|cct|rg noru ¯|o noru
s|c.r |r Stop 1 .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ
1

Highlight Use photo.
*
2
Display current source photo.
¯ ¯c uso |.st no.su.oJ v.|uo ( 60), ||g|||g|t Measure .rJ p.oss nu|t| so|octc. .|g|t
3

Highlight Select image.

4
Display folder list.
† ¯c uso t|o p.ov|cus scu.co p|ctc, ||g|||g|t This image .rJ p.oss nu|t| so|octc. .|g|t
5

Highlight folder.
6

Display images in selected folder.
7

Highlight photograph.

8

Set preset white balance to value for high-
lighted photograph and return to shooting
menu.
‡ |n.gos J|sp|.yoJ n.y |rc|uJo t|cso c.o.toJ .|t| ct|o. c.no..s, but cr|y p|ctcg..p|s c.o.toJ
.|t| |80 c.r bo usoJ .s scu.co |c. p.osot .||to b.|.rco
|cto t|.t || . ro. v.|uo |s no.su.oJ |c. .||to b.|.rco, .||to b.|.rco .||| bo sot tc t|o no.
su.oJ v.|uo ovor || Use photo |s cu..ort|y so|octoJ |r t|o p.osot .||to b.|.rco noru
White Balance (P, S, A, and M Modes)
||ro cpt|crs ..o .v.||.b|o |c. .||to b.|.rco Soo “|o|o.orco \||to b.|
.rco” ( 58)
83 Menu Guide / Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu
Option Description
Of (Jo|.u|t) |c|so .oJuct|cr cff
On
||ctcg..p|s t.kor .t s|utto. spooJs c| .bcut 8 s c. s|c.o.
..o p.ccossoJ tc .oJuco rc|so, s|c.|rg bu.st s|cct|rg .rJ
.oJuc|rg t|o runbo. c| |n.gos t|.t c.r bo stc.oJ |r t|o
nonc.y buffo. |u.|rg p.ccoss|rg, t|o J|sp|.ys s|c.r .t
.|g|t .ppo.. |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo. |c |u.t|o.
p|ctcs c.r bo t.kor urt|| p.ccoss|rg |s ccnp|oto |c|so
.oJuct|cr .||| rct bo po.|c.noJ || t|o c.no.. |s tu.roJ cff
Ju.|rg p.ccoss|rg |cto t|.t || p|ctcs ..o p|.yoJ b.ck Ju.
|rg p.ccoss|rg, t|o |n.go J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ncr|tc. n.y rct
s|c. t|o offocts c| rc|so .oJuct|cr
High ISO NR (All Modes)
||ctcg..p|s t.kor .t ||g| sors|t|v|t|os c.r bo p.ccossoJ tc .oJuco
“rc|so” ´|ccso |.cn t|o |c||c.|rg cpt|crs
Option Description
Normal
(Jo|.u|t)
|c|so .oJuct|cr t.kos offoct .t sors|t|v|t|os cvo. |SO 400 ´|ccso
Low |c. |oss rc|so .oJuct|cr, High |c. nc.o rc|so .oJuct|cr Low
High
Of
|c|so .oJuct|cr tu.rs cff ur|oss sors|t|v|ty oxcooJs |SO 800 V|r
|n.| rc|so .oJuct|cr |s po.|c.noJ .t sors|t|v|t|os cvo. |SO 800
ISO Sensitivity (All Modes)
AJ¦ust |SO sors|t|v|ty Soo “|o|o.orco |SO Sors|t|v|ty” ( 43)
Long Exp. NR (All Modes)
||ctcg..p|s t.kor .t s|utto. spooJs c| 8 s c. s|c.o. c.r bo p.ccossoJ
tc .oJuco “rc|so” |r t|o |c.n c| ..rJcn|ysp.coJ, b.|g|t|ycc|c.oJ p|x
o|s ´|ccso |.cn t|o |c||c.|rg cpt|crs
84 Menu Guide / Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu
Multiple Exposure (P, S, A, and M Modes)
|c||c. t|o stops bo|c. tc .occ.J . so.|os c| t.c c. t|.oo oxpcsu.os |r
. s|rg|o p|ctcg..p| |cto t|.t .t Jo|.u|t sott|rgs, s|cct|rg .||| orJ
.utcn.t|c.||y || rc cpo..t|crs ..o po.|c.noJ |c. 30 s |c. .r |rto.v.|
bot.oor oxpcsu.os c| nc.o t|.r 30 s, c|ccso 30 min |c. ´ustcn Sot
t|rg 28 (Auto meter-off, 99) c. uso .r cpt|cr.| ||5 A´ .J.pto.
1
So|oct|rg Multiple exposure |r t|o s|cct|rg noru J|sp|.ys t|o
noru s|c.r .t .|g|t ||g|||g|t Number of shots .rJ p.oss t|o
nu|t| so|octc. .|g|t
2
|.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r tc c|ccso t|o runbo. c| ox
pcsu.os t|.t .||| bo ccnb|roJ tc |c.n . s|rg|o p|ctcg..p| |.oss
OK tc .otu.r tc t|o nu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o noru
3
||g|||g|t Auto gain .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. tc t|o .|g|t
4
||g|||g|t cro c| t|o |c||c.|rg cpt|crs .rJ p.oss OK
Option Description
On
(Jo|.u|t)
´.|r .J¦ustoJ tc cc..oct oxpcsu.o .ccc.J|rg tc t|o run
bo. c| oxpcsu.os .occ.JoJ (g.|r |c. o.c| oxpcsu.o |s sot
tc '/. |c. t.c oxpcsu.os, '/· |c. t|.oo oxpcsu.os)
Of
´.|r rct .J¦ustoJ tc cc..oct oxpcsu.o |occnnorJoJ ||
b.ckg.curJ |s J..k
Exchanging Memory Cards
|c rct .oncvo c. .op|.co t|o nonc.y c..J .|||o .occ.J|rg . nu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o
Photo Info
¯|o J.to c| .occ.J|rg, noto.|rg, oxpcsu.o, ncJo, |cc.| |orgt|, c.no.. c.|ort.t|cr, .rJ ct|o. |r|c.n.
t|cr ||stoJ |r t|o p|.yb.ck p|ctc |r|c.n.t|cr J|sp|.y |s |c. t|o fi.st s|ct |r t|o nu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o
85 Menu Guide / Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu
5
||g|||g|t Done .rJ p.oss OK
A |ccr .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| ¯c ox|t .|t|cut .o
cc.J|rg . nu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o, so|oct Multiple exposure |.cn t|o
s|cct|rg noru, ||g|||g|t Reset, .rJ p.oss OK
6
|..no . p|ctcg..p|, |ccus, .rJ s|cct ¯|o |ccr .||| st..t tc
b||rk
Cancelling a Multiple Exposure
¯c orJ s|cct|rg bo|c.o t|o nu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o |s ccnp|oto, so|oct Mul-
tiple exposure |.cn t|o s|cct|rg noru, ||g|||g|t Cancel, .rJ p.oss
OK S|cct|rg .||| .|sc orJ ||
• ¯|o oxpcsu.o noto.s tu.r cff Ju.|rg s|cct|rg ( 18)
• ¯|o uso. po.|c.ns . t.cbuttcr .osot
• ¯|o c.no.. |s tu.roJ cff
• ¯|o b.tto.y |s ox|.ustoJ
• ¯|o nu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o |s Jo|otoJ
• A ncJo ct|o. t|.r P, S, A, c. M |s so|octoJ
|| s|cct|rg orJs bo|c.o t|o spoc|fioJ runbo. c| oxpcsu.os |.vo boor t.kor, . nu|t|p|o oxpc
su.o .||| bo c.o.toJ |.cn t|o oxpcsu.os t|.t |.vo boor .occ.JoJ tc t|.t pc|rt || Auto gain |s
cr, g.|r .||| bo .J¦ustoJ tc .ofloct t|o runbo. c| oxpcsu.os .ctu.||y .occ.JoJ
7
¯.ko t|o .on.|r|rg oxpcsu.os ¯|o |ccr .||| J|s.ppo.. |.cn t|o
ccrt.c| p.ro| .|or s|cct|rg |s ccnp|oto |opo.t stops 1 – tc
t.ko .JJ|t|cr.| nu| t|p|o oxpcsu.os
Bracketing and Other Settings
b..ckot|rg |s c.rco||oJ .|or nu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o |s so|octoJ .rJ c.r rct bo .ostc.oJ urt|| s|cct|rg |.s
orJoJ \|||o nu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o ncJo |s |r offoct, nonc.y c..Js c.r rct bo |c.n.ttoJ .rJ rc s|cct
|rg noru cpt|crs c.r bo c|.rgoJ, .|t| t|o oxcopt|crs c| Multiple exposure .rJ White balance.
86 Menu Guide / Custom Settings
Custom Settings
1: Beep (All Modes)
At t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rg c| On, . boop .||| scurJ .|or t|o c.no.. |c
cusos |r s|rg|oso.vc A| (AF-S c. .|or s|cct|rg st.t|cr..y sub¦octs |r
AF-A .utc|ccus ncJo), .|||o t|o .o|o.so t|no. |s ccurt|rg Jc.r |r so||
t|no. .rJ Jo|.yoJ .oncto ncJos ( 3, 38), c. .|or . p|ctcg..p| |s
t.kor |r ou|ck.ospcrso .oncto ncJo ( 38) ¯|o boop .||| rct scurJ
.|or Off |s so|octoJ ¯|o cu..ort sott|rg |s s|c.r |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro|
|s J|sp|.yoJ .|or t|o boop |s cr, .|or |t |s cff ( 5)
´ustcn Sott|rgs ..o usoJ tc custcn|.o c.no.. sott|rgs tc su|t |rJ|v|J
u.| p.o|o.orcos ¯|o |c||c.|rg cpt|crs ..o .v.||.b|o .|or Simple (t|o
Jo|.u|t cpt|cr) |s so|octoJ |c. CSM/Setup menu |r t|o sotup noru
( 101)
Option
R Reset 86
1 Beep 86
2 AF-area mode 8
3 Center AF area 8
4 AF-assist 8
5 No memory card? 88
Option
6 Image review 88
7 ISO auto 88
8 Grid display 89
9 Viewfnder warning 89
10 EV step 89
¯c J|sp|.y t|o |c||c.|rg cpt|crs, so|oct Full |c. CSM/Setup menu
Option
11 Exposure comp. 89
12 Center-weighted 90
13 Auto BKT set 90–91
14 Auto BKT order 91
15 Command dials 91
16 FUNC button 92–93
17 Illumination 93
18 AE-L/AF-L 94
19 AE lock 94
20 Focus area 94
21 AF area illumination 95
Option
22 Built-in fash 95–9
23 Flash warning 98
24 Flash shutter speed 98
25 Auto FP 98
26 Modeling fash 98
27 Monitor-of 98
28 Auto meter-of 99
29 Self-timer 99
30 Remote on duration 99
31 Exp. delay mode 99
32 MB-D80 batteries 100
R: Reset
So|oct Reset tc .ostc.o .|| ´ustcn Sott|rgs tc t|o|. Jo|.u|t v.|uos, |r
c|uJ|rg sott|rgs rct .ffoctoJ by . t.cbuttcr .osot ( 44) Soo t|o
ApporJ|x ( 134) |c. . ccnp|oto ||st c| Jo|.u|t sott|rgs
Custom Settings
87 Menu Guide / Custom Settings
2: AF-Area Mode (All Modes)
¯||s cpt|cr Joto.n|ros |c. t|o |ccus ..o. |s so|octoJ |r .utc|ccus
ncJo ( 28) ´|ccso |.cn
Option Description
Single area
|so. so|octs |ccus ..o. us|rg nu|t| so|octc., c.no.. |ccusos cr sub¦oct |r so|octoJ
|ccus ..o. cr|y |so .|t| st.t|cr..y sub¦octs |o|.u|t sott|rg |c. P, S, A, M, .rJ
ncJos
Dynamic area
|so. so|octs |ccus ..o. n.ru.||y, but || sub¦oct |o.vos so|octoJ |ccus ..o. ovor b.|o|
|y, c.no.. .||| |ccus b.soJ cr |r|c.n.t|cr |.cn ct|o. |ccus ..o.s |so .|t| o...t|
c.||y ncv|rg sub¦octs |o|.u|t sott|rg |c. ncJo
Auto-area AF ´.no.. so|octs |ccus ..o. .utcn.t|c.||y |o|.u|t |c.
, , , ,
.rJ ncJos
¯|o cu..ort sott|rg |s s|c.r by .r |ccr |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| ( 5)
3: Center AF Area (All Modes)
¯||s cpt|cr Joto.n|ros t|o s|.o c| t|o corto. |ccus ..o.
Option Description Viewfnder display
Normal zone
(Jo|.u|t)
|ccus cr . spoc|fic sub¦oct |r . sn.|| ..o.
.|t|cut ct|o. ro..by cb¦octs |rto.|o.|rg .|t|
|ccus
Wide zone
|ccus cr ncv|rg sub¦octs .rJ ct|o. cb¦octs
t|.t ..o J|ffi cu|t tc t..ck |ct .v.||.b|o .|or
Auto-area AF |s so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rg 2
(AF-area mode)
Soo “|ccus” |c. nc.o |r|c.n.t|cr cr |ccus sott|rgs ( 28)
4: AF-Assist (All Modes Except

,

, and )
|| On (t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rg) |s so|octoJ .rJ t|o sub¦oct |s pcc.|y ||t, t|o
A|.ss|st |||un|r.tc. .||| ||g|t tc .ss|st t|o |ccus cpo..t|cr |r s|rg|oso.
vc A| (AF-S c. s|rg|oso.vc A| so|octoJ |r AF-A .utc|ccus ncJo) .|or
Single area c. Auto-area AF |s so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rg 2 (AF-
area mode) c. .|or ´ustcn Sott|rg 2 |s sot tc Dynamic area .rJ
t|o corto. |ccus ..o. |s so|octoJ ´|ccso Off tc J|s.b|o t|o A|.ss|st
|||un|r.tc. |cto t|.t .|or t|o |||un|r.tc. |s cff, t|o c.no.. n.y rct
bo .b|o tc |ccus cr pcc.|y||t sub¦octs us|rg .utc|ccus
88 Menu Guide / Custom Settings
5: No Memory Card? (All Modes)
|| Release locked (t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rg) |s so|octoJ, t|o s|utto..o|o.so
|s J|s.b|oJ .|or rc nonc.y c..J |s |rso.toJ ´|ccso Enable release
tc or.b|o t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr .|or rc nonc.y c..J |s |rso.toJ
||ctcg..p|s .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ncr|tc. but .||| rct bo s.voJ
6: Image Review (All Modes)
|| On (t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rg) |s so|octoJ, p|ctcg..p|s .||| .utcn.t|c.||y
bo J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ncr|tc. |c. .bcut |c. soccrJs .|to. s|cct|rg || Off
|s so|octoJ, p|ctcg..p|s c.r bo J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ncr|tc. by p.oss|rg
t|o buttcr
7: ISO Auto (P, S, A, and M Modes Only)
|| Off (t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rg) |s so|octoJ, |SO sors|t|v|ty .||| .on.|r fixoJ .t
t|o v.|uo so|octoJ .|t| t|o ISO buttcr ( 43) c. us|rg t|o ISO sensitiv-
ity cpt|cr |r t|o s|cct|rg noru ( 83)
|| On |s so|octoJ, |SO sors|t|v|ty .||| .utcn.t|c.||y bo .J¦ustoJ || cpt|n.| oxpcsu.o c.r rct bo
.c||ovoJ .t t|o so|octoJ v.|uo (fl.s| |ovo| |s .J¦ustoJ .pp.cp.|.to|y) ¯|o n.x|nun v.|uo |c.
.utc |SO sors|t|v|ty c.r bo so|octoJ us|rg t|o Max. sensitivity cpt|cr |r ncJos P .rJ A,
sors|t|v|ty .||| cr|y bo .J¦ustoJ || urJo.oxpcsu.o .cu|J .osu|t .t t|o s|utto. spooJ so|octoJ
|c. Min. shutter speed
\|or On |s so|octoJ, t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo. s|c. ISO-AUTO
\|or sors|t|v|ty |s .|to.oJ |.cn t|o v.|uo so|octoJ by t|o uso., t|oso
|rJ|c.tc.s b||rk .rJ t|o .|to.oJ v.|uo |s s|c.r |r t|o v|o.firJo. (t|o
|rJ|c.tc.s Jc rct b||rk || . fl.s| |s usoJ
ISO Auto
Autc |SO ccrt.c| |s rct .v.||.b|o .|or . v.|uo cvo. |SO 1600 |s so|octoJ |c. |SO sors|t|v|ty |SO sor
s|t|v|ty c.r rct bo sot tc v.|uos cvo. 1600 .|or On |s so|octoJ |c. ISO auto |c.og.curJ sub¦octs
n.y bo urJo.oxpcsoJ |r p|ctcs t.kor .|t| t|o fl.s| .t s|c. s|utto. spooJs, |r J.y||g|t, c. .g.|rst .
b.|g|t b.ckg.curJ ´|ccso . fl.s| ncJo ct|o. t|.r s|c. syrc c. so|oct ncJo A c. M .rJ c|ccso .
|..go. .po.tu.o
|c|so |s nc.o ||ko|y .t ||g|o. sors|t|v|t|os |so t|o High ISO NR cpt|cr |r t|o s|cct|rg noru tc
.oJuco rc|so ( 83)
89 Menu Guide / Custom Settings
11: Exposure Comp. (P, S, A, and M Modes Only)
|| Off (t|o Jo|.u|t cpt|cr) |s so|octoJ, oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr |s sot by
p.oss|rg t|o buttcr .rJ .ct.t|rg t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| ( 54)
So|oct On tc sot oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr us|rg cr|y . ccnn.rJ J|.|
¯|o J|.| usoJ JoporJs cr t|o cpt|cr so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rg 15
(Command dials, 91)
Custom Setting 15 (Command dials): Of Custom Setting 15 (Command dials): On
M
o
d
e
P Subccnn.rJ J|.| Subccnn.rJ J|.|
S Subccnn.rJ J|.| V.|r ccnn.rJ J|.|
A V.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| Subccnn.rJ J|.|
M |xpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr sot by p.oss|rg buttcr .rJ .ct.t|rg n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.|
|| On |s so|octoJ, t|o 0 .t t|o corto. c| t|o oxpcsu.o J|sp|.y .||| b||rk ovor .|or oxpcsu.o
ccnpors.t|cr |s sot tc ±0 ¯||s cpt|cr |s rct .v.||.b|o |r ncJo M
8: Grid Display (All Modes)
So|oct On tc J|sp|.y g.|J ||ros |r t|o v|o.firJo. tc .ss|st |r |..n|rg p|c
tcg..p|s ( 6) ¯|o Jo|.u|t cpt|cr |s Off
9: Viewfinder Warning (All Modes)
So|oct On (t|o Jo|.u|t cpt|cr) tc J|sp|.y t|o |c||c.|rg ...r|rgs |r t|o
v|o.firJo. ( 6)
Warning Description
B/W
||sp|.yoJ .|or Black-and-white |s so|octoJ |c. Optimize im-
age |r t|o s|cct|rg noru ( 81)
||sp|.yoJ .|or t|o b.tto.y |s |c.
||sp|.yoJ .|or rc nonc.y c..J |s |rso.toJ
|c ...r|rgs ..o J|sp|.yoJ .|or Off |s so|octoJ
10: EV Step (All Modes)
´|ccso .|ot|o. .J¦ustnorts tc s|utto. spooJ, .po.tu.o, .rJ b..ckot
|rg ..o n.Jo |r |rc.onorts oou|v.|ort tc '/· |\ (1/3 step, t|o Jo|.u|t
cpt|cr) c. '/. |\ (1/2 step)
90 Menu Guide / Custom Settings
12: Center-Weighted (P, S, A, and M Modes Only)
¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s t|o s|.o c| t|o ..o. |r t|o corto. c| t|o v|o.firJo.
.ss|groJ t|o g.o.tost .o|g|t |r corto..o|g|toJ noto.|rg ¯|o Jo|.u|t
cpt|cr |s Φ 8 mm
13: Auto BKT Set (P, S, A, and M Modes Only)
¯|o |c||c.|rg cpt|crs ..o .v.||.b|o
Option Description
AE & fash
(Jo|.u|t)
´.no.. v..|os fl.s| |ovo| .rJ oxpcsu.o .|t| o.c| s|ct
AE only ´.no.. v..|os oxpcsu.o .|t| o.c| s|ct
Flash only
´.no.. v..|os fl.s| |ovo| .|t| o.c| s|ct (|¯¯| .rJ, .|t| t|o cp
t|cr.| Sb800 SpooJ||g|t, .utc .po.tu.o ncJos cr|y, 119, 120)
WB bracketing
|.c| t|no t|o s|utto. |s .o|o.soJ, t|o c.no.. c.o.tos nu|t|p|o |n.gos “b..ckot|rg” t|o
cu..ort .||to b.|.rco sott|rg Or|y cro s|ct |s .oou|.oJ tc ccnp|oto t|o b..ckot|rg so
ouorco \||to b.|.rco b..ckot|rg |s .occnnorJoJ .|or s|cct|rg urJo. n|xoJ ||g|t
|rg c. oxpo.|nort|rg .|t| J|ffo.ort .||to b.|.rco sott|rgs |ct .v.||.b|o .t . .||to
b.|.rco c| (Choose color temp.) c. .t |n.go ou.||t|os c| NEF (RAW), NEF+JPEG
Fine, NEF+JPEG Normal, c. NEF+JPEG Basic
|c. |r|c.n.t|cr cr .occ.J|rg p|ctcg..p|s .t sott|rgs c| AE & flash, AE only, .rJ Flash
only, soo “b..ckot|rg” ( 56) ¯c t.ko p|ctcg..p|s us|rg .||to b.|.rco b..ckot|rg
1
||g|||g|t WB bracketing .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. .|g|t
2
|.oss t|o buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| tc c|ccso t|o runbo. c| |n.gos
|r t|o b..ckot|rg soouorco
3
|.oss t|o buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o subccnn.rJ J|.| tc c|ccso t|o .||to b.|.rco .J
¦ustnort |.c| |rc.onort |s .cug||y oou|v.|ort tc 10 n|.oJ
91 Menu Guide / Custom Settings
4
´cnpcso . p|ctcg..p|, |ccus, .rJ s|cct |.c| s|ct .||| bo p.c
cossoJ tc c.o.to t|o runbo. c| ccp|os spoc|fioJ |r t|o b..ckot|rg
p.cg..n, .rJ o.c| ccpy .||| |.vo . J|ffo.ort .||to b.|.rco VcJ|
fic.t|crs tc .||to b.|.rco ..o .JJoJ tc t|o .||to b.|.rco .J¦ust
nort n.Jo .|t| .||to b.|.rco firotur|rg
|| t|o runbo. c| |n.gos |r t|o b..ckot|rg p.cg..n oxcooJs t|o runbo. c| oxpcsu.os
.on.|r|rg, ( ) .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ .rJ t|o runbo. c| oxpcsu.os .on.|r|rg .|||
b||rk S|cct|rg c.r bog|r || . ro. nonc.y c..J |s |rso.toJ
¯c c.rco| b..ckot|rg, p.oss t|o buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o n.|r ccn
n.rJ J|.| urt|| t|o runbo. c| s|cts |r t|o b..ckot|rg soouorco |s .o.c
.rJ |s rc |crgo. J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| ¯|o p.cg..n
|.st |r offoct .||| bo .ostc.oJ t|o roxt t|no b..ckot|rg |s .ct|v.toJ
b..ckot|rg c.r .|sc bo c.rco||oJ by po.|c.n|rg . t.cbuttcr .osot (
44), .|t|cug| |r t||s c.so t|o b..ckot|rg p.cg..n .||| rct bo .ostc.oJ
t|o roxt t|no b..ckot|rg |s .ct|v.toJ
White Balance Bracketing
So|oct|rg NEF (RAW), NEF+JPEG Fine, NEF+JPEG Normal, c. NEF+JPEG Basic |c. |n.go ou.||ty
( 34) c. (Choose color temp.) |c. .||to b.|.rco ( 58) c.rco|s .||to b.|.rco b..ckot|rg
Bracketing Programs
Soo t|o ApporJ|x |c. . ||st c| .||to b.|.rco b..ckot|rg p.cg..ns
14: Auto BKT Order (P, S, A, and M Modes Only)
´|ccso t|o c.Jo. |r .||c| b..ckot|rg |s po.|c.noJ
Option Description
Default order
(Jo|.u|t)
|rncJ|fioJ > rog.t|vo > pcs|t|vo ( 56)
Under > MTR > over |og.t|vo > urncJ|fioJ > pcs|t|vo ( 56, 140)
15: Command Dials (P, S, A, and M Modes Only)
´|ccso t|o ccnn.rJ J|.|s usoJ tc sot s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o
Option Description
Default (Jo|.u|t)
¯|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| ccrt.c|s s|utto. spooJ, t|o sub
ccnn.rJ J|.| .po.tu.o
Reversed
¯|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| ccrt.c|s .po.tu.o, t|o subccn
n.rJ J|.| s|utto. spooJ
92 Menu Guide / Custom Settings
16: FUNC Button (All Modes)
´|ccso t|o |urct|cr po.|c.noJ by t|o |||´ buttcr
Option Description
ISO display
(Jo|.u|t)
¯|o ncJ|fioJ v.|uo |c. |SO sors|t|v|ty |s J|sp|.yoJ .|||o t|o |||´ buttcr |s p.ossoJ
Framing grid
|.oss t|o |||´ buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| tc tu.r t|o g.|J J|sp|.y |r
t|o v|o.firJo. cr .rJ cff ( 89)
AF-area mode
|.oss t|o |||´ buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| tc so|oct A| ..o. ncJo
( 8)
Center AF area
|.oss t|o |||´ buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| tc c|ccso bot.oor rc.
n.| .rJ .|Jo corto. A| ..o.s ( 8)
FV lock
|| t|o bu||t|r fl.s| c. .r cpt|cr.| Sb800, Sb600, c. Sb|200 fl.s| ur|t |s usoJ, fl.s|
v.|uo |ccks .|or t|o |||´ buttcr |s p.ossoJ ( 93) |.oss .g.|r tc c.rco| |\ |cck
Flash of bu||t|r fl.s| .rJ cpt|cr.| SpooJ||g|ts tu.r cff .|||o t|o |||´ buttcr |s p.ossoJ
Matrix metering
V.t.|x noto.|rg |s .ct|v.toJ .|||o t|o |||´ buttcr |s p.ossoJ (P, S, A, .rJ M ncJos
cr|y)
Center-weighted
´orto..o|g|toJ noto.|rg |s .ct|v.toJ .|||o t|o |||´ buttcr |s p.ossoJ (P, S, A, .rJ
M ncJos cr|y)
Spot metering
Spct noto.|rg |s .ct|v.toJ .|||o t|o |||´ buttcr |s p.ossoJ (P, S, A, .rJ M ncJos
cr|y)
FV Lock
¯||s |o.tu.o |s usoJ tc |cck fl.s| cutput, p.ovort|rg t|o fl.s| |ovo| |.cn c|.rg|rg bot.oor
s|cts c. .|||o .occnpcs|rg p|ctcg..p|s ||.s| cutput |s .J¦ustoJ .utcn.t|c.||y |c. .ry
c|.rgos |r |SO sors|t|v|ty c. .po. tu.o
FV Lock
bct| t|o |||´ .rJ t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr c.r bo usoJ |c. |\ |cck |\ |cck us|rg t|o |||´ buttcr |s Jo
sc.|boJ bo|c., tc uso t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr, c|ccso FV lock |c. ´ustcn Sott|rg 18 (AE-L/AF-L, 94)
1
So|oct FV lock |c. ´us tcn Sott|rg 16 (FUNC button)
2
|.|so t|o fl.s| |r , , , .rJ ncJos, t|o fl.s| .||| pcp up .u
tcn.t|c.||y .s .oou|.oJ .|or t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ
|.||..y |r P, S, A, .rJ M ncJos, p.oss t|o buttcr tc ..|so t|o
fl.s|
93 Menu Guide / Custom Settings
3
|cs|t|cr t|o sub¦oct |r t|o corto. c| t|o |..no .rJ p.oss t|o s|ut
to..o|o.so buttcr |.||..y tc |ccus ´|ock t|.t t|o fl.s|.o.Jy |r
J|c.tc. ( ) |s J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o v|o.firJo.
4
|.oss t|o |||´ buttcr ¯|o fl.s| .||| on|t . ncr|tc. p.ofl.s| tc
Joto.n|ro t|o .pp.cp.|.to fl.s| |ovo| ||.s| cutput .||| bo |cckoJ
.t t||s |ov o| .rJ . fl.s|v.|uo |cck |ccr .||| .ppo.. |r t|o v|o.
firJo.
5
|occnpcso t|o p|ctcg..p|
6
|.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr t|o .ost c| t|o ..y Jc.r tc s|cct
|| Jos|.oJ, .JJ|t|cr.| p|c tu.os c.r bo t.kor .|t|cut .o|o.s|rg |\
|cck
7
|.oss t|o |||´ buttcr tc .o|o.so |\ |cck .rJ ccrfi.n t|.t t|o
|ccr |s rc |crgo. J|sp|.yoJ |r v|o.firJo.
17: Illumination (All Modes)
|| Off (t|o Jo|.u|t cpt|cr) |s so|octoJ, t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| b.ck||g|t (|´|
|||un|r.tc.) .||| tu.r cr cr|y .|or t|o pc.o. s.|tc| |s .ct.toJ tc ||
On |s so|octoJ, t|o b.ck||g|t .||| .on.|r cr .|||o t|o oxpcsu.o noto.s
..o .ct|vo (rcto t|.t t||s .||| |rc.o.so t|o J..|r cr t|o b.tto.y)
Using FV Lock with Optional Speedlights
|\ |cck |s .|sc .v.||.b|o .|t| Sb800, Sb600, .rJ Sb|200 SpooJ||g|ts (.v.||.b|o sop. ..to|y) Sot t|o
SpooJ||g|t tc ¯¯| ncJo (t|o Sb800 c.r .|sc bo usoJ |r AA .rJ A ncJos, soo t|o SpooJ||g|t n.ru.|
|c. Jot.||s) \|||o |\ |cck |s |r offoct, fl.s| cutput .||| .utcn.t| c.||y bo .J¦ustoJ |c. c|.rgos |r SpooJ
||g|t .ccn |o.J pcs|t|cr
\|or Commander mode |s so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rg 22 (Built-in flash, 96), |\ |cck c.r bo
usoJ .|t| .oncto Sb800, Sb600, c. Sb|200 fl.s| ur|ts || (.) .ry c| t|o bu||t|r fl.s|, fl.s| g.cup A, c.
fl.s| g.cup b |s |r ¯¯| ncJo, c. (b) . fl.s| g.cup |s ccn pcsoJ ort|.o|y c| Sb800 SpooJ||g|ts |r ¯¯| c.
AA ncJo
Using FV Lock with the Built-in Flash
\|or t|o bu||t|r fl.s| |s usoJ .|cro, |\ |cck |s cr|y .v.||.b|o || TTL (t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rg) |s so|octoJ |c.
´ustcn Sott|rg 22 (Built-in flash, 95)
94 Menu Guide / Custom Settings
Option Description
AE/AF lock
(Jo|.u|t)
bct| |ccus .rJ oxpcsu.o |cck .|||o t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr |s p.ossoJ
AE lock only |xpcsu.o |ccks .|||o t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr |s p.ossoJ |ccus |s ur.ffoctoJ
AF lock |ccus |ccks .|||o t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr |s p.ossoJ |xpcsu.o |s ur.ffoctoJ
AE lock hold
|xpcsu.o |ccks .|or t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr |s p.ossoJ .rJ .on.|rs |cckoJ urt|| t|o
buttcr |s p.ossoJ .g.|r c. t|o oxpcsu.o noto.s tu.r cff
AF-ON
¯|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr |r|t|.tos .utc|ccus ¯|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr c.r rct bo usoJ
tc |ccus
FV lock
|| t|o bu||t|r fl.s| c. .r cpt|cr.| Sb800, Sb600, c. Sb|200 fl.s| ur|t |s usoJ, fl.s|
v.|uo |ccks .|or t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr |s p.ossoJ ( 92) |.oss .g.|r tc c.rco| |\
|cck
Focus area
selection
|.oss t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o subccnn.rJ J|.| tc so|oct t|o |ccus ..o.
( 30)
AE-L/AF-L/AF area
|.oss t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr tc |cck |ccus .rJ oxpcsu.o, p.oss .rJ .ct.to t|o subccn
n.rJ J|.| tc so|oct t|o |ccus ..o.
AE-L/AF area
|.oss t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr tc |cck oxpcsu.o, p.oss .rJ .ct.to t|o subccnn.rJ J|.|
tc so|oct t|o |ccus ..o.
AF-L/AF area
|.oss t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr tc |cck |ccus, p.oss .rJ .ct.to t|o subccnn.rJ J|.| tc
so|oct t|o |ccus ..o.
AF-ON/AF area
|.oss t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr tc |r|t|.to .utc|ccus, p.oss .rJ .ct.to t|o subccnn.rJ
J|.| tc so|oct t|o |ccus ..o.
19: AE Lock (All Modes)
|| Off (t|o Jo|.u|t cpt|cr) |s so|octoJ, p.oss|rg t|o s|utto..o|o.so but
tcr |.||..y Jcos rct |cck oxpcsu.o || On |s so|octoJ, oxpcsu.o .||| |cck
.|or t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ |.||..y
18: AE-L/AF-L (All Modes)
´|ccso t|o |urct|cr po.|c.noJ by t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr
20: Focus Area (All Modes)
At t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rg c| No wrap, t|o |ccus..o. J|sp|.y |s bcurJoJ by
t|o cuto. |ccus ..o.s sc t|.t, |c. ox.np|o, p.oss|rg t|o nu|t| so|octc.
up .|or t|o |ccus ..o. |s so|octoJ |.s rc offoct So|oct Wrap tc .||c.
|ccus..o. so|oct|cr tc “...p ..curJ” |.cn tcp tc bcttcn, bcttcn tc
tcp, .|g|t tc |o|t, .rJ |o|t tc .|g|t
95 Menu Guide / Custom Settings
Repeating fash ¯|o fl.s| fi.os .opo.toJ|y .|||o t|o s|utto. |s cpor, p.c
Juc|rg . st.cbo||g|t offoct So|oct|rg t||s cpt|cr J|sp|.ys t|o noru
s|c.r .t .|g|t |.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. |o|t c. .|g|t tc ||g|||g|t t|o
|c||c.|rg cpt|crs, up c. Jc.r tc c|.rgo
Option Description
Output ´|ccso fl.s| cutput (oxp.ossoJ .s . |..ct|cr c| |u|| pc.o.)
Times
´|ccso t|o runbo. c| t|nos t|o fl.s| fi.os .t t|o so|octoJ cutput
¯|o cpt|crs .v.||.b|o JoporJ cr t|o cpt|cr so|octoJ |c. Output
Freq. ¯|o runbo. c| t|nos t|o fl.s| fi.os po. soccrJ
21: AF Area Illumination (All Modes)
At t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rg c| Auto, t|o .ct|vo |ccus ..o. |s ||g|||g|toJ |r
t|o v|o.firJo. .s rooJ tc ost.b||s| ccrt..st .|t| t|o b.ckg.curJ ||
Off |s so|octoJ, t|o |ccus ..o. |s rct ||g|||g|toJ || On |s so|octoJ, t|o
|ccus ..o. .||| .|..ys bo ||g|||g|toJ, .|t|cug| |t n.y bo J|ffi cu|t tc soo
.g.|rst t|o b.ckg.curJ
22: Built-in Flash (P, S, A, and M Modes Only)
´|ccso . fl.s| ccrt.c| ncJo |c. t|o bu||t|r fl.s|
TTL (Jo|.u|t) ||.s| cutput |s .J¦ustoJ .utcn.t|c.||y |r .ospcrso tc
s|cct|rg ccrJ|t|crs
“Times”
¯|o runbo. c| t|nos t|o fl.s| c.r fi.o |r succoss|cr |s Joto.n|roJ by fl.s| cutput |cto t|.t JoporJ
|rg cr s|utto. spooJ .rJ t|o cpt|cr so|octoJ |c. Freq., t|o .ctu.| runbo. c| fl.s|os on|ttoJ n.y bo
|oss t|.r so|octoJ
Options available for “Times”
O
u
t
p
u
t
1/4 2
1/8 2–5
1/16 2–10
1/32 2–10, 15
1/64 2–10, 15, 20, 25
1/128 2–10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35
Manual ¯|o fl.s| fi.os .t t|o |ovo| so|octoJ |r t|o noru s|c.r .t .|g|t
At |u|| pc.o., t|o bu||t|r fl.s| |.s . ´u|Jo |unbo. c| 13/42 (n/|t, |SO
100, 20 ˚´/68 ˚|) |c ncr|tc. p.ofl.s| |s on|ttoJ
96 Menu Guide / Custom Settings
Commander mode |so t|o bu||t|r fl.s| .s . n.sto. fl.s| ccrt.c|||rg cro
c. nc.o .oncto cpt|cr.| Sb800, Sb600, c. Sb|200 fl.s| ur|ts |r up tc
t.c g.cups (A .rJ b) us|rg .Jv.rcoJ .|.o|oss ||g|t|rg So|oct|rg t||s
cpt|cr J|sp|.ys t|o noru s|c.r .t .|g|t |.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. up c.
Jc.r tc ||g|||g|t t|o |c||c.|rg cpt|crs, up c. Jc.r tc c|.rgo
• Built-in fash ´|ccso . fl.s| ccrt.c| ncJo |c. t|o bu||t |r fl.s|
TTL
|¯¯| ncJo ´|ccso . fl.s| ccnpors.t|cr (Comp.) v.|uo bot.oor +30 .rJ –30 |\ |r stops c|
'/· |\ At sott|rgs ct|o. t|.r ±0, .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo.
M
´|ccso |.cn cutput |ovo|s bot.oor 1/1 (|u|| pc.o.) .rJ 1/128 ('/·.s c| |u|| pc.o.) fl.s|os
|r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo.
- -
bu||t|r fl.s| Jcos rct fi.o, but A|.ss|st |||un|r.tc. ||g|ts Jcos rct .ppo.. |r ccrt.c| p.ro|
fl.s| ncJo J|sp|.y |cto t|.t t|o bu||t|r fl.s| nust bo ..|soJ tc on|t ncr|tc. p.ofl.s|os
• Group A/Group B ´|ccso . fl.s| ccrt.c| ncJo |c. .|| fl.s| ur|ts |r ´.cup A c. b
TTL |¯¯| ncJo ´|ccso . Comp. v.|uo bot.oor +30 .rJ –30 |\ |r stops c| '/· |\
AA
Autc .po.tu.o ´|ccso . fl.s| ccnpors.t|cr (Comp.) v.|uo bot.oor +30 .rJ –30 |\ |r stops
c| '/· |\ Sb600 .rJ Sb|200 fl.s| ur|ts .||| rct fi.o .|or t||s cpt|cr |s so|octoJ
M ´|ccso |.cn cutput |ovo|s bot.oor 1/1 (|u|| pc.o.) .rJ 1/128 ('/·.s c| |u|| pc.o.)
- - ¯|o fl.s| ur|ts |r t|o so|octoJ g.cup Jc rct fi.o
• Channel ´|ccso |.cn c|.rro|s 1–4 A|| fl.s| ur|ts |r bct| g.cups nust bo sot tc t|o s.no
c|.rro|
¯c t.ko p|ctcg..p|s |r ccnn.rJo. ncJo
1
´|ccso t|o fl.s| ccrt.c| ncJo .rJ cutput |ovo| |c. t|o bu||t|r
fl.s| |cto t|.t cutput |ovo| c.r rct bo .J¦ustoJ .|or - - |s so
|octoJ |c. fl.s| ccrt.c| ncJo
2
´|ccso t|o fl.s| ccrt.c| ncJo .rJ cutput |ovo| |c. t|o fl.s| ur|ts
|r g.cup A
3
´|ccso t|o fl.s| ccrt.c| ncJo .rJ cutput |ovo| |c. t|o fl.s| ur|ts
|r g.cup b
4
So|oct t|o c|.rro|
97 Menu Guide / Custom Settings
5
|.oss OK
6
´cnpcso t|o s|ct .rJ ....rgo t|o fl.s| ur|ts .s s|c.r bo|c. |cto t|.t t|o n.x|
nun J|st.rco .t .||c| t|o .oncto fl.s| ur|ts c.r bo p|.coJ n.y v..y .|t| s|cct|rg
ccrJ|t|crs
´.no..
(bu||t|r fl.s|)
30 c. |oss
30 c. |oss
60–30
60–30
10 n/33 |t c. |oss
5 n/16 |t c. |oss
5 n/16 |t c. |oss
Wireless remote sensors
on flash units should
face camera.
7
¯u.r .|| t|o .oncto fl.s| ur|ts cr .rJ sot t|on tc t|o c|.rro| so|octoJ |r Stop 4 Soo
t|o SpooJ||g|t |rst.uct|cr n.ru.|s |c. Jot.||s
8
|.oss t|o buttcr tc ..|so t|o bu||t|r fl.s| |cto t|.t ovor ||
- - |s so|octoJ |c. Built-in flash > Mode, t|o bu||t|r fl.s| nust bo
..|soJ sc t|.t ncr|tc. p.ofl.s|os .||| bo on|ttoJ
9
|ccus .rJ s|cct .|to. ccrfi.n|rg t|.t t|o fl.s|.o.Jy ||g|ts cr t|o c.no.. .rJ .|| .o
ncto fl.s| ur|ts ..o ||t
Commander Mode
|cs|t|cr t|o sorsc. .|rJc.s cr t|o .oncto fl.s| ur|ts tc p|ck up t|o ncr|tc. p.ofl.s|os |.cn t|o bu||t
|r fl.s| (p..t|cu|.. c..o |s .oou|.oJ .|or rct us|rg . t.|pcJ) bo su.o t|.t J|.oct ||g|t c. st.crg .ofloc
t|crs |.cn t|o .oncto fl.s| ur|ts Jc rct orto. t|o c.no.. |ors (|r ¯¯| ncJo) c. t|o p|ctcco||s cr t|o
.oncto fl.s| ur|ts (AA ncJo), .s t||s n.y |rto.|o.o .|t| oxpcsu.o ¯c p.ovort t|n|rg fl.s|os on|ttoJ
by t|o bu||t|r fl.s| |.cn .ppo..|rg |r p|ctcg..p|s t.kor .t s|c.t ..rgo, c|ccso |c. |SO sors|t|v|t|os
.rJ sn.|| .po.tu.os (|..go |/runbo.s) c. uso .r cpt|cr.| S´3|| |r|...oJ p.ro| |c. t|o bu||t|r fl.s| Ar
S´3|| |s .oou|.oJ |c. bost .osu|ts .|t| .o..cu.t.|r syrc, .||c| p.cJucos b.|g|to. t|n|rg fl.s|os A|to.
pcs|t|cr|rg t|o .oncto fl.s| ur|ts, t.ko . tost s|ct .rJ v|o. t|o .osu|ts |r t|o c.no.. ncr|tc.
A|t|cug| t|o.o |s rc ||n|t cr t|o runbo. c| .oncto fl.s| ur|ts t|.t n.y bo usoJ, t|o p..ct|c.| n.x|
nun |s t|.oo \|t| nc.o t|.r t||s runbo., t|o ||g|t on|ttoJ by t|o .oncto fl.s| ur|ts .||| |rto.|o.o
.|t| po.|c.n.rco
||.s| ccnpors.t|cr ( 55) |s .JJoJ tc t|o fl.s| cutput |c. .|| fl.s| ur|ts, |rc|uJ|rg t|o bu||t|r fl.s|
98 Menu Guide / Custom Settings
23: Flash Warning (P, S, A, and M Modes Only)
|| On (t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rg) |s so|octoJ .rJ ||g|t|rg |s pcc., t|o fl.s|
.o.Jy ||g|t ( ) .||| fl|cko. |r t|o v|o.firJo. .|or t|o s|utto..o|o.so
buttcr |s p.ossoJ |.||..y tc ...r t|.t t|o bu||t|r fl.s| |s .oou|.oJ |c
...r|rg .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ || Off |s so|octoJ
24: Flash Shutter Speed (P, S, A, and M Modes Only)
´|ccso t|o s|c.ost s|utto. spooJ .t .||c| t|o fl.s| .||| bo usoJ |r
ncJos P .rJ A (t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rg |s 1/60 s) |og..J|oss c| t|o sott|rg
c|csor, t|o fl.s| .||| fi.o .t s|utto. spooJs .s s|c. .s 30 s .|or sot tc
s|c. syrc ( 41)
25: Auto FP (P, S, A, and M Modes Only)
So|oct On tc .ct|v.to Autc || ||g|SpooJ Syrc .|or us|rg t|o cp
t|cr.| Sb800, Sb600, c. Sb|200 fl.s| ur|ts .t s|utto. spooJs |.sto.
t|.r '/... s (boc.uso t|o .ctu.| s|utto. spooJ n.y bo s||g|t|y s|c.o.
t|.r J|sp|.yoJ |r | .rJ A ncJos, Autc || n.y rct .|..ys bo .ct|v.toJ
.t . s|utto. spooJ c| '/... s) ´|ccso tc or.b|o fi|| fl.s| .|or t.k|rg
pc.t..|ts urJo. b.|g|t ||g|t c. .|or t.k|rg p|ctcg..p|s .t |..go .po.
tu.os Autc || ||g|SpooJ Syrc |s rct .v.||.b|o .|or us|rg t|o bu||t|r
fl.s| ¯|o Jo|.u|t sott|rg |s Off
26: Modeling Flash (P, S, A, and M Modes Only)
|| On |s so|octoJ, t|o bu||t|r fl.s| .rJ cpt|cr.| Sb800, Sb600, .rJ Sb
|200 fl.s| ur|ts .||| on|t . ncJo||rg fl.s| .|or t|o c.no.. Jopt|c|
fio|J p.ov|o. buttcr |s p.ossoJ ( 49) ¯|o Jo|.u|t sott|rg |s Off
27: Monitor-Off (All Modes)
´|ccso |c. |crg t|o ncr|tc. .on.|rs cr .|or rc cpo..t|crs ..o po.
|c.noJ (t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rg |s 20 s) ´|ccso . s|c.to. ncr|tc.cff Jo|.y
|c. |crgo. b.tto.y |||o |og..J|oss c| t|o sott|rg c|csor, t|o ncr|tc.
.on.|rs cr |c. |cu. soccrJs Ju.|rg |n.go .ov|o. ( 88) .rJ |c. tor
n|rutos .|or t|o c.no.. |s pc.o.oJ by .r cpt|cr.| ||5 A´ .J.pto.
99 Menu Guide / Custom Settings
28: Auto Meter-Off (All Modes)
´|ccso |c. |crg t|o c.no.. ccrt|ruos tc noto. oxpcsu.o .|or rc
cpo..t|crs ..o po.|c.noJ (t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rg |s 6 s) ´|ccso . s|c.to.
noto.cff Jo|.y |c. |crgo. b.tto.y |||o |og..J|oss c| t|o sott|rg c|csor,
t|o oxpcsu.o noto.s .on.|r cr |c. tor n|rutos .|or t|o c.no.. |s
pc.o.oJ by .r cpt|cr.| ||5 A´ .J.pto.
29: Self-Timer (All Modes)
´|ccso t|o |orgt| c| t|o s|utto..o|o.so Jo|.y |r so||t|no. ncJo (
3) ¯|o Jo|.u|t sott|rg |s 10 s
30: Remote On Duration (All Modes)
´|ccso |c. |crg t|o c.no.. .||| ..|t |c. . s|gr.| |.cn t|o .oncto
bo|c.o c.rco|||rg Jo|.yoJ c. ou|ck.ospcrso .oncto ncJos ( 38)
´|ccso s|c.to. t|nos |c. |crgo. b.tto.y |||o ¯|o Jo|.u|t sott|rg |s cro
n|ruto
31: Exp. Delay Mode (All Modes)
So|oct On tc Jo|.y s|utto. .o|o.so urt|| .bcut 04 s .|to. t|o s|utto.
.o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ, .oJuc|rg c.no.. s|.ko |r s|tu.t|crs |r .||c|
t|o |o.st c.no.. ncvonort ccu|J .osu|t |r b|u..oJ p|ctcg..p|s (|c.
ox.np|o, n|c.csccpo p|ctcg..p|y) ¯|o Jo|.u|t cpt|cr |s Off
100 Menu Guide / Custom Settings
Using AA Batteries
||||3o b.tto.|os ..o .occnnorJoJ |c. bost po.|c.n.rco |o.o. p|ctu.os c.r bo t.kor .|t| AA b.t
to.|os t|.r .|t| ||||3o b.tto.|os ¯|o c.p.c|ty c| AA b.tto.|os J.cps s|..p|y .t tonpo..tu.os bo|c.
20 ˚´ (68 ˚|) .rJ v..|os .|t| n.ko .rJ stc..go ccrJ|t|crs, |r scno c.sos, b.tto.|os n.y co.so tc |urc
t|cr bo|c.o t|o|. oxp|.y J.to Scno AA b.tto.|os c.r rct bo usoJ, Juo tc t|o|. po.|c.n.rco c|...cto.|s
t|cs .rJ ||n|toJ c.p.c|ty, .|k.||ro .rJ r|cko|n.rg.roso b.tto.|os s|cu|J cr|y bo usoJ .|or rc ct|o.
.|to.r.t|vo |s .v.||.b|o ¯|o c.no.. s|c.s t|o |ovo| c| AA b.tto.|os .s |c||c.s
Control panel Viewfnder Description
– b.tto.|os |u||y c|..goJ
|c. b.tto.y |o.Jy |.os| b.tto.|os
(b||rks) (b||rks)
S|utto. .o|o.so J|s.b|oJ |rso.t |.os| b.tto.|os
32: MB-D80 Batteries (All Modes)
¯c orsu.o t|.t t|o c.no.. |urct|crs .s oxpoctoJ .|or AA b.tto.|os ..o
usoJ |r t|o cpt|cr.| Vb|80 b.tto.y p.ck, n.tc| t|o cpt|cr so|octoJ |r
t||s noru tc t|o typo c| b.tto.|os |rso.toJ |r t|o b.tto.y p.ck ¯|o.o |s
rc rooJ tc .J¦ust t||s cpt|cr .|or us|rg ||||3o b.tto.|os
Option Description
LR6 (AA alkaline)
(Jo|.u|t)
So|oct .|or us|rg ||6 .|k.||ro AA b.tto.|os
HR6 (AA Ni-MH) So|oct .|or us|rg ||6 ||V| AA b.tto.|os
FR6 (AA lithium) So|oct .|or us|rg ||6 ||t||un AA b.tto.|os
ZR6 (AA Ni-Mn) So|oct .|or us|rg ¯|6 r|cko|n.rg.roso AA b.tto.|os
101 Menu Guide / Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu
Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu
¯|o sotup noru ccrt.|rs t|o cpt|crs ||stoJ bo|c. (cpt|crs J|sp|.yoJ
n.y J|ffo. || My Menu |s so|octoJ |c. CSM/Setup menu) Soo “|s|rg
´.no.. Vorus” ( 9) |c. nc.o |r|c.n.t|cr cr us|rg t|o norus
¯|o |c||c.|rg cpt|crs ..o .v.||.b|o .|or
Simple (t|o Jo|.u|t cpt|cr) |s so|octoJ |c.
CSM/Setup menu
Option
CSM/Setup menu 101–102
Format memory card 102
World time 103
LCD brightness 103
Video mode 103
Language 103
USB 104
¯c J|sp|.y t|o |c||c.|rg cpt|crs, so|oct Full
|c. CSM/Setup menu
Option
Image comment 104
Folders 105
File no. sequence 106
Mirror lock-up
¯
106
Dust of ref photo 106–10
Battery info 10
Firmware version 108
Auto image rotation 108
¯ |ct .v.||.b|o .t b.tto.y |ovo|s c| c. bo|c.
c. .|or c.no.. |s pc.o.oJ by cpt|cr.| Vb
|80 b.tto.y p.ck .|t| AA b.tto.|os
CSM / Setup Menu
´|ccso t|o cpt|crs J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o norus
Option Description
Simple
(Jo|.u|t)
||sp|.y cr|y b.s|c cpt|crs |r t|o ´ustcn Sott|rgs ( 86) .rJ
sotup norus (soo .bcvo) Ot|o. norus ||st .|| cpt|crs
Full ||sp|.y .|| cpt|crs |r .|| norus
My menu
||sp|.y cr|y so|octoJ cpt|crs |r t|o p|.yb.ck, s|cct|rg, ´ustcn
Sott|rgs, sotup, .rJ .otcuc| norus
¯c c|ccso noru |tons |c. J|sp|.y .|t| My menu
1
||g|||g|t My menu .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. .|g|t A ||st c|
noru r.nos .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ
2
||g|||g|t . noru r.no .rJ p.oss OK ¯|o |tons |r t|o so|octoJ
noru .||| bo ||stoJ .s s|c.r .t .|g|t (t|o |||ust..t|cr s|c.s t|o
|tons ||stoJ .|or t|o p|.yb.ck noru |s so|octoJ) ¯|o CSM / Set-
up menu |ton |r t|o sotup noru c.r rct bo so|octoJ
Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu
102 Menu Guide / Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu
3
|.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r tc ||g|||g|t |tons .rJ t|or
p.oss tc t|o .|g|t tc so|oct c. Joso|oct So|octoJ |tons ..o |rJ|
c.toJ by . c|ock n..k
4
||g|||g|t Done .rJ p.oss OK tc .otu.r tc t|o ||st c| noru r.nos
s|c.r |r Stop 1 |opo.t stops 2–3 tc oJ|t .JJ|t|cr.| norus
5
||g|||g|t Done |r t|o ||st c| noru r.nos .rJ p.oss OK tc .otu.r
sotup noru
Format Memory Card
So|oct Yes tc |c.n.t t|o nonc.y c..J |cto t|.t t||s po.n.rort|y Jo
|otos .|| p|ctcg..p|s .rJ .ry ct|o. J.t. t|o c..J n.y ccrt.|r bo su.o
t|.t .ry v.|uoJ fi|os |.vo boor ccp|oJ tc . ccnputo. bo|c.o |c.n.t
t|rg
Formatting Memory Cards
|c rct tu.r t|o c.no.. cff c. .oncvo t|o nonc.y c..J .|||o |c.n.tt|rg |s |r
p.cg.oss
Two-Button Format
Vonc.y c..Js c.r .|sc bo |c.n.ttoJ .|t| t|o ( .rJ ) buttcrs ( 44)
103 Menu Guide / Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu
Language
´|ccso t|o |.rgu.go |c. c.no.. norus .rJ noss.gos |.cn
World Time
Sot t|o c.no.. c|cck tc t|o cu..ort J.to .rJ t|no
Option Description
Time zone
´|ccso t|o t|no .cro ¯|o c.no.. c|cck .||| .utcn.t|c.||y bo
.osot tc t|o t|no |r t|o so|octoJ .cro
Date
Sot t|o c.no.. c|cck ( 14) |osot t|o c|cck .ogu|..|y |c. .c
cu..to t|no koop|rg
Date
format
´|ccso t|o c.Jo. |r .||c| t|o ncrt|, J.y, .rJ yo.. ..o J|s
p|.yoJ
Daylight
saving time
¯u.r J.y||g|t s.v|rg t|no cr c. cff ¯|o c.no.. c|cck |s .utc
n.t|c.||y .Jv.rcoJ c. sot b.ck cro |cu.
LCD Brightness
AJ¦ust ncr|tc. b.|g|tross bot.oor –2 (J..kost) .rJ +2 (b.|g|tost)
De Deutsch ´o.n.r
En English |rg||s|
Es Español Sp.r|s|
Fi Suomi ||rr|s|
Fr Français |.orc|
It Italiano |t.||.r
Nl Nederlands |utc|
Pl Polski |c||s|
Pt Português |c.tuguoso
Ru Русский |uss|.r
Sv Svenska S.oJ|s|
¯..J|t|cr.| ´||roso
S|np||fioJ ´||roso
'.p.roso
|c.o.r
The Clock Battery
¯|o c.no.. c|cck |s pc.o.oJ by .r |rJoporJort, .oc|..go.b|o pc.o. scu.co, .||c| |s c|..goJ .s
rocoss..y .|or t|o n.|r b.tto.y |s |rst.||oJ c. t|o c.no.. |s pc.o.oJ by .r cpt|cr.| ||5 A´ .J.pto.
¯.c J.ys c| c|..g|rg .||| pc.o. t|o c|cck |c. .bcut cro ncrt| || fl.s|os |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro|,
t|o c|cck b.tto.y |s ox|.ustoJ .rJ t|o c|cck |.s boor .osot tc . t|no st..t|rg .t 20060101000000
Sot t|o c|cck tc t|o cc..oct J.to .rJ t|no
Video Mode
´|ccso NTSC .|or ccrroct|rg t|o c.no.. tc .r |¯S´ to|ov|s|cr c.
\´| ´|ccso PAL .|or ccrroct|rg t|o c.no.. tc . |A| v|Joc Jov|co
104 Menu Guide / Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu
USB
´|ccso . |Sb cpt|cr |c. ccrroct|cr tc . ccnputo. c. ||ctb.|Jgo p.|rt
o. ´|ccso PTP .|or ccrroct|rg tc . ||ctb.|Jgo p.|rto. c. us|rg ´.n
o.. ´crt.c| |.c (.v.||.b|o sop...to|y) Soo “´crroct|rg tc . ´cnputo.”
|c. |r|c.n.t|cr cr so|oct|rg . |Sb cpt|cr |c. uso .|t| ||ctu.o|.c¦oct
( 6)
Image Comment
AJJ . ccnnort tc p|ctcg..p|s .s t|oy ..o t.kor ´cnnorts c.r bo
v|o.oJ |r ´.ptu.o |` (.v.||.b|o sop...to|y, 123) c. ||ctu.o|.c¦oct
• Done S.vo c|.rgos .rJ .otu.r tc t|o sotup noru
• Input comment ¯|o |c||c.|rg J|.|cg .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ |rput . ccn
nort .s Josc.|boJ bo|c.
Image Comment
Keyboard area |so nu|t| so|octc. tc ||g|||g|t |otto.s, p.oss tc
so|oct
Name area ´cnnort .ppo..s |o.o ¯c ncvo cu.sc., p.oss but
tcr .rJ uso nu|t| so|octc.
´cnnorts c.r bo up tc t||.tys|x c|...cto.s |crg Ary .JJ|t|cr.| c|...cto.s .||| bo Jo
|otoJ ¯c Jo|oto t|o c|...cto. .t t|o cu..ort cu.sc. pcs|t|cr, p.oss |.oss OK tc s.vo
c|.rgos .rJ .otu.r tc t|o |n.go ccnnort noru, c. p.oss tc ox|t .|t|cut c|.rg|rg
t|o ccnnort
• Attach comment A ccnnort |s .JJoJ tc .|| p|ctcg..p|s t.kor .|||o t||s cpt|cr |s c|ockoJ
||g|||g|t t||s cpt|cr .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. tc t|o .|g|t tc tcgg|o t|o c|ock n..k cr
c. cff
105 Menu Guide / Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu
Folders
´.o.to, .or.no, c. Jo|oto |c|Jo.s c. c|ccso t|o |c|Jo. |r .||c| ro.
p|ctcg..p|s .||| bo stc.oJ
• Select folder ´|ccso t|o |c|Jo. |r .||c| subsoouort p|ctcg..p|s .|||
bo stc.oJ
Folder Names
Or t|o nonc.y c..J, |c|Jo. r.nos ..o p.ocoJoJ by . t|.ooJ|g|t |c|Jo. runbo. .ss|groJ .utcn.t|
c.||y by t|o c.no.. (og, 100|´|80) |.c| |c|Jo. c.r ccrt.|r up tc 999 p|ctcg..p|s |u.|rg s|cct
|rg, p|ctu.os ..o stc.oJ |r t|o ||g|ostrunbo.oJ |c|Jo. .|t| t|o so|octoJ r.no || . p|ctcg..p| |s
t.kor .|or t|o cu..ort |c|Jo. || |u|| c. ccrt.|rs . p|ctcg..p| runbo.oJ 9999, t|o c.no.. .||| c.o.to
. ro. |c|Jo. by .JJ|rg cro tc t|o cu..ort |c|Jo. runbo. (og, 101|´|80) ¯|o c.no.. t.o.ts |c|Jo.s
.|t| t|o s.no r.no but J|ffo.ort |c|Jo. runbo.s .s t|o s.no |c|Jo. |c. ox.np|o, || t|o |c|Jo. |||O|
|s so|octoJ |c. So|oct |c|Jo., p|ctcg..p|s |r .|| |c|Jo.s r.noJ |||O| (100|||O|, 101|||O|, 102|||O|,
otc) .||| bo v|s|b|o .|or ´u..ort |s so|octoJ |c. ||.yb.ck |c|Jo. ( 5) |or.n|rg c|.rgos .|| |c|Jo.s
.|t| t|o s.no r.no but |o.vos t|o |c|Jo. runbo.s |rt.ct
• New ´.o.to . ro. |c|Jo. .rJ r.no |t .s Josc.|boJ |r “|.n|rg |c|Jo.s,” bo|c.
• Rename So|oct . |c|Jo. |.cn . ||st .rJ .or.no |t .s Josc.|boJ |r “|.n|rg |c|Jo.s,” bo|c.
• Delete |o|oto .|| onpty |c|Jo.s cr t|o nonc.y c..J
Naming Folders
Keyboard area |so nu|t| so|octc. tc ||g|||g|t |otto.s, p.oss tc
so|oct
Name area |c|Jo. r.no .ppo..s |o.o ¯c ncvo cu.sc., p.oss
buttcr .rJ uso nu|t| so|octc.
|c|Jo. r.nos c.r bo up tc fivo c|...cto.s |crg Ary .JJ|t|cr.| c|...cto.s .||| bo Jo|otoJ
¯c Jo|oto t|o c|...cto. .t t|o cu..ort cu.sc. pcs|t|cr, p.oss |.oss OK tc s.vo c|.rgos
.rJ .otu.r tc t|o sotup noru, c. p.oss tc ox|t .|t|cut c.o.t|rg . ro. |c|Jo. c. c|.rg
|rg t|o |c|Jo. r.no
NCD80
(default folder)
Current folder
Other folders
(in alphabetical order)
106 Menu Guide / Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu
File No. Sequence
´|ccso |c. t|o c.no.. r.nos fi|os
• Of (Jo|.u|t) |||o runbo.|rg |s .osot tc 0001 .|or . ro. |c|Jo. |s c.o.t
oJ, t|o nonc.y c..J |s |c.n.ttoJ, c. . ro. nonc.y c..J |s |rso.toJ
• On |||o runbo.|rg ccrt|ruos |.cn t|o |.st runbo. usoJ .|to. . ro.
|c|Jo. |s c.o.toJ, t|o nonc.y c..J |s |c.n.ttoJ, c. . ro. nonc.y c..J
|s |rso.toJ || . p|ctcg..p| |s t.kor .|or t|o cu..ort |c|Jo. ccrt.|rs . p|ctcg..p| run
bo.oJ 9999, . ro. |c|Jo. .||| bo c.o.toJ .rJ fi|o runbo.|rg .||| bog|r .g.|r |.cn 0001
• Reset As |c. On, oxcopt t|.t fi|o runbo.|rg |s .osot tc 0001 .|t| t|o roxt p|ctcg..p| t.kor
(|| t|o cu..ort |c|Jo. .|.o.Jy ccrt.|rs p|ctcg..p|s, . ro. |c|Jo. .||| bo c.o.toJ)
File Numbering
|| t|o cu..ort |c|Jo. |s runbo.oJ 999 .rJ ccrt.|rs 999 p|ctcg..p|s c. . p|ctcg..p| runbo.oJ 9999,
t|o s|utto. .o|o.so .||| bo J|s.b|oJ || File no. sequence |s cr, tu.r |t cff .rJ |c.n.t t|o nonc.y c..J
c. |rso.t .rct|o. nonc.y c..J |r t|o c.no..
Mirror Lock-Up
|cck t|o n|..c. |r t|o up pcs|t|cr .|or |rspoct|rg c. c|o.r|rg t|o |c.
p.ss fi|to. t|.t p.ctocts t|o c.no.. |n.go sorsc. ( 125)
Dust Off Ref Photo
Acou|.o .o|o.orco J.t. |c. t|o |n.go |ust Off cpt|cr |r ´.ptu.o |`
(.v.||.b|o sop...to|y, |c. nc.o |r|c.n.t|cr, soo t|o ´.ptu.o |` n.r
u.|)
1
||g|||g|t On .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. .|g|t ¯|o noss.go
s|c.r .t .|g|t .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ, .rJ “.||” .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o
ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo.
107 Menu Guide / Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu
2
\|t| t|o |ors tor cort|noto.s (|cu. |rc|os) |.cn . .o||||t, |o.tu.o|oss .||to cb¦oct,
|..no t|o cb¦oct sc t|.t |t fi||s t|o v|o.firJo. .rJ t|or p.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr
|.||..y |r .utc|ccus ncJo, |ccus .||| .utcn.t|c.||y bo sot tc |rfir|ty, |r n.ru.| |ccus
ncJo, sot |ccus tc |rfir|ty n.ru.||y
3
|.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr t|o .ost c| t|o ..y Jc.r tc .cou|.o |n.go |ust Off
.o|o.orco J.t. ¯|o ncr|tc. tu.rs cff .|or t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ
|| t|o .o|o.orco cb¦oct |s tcc b.|g|t c. tcc J..k, t|o c.no.. n.y bo
ur.b|o tc .cou|.o |n.go |ust Off .o|o.orco J.t. .rJ t|o noss.go
s|c.r .t .|g|t .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ ´|ccso .rct|o. .o|o.orco cb¦oct
.rJ .opo.t t|o p.ccoss |.cn Stop 1
Image Dust Off
|ust cff .o| p|ctc |s .v.||.b|o .|t| ´|| |orsos cr|y A |ors .|t| . |cc.| |orgt| c| .t |o.st 50 nn |s
.occnnorJoJ || us|rg . .ccn |ors, .ccn .|| t|o ..y |r
¯|o s.no .o|o.orco |n.go c.r bo usoJ |c. p|ctcg..p|s t.kor .|t| J|ffo.ort
|orsos c. .t J|ffo.ort .po.tu.os |o|o.orco |n.gos c.r rct bo v|o.oJ us|rg
ccnputo. |n.g|rg sc|t...o A g.|J p.tto.r |s J|sp|.yoJ .|or .o|o.orco |n
.gos ..o v|o.oJ cr t|o c.no..
Battery Info
\|o. |r|c.n.t|cr cr t|o ||||3o .oc|..go.b|o |||cr b.tto.y cu..ort|y
|rso.toJ |r t|o c.no.. (|| t|o c.no.. |s pc.o.oJ by .r cpt|cr.| Vb
|80 b.tto.y p.ck ccrt.|r|rg ||||3o b.tto.|os, |r|c.n.t|cr |c. o.c|
b.tto.y .||| bo ||stoJ sop...to|y b.tto.y |r|c c.r rct bo J|sp|.yoJ .|or
Vb|80 |s usoJ .|t| AA b.tto.|os)
Option Description
Bat. meter ¯|o cu..ort b.tto.y |ovo| .s . po.cort.go c| |u|| c|..go
Pic. meter
¯|o runbo. c| t|nos t|o s|utto. |.s boor .o|o.soJ s|rco t|o b.tto.y ..s |.st c|..goJ
|cto t|.t t|o c.no.. n.y scnot|nos .o|o.so t|o s|utto. .|t|cut .occ.J|rg . p|ctc
g..p| (og, .|or no.su.|rg . v.|uo |c. p.osot .||to b.|.rco)
Charge life
A fivo|ovo| J|sp|.y s|c.|rg b.tto.y .go, |.cn 0 (ro.) tc 4 (J|sp|.yoJ .|or t|o b.tto.y
|.s .o.c|oJ t|o orJ c| |ts c|..g|rg |||o .rJ .oou|.os .op|.conort) |cto t|.t c|..g|rg
|||o n.y bo tonpc...||y .oJucoJ || t|o b.tto.y |.s boor c|..goJ .t |c. tonpo..tu.os,
t|o J|sp|.y .||| .otu.r tc rc.n.| || t|o b.tto.y |s c|..goJ .g.|r .t .ccn tonpo..tu.o
108 Menu Guide / Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu
Firmware Version
\|o. t|o cu..ort c.no.. fi.n...o vo.s|cr
Landscape (wide)
orientation
Camera rotated 90 °
clockwise
Camera rotated 90 °
counter-clockwise
Auto Image Rotation
||ctcg..p|s t.kor .|||o On (t|o Jo|.u|t cpt|cr) |s so|octoJ ccrt.|r
|r|c.n.t|cr cr c.no.. c.|ort.t|cr, .||c.|rg t|on tc bo .ct.toJ .utc
n.t|c.||y Ju.|rg p|.yb.ck ( 61) c. .|or v|o.oJ |r ´.ptu.o |` (.v.||
.b|o sop...to|y, 123) c. ||ctu.o|.c¦oct
¯
¯|o |c||c.|rg c.|ort.t|crs
..o .occ.JoJ
¯ |r ccrt|rucus ncJo ( 36), c.|ort.t|cr .occ.JoJ |c. fi.st s|ct .pp||os tc .|| |n.gos |r s.no bu.st,
ovor || c.no.. c.|ort.t|cr |s c|.rgoJ Ju.|rg s|cct|rg
´.no.. c.|ort.t|cr |s rct .occ.JoJ .|or Off |s so|octoJ ´|ccso t||s cpt|cr .|or t.k|rg
p|ctcg..p|s .|t| t|o |ors pc|rt|rg up c. Jc.r
109 Menu Guide / Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu
Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu
¯|o cpt|crs |r t|o .otcuc| noru ..o usoJ tc c.o.to t.|nnoJ, .os|.oJ, c.
.otcuc|oJ ccp|os c| t|o p|ctcg..p|s cr t|o nonc.y c..J ¯|o |c||c.
|rg cpt|crs ..o .v.||.b|o (cpt|crs J|sp|.yoJ n.y J|ffo. || My menu |s
so|octoJ |c. t|o CSM/Setup cpt|cr |r t|o sotup noru, 101) Soo “|s
|rg ´.no.. Vorus” ( 9) |c. nc.o |r|c.n.t|cr cr us|rg t|o norus
Option Description
D-lighting
¯
b.|g|tor J..k c. b.ck||t sub¦octs 110
Red-eye correction
¯
´c..oct “.oJoyo” c.usoJ by t|o fl.s| 111
Trim ´.o.to c.cppoJ ccp|os c| ox|st|rg p|ctcg..p|s 111
Monochrome
¯
´cpy p|ctu.os |r b|.ck.rJ.||to, sop|., c. cy.rctypo 112
Filter efects
¯
´.o.to ccp|os .|t| cc|c. fi|to. offocts 112
Small picture ´.o.to sn.|| ccp|os c| ox|st|rg p|ctcg..p|s 112–113
Image overlay ´cnb|ro t.c |A\ p|ctcg..p|s |rtc . s|rg|o |n.go 114–115
¯ |ct .v.||.b|o .|t| p|ctcg..p|s t.kor .|t| Black-and-white so|octoJ |c. Optimize image
|xcopt |r t|o c.so c| Image overlay, t|o p|ctcg..p|s tc bo ccp|oJ c.r bo so|octoJ |r |u||
|..no p|.yb.ck c. |.cn t|o .otcuc| noru ¯c ccpy p|ctcs Ju.|rg |u|||..no p|.yb.ck
1
Display photo in full-frame playback ( 61).
2
Display retouch menu.
3
Highlight menu item.
*
4
Display retouch options.

¯ Image overlay |s rct .v.||.b|o Ju.|rg |u|||..no p|.yb.ck
† || subnoru |s J|sp|.yoJ, .opo.t Stops 2–3 tc so|oct cpt|crs |.cn subnoru ¯c ox|t tc |u|||..no
p|.yb.ck .|t|cut c.o.t|rg ncJ|fioJ ccpy, p.oss buttcr
Retouching Copies
\|t| t|o oxcopt|cr c| |n.gos c.o.toJ us|rg Small picture, t|o cpt|crs |r t|o .otcuc| noru c.r bo
.pp||oJ tc ox|st|rg ccp|os, .|t|cug| t||s n.y .osu|t |r |css c| ou.||ty |.c| .otcuc| cpt|cr c.r |c.ovo.
cr|y bo .pp||oJ crco
Image Quality
Small picture c.o.tos '||´ ||ro ccp|os (1 4 ccnp.oss|cr ..t|c) Image overlay c.o.tos ccp|os .t t|o
cu..ort |n.go ou.||ty sott|rg Ot|o. cpt|crs ccpy |A\ p|ctcs .s '||´ ||ro ou.||ty |n.gos, s.vo .|o.o
ct|o..|so rctoJ, ccp|os c.o.toJ |.cn |A\ p|ctcs ..o 3,82 × 2,592 p|xo|s |r s|.o
Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu
110 Menu Guide / Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu
¯c ccpy p|ctcs |.cn t|o .otcuc| noru
1
Highlight menu item.
2
Display selection screen.
3
Highlight photo.
*
4
Display retouch options.

¯ ||ctcs c.r .|sc bo ||g|||g|toJ us|rg ccnn.rJ J|.|s n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| ncvos cu.sc. |c.|.crt.||y,
subccnn.rJ J|.| ncvos cu.sc. vo.t|c.||y ¯c v|o. so|octoJ p|ctu.o |u|| |..no, p.oss .rJ |c|J
buttcr
† ¯c ox|t tc p|.yb.ck ncJo .|t|cut c.o.t|rg ncJ|fioJ ccpy, p.oss buttcr
D-Lighting
|||g|t|rg b.|g|tors s|.Jc.s, n.k|rg |t |Jo.| |c. J..k c. b.ck||t p|ctcg..p|s
After Before
|.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r tc c|ccso t|o .ncurt c| cc..oct|cr
po.|c.noJ ¯|o offoct c.r bo p.ov|o.oJ |r t|o oJ|t J|sp|.y |.oss OK
tc ccpy t|o p|ctcg..p| .rJ .otu.r tc t|o .otcuc| noru c. |u|||..no
p|.yb.ck
111 Menu Guide / Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu
Red-Eye Correction
So|oct|rg t||s cpt|cr J|sp|.ys . p.ov|o. |n.go .s s|c.r bo|c. ´crfi.n t|o offocts c| .oJ
oyo cc..oct|cr .rJ c.o.to . cc..octoJ ccpy .s Josc.|boJ |r t|o |c||c.|rg t.b|o |cto t|.t
.oJoyo cc..oct|cr n.y rct .|..ys p.cJuco t|o oxpoctoJ .osu|ts .rJ n.y |r vo.y ...o c|.
cunst.rcos bo .pp||oJ tc pc.t|crs c| t|o |n.go t|.t ..o rct .ffoctoJ by .oJ oyo, c|ock t|o
p.ov|o. t|c.cug||y bo|c.o p.ccooJ|rg |oJoyo cc..oct|cr |s .v.||.b|o cr|y .|t| p|ctc
g..p|s t.kor us|rg t|o fl.s|
To Use Description
¯ccn |r .rJ cut
\|o. ct|o. ..o.s
c| |n.go
/
|.oss tc .ccn |r, tc .ccn cut \|||o
p|ctc |s .ccnoJ |r, p.oss nu|t| so|octc. up,
Jc.r, |o|t, c. .|g|t tc v|o. ..o.s c| |n.go
rct v|s|b|o |r ncr|tc. |oop nu|t| so|octc.
p.ossoJ tc sc.c|| ..p|J|y tc ct|o. ..o.s c|
|..no |.v|g.t|cr .|rJc. |s J|sp|.yoJ .|||o
/ buttcr c. nu|t| so|octc. |s p.ossoJ, ..o. cu..ort|y v|s|b|o |r
ncr|tc. |s |rJ|c.toJ by yo||c. bc.Jo.
´.o.to ccpy
|| t|o c.no.. Jotocts .oJ oyo |r t|o so|octoJ p|ctcg..p|, . ccpy .|||
bo c.o.toJ t|.t |.s boor p.ccossoJ tc .oJuco |ts offocts |c ccpy
.||| bo c.o.toJ || t|o c.no.. |s ur.b|o tc Jotoct .oJ oyo
Trim
´|ccs|rg t||s cpt|cr J|sp|.ys t|o so|octoJ |n.go |u|| |..no .s s|c.r bo|c. ¯c c.o.to .
c.cppoJ ccpy c| t|o so|octoJ |n.go
To Use Description
¯ccn |r .rJ cut
\|o. ct|o. ..o.s
c| |n.go
/
|.oss tc .ccn |r, tc .ccn cut \|||o
p|ctc |s .ccnoJ |r, p.oss nu|t| so|octc. up,
Jc.r, |o|t, c. .|g|t tc v|o. ..o.s c| |n.go rct
v|s|b|o |r ncr|tc.
´.o.to ccpy
S.vo t|o ..o. cu..ort|y v|s|b|o |r t|o ncr|tc. .s . sop...to fi|o .rJ
.otu.r tc t|o .otcuc| noru c. |u|||..no p|.yb.ck
Trim: Image Quality and Size
´cp|os c.o.toJ |.cn ||| (|A\) c. ||| (|A\)+'||´ p|ctcs (NEF (RAW), NEF (RAW) + JPEG Fine,
NEF (RAW) + JPEG Normal, .rJ NEF (RAW) + JPEG Basic) |.vo .r |n.go ou.||ty c| '||´ ||ro,
c.cppoJ ccp|os c.o.toJ |.cn '||´ p|ctcs (JPEG Fine, JPEG Normal, .rJ JPEG Basic) |.vo t|o
s.no |n.go ou.||ty .s t|o c.|g|r.| |oporJ|rg cr t|o s|.o c| t|o c.cp, t|o ccpy n.y bo 2,560 × 1,920,
1,920 × 1,440, 1,280 × 960, 960 × 20, c. 640 × 480 p|xo|s |r s|.o
112 Menu Guide / Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu
So|oct|rg Sepia c. Cyanotype J|sp|.ys . p.ov|o. c| t|o so|octoJ |n
.go, p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. up tc |rc.o.so cc|c. s.tu..t|cr, Jc.r tc
Joc.o.so |.oss OK tc c.o.to . ncrcc|.cno ccpy .rJ .otu.r tc t|o
.otcuc| noru c. |u|||..no p|.yb.ck
Filter Effects
´|ccso |.cn t|o |c||c.|rg cpt|crs A|to. .J¦ust|rg fi|to. offocts .s Jo
sc.|boJ bo|c., p.oss OK tc ccpy t|o p|ctcg..p| .rJ .otu.r tc t|o .o
tcuc| noru c. |u|||..no p|.yb.ck
Option Description
Sky light
´.o.tos t|o offoct c| . sky ||g|t fi|to., n.k|rg t|o p|ctu.o |oss
b|uo ¯|o offoct c.r bo p.ov|o.oJ |r t|o ncr|tc. .s s|c.r .t
.|g|t
Warm flter
´.o.tos . ccpy .|t| ...n tcro fi|to. offocts, g|v|rg t|o ccpy
“...n” .oJ c.st ¯|o offoct c.r bo p.ov|o.oJ |r t|o ncr|tc.
Color
balance
|.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. up tc |rc.o.so t|o .ncurt c| g.oor,
.|g|t tc |rc.o.so t|o .ncurt c| .oJ, |o|t tc |rc.o.so t|o .ncurt
c| b|uo, c. Jc.r tc |rc.o.so t|o .ncurt c| n.gort. ¯|o offoct
|s J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ncr|tc. tcgot|o. .|t| .oJ, g.oor, .rJ b|uo
||stcg..ns g|v|rg t|o J|st.|but|cr c| tcros |r t|o ccpy ( 63)
Small Picture
´.o.to . sn.|| ccpy c| t|o so|octoJ p|ctu.o ¯|o |c||c.|rg s|.os ..o .v.||.b|o
Option Description
640 × 480 Su|toJ tc to|ov|s|cr p|.yb.ck
320 × 240 Su|toJ tc J|sp|.y cr \ob p.gos
160 × 120 Su|t.b|o |c. on.||
¯|o sn.|| p|ctu.o cpt|cr c.r bo usoJ Ju.|rg |u|||..no p|.yb.ck .s Josc.|boJ cr p.go 109
¯|o p.ccoJu.o |c. so|oct|rg p|ctu.os .|to. c|ccs|rg Small picture |.cn t|o .otcuc| noru,
|c.ovo., J|ffo.s |.cn t|.t Josc.|boJ .t t|o bog|rr|rg c| t||s soct|cr |rsto.J c| so|oct|rg .
s|rg|o p|ctcg..p| .rJ t|or c|ccs|rg . p|ctu.o s|.o, t|o uso. so|octs . p|ctu.o s|.o fi.st .rJ
t|or so|octs cro c. nc.o p|ctcg..p|s tc ccpy .t t|o so|octoJ s|.o .s Josc.|boJ cr t|o |c|
|c.|rg p.go
Monochrome
´|ccso |.cn Black-and-white, Sepia, .rJ Cyanotype (b|uo .rJ
.||to ncrcc|.cno)
113 Menu Guide / Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu
So|oct|rg Small picture |.cn t|o .otcuc| noru J|sp|.ys t|o noru s|c.r |r Stop 1 |c||c.
t|o stops bo|c. tc c.o.to sn.|| ccp|os c| nu|t|p|o p|ctu.os
1
Highlight Choose size.
2
Display options.
3
Highlight desired picture size.
4
Make selection and return to previous menu.
5
Highlight Select picture.
6
Display selection screen.
7
Select pictures ( 74). Selected pictures are
marked with icon.
8
Confirmation dialog displayed.
9
Highlight Yes.
*
10
Copy photos and return to retouch menu.
¯ ¯c .otu.r tc Stop .|t|cut c.o.t|rg ccp|os, ||g|||g|t No .rJ p.oss OK |.oss MENU tc ox|t tc .otcuc|
noru .|t|cut c.o.t|rg ccp|os
Viewing Small Pictures
Sn.|| p|ctu.os ..o |rJ|c.toJ by . g..y bc.Jo. Ju.|rg |u|||..no p|.yb.ck ||.yb.ck .ccn |s rct .v.||
.b|o .|or sn.|| p|ctu.os ..o J|sp|.yoJ
114 Menu Guide / Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu
Image Overlay
|n.go cvo.|.y ccnb|ros t.c ox|st|rg |A\ p|ctcg..p|s tc c.o.to . s|rg|o p|ctu.o t|.t |s
s.voJ sop...to|y |.cn t|o c.|g|r.|s ¯|o ro. p|ctu.o |s s.voJ .t cu..ort |n.go ou.||ty .rJ
s|.o sott|rgs, bo|c.o c.o.t|rg .r cvo.|.y, sot |n.go ou.||ty .rJ s|.o ( 33, .|| cpt|crs ..o .v.||
.b|o) ¯c c.o.to . |A\ |n.go, c|ccso .r |n.go ou.||ty c| NEF (RAW)
1
||g|||g|t Image overlay |r t|o .otcuc| noru .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t|
so|octc. .|g|t ¯|o p.ov|o. J|.|cg s|c.r .t .|g|t .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ
.|t| Image 1 ||g|||g|toJ
2
|.oss OK A p|ctu.o so|oct|cr J|.|cg .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ
3
|.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. |o|t c. .|g|t tc ||g|||g|t t|o fi.st p|ctc
g..p| |r t|o cvo.|.y ¯c v|o. t|o ||g|||g|toJ p|ctcg..p| |u||
|..no, p.oss .rJ |c|J t|o buttcr
4
|.oss OK tc so|oct t|o ||g|||g|toJ |n.go .rJ .otu.r tc t|o p.ov|o.
J|sp|.y ¯|o so|octoJ |n.go .||| .ppo.. .s Image 1
5
Opt|n|.o oxpcsu.o |c. t|o cvo.|.y by p.oss|rg t|o nu|t| so|octc.
up c. Jc.r tc so|oct t|o g.|r |c. |n.go 1 |.cn bot.oor 01 .rJ
20 ¯|o Jo|.u|t v.|uo |s 10, so|oct|rg 05 cuts g.|r |r |.||, .|||o
so|oct|rg 20 Jcub|os g.|r ¯|o offocts c| g.|r ..o v|s|b|o |r t|o
Preview cc|unr
6
|.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. |o|t c. .|g|t tc ||g|||g|t Image 2 |opo.t
Stops 2–5 tc so|oct t|o soccrJ p|ctc .rJ .J¦ust g.|r
115 Menu Guide / Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu
7
|.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. |o|t c. .|g|t tc ||g|||g|t t|o Preview cc|
unr |.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r tc ||g|||g|t cro c| t|o
|c||c.|rg cpt|crs .rJ p.oss OK
• Overlay |.ov|o. t|o cvo.|.y .s s|c.r .t .|g|t |.oss OK tc s.vo
t|o ro. |n.go ¯c .otu.r tc Stop 6 .rJ so|oct ro. p|ctcs c.
.J¦ust g.|r, p.oss
• Save S.vo t|o cvo.|.y .|t|cut v|o.|rg . p.ov|o.
A|to. .r cvo.|.y |s c.o.toJ, t|o c.no.. .||| orto. |u|||..no p|.yb.ck (
61) .|t| t|o ro. p|ctu.o J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ncr|tc.
Image Overlay
Or|y |A\ p|ctcg..p|s c.o.toJ .|t| t|o |80 c.r bo so|octoJ |c. |n.go cvo.|.y Ot|o. |n.gos ..o rct
J|sp|.yoJ cr t|o so|oct|cr sc.oor ||JJor |n.gos ..o .|sc rct J|sp|.yoJ cr t|o so|oct|cr sc.oor .rJ
c.r rct bo so|octoJ
¯|o cvo.|.y |.s t|o s.no p|ctc |r|c (|rc|uJ|rg J.to c| .occ.J|rg, noto.|rg, s|utto. spooJ, .po.tu.o,
oxpcsu.o ncJo, oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr, |cc.| |orgt|, .rJ |n.go c.|ort.t|cr) .rJ v.|uos |c. .||to
b.|.rco .rJ cpt|n|.o |n.go .s t|o p|ctcg..p| so|octoJ |c. Image 1
+
116 Technical Notes / Optional Accessories
Optional Accessories
Lenses
Flash units
(Speedlights)
Viewfinder
accessories
Filters
Batteries
Battery packs
Software
AC adapters
ML-L3 remote control
10-pin remote terminal
accessories
Technical Notes
Oro .Jv.rt.go c| J|g|t.| S|| c.no..s |s t|o .|Jo v..|oty c| .ccossc.|os t|oy suppc.t Soo
cu. .ob s|tos c. p.cJuct c.t.|cgs |c. uptcJ.to |r|c.n.t|cr cr .ccossc.|os |c. t|o |80
Use Only Nikon Brand Electronic Accessories
Or|y ||kcr b..rJ .ccossc.|os co.t|fioJ by ||kcr spoc|fic.||y |c. uso .|t| ycu. ||kcr J|g|t.| c.no.. ..o
org|roo.oJ .rJ p.cvor tc cpo..to .|t||r |ts cpo..t|cr.| .rJ s.|oty .oou|.onorts ¯|| |S| O| |O||||O|
A´´|SSO|||S ´O||| |AVA´| +O|| ´AV||A A|| VA+ \O|| +O|| |||O| \A||A|¯+
Picture Angle and Focal Length
¯|o s|.o c| t|o ..o. oxpcsoJ by . 35nn c.no.. |s
36 × 24 nn ¯|o s|.o c| t|o ..o. oxpcsoJ by t|o |80, |r
ccrt..st, |s 236 × 158, no.r|rg t|.t t|o p|ctu.o .rg|o c|
. 35nn c.no.. |s .pp.cx|n.to|y 15 t|nos t|.t c| t|o
|80 ¯|o .pp.cx|n.to |cc.| |orgt| c| |orsos |c. t|o |80
|r 35nn |c.n.t c.r bo c.|cu|.toJ by nu|t|p|y|rg t|o
|cc.| |orgt| c| t|o |ors by .bcut 15
Lens f/-number
¯|o |/runbo. g|vor |r |ors r.nos |s t|o n.x|nun .po.tu.o c| t|o |ors
Picture size (D80)
Picture size (35-mm format)
Lens
(23.6 mm × 15.8 mm)
Picture diagonal
(36 mm × 24 mm)
Picture angle (35-mm format)
Picture angle (D80)
117 Technical Notes / Optional Accessories
Lenses
´|| |orsos (p..t|cu|..|y typo ´ .rJ | |orsos) ..o .occnnorJoJ |c. uso .|t| t|o |80 ´||
|orsos c.r bo |Jort|fioJ by t|o p.osorco c| ´|| ccrt.cts, typo ´ .rJ | |orsos by . |otto. cr
t|o |ors b...o| ¯ypo ´ |orsos ..o rct oou|ppoJ .|t| . |ors .po.tu.o .|rg
¯|o |c||c.|rg ´|| |orsos c.r bo usoJ .|t| t|o |80 |` ||kkc. ´|| |orsos c.r rct bo usoJ
Camera setting
Lens/accessory
Focus Mode Metering
AF
M (with electronic
range fnder)
M
Digital Vari Program,
P, S, A
M , ,
1
¯ypo ´ c. | A| ||kkc.
2
, A|S, A|| ||kkc. ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
|´V|c.c ||kkc. 85 nn |/28|
3
— ✔
4
✔ — ✔ ✔
A|S/A|| ¯o|occrvo.to.
5

6

6
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
Ot|o. A| ||kkc. (oxcopt |orsos |c. |3A|) ✔

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
A|| ||kkc. — ✔
8
✔ ✔ ✔ —
1. Spot metering meters selected focus area.
2. Vibration Reduction (VR) supported with VR lenses.
3. Camera exposure metering and fash control may not function when
lens is shifted and/or tilted or aperture is not at maximum.
4. Electronic range fnder can not be used when shifting or tilting lens.
5. Compatible with the following lenses:
• AF-S VR Micro ED: 105mm f/2.8G IF (autofocus not supported)
• AF-S VR ED: 70–200mm f/2.8G IF, 200mm f/2G IF, 300mm f/2.8G IF,
200–400mm f/4G IF
• AF-S ED: 80–200mm f/2.8D IF, 300mm f/2.8D II IF, 300mm f/2.8D IF,
300mm f/4D IF
*
, 400mm f/2.8D II IF, 400mm f/2.8D IF, 500mm f/4D II
IF
*
, 500mm f/4D IF
*
, 600mm f/4D II IF
*
, 600mm f/4D IF
*
• AF-I ED: 300mm f/2.8D IF, 400mm f/2.8D IF, 500mm f/4D IF
*
, 600mm
f/4D IF
*
* Autofocus not available with TC-17E II/TC-20E II AF-S teleconverter.
6. With maximum efective aperture of f/5.6 or faster.
7. If AF 80–200 mm f/2.8S, 35–70 mm f/2.8S, new-model 28–85 mm
f/3.5–4.5S,or 28–85 mm f/3.5–4.5S is zoomed while focusing at mini-
mum range, image on matter screen in viewfnder may not be in focus
when in-focus indicator is displayed. Focus manually using image in
viewfnder as guide.
8. With maximum aperture of f/5.6 or faster.
Non-CPU Lenses
¯|o rcr´|| |orsos ||stoJ bo|c. n.y bo usoJ, but cr|y .|or t|o c.no.. |s |r ncJo V So|oct|rg
.rct|o. ncJo J|s.b|os t|o s|utto. .o|o.so Apo.tu.o nust bo .J¦ustoJ n.ru.||y v|. t|o |ors .po.tu.o
.|rg .rJ t|o c.no.. .utc|ccus syston, noto.|rg, o|oct.cr|c .r.|cg oxpcsu.o J|sp|.y, .rJ ¯¯| fl.s|
ccrt.c| c.r rct bo usoJ |xcopt .|o.o ct|o..|so rctoJ, t|o o|oct.cr|c ..rgo firJo. c.r bo usoJ .|t|
|orsos t|.t |.vo . n.x|nun .po.tu.o c| |/56 c. |.sto.
• A|ncJ|fioJ, A|, A|S, c. So.|os | ||kkc.
• VoJ|c.| ||kkc. 120 nn |/4 (c.r cr|y bo usoJ .t
s|utto. spooJs s|c.o. t|.r 1/180 s)
• |oflox ||kkc. (o|oct.cr|c ..rgo firJo. c.r rct bo
usoJ)
• |´ ||kkc. (o|oct.cr|c ..rgo firJo. c.r rct bo
usoJ .|or s|||t|rg c. t||t|rg |ors)
• A|typo to|occrvo.to.
¯
• |b6 bo||c.s |ccus|rg .tt.c|nort (.tt.c| |r vo.
t|c.| c.|ort.t|cr, c.r bo usoJ |r |c.|.crt.| c.|or
t.t|cr crco .tt.c|oJ)
¯
• Autc oxtors|cr .|rgs (|| 11A, 12, 13, ||11)
¯
¯ ||oct.cr|c ..rgo firJo. c.r bo usoJ || n.x|nun o|
|oct|vo .po.tu.o |s |/56 c. |.sto.
CPU lens Type G lens Type D lens
Aperture
ring
118 Technical Notes / Optional Accessories
Incompatible Non-CPU Lenses and Accessories
¯|o |c||c.|rg rcr´|| |orsos .rJ .ccossc.|os c.r |O¯ bo usoJ
• ¯´16A A| ¯o|occrvo.to.
• |crA| |orsos
• |orsos t|.t .oou|.o t|o A|1 |ccus|rg ur|t (400 nn
|/45, 600 nn |/56, 800 nn |/8, 1200 nn |/11)
• ||s|oyo (6 nn |/56, 8 nn |/8, O| 10 nn |/56)
• O|JncJo| 21 nn |/4
• |2 .|rgs
• || 180–600 nn |/8 (so.|.| runbo.s 14041–14180)
• || 360–1200 nn |/11 (so.|.| runbo.s 14031–1412)
• 200–600 nn |/95 (so.|.| runbo.s 280001–300490)
• |orsos |c. t|o |3A| (80 nn |/28, 200 nn |/35, ¯´16
¯o|occrvo.to.)
• |´ 28 nn |/4 (so.|.| runbo. 180900 c. o..||o.)
• |´ 35 nn |/28 (so.|.| runbo.s 851001–906200)
• O|JncJo| |´ 35 nn |/35
• O|JncJo| 1000 nn |/63 |oflox
• 1000 nn |/11 |oflox (so.|.| runbo.s 142361–143000)
• 2000 nn |/11 |oflox (so.|.| runbo.s 200111–200310)
AF-Assist Illumination/Red-Eye Reduction
A|.ss|st |||un|r.t|cr |s rct .v.||.b|o .|t| t|o |c||c.|rg |orsos
• A|S \| || 300 nn |/2´
• A| || 80–200 nn |/28|
• A|S \| || 0–200 nn |/28´
• A| \| || 80–400 nn |/45–56|
• A|S 80–200 nn |/28|
• A|S \| || 200–400 nn |/4´
At ..rgos urJo. 1 n (3 |t 3 |r), t|o |c||c.|rg |orsos n.y b|cck t|o A|.ss|st |||un|r.tc. .rJ |rto.|o.o
.|t| .utc|ccus .|or ||g|t|rg |s pcc.
• A|S \| V|c.c || 105 nn |/28´
• A|S |` || || 1–35 nn |/28|
• A|S |` 18–0 nn |/35–45´
• A| 24–85 nn |/28–4|
• A| 24–120 nn |/35–56|
• A| V|c.c || 0–180 nn |/45–56|
• A| V|c.c 200 nn |/4|
• A|S |` || || 1–55 nn |/28´
• A|S \| |` 18–200 nn |/35–56´
• A|S || || 24–85 nn |/35–45´
• A|S || 28–0 nn |/28|
• A|S |` || 12–24 nn |/4|
• A| || 18–35 nn |/35–45|
• A| 20–35 nn |/28|
• A|S \| || 24–120 nn |/35–56´
• A| || || 28–200 nn |/35–56´
|orsos t|.t b|cck t|o sub¦oct’s v|o. c| t|o A|.ss|st |||un|r.tc. c.r |rto.|o.o .|t| .oJoyo .oJuct|cr
The Built-in Flash
¯|o bu||t|r fl.s| c.r bo usoJ .|t| ´|| |orsos .|t| |cc.| |orgt|s c| 18 – 300 nn ¯|o fl.s| n.y bo ur
.b|o tc ||g|t t|o ort|.o sub¦oct .|t| t|o |c||c.|rg |orsos .t ..rgos |oss t|.r t|cso g|vor bo|c.
Lens Zoom position Min. range
A|S |` || 12–24 nn |/4´
20 nn 20 n / 6 |t |r
24 nn 10 n / 3 |t 3 |r
A|S || 1–35 nn |/28|
24 nn 20 n / 6 |t |r
28 nn, 35 nn 10 n / 3 |t 3 |r
A|S |` || || 1–55 nn |/28´
28 nn 15 n / 4 |t 11 |r
35 nn 10 n / 3 |t 3 |r
A| || 18–35 nn |/35–45| 24 nn 10 n / 3 |t 3 |r
A| 20–35 nn |/28|
20 nn 15 n / 4 |t 11 |r
24 nn 10 n / 3 |t 3 |r
A|S |` || 18–0 nn |/35–45´ 18 nn 10 n / 3 |t 3 |r
A|S |` || 18–135 nn |/35–56´ 18 nn 15 n / 4 |t 11 |r
A|S |` \| || 18–200 nn |/35–56´ 24 nn, 35 nn 10 n / 3 |t 3 |r
A|S || 28–0 nn |/28|
35 nn 15 n / 4 |t 11 |r
50 nn 10 n / 3 |t 3 |r
A|S \| || 24–120 nn |/35–56´ 24 nn 10 n / 3 |t 3 |r
A|S \| || 200–400 nn |/4´
200 nn 30 n / 9 |t 10 |r
250 nn, 300 nn 25 n / 8 |t 2 |r
¯|o bu||t|r fl.s| c.r .|sc bo usoJ .|t| ccnp.t|b|o rcr´|| |orsos .|t| . |cc.| |orgt| c| 18–200 nn
A| || .rJ A|S || 200 nn |/2 |orsos c.r rct bo usoJ |ost.|ct|crs .pp|y .|t| t|o |c||c.|rg |orsos
• Ai-S 25–50 mm f/4, Ai 25–50 mm f/4, Ai-S 35–70 mm f/4: at 35 mm zoom position, use at ranges of 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.) or more
• Ai, Ai-modifed, and Ai-S ED 50–300 mm f/4.5, Ai-modifed 85–250 mm f/4: use at 135 mm or above
119 Technical Notes / Optional Accessories
Optional Flash Units (Speedlights)
¯|o .ccossc.y s|co .||c.s Sbso.|os SpooJ||g|ts , |rc|uJ|rg t|o
Sb800, 600, 80|`, 28|`, 28, 2, 23, 22S, .rJ 29S tc bo ncurtoJ
J|.oct|y cr t|o c.no.. .|t|cut . syrc c.b|o |t |s oou|ppoJ .|t|
. s.|oty |cck |c. SpooJ||g|ts .|t| . |cck|rg p|r, suc| .s t|o Sb
800 .rJ Sb600 bo|c.o .tt.c||rg .r cpt|cr.| fl.s| ur|t, .oncvo
t|o .ccossc.y s|co ccvo. ¯|o bu||t|r fl.s| .||| rct fi.o .|or .r
cpt|cr.| SpooJ||g|t |s .tt.c|oJ
\|or usoJ .|t| ccnp.t|b|o fl.s| ur|ts suc| .s t|o cpt|cr.| Sb800 .rJ Sb600 SpooJ||g|ts
c. Sb|200 .|.o|oss .oncto SpooJ||g|t, t|o |80 suppc.ts t|o .Jv.rcoJ ||kcr ´.o.t|vo
||g|t|rg Syston (´|S), |rc|uJ|rg |¯¯| fl.s| ccrt.c| ( 141), |\ |cck (|ccks fl.s| |ovo|, 92),
.rJ Autc || ||g|SpooJ Syrc (syrc|.cr|.os t|o fl.s| .rJ s|utto. .t ||g| s|utto. spooJs)
\|t| t|o bu||t|r fl.s| |r ccnn.rJo. ncJo, t|o |80 c.r bo usoJ tc ccrt.c| .oncto Sb800,
Sb600, .rJ Sb|200 fl.s| ur|ts Soo t|o SpooJ||g|t n.ru.| |c. Jot.||s
SB-800 and SB-600 Speedlights
¯|oso ||g|po.|c.n.rco SpooJ||g|ts |.vo ´u|Jo |unbo.s c| 38/125 .rJ 30/98 .ospoc
t|vo|y (n/|t, 35nn .ccn |o.J pcs|t|cr, |SO 100, 20 ´/68 |) ¯|o fl.s| |o.J c.r bo .ct.toJ
t|.cug| 90 .bcvo t|o |c.|.crt.|, 180 |o|t, .rJ 90 .|g|t |c. bcurcofl.s| c. c|csoup p|c
tcg..p|y ¯|o Sb800 c.r bo .ct.toJ bo|c. t|o |c.|.crt.| Autc pc.o. .ccn (24–105
nn .rJ 24–85 nn, .ospoct|vo|y) orsu.os t|.t t|o |||un|r.t|rg .rg|o |s .J¦ustoJ |r .ccc.J
.|t| |ors |cc.| |orgt| ¯|o bu||t|r .|Jo p.ro| c.r bo usoJ |c. .r .rg|o c| 14 nn (t|o Sb800
.|sc suppc.ts 1 nn) Ar |||un|r.tc. |s |rc|uJoJ tc .ss|st |r .J¦ust|rg sott|rgs |r t|o J..k
Use Only Nikon Flash Accessories
|so cr|y ||kcr SpooJ||g|ts |og.t|vo vc|t.gos c. vc|t.gos cvo. 250 \ .pp||oJ tc t|o .ccossc.y s|co
ccu|J rct cr|y p.ovort rc.n.| cpo..t|cr, but J.n.go t|o syrc c|.cu|t.y c| t|o c.no.. c. fl.s| bo|c.o
us|rg . ||kcr SpooJ||g|t rct ||stoJ |r t||s soct|cr, ccrt.ct . ||kcr.ut|c.|.oJ so.v|co .op.osort.t|vo
|c. nc.o |r|c.n.t|cr
Guide Number
¯c c.|cu|.to t|o ..rgo c| t|o fl.s| .t .r |SO sors|t|v|ty c| 100, J|v|Jo t|o ´u|Jo |unbo. by t|o .po.tu.o
|c. ox.np|o, t|o bu||t|r fl.s| |.s . ´u|Jo |unbo. c| 13 n c. 42 |t (|SO 100, 20 ´/68 |), |ts ..rgo .t .r
.po.tu.o c| |/56 |s 13 56 c. .bcut 23 noto.s (c. |r |oot,42 56 .bcut 5 |t) \|t| ´u|Jo |unbo.s
c| 38 .rJ 30, t|o Sb800 .rJ Sb600 .ospoct|vo|y |.vo ..rgos c| .bcut 68 .rJ 54 noto.s (223 .rJ 15
|oot) .t |/56 (35nn .ccn |o.J pcs|t|cr)
The AS-15 Accessory Shoe Adapter
\|or t|o AS15 .ccossc.y s|co .J.pto. (.v.||.b|o sop...to|y) |s ncurtoJ cr t|o c.no.. .ccossc.y
s|co, fl.s| .ccossc.|os c.r bo ccrroctoJ v|. . syrc c.b|o
120 Technical Notes / Optional Accessories
SB-R200 Wireless Remote Speedlight
¯||s ||g|po.|c.n.rco .|.o|oss .oncto SpooJ||g|t |.s . ´u|Jo |unbo. c| 10/32 (n/|t, |SO
100, 20 ´/68 |) A|t|cug| |t c.r rct bo ncurtoJ J|.oct|y cr t|o .ccossc.y s|co, t|o Sb
|200 so.vo.s .s . .oncto fl.s| .|or t|o bu||t|r fl.s| |s |r ccnn.rJo. ncJo |t c.r .|sc bo
ccrt.c||oJ us|rg .r cpt|cr.| Sb800 SpooJ||g|t c. S|800 .|.o|oss SpooJ||g|t ccnn.rJo.
¯|o Sb|200 c.r bo |.rJ|o|J, p|.coJ cr .r AS20 SpooJ||g|t st.rJ, c. ncurtoJ cr t|o
c.no.. |ors us|rg t|o S`1 .tt.c|nort |c. .oncto ccrt.c| .rJ c|csoup |¯¯| p|ctcg..p|y
¯|o |c||c.|rg |o.tu.os ..o .v.||.b|o .|t| ´|Sccnp.t|b|o fl.s| ur|ts
Speedlight
Flash mode/feature
Advanced Wireless Lighting
Commander Remote
SB-800 SB-600 SB-800 SU-800
1
SB-800 SB-600 SB-R200
i-TTL
2, 3
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
AA Auto aperture
2

4
— ✔
5

6

5
— —
A Non-TTL auto ✔
4
— ✔
5
— ✔
5
— —
GN Range-priority manual ✔ — — — — — —
M Manual ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
RPT Repeating fash ✔ — ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ —
REAR Rear-curtain sync ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
Red-eye reduction ✔ ✔ ✔ — — — —
Flash Color Information Communication ✔ ✔ ✔ — — — —
Auto FP High-Speed Sync
6
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
FV Lock ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
AF-assist for multi-area AF
2
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ — — —
Auto zoom ✔ ✔ ✔ — — — —
Auto ISO ✔ ✔ — — — — —
1. Options shown are only available when SU-800 is used to control other
fash units.
2. CPU lens required.
3. Standard i-TTL for Digital SLR is used with spot metering or when se-
lected with Speedlight. Otherwise i-TTL Balanced Fill-Flash for Digital
SLR is used.
4. Use Speedlight controls to select fash mode. Non-TTL auto is selected
automatically when a non-CPU lens is attached.
5. Auto aperture is selected automatically if CPU lens is attached. Non-TTL
auto is selected automatically if non-CPU lens is attached.
6. Use Speedlight controls to select fash mode.
¯|o |c||c.|rg SpooJ||g|ts c.r bo usoJ |r rcr¯¯| .utc .rJ n.ru.| ncJos || t|oy ..o sot tc
¯¯|, t|o c.no.. s|utto..o|o.so buttcr .||| |cck .rJ rc p|ctcg..p|s c.r bo t.kor
Speedlight
Flash mode
SB-80DX, SB-28DX, SB-28,
SB-26, SB-25, SB-24
SB-50DX, SB-23, SB-29
1
SB-21B
1
, SB-29s
1
SB-30, SB-27
2
, SB-22S, SB-22,
SB-20, SB-16B, SB-15
A Non-TTL auto ✔ — ✔
M Manual ✔ ✔ ✔
RPT Repeating fash ✔ — —
REAR Rear-curtain sync ✔ ✔ ✔
1. Autofocus is available only with AF-Micro lenses (60 mm, 105 mm, or
70–180 mm).
2. When mounted on D80, fash mode is automatically set to TTL and shut-
ter release is disabled. Set Speedlight to A (non-TTL auto) mode.
121 Technical Notes / Optional Accessories
Notes on Optional Speedlights
Refer to the Speedlight manual for detailed instructions. If the Speedlight supports the Creative Light-
ing System, refer to the section on CLS-compatible digital SLR cameras. The D80 is not included in the
“digital SLR” category in the SB-80DX, SB-28DX, and SB-50DX manuals.
If an optional Speedlight is attached with the camera in a Digital Vari-Program mode, the flash will fire
whenever a photograph is taken. The following flash modes are available:
• P, , , , , , and modes: Fill flash and red-eye reduction. Fill flash is automatically selected
if the flash mode is set to off or auto when an optional Speedlight is attached. Auto with red-eye
reduction becomes red-eye reduction.
• mode: Auto slow sync becomes slow sync, auto slow sync with red-eye reduction becomes slow
sync with red-eye reduction, and off becomes slow sync.
If AUTO is selected for ISO sensitivity in Digital Vari-Program modes or On is selected for Custom Set-
ting 7 (ISO Auto) in P, S, A, or M mode, ISO sensitivity will be adjusted for optimal flash output when
an optional SB-800 or SB-600 Speedlight is attached. This may result in foreground subjects being un-
derexposed in photographs taken with the flash at slow shutter speeds, in daylight, or against a bright
background. Choose a flash mode other than slow sync or choose a larger aperture.
If Auto FP High Speed Sync is used, the shutter will synchronize with an external flash at speeds of ½00 s
or slower.
i-TTL flash control can be used at ISO sensitivities between 100 and 1600. Higher values may not
produce the desired results at some ranges or apertures. If the flash-ready indicator blinks for about
three seconds after a photograph is taken, the flash has fired at full power and the photograph may
be underexposed.
The optional SB-800 and SB-600 Speedlights and SU-800 wireless Speedlight commander provide ac-
tive AF assist illumination for the following focus areas:
• 24–34 mm AF lens • 35–105 mm AF lens
The SB-800 and SB-600 also provide red-eye reduction. With other Speedlights, the camera AF assist
illuminator is used for AF-assist illumination and red-eye reduction.
In the following modes, the maximum aperture (minimum f/-number) selectable by the camera is
limited according to ISO sensitivity ( 43):
Maximum aperture at ISO sensitivity of
Mode 100 125 160 200 250 320 400 500 640 800 1000 1250 1600
P, , , , , , 4 4.2 4.5 4.8 5 5.3 5.6 6 6.3 6.7 7.1 7.6 8
5.6 6 6.3 6.7 7.1 7.6 8 8.5 9 9.5 10 11 11
For each one-step increase in sensitivity (e.g., from 200 to 400), aperture is stopped down by half an f/-
stop. If the maximum aperture of the lens is smaller than given above, the maximum value for aperture
will be the maximum aperture of the lens.
When an SC-series 17, 28, or 29 sync cable is used for off-camera flash photography, correct exposure
may not be achieved in i-TTL mode. We recommend that you choose spot metering to select standard
i-TTL flash control. Take a test shot and view the results in the monitor.
In i-TTL mode, use the flash panel or bounce adapter provided with the Speedlight. Do not use other
panels such as diffusion panels, as this may produce incorrect exposure. Auto power zoom is available
only with SB-800 and SB-600 Speedlights.
122 Technical Notes / Optional Accessories
Other Accessories
Viewfnder
eyepiece
accessories
• Diopter adjustment viewfnder lenses |orsos ..o .v.||.b|o .|t| J|cpto.s c| –5, –4, –3, –2, 0,
+05, +1, +2, .rJ +3 n
–1
|so J|cpto. .J¦ustnort |orsos cr|y || t|o Jos|.oJ |ccus c.r rct
bo .c||ovoJ .|t| t|o bu||t |r J|cpto. .J¦ustnort ccrt.c| (–20 tc +10 n
–1
) ¯ost J|cpto.
.J¦ustnort |orsos bo|c.o pu.c|.so tc orsu.o t|.t t|o Jos|.oJ |ccus c.r bo .c||ovoJ
• DK-21M magnifying eyepiece |rc.o.sos v|o.firJo. n.gr|fic.t|cr tc .pp.cx|n.to|y 110 ×
(50 nn |/14 |ors .t |rfir|ty, –10 n
–1
)
• DG-2 magnifer V.gr||y t|o scoro J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o corto. c| t|o v|o.firJo. |c. c|csoup
p|ctcg..p|y, ccpy|rg, to|op|ctc |orsos, .rJ ct|o. t.sks t|.t .oou|.o .JJoJ p.oc|s|cr
|yop|oco .J.pto. .oou|.oJ (.v.||.b|o sop...to|y)
• Eyepiece adapter Att.c| t|o |´2 n.gr|fio. tc t|o |80
• DR-6 right-angle viewing attachment ¯|o ||6 .tt.c|os .t . .|g|t .rg|o tc t|o v|o.firJo.
oyop|oco, .||c.|rg t|o |n.go |r t|o v|o.firJo. tc bo v|o.oJ |.cn .bcvo .|or t|o c.n
o.. |s |r pc.t..|t c.|ort.t|cr
Filters
• ||kcr fi|to.s c.r bo J|v|JoJ |rtc t|.oo typos sc.o.|r, s||p|r, .rJ .o..|rto.c|.rgo |so
||kcr fi|to.s, ct|o. fi|to.s n.y |rto.|o.o .|t| .utc|ccus c. o|oct.cr|c ..rgo firJ|rg
• ¯|o |80 c.r rct bo usoJ .|t| ||ro.. pc|..|.|rg fi|to.s |so t|o ´|| c|.cu|.. pc|..|.|rg
fi|to. |rsto.J
• ¯|o |´ .rJ |3´ fi|to.s ..o .occnnorJoJ |c. p.ctoct|rg t|o |ors
• Vc|.o n.y cccu. || . fi|to. |s usoJ .|or t|o sub¦oct |s |..noJ .g.|rst . b.|g|t ||g|t c.
.|or . b.|g|t ||g|t scu.co |s |r t|o |..no
• ´orto..o|g|toJ noto.|rg |s .occnnorJoJ .|t| fi|to.s .|t| oxpcsu.o |.ctc.s (fi|to.
|.ctc.s) cvo. 1 × (+44, +48, +52, O56, |60, `0, `1, ´||, ||2S, ||4, ||4S, ||8, ||8S,
||400, A2, A12, b2, b8, b12)
Approved Memory Cards
¯|o |c||c.|rg S| nonc.y c..Js |.vo boor tostoJ .rJ .pp.cvoJ |c. uso |r t|o |80 A|| c..Js
c| t|o Jos|gr.toJ n.ko .rJ c.p.c|ty c.r bo usoJ, .og..J|oss c| spooJ
SanDisk 64 Vb, 128 Vb, 256 Vb, 512 Vb, 1 ´b, 2 ´b
¯
, 4 ´b
¯†
Panasonic 64 Vb, 128 Vb, 256 Vb, 512 Vb, 1 ´b, 2 ´b
¯
Toshiba 64 Vb, 128 Vb, 256 Vb, 512 Vb, 1 ´b , 2 ´b
¯
* If card will be used with card reader or other device, check that device sup-
ports 2 GB cards.
† SDHC compliant. If card will be used with card reader
or other device, check that device supports SDHC.
Opo..t|cr |s rct gu...rtooJ .|t| ct|o. n.kos c| c..J ´crt.ct t|o n.ru|.ctu.o. |c. Jot.||s
cr t|o .bcvo c..Js
Memory Cards
• |c.n.t nonc.y c..Js |r t|o c.no.. bo|c.o fi.st uso
• ¯u.r t|o pc.o. cff bo|c.o |rso.t|rg c. .oncv|rg nonc.y c..Js |c rct .oncvo nonc.y c..Js |.cn
t|o c.no.., tu.r t|o c.no.. cff, c. .oncvo c. J|sccrroct t|o pc.o. scu.co Ju.|rg |c.n.tt|rg c.
.|||o J.t. ..o bo|rg .occ.JoJ, Jo|otoJ, c. ccp|oJ tc . ccnputo. |.||u.o tc cbso.vo t|oso p.oc.u
t|crs ccu|J .osu|t |r |css c| J.t. c. |r J.n.go tc t|o c.no.. c. c..J
• |c rct tcuc| t|o c..J to.n|r.|s .|t| ycu. firgo.s c. not.| cb¦octs
• |c rct .pp|y |c.co tc t|o c..J c.s|rg |.||u.o tc cbso.vo t||s p.oc.ut|cr ccu|J J.n.go t|o c..J
• |c rct borJ, J.cp, c. sub¦oct tc st.crg p|ys|c.| s|ccks
• |c rct oxpcso tc |o.t, ..to., ||g| |ovo|s c| |un|J|ty, c. J|.oct sur||g|t
123 Technical Notes / Optional Accessories
Accessories for the D80
At t|o t|no c| ..|t|rg, t|o |c||c.|rg .ccossc.|os .o.o .v.||.b|o |c. t|o |80 |p tc J.to |r|c.
n.t|cr |s .v.||.b|o .t ||kcr .obs|tos c. |.cn cu. |.tost p.cJuct c.t.|cgs
Power
sources
• EN-EL3e rechargeable Li-ion battery AJJ|t|cr.| ||||3o b.tto.|os ..o .v.||.b|o |.cn |cc.|
.ot.||o.s .rJ ||kcr so.v|co .op.osort.t|vos ||||3. .rJ ||||3 b.tto.|os c.r rct bo
usoJ
• MB-D80 Multi-Power battery pack ¯|o Vb|80 t.kos cro c. t.c
.oc|..go.b|o ||kcr ||||3o |||cr b.tto.|os c. s|x AA .|k.||ro,
||V|, ||t||un, c. r|cko|n.rg.roso b.tto.|os |t |s oou|ppoJ
.|t| . s|utto..o|o.so buttcr, n.|r .rJ subccnn.rJ J|.|s,
.rJ .r A||/A|| buttcr |c. o.so c| uso .|or t.k|rg p|ctc
g..p|s |r t.|| (pc.t..|t) c.|ort.t|cr \|or .tt.c||rg t|o Vb|80,
.oncvo t|o c.no.. b.tto.y ccvo. .s s|c.r .t .|g|t
• EH-5 AC adapter |so tc pc.o. t|o c.no.. |c. oxtorJoJ po.|cJs
35°
Remote
controls
and cords
• MC-DC1 remote cord |.ovorts b|u. c.usoJ by c.no.. s|.ko .rJ
|o.tu.os . s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |cck |c. |crg t|nooxpcsu.os
\|or ccrroct|rg t|o V´|´1, cpor t|o .oncto cc.J ccrroc
tc. ccvo. .rJ |rso.t t|o cc.J .s s|c.r ¯c p.ovort ..to. |.cn
orto.|rg t|o c.no.., koop t|o .oncto cc.J ccrroctc. ccvo.
c|csoJ .|or rct |r uso
• ML-L3 wireless remote control |so .s . .oncto s|utto. .o|o.so |c. so||pc.t..|ts c. tc p.ovort
b|u. c.usoJ by c.no.. s|.ko ¯|o V||3 usos . 3 \ ´|2025 b.tto.y
ቢ ባ ቤ ብ ቦ
Body cap
• BF-1A Body Cap ¯|o b|1A koops t|o n|..c., v|o.firJo. sc.oor, .rJ |c.p.ss fi|to. |.oo c|
Just .|or . |ors |s rct |r p|.co
Software
• Capture NX A ccnp|oto p|ctc oJ|t|rg p.ck.go .|t| suppc.t |c. |A\ |n.gos |so t|o |.t
ost vo.s|cr
• Camera Control Pro ´crt.c| t|o c.no.. .oncto|y |.cn . ccnputo. .rJ s.vo p|ctcg..p|s
J|.oct|y tc t|o ccnputo. |..J J|sk |so t|o |.tost vo.s|cr
124 Technical Notes / Caring for the Camera
Caring for the Camera
Storage
\|or t|o c.no.. .||| rct bo usoJ |c. .r oxtorJoJ po.|cJ, tu.r t|o c.no.. cff, .op|.co t|o
ncr|tc. ccvo., .oncvo t|o b.tto.y, .rJ stc.o t|o b.tto.y |r . ccc|, J.y ..o. .|t| t|o to.n|r.|
ccvo. |r p|.co ¯c p.ovort nc|J c. n||Jo., stc.o t|o c.no.. |r . J.y, .o||vort||.toJ ..o.
|c rct stc.o t|o c.no.. .|t| r.p|t|. c. c.np|c. nct| b.||s c. |r |cc.t|crs t|.t
• ..o pcc.|y vort||.toJ c. sub¦oct tc |un|J|t|os c| cvo. 60°
• ..o roxt tc oou|pnort t|.t p.cJucos st.crg o|oct.cn.grot|c fio|Js, suc| .s to|ov|s|crs c.
..J|cs
• ..o oxpcsoJ tc tonpo..tu.os .bcvo 50 ˚´/122 ˚| (|c. ox.np|o, ro.. . sp.co |o.to. c. |r .
c|csoJ vo||c|o |r . |ct J.y) c. bo|c. –10 ˚´ (14 ˚|)
Cleaning
Camera body
|so . b|c.o. tc .oncvo Just .rJ ||rt, t|or .|po gort|y .|t| . sc|t, J.y c|ct| A|to. us
|rg t|o c.no.. .t t|o bo.c| c. so.s|Jo, .|po cff s.rJ c. s.|t .|t| . c|ct| ||g|t|y J.np
oroJ |r J|st|||oJ ..to. .rJ J.y t|c.cug||y Important Dust or other foreign matter inside
the camera may cause damage not covered under warranty
Lens, mirror,
and viewfnder
¯|oso o|onorts ..o n.Jo c| g|.ss .rJ ..o o.s||y J.n.goJ |oncvo Just .rJ ||rt .|t|
. b|c.o. || us|rg .r .o.csc| b|c.o., koop t|o c.r vo.t|c.| tc p.ovort t|o J|sc|..go c|
||ou|J ¯c .oncvo firgo.p.|rts .rJ ct|o. st.|rs, .pp|y . sn.|| .ncurt c| |ors c|o.ro. tc
. sc|t c|ct| .rJ c|o.r .|t| c..o
Monitor
|oncvo Just .rJ ||rt .|t| . b|c.o. \|or .oncv|rg firgo.p.|rts .rJ ct|o. st.|rs,
.|po t|o su.|.co ||g|t|y .|t| . sc|t c|ct| c. c|.nc|s |o.t|o. |c rct .pp|y p.ossu.o, .s
t||s ccu|J .osu|t |r J.n.go c. n.||urct|cr
The Monitor
S|cu|J t|o ncr|tc. b.o.k, c..o s|cu|J bo t.kor tc .vc|J |r¦u.y c.usoJ by b.ckor g|.ss .rJ tc p.ovort
||ou|J c.yst.| |.cn t|o ncr|tc. |.cn orto.|rg ycu. oyos c. ncut|
The Control Panel
|r ...o c.sos, st.t|c o|oct.|c|ty n.y c.uso t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| tc b.|g|tor c. J..kor ¯||s Jcos rct |rJ|c.to
. n.||urct|cr, .rJ t|o J|sp|.y .||| sccr .otu.r tc rc.n.|
125 Technical Notes / Caring for the Camera
The Low-Pass Filter
¯|o |n.go sorsc. t|.t .cts .s t|o c.no..’s p|ctu.o o|onort |s fittoJ .|t| . |c.p.ss fi|to. tc
p.ovort nc|.o || ycu suspoct t|.t J|.t c. Just cr t|o fi|to. |s .ppo..|rg |r p|ctcg..p|s, ycu
c.r c|o.r t|o fi|to. .s Josc.|boJ bo|c. |cto, |c.ovo., t|.t t|o fi|to. |s oxt.ono|y Jo||c.to
.rJ o.s||y J.n.goJ ||kcr .occnnorJs t|.t t|o fi|to. bo c|o.roJ cr|y by ||kcr.ut|c.|.oJ
so.v|co po.scrro|
1
A .o||.b|o pc.o. scu.co |s .oou|.oJ .|or |rspoct|rg c. c|o.r|rg t|o |c.p.ss fi|to. ||
t|o b.tto.y |ovo| |s c. bo|c. c. t|o c.no.. |s pc.o.oJ by .r cpt|cr.| Vb|80
b.tto.y p.ck .|t| AA b.tto.|os, tu.r t|o c.no.. cff .rJ |rso.t . |u||yc|..goJ ||||3o
b.tto.y c. ccrroct .r cpt|cr.| ||5 A´ .J.pto.
2
|oncvo t|o |ors .rJ tu.r t|o c.no.. cr |.oss t|o V|||
buttcr tc J|sp|.y t|o c.no.. norus .rJ so|oct V|..c. |cckup
|.cn t|o sotup noru (rcto t|.t t||s cpt|cr |s rct .v.||.b|o .t
b.tto.y |ovo|s c| c. bo|c., .|||o .occ.J|rg . nu|t|p|o ox
pcsu.o, c. .|or us|rg .r cpt|cr.| Vb|80 b.tto.y p.ck .|t|
AA b.tto.|os) ¯|o noru s|c.r .t .|g|t .||| bo J|sp|.yoJ
3
||g|||g|t On .rJ p.oss OK ¯|o noss.go s|c.r .t .|g|t .|||
bo J|sp|.yoJ |r t|o ncr|tc. .rJ . .c. c| J.s|os .||| .ppo.. |r
t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo. ¯c .ostc.o rc.n.| cpo..t|cr
.|t|cut |rspoct|rg t|o |c.p.ss fi|to., tu.r t|o c.no.. cff
4
|.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr .|| t|o ..y Jc.r ¯|o n|..c.
.||| bo ..|soJ .rJ t|o s|utto. cu.t.|r .||| cpor, .ovo.||rg t|o
|c.p.ss fi|to. ¯|o J|sp|.y |r t|o v|o.firJo. .||| tu.r cff .rJ
t|o .c. c| J.s|os |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .||| b||rk
5
|c|J|rg t|o c.no.. sc t|.t ||g|t |.||s cr t|o |c.p.ss fi|to.,
ox.n|ro t|o fi|to. |c. Just c. ||rt || rc |c.o|gr cb¦octs ..o p.os
ort, p.ccooJ tc Stop
6
|oncvo .ry Just .rJ ||rt |.cn t|o fi|to. .|t| . b|c.o. |c
rct uso . b|c.o.b.us|, .s t|o b.|st|os ccu|J J.n.go t|o fi|
to. ||.t t|.t c.r rct bo .oncvoJ .|t| . b|c.o. c.r cr|y bo
.oncvoJ by ||kcr.ut|c.|.oJ so.v|co po.scrro| |rJo. rc
c|.cunst.rcos s|cu|J ycu tcuc| c. .|po t|o fi|to.
126 Technical Notes / Caring for the Camera
7
¯u.r t|o c.no.. cff ¯|o n|..c. .||| bo |c.o.oJ .rJ t|o s|utto. cu.t.|r .||| c|cso |o
p|.co t|o |ors c. bcJy c.p
Use a Reliable Power Source
¯|o s|utto. cu.t.|r |s Jo||c.to .rJ o.s||y J.n.goJ || t|o c.no.. pc.o.s cff .|||o t|o n|..c. |s ..|soJ,
t|o cu.t.|r .||| c|cso .utcn.t|c.||y ¯c p.ovort J.n.go tc t|o cu.t.|r, cbso.vo t|o |c||c.|rg p.oc.u
t|crs
• |c rct tu.r t|o c.no.. cff c. .oncvo c. J|sccrroct t|o pc.o. scu.co .|||o t|o n|..c. |s ..|soJ
• || t|o b.tto.y .urs |c. .|||o t|o n|..c. |s ..|soJ, . boop .||| scurJ .rJ t|o A|.ss|st |||un|r.tc. .|||
b||rk tc ...r t|.t t|o s|utto. cu.t.|r .||| c|cso .rJ t|o n|..c. .||| bo |c.o.oJ .|to. .bcut t.c n|r
utos |rJ c|o.r|rg c. |rspoct|cr |nnoJ|.to|y
Foreign Matter on the Low-Pass Filter
||kcr t.kos ovo.y pcss|b|o p.oc.ut|cr tc p.ovort |c.o|gr n.tto. |.cn ccn|rg |rtc ccrt.ct .|t| t|o
|c.p.ss fi|to. Ju.|rg p.cJuct|cr .rJ s||pp|rg ¯|o |80, |c.ovo., |s Jos|groJ tc bo usoJ .|t| |rto.
c|.rgo.b|o |orsos, .rJ |c.o|gr n.tto. n.y orto. t|o c.no.. .|or |orsos ..o .oncvoJ c. oxc|.rgoJ
Orco |rs|Jo t|o c.no.., t||s |c.o|gr n.tto. n.y .J|o.o tc t|o |c.p.ss fi|to., .|o.o |t n.y .ppo.. |r
p|ctcg..p|s t.kor urJo. co.t.|r ccrJ|t|crs ¯c p.ctoct t|o c.no.. .|or rc |ors |s |r p|.co, bo su.o
tc .op|.co t|o bcJy c.p p.cv|JoJ .|t| t|o c.no.., bo|rg c..o|u| tc fi.st .oncvo .|| Just .rJ ct|o.
|c.o|gr n.tto. t|.t n.y bo .J|o.|rg tc t|o bcJy c.p
S|cu|J |c.o|gr n.tto. firJ |ts ..y crtc t|o |c.p.ss fi|to., c|o.r t|o fi|to. .s Josc.|boJ .bcvo, c. |.vo
t|o fi|to. c|o.roJ by .ut|c.|.oJ ||kcr so.v|co po.scrro| ||ctcg..p|s .ffoctoJ by t|o p.osorco c|
|c.o|gr n.tto. cr t|o fi|to. c.r bo .otcuc|oJ us|rg ´.ptu.o |` (.v.||.b|o sop...to|y, 123) c. t|o
c|o.r |n.go cpt|crs .v.||.b|o |r scno t||.Jp..ty |n.g|rg .pp||c.t|crs
Servicing the Camera and Accessories
¯|o |80 |s . p.oc|s|cr Jov|co .rJ .oou|.os .ogu|.. so.v|c|rg ||kcr .occnnorJs t|.t t|o c.no.. bo
|rspoctoJ by t|o c.|g|r.| .ot.||o. c. ||kcr so.v|co .op.osort.t|vo crco ovo.y cro tc t.c yo..s, .rJ t|.t
|t bo so.v|coJ crco ovo.y t|.oo tc fivo yo..s (rcto t|.t |oos .pp|y tc t|oso so.v|cos) |.oouort |rspoc
t|cr .rJ so.v|c|rg ..o p..t|cu|..|y .occnnorJoJ || t|o c.no.. |s usoJ p.c|oss|cr.||y Ary .ccossc.|os
.ogu|..|y usoJ .|t| t|o c.no.., suc| .s |orsos c. cpt|cr.| SpooJ||g|ts, s|cu|J bo |rc|uJoJ .|or t|o
c.no.. |s |rspoctoJ c. so.v|coJ
127 Technical Notes / Caring for the Camera
Caring for the Camera and Battery: Cautions
Do not drop ¯|o p.cJuct n.y n.||urct|cr || sub¦octoJ tc
st.crg s|ccks c. v|b..t|cr
Keep dry ¯||s p.cJuct |s rct ..to.p.cc|, .rJ n.y n.||urc
t|cr || |nno.soJ |r ..to. c. oxpcsoJ tc ||g| |ovo|s c| |u
n|J|ty |ust|rg c| t|o |rto.r.| noc|.r|sn c.r c.uso |..op.
..b|o J.n.go
Avoid sudden changes in temperature SuJJor c|.rgos |r ton
po..tu.o, suc| .s cccu. .|or orto.|rg c. |o.v|rg . |o.toJ
bu||J|rg cr . cc|J J.y, c.r c.uso ccrJors.t|cr |rs|Jo t|o
Jov|co ¯c p.ovort ccrJors.t|cr, p|.co t|o Jov|co |r . c...y
|rg c.so c. p|.st|c b.g bo|c.o oxpcs|rg |t tc suJJor c|.rgos
|r tonpo..tu.o
Keep away from strong magnetic felds |c rct uso c. stc.o t||s
Jov|co |r t|o v|c|r|ty c| oou|pnort t|.t goro..tos st.crg
o|oct.cn.grot|c ..J|.t|cr c. n.grot|c fio|Js St.crg st.t|c
c|..gos c. t|o n.grot|c fio|Js p.cJucoJ by oou|pnort
suc| .s ..J|c t..rsn|tto.s ccu|J |rto.|o.o .|t| t|o ncr|
tc., J.n.go J.t. stc.oJ cr t|o nonc.y c..J, c. .ffoct t|o
p.cJuct’s |rto.r.| c|.cu|t.y
Do not leave the lens pointed at the sun |c rct |o.vo t|o |ors
pc|rtoJ .t t|o sur c. ct|o. st.crg ||g|t scu.co |c. .r ox
torJoJ po.|cJ |rtorso ||g|t n.y c.uso t|o |n.go sorsc. tc
Joto.|c..to c. p.cJuco . .||to b|u. offoct |r p|ctcg..p|s
Blooming \o.t|c.| .||to st.o.ks n.y .ppo.. |r p|ctcg..p|s
c| t|o sur c. ct|o. st.crg ||g|t scu.cos ¯||s p|orcnorcr,
krc.r .s “b|ccn|rg,” c.r bo p.ovortoJ by .oJuc|rg t|o
.ncurt c| ||g|t t|.t |.||s cr t|o |n.go sorsc., o|t|o. by
c|ccs|rg . s|c. s|utto. spooJ .rJ sn.|| .po.tu.o c. by us
|rg .r || fi|to.
Do not touch the shutter curtain ¯|o s|utto. cu.t.|r |s oxt.ono|y
t||r .rJ o.s||y J.n.goJ |rJo. rc c|.cunst.rcos s|cu|J
ycu oxo.t p.ossu.o cr t|o cu.t.|r, pcko |t .|t| c|o.r|rg
tcc|s, c. sub¦oct |t tc pc.o.|u| .|. cu..orts |.cn . b|c.o.
¯|oso .ct|crs ccu|J sc..tc|, Jo|c.n, c. to.. t|o cu.t.|r
Handle all moving parts with care |c rct .pp|y |c.co tc t|o b.t
to.yc|.nbo., c..Js|ct, c. ccrroctc. ccvo.s ¯|oso p..ts
..o ospoc|.||y suscopt|b|o tc J.n.go
Turn the product of before removing or disconnecting the power
source |c rct urp|ug t|o p.cJuct c. .oncvo t|o b.tto.y
.|||o t|o p.cJuct |s cr c. .|||o |n.gos ..o bo|rg .occ.JoJ
c. Jo|otoJ |c.c|b|y cutt|rg pc.o. |r t|oso c|.cunst.rcos
ccu|J .osu|t |r |css c| J.t. c. |r J.n.go tc p.cJuct nonc.y
c. |rto.r.| c|.cu|t.y ¯c p.ovort .r .cc|Jort.| |rto..upt|cr
c| pc.o., .vc|J c...y|rg t|o p.cJuct |.cn cro |cc.t|cr tc
.rct|o. .|||o t|o A´ .J.pto. |s ccrroctoJ
Lens contacts |oop t|o |ors ccrt.cts c|o.r
Cleaning \|or c|o.r|rg t|o c.no.. bcJy, uso . b|c.o. tc
gort|y .oncvo Just .rJ ||rt, t|or .|po gort|y .|t| . sc|t, J.y
c|ct| A|to. us|rg t|o c.no.. .t t|o bo.c| c. so.s|Jo, .|po
cff .ry s.rJ c. s.|t us|rg . c|ct| ||g|t|y J.nporoJ |r pu.o
..to. .rJ t|or J.y t|o c.no.. t|c.cug||y |r ...o |rst.rcos,
st.t|c o|oct.|c|ty n.y c.uso t|o |´| J|sp|.ys tc ||g|t up c. gc
J..k ¯||s Jcos rct |rJ|c.to . n.||urct|cr, .rJ t|o J|sp|.y
.||| sccr .otu.r tc rc.n.|
¯|o |ors .rJ n|..c. ..o o.s||y J.n.goJ |ust .rJ ||rt s|cu|J
bo gort|y .oncvoJ .|t| . b|c.o. \|or us|rg .r .o.csc|
b|c.o., koop t|o c.r vo.t|c.| tc p.ovort J|sc|..go c| ||ou|J
¯c .oncvo firgo.p.|rts .rJ ct|o. st.|rs |.cn t|o |ors, .pp|y
. sn.|| .ncurt c| |ors c|o.ro. tc . sc|t c|ct| .rJ .|po t|o
|ors c..o|u||y
Soo “ ¯|o |c.|.ss |||to.” ( 125) |c. |r|c.n.t|cr cr c|o.r
|rg t|o |c.p.ss fi|to.
Storage ¯c p.ovort nc|J c. n||Jo., stc.o t|o c.no.. |r . J.y,
.o||vort||.toJ ..o. || t|o p.cJuct .||| rct bo usoJ |c. .r
oxtorJoJ po.|cJ, .oncvo t|o b.tto.y tc p.ovort |o.k.go .rJ
stc.o t|o c.no.. |r . p|.st|c b.g ccrt.|r|rg . Jos|cc.rt |c
rct, |c.ovo., stc.o t|o c.no.. c.so |r . p|.st|c b.g, .s t||s
n.y c.uso t|o n.to.|.| tc Joto.|c..to |cto t|.t Jos|cc.rt
g..Ju.||y |csos |ts c.p.c|ty tc .bsc.b nc|stu.o .rJ s|cu|J
bo .op|.coJ .t .ogu|.. |rto.v.|s
¯c p.ovort nc|J c. n||Jo., t.ko t|o c.no.. cut c| stc..go
.t |o.st crco . ncrt| ¯u.r t|o c.no.. cr .rJ .o|o.so t|o
s|utto. . |o. t|nos bo|c.o putt|rg |t ...y
Stc.o t|o b.tto.y |r . ccc|, J.y p|.co |op|.co t|o to.n|r.|
ccvo. bo|c.o putt|rg t|o b.tto.y ...y
Notes on the monitor ¯|o ncr|tc. n.y ccrt.|r . |o. p|xo|s
t|.t ..o .|..ys ||t c. t|.t Jc rct ||g|t ¯||s |s ccnncr tc .||
¯|¯ |´| ncr|tc.s .rJ Jcos rct |rJ|c.to . n.||urct|cr |n
.gos .occ.JoJ .|t| t|o p.cJuct ..o ur.ffoctoJ
|n.gos |r t|o ncr|tc. n.y bo J|ffi cu|t tc soo |r . b.|g|t
||g|t
|c rct .pp|y p.ossu.o tc t|o ncr|tc., .s t||s ccu|J c.uso
J.n.go c. n.||urct|cr |ust c. ||rt cr t|o ncr|tc. c.r bo
.oncvoJ .|t| . b|c.o. St.|rs c.r bo .oncvoJ by .|p|rg
||g|t|y .|t| . sc|t c|ct| c. c|.nc|s |o.t|o. S|cu|J t|o ncr|
tc. b.o.k, c..o s|cu|J bo t.kor tc .vc|J |r¦u.y |.cn b.ckor
g|.ss .rJ tc p.ovort ||ou|J c.yst.| |.cn t|o ncr|tc. tcuc|
|rg t|o sk|r c. orto.|rg t|o oyos .rJ ncut|
|op|.co t|o ncr|tc. ccvo. .|or t..rspc.t|rg t|o c.no.. c.
|o.v|rg |t ur.ttorJoJ
128 Technical Notes / Caring for the Camera
Batteries ||.t cr t|o b.tto.y to.n|r.|s c.r p.ovort t|o c.no..
|.cn |urct|cr|rg .rJ s|cu|J bo .oncvoJ .|t| . sc|t, J.y c|ct|
bo|c.o uso
b.tto.|os n.y |o.k c. oxp|cJo || |np.cpo.|y |.rJ|oJ Obso.vo
t|o |c||c.|rg p.oc.ut|crs .|or |.rJ||rg b.tto.|os
• ¯u.r t|o p.cJuct cff bo|c.o .op|.c|rg t|o b.tto.y
• ¯|o b.tto.y n.y boccno |ct .|or usoJ |c. oxtorJoJ po.|cJs
Obso.vo Juo c.ut|cr .|or |.rJ||rg t|o b.tto.y
• |so cr|y b.tto.|os .pp.cvoJ |c. uso |r t||s oou|pnort
• |c rct oxpcso t|o b.tto.y tc fl.no c. oxcoss|vo |o.t
• A|to. .oncv|rg t|o b.tto.y |.cn t|o c.no.., bo su.o tc .op|.co
t|o to.n|r.| ccvo.
´|..go t|o b.tto.y bo|c.o uso \|or t.k|rg p|ctcg..p|s cr
|npc.t.rt ccc.s|crs, .o.Jy . sp..o ||||3o b.tto.y .rJ koop |t
|u||y c|..goJ |oporJ|rg cr ycu. |cc.t|cr, |t n.y bo J|ffi cu|t tc
pu.c|.so .op|.conort b.tto.|os cr s|c.t rct|co
Or cc|J J.ys, t|o c.p.c|ty c| b.tto.|os torJs tc Joc.o.so bo su.o
t|o b.tto.y |s |u||y c|..goJ bo|c.o t.k|rg p|ctcg..p|s cuts|Jo
|r cc|J .o.t|o. |oop . sp..o b.tto.y |r . ...n p|.co .rJ ox
c|.rgo t|o t.c .s rocoss..y Orco ...noJ, . cc|J b.tto.y n.y
.occvo. scno c| |ts c|..go
´crt|ru|rg tc c|..go t|o b.tto.y .|to. |t |s |u||y c|..goJ c.r |n
p.|. b.tto.y po.|c.n.rco
|soJ b.tto.|os ..o . v.|u.b|o .oscu.co ||o.so .ocyc|o usoJ b.t
to.|os |r .ccc.J .|t| |cc.| .ogu|.t|crs
129 Technical Notes / Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
If the camera fails to function as expected, check the list of common problems below before
consulting your retailer or Nikon representative. Refer to the page numbers in the right-
most column for more information.
Problem Solution
Camera takes time to turn on. Delete files or folders.
65, 74,
105
Viewfinder is out of focus.
Adjust viewfinder focus or use optional diopter adjust-
ment lenses.
17, 122
Viewfinder is dark. Insert a fully-charged battery. 12
Displays turn off without warning.
Choose longer delays for Custom Setting 27 (Monitor
off) or 28 (Auto meter off).
98, 99
Unusual characters displayed in con-
trol panel.
See “ A Note on Electronically-Controlled Cameras,” be-
low.

Displays in control panel or view-
finder are unresponsive and dim.
The response times and brightness of these displays
varies with temperature.

Fine lines are visible around active
focus area or display turns red when
focus area is highlighted.
These phenomena are normal for this type of viewfind-
er and do not indicate a malfunction.

Menu item is not displayed. Select Full for CSM / setup menu. 101
Menu item can not be selected.
Rotate mode dial to another setting or insert memory
card. Note that Battery info option is only available
when camera is powered by EN-EL3e battery.
107
Image size can not be changed. Image quality set to NEF (RAW). 34
Metering can not be changed.
Digital Vari-Program mode selected or autoexposure
lock in effect.
24, 94
Exposure compensation not avail-
able.
Choose mode P, S, or A. 45
Can not measure white balance. Subject is too dark or too bright. 60
Image can not be selected as source
for preset white balance.
Image was not created with D80. 82
White balance bracketing unavail-
able.
• NEF (RAW) or NEF + JPEG option selected for image
quality.
• (Choose color temp.) selected for white balance.
• Multiple exposure in progress.
34, 59,
84
A Note on Electronically-Controlled Cameras
In extremely rare instances, unusual characters may appear in the control
panel and the camera may stop functioning. In most cases, this phenom-
enon is caused by a strong external static charge. Turn the camera off, re-
move and replace the battery (note that the battery may be hot) or discon-
nect and reconnect the AC adapter, and turn the camera on again. If the
problem persists, turn the camera off and press the reset switch (see right;
note that this resets the clock). In the event of continued malfunction, con-
tact your retailer or a Nikon-authorized service representative.
Connector
cover
Reset
switch
130 Technical Notes / Troubleshooting
Problem Solution
|u|| ..rgo c| s|utto. spooJs rct
.v.||.b|o
||.s| |r uso || On |s so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rg 25
(Auto FP) ncJos P, S, A, .rJ M, cpt|cr.| Sb800, Sb
600, .rJ Sb|200 SpooJ||g|ts c.r bo usoJ .t .|| s|utto.
spooJs
98, 119
´.r rct so|oct |ccus ..o.
• |r|cck |ccus ..o. so|octc.
• Auto-area AF so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rg 2 (AF-
area mode) c|ccso .rct|o. ncJo
• |.oss s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |.||..y tc tu.r ncr|tc.
cff c. .ct|v.to oxpcsu.o noto.s
30
8
18
|ccus Jcos rct |cck .|or s|utto.
.o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ |.||..y
|so AE-L/AF-L buttcr tc |cck |ccus .|or AF-C .utc|c
cus ncJo |s so|octoJ c. .|or p|ctcg..p||rg ncv|rg
sub¦octs |r AF-A ncJo
29, 94
|n.go |r v|o.firJo. |s rct |r |ccus
• |ct.to |ccus ncJo so|octc. tc AF
• ´.no.. ur.b|o tc |ccus us|rg .utc|ccus uso n.ru.|
|ccus c. |ccus |cck
31, 32
A|.ss|st |||un|r.tc. Jcos rct ||g|t
• VcJo J|.| .ct.toJ tc , , c. so|oct .rct|o.
ncJo
• A|.ss|st |.np Jcos rct ||g|t |c. ccrt|rucusso.vc
.utc|ccus Sot .utc|ccus ncJo tc AF-S
• ´ustcn Sott|rg 2 (AF-area mode) sot tc Auto-area
AF c. Dynamic area so|oct corto. |ccus ..o.
• ´|ccso On |c. ´ustcn Sott|rg 4 (AF assist)
• |||un|r.tc. |.s tu.roJ cff .utcn.t|c.||y |||un|r.tc.
n.y boccno |ct .|t| ccrt|ruoJ uso, ..|t |c. |.np
tc ccc| Jc.r
24
29
8
8

S|utto. .o|o.so |s J|s.b|oJ
• Vonc.y c..J |s |u||, |cckoJ, c. rct |rso.toJ
• ||.s| |s c|..g|rg
• ´.no.. |s rct |r |ccus
• ´|| |ors .|t| .po.tu.o .|rg .tt.c|oJ .|t|cut |cck|rg
.po.tu.o .t ||g|ost |/runbo.
• |cr´|| |ors |s .tt.c|oJ .ct.to c.no.. ncJo J|.| tc
M
• VcJo J|.| .ct.toJ tc S .|to. s|utto. spooJ c| bu|b so
|octoJ |r ncJo M c|ccso ro. s|utto. spooJ
15
23
22
11, 11
50
48
|c p|ctc t.kor .|or .oncto ccrt.c|
s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ
• |op|.co b.tto.y |r .oncto ccrt.c|
• ´|ccso .oncto ccrt.c| ncJo
• ||.s| |s c|..g|rg
• ¯|no so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rg 30 (|oncto) |.s
p.ssoJ .oso|oct .oncto ccrt.c| ncJo
• b.|g|t ||g|t |s |rto.|o.|rg .|t| .oncto
123
38
23
99

Or|y cro s|ct t.kor o.c| t|no s|ut
to..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ |r ccr
t|rucus s|cct|rg ncJo
• P, S, A, .rJ M ncJos |c.o. fl.s|
• ||g|t.| \..||.cg..n ncJos tu.r fl.s| cff
23
40
´.no.. |s s|c. tc .occ.J p|ctcs ¯u.r |crg oxpcsu.o rc|so .oJuct|cr cff 83
|.to c| .occ.J|rg |s rct cc..oct Sot c.no.. c|cck 103
131 Technical Notes / Troubleshooting
Problem Solution
||r.| p|ctc |s |..go. t|.r ..o. s|c.r
|r v|o.firJo.
\|o.firJo. |c.|.crt.| .rJ vo.t|c.| |..no ccvo..go |s
.pp.cx|n.to|y 95 °

|.rJcn|ysp.coJ b.|g|t p|xo|s
(“rc|so”) .ppo..s |r p|ctcg..p|s
• |c.o. |SO sors|t|v|ty c. uso ||g| |SO rc|so .oJuct|cr
• S|utto. spooJ |s s|c.o. t|.r 8 s uso |crg oxpcsu.o
rc|so .oJuct|cr
43, 83
83
|oJJ|s| ..o.s .ppo.. |r p|ctcs
|oJJ|s| ..o.s n.y .ppo.. |r |crg t|nooxpcsu.os
¯u.r |crg oxpcsu.o rc|so .oJuct|cr On .|or s|cct
|rg .t s|utto. spooJs c| “bu|b” c. “”
83
||ctcs ..o b|ctc|oJ c. sno..oJ
• ´|o.r |ors
• ´|o.r |c.p.ss fi|to.
124
125
´c|c.s ..o urr.tu..|
• So|oct ncJo P, S, A, c. M .rJ .J¦ust .||to b.|.rco tc
n.tc| ||g|t scu.co
• So|oct ncJo P, S, A, c. M .rJ .J¦ust Optimize image
sott|rgs
45, 58
45, 9
||.s||rg ..o.s .ppo.. |r |n.gos
|.oss nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r c. .ct.to subccn
n.rJ J|.| tc c|ccso p|ctc |r|c.n.t|cr J|sp|.yoJ
62 S|cct|rg J.t. .ppo.. cr |n.gos
A g..p| .ppo..s Ju.|rg p|.yb.ck
|A\ |n.go |s rct p|.yoJ b.ck ||ctc ..s t.kor .t |n.go ou.||ty c| ||| + '||´ 34
• Scno p|ctcs ..o rct J|sp|.yoJ
Ju.|rg p|.yb.ck
• Voss.go J|sp|.yoJ st.t|rg t|.t rc
|n.gos ..o .v.||.b|o |c. p|.yb.ck
So|oct All |c. Playback folder |cto t|.t Current .|||
.utcn.t|c.||y bo so|octoJ .|or roxt p|ctc |s t.kor
5
“¯.||” (pc.t..|t) c.|ort.t|cr p|ctcs
..o J|sp|.yoJ |r “.|Jo” (|.rJsc.po)
c.|ort.t|cr
• So|oct On |c. Rotate tall
• ||ctc ..s t.kor .|t| Off so|octoJ |c. Auto image
rotation
• ´.no.. c.|ort.t|cr ..s c|.rgoJ .|||o s|utto..o
|o.so buttcr ..s p.ossoJ |r ccrt|rucus s|cct|rg
ncJo
• ´.no.. ..s pc|rtoJ up c. Jc.r .|or p|ctc ..s
t.kor
5
108
108
108
´.r rct Jo|oto p|ctc ||ctc |s p.ctoctoJ .oncvo p.ctoct|cr 65
´.r rct c|.rgo p.|rt c.Jo. Vonc.y c..J |s |u|| c. |cckoJ 15, 19
´.r rct so|oct p|ctc |c. p.|rt|rg
||ctc |s |r |A\ (|||) |c.n.t ¯..rs|o. tc ccnputo. .rJ
p.|rt us|rg supp||oJ sc|t...o c. ´.ptu.o |`
6, 123
´.r rct p.|rt p|ctu.os v|. J|.oct |Sb
ccrroct|cr
Sot USB tc PTP 6, 104
||ctc |s rct J|sp|.yoJ cr ¯\ ´|ccso cc..oct v|Joc ncJo 103
´.r rct ccpy p|ctcs tc ccnputo. ´|ccso cc..oct |Sb cpt|cr 6, 104
´.r rct uso ´.no.. ´crt.c| |.c Sot USB tc PTP 6, 104
132 Technical Notes / Troubleshooting
Camera Error Messages and Displays
¯||s soct|cr ||sts t|o ...r|rg |rJ|c.tc.s .rJ o..c. noss.gos t|.t .ppo.. |r t|o v|o.firJo.,
ccrt.c| p.ro|, .rJ ncr|tc.
Indicator
Problem Solution Control panel Viewfnder

(b||rks)
|ors .po.tu.o .|rg rct |cckoJ .t
n|r|nun .po.tu.o
|cck .|rg .t n|r|nun .po.tu.o
(||g|ost |/runbo.)
11
(b||rks)
• |c |ors .tt.c|oJ
• |cr´|| |ors .tt.c|oJ
• Att.c| |ors (|` ||kkc. oxc|uJoJ)
• So|oct ncJo V
, 11
50
|c. b.tto.y |o.Jy |u||yc|..goJ sp..o b.tto.y 12, 123
(b||rks) (b||rks)
• b.tto.y |s ox|.ustoJ
• b.tto.y |r|c.n.t|cr rct .v.||
.b|o
• |oc|..go c. .op|.co .|t| |u||y
c|..goJ sp..o b.tto.y
• b.tto.y c.r rct bo usoJ |r c.n
o..
12, 123
13
(b||rks)
´.no.. c|cck rct sot Sot c.no.. c|cck 103
/
|c nonc.y c..J |rso.t nonc.y c..J 15
(b||rks) (b||rks)
|c nonc.y |c. |u.t|o. p|ctcs .t
cu..ort sott|rgs, c. c.no.. |.s
.ur cut c| fi|o c. |c|Jo. runbo.s
• |oJuco |n.go ou.||ty c. s|.o
• |o|oto p|ctcg..p|s
• |rso.t ro. nonc.y c..J
33
65, 4
15

(b||rks)
´.no.. ur.b|o tc |ccus us|rg
.utc|ccus
|occnpcso p|ctc c. |ccus n.ru
.||y
22, 32
Sub¦oct tcc b.|g|t, p|ctc .||| bo
cvo.oxpcsoJ
• ´|ccso |c.o. |SO sors|t|v|ty
• |rc.o.so s|utto. spooJ
• ´|ccso sn.||o. .po.tu.o (|..go.
|/runbo.)
• |so cpt|cr.| |out..| |ors|ty
(||) fi|to.
43
48, 50
49, 50
122
Sub¦oct tcc J..k, p|ctc .||| bo
urJo.oxpcsoJ
• ´|ccso ||g|o. |SO sors|t|v|ty
• |oc.o.so s|utto. spooJ
• ´|ccso |..go. .po.tu.o (sn.||o.
|/runbo.)
43
48, 50
49, 50
(b||rks)
• ||.s| .oou|.oJ |c. cc..oct oxpc
su.o
• b||rks |c. 3 s .|to. fl.s| fi.os
fl.s| |.s fi.oJ .t |u|| pc.o.
• |.|so bu||t|r fl.s|
• \|o. p|ctc, || urJo.oxpcsoJ,
.J¦ust sott|rgs .rJ t.y .g.|r
23
26, 61
(b||rks)
(b||rks)
Opt|cr.| SpooJ||g|t t|.t Jcos
rct suppc.t |¯¯| sot tc ¯¯|
ncJo
´|.rgo fl.s| ccrt.c| ncJo |c. cp
t|cr.| SpooJ||g|t
120, 141

(b||rks)
“bu|b” so|octoJ |r ncJo M .rJ
ncJo J|.| .ct.toJ tc S ´|.rgo s|utto. spooJ c. so|oct
ncJo M
48, 50

(b||rks)
“” so|octoJ |r ncJo M .rJ
ncJo J|.| .ct.toJ tc S

(b||rks)
´.no.. n.||urct|cr
|.oss s|utto..o|o.so buttcr .g.|r
|| o..c. po.s|sts, ccrsu|t .|t| ||kcr
.ut|c.|.oJ so.v|co .op.osort.t|vo

133 Technical Notes / Troubleshooting
Indicator
Problem Solution Monitor Control panel Viewfnder
NO CARD
PRESENT

/ |c nonc.y c..J |rso.t nonc.y c..J
15
CARD IS
LOCKED

/ (b||rks)
Vonc.y c..J |s |cckoJ
(..|to p.ctoctoJ)
S||Jo c..J ..|top.ctoct
s.|tc| tc “..|to” pcs|t|cr
15
THIS CARD
CAN NOT BE
USED
(b||rks)
• |..c. .ccoss|rg nonc.y
c..J
• |r.b|o tc c.o.to ro.
|c|Jo.
• |so ||kcr.pp.cvoJ c..J
• ´..J n.y bo J.n.goJ
´crt.ct .ot.||o. c. ||kcr
.ut|c.|.oJ so.v|co .op.o
sort.t|vo
• |o|oto ur..rtoJ fi|os c. |r
so.t ro. nonc.y c..J
122

15, 65,
4
CARD IS NOT
FORMATTED
(b||rks)
Vonc.y c..J |.s rct boor
|c.n.ttoJ |c. uso |r |80
||g|||g|t Format .rJ p.oss
OK tc |c.n.t nonc.y c..J

Format
No
FOLDER
CONTAINS NO
IMAGES
• Vonc.y c..J |s onpty
• ´u..ort |c|Jo. |s onpty
• |rso.t .rct|o. c..J
• Sot Playback folder tc All
15
5
ALL IMAGES
HIDDEN
A|| p|ctcs |r cu..ort |c|Jo.
..o ||JJor
Sot Playback folder tc All
c. uso Hide image tc .ovo.|
p|ctcs
5,
FILE DOES
NOT CONTAIN
IMAGE DATA
|||o c.o.toJ c. ncJ|fioJ
us|rg ccnputo. c. ct|o.
n.ko c| c.no.., c. fi|o |s
cc..upt
|o|oto fi|o c. .o|c.n.t non
c.y c..J
16, 65,
4,
102
CHECK
PRINTER Con-
tinue Cancel
|.|rto. |s cut c| |rk c. |rk |s
.urr|rg |c.
|op|.co |rk || o..c. cccu.s
.|t| |rk .on.|r|rg |r p.|rto.,
c|ock p.|rto. st.tus

134 Technical Notes / Appendix
Appendix
¯|o ApporJ|x ccvo.s t|o |c||c.|rg tcp|cs
• Supported Standards 134
• Available Settings and Defaults 134
• Memory Card Capacity and Image Quality / Size 138
• Exposure Program (Mode P) 139
• Bracketing Programs 140
• White Balance and Color Temperature 140
• Flash Control 141
• Shutter Speeds Available with the Built-in Flash 141
• Aperture, Sensitivity, and Flash Range 141
Supported Standards
• DCF Version 2.0 ¯|o Dos|gr |u|o |c. C.no.. F||o Systons (|´|) |s . st.rJ..J .|Jo|y usoJ |r
t|o J|g|t.| c.no.. |rJust.y tc orsu.o ccnp.t|b|||ty .ncrg J|ffo.ort n.kos c| c.no..
• DPOF D|g|t.| P.|rt O.Jo. Fc.n.t (||O|) |s .r |rJust.y.|Jo st.rJ..J t|.t .||c.s p|ctu.os tc
bo p.|rtoJ |.cn p.|rt c.Jo.s stc.oJ cr t|o nonc.y c..J
• Exif version 2.21 ¯|o |80 suppc.ts |x|| (Exc|.rgo.b|o In.go F||o |c.n.t |c. ||g|t.| St|||
´.no..s) vo.s|cr 221, . st.rJ..J |r .||c| |r|c.n.t|cr stc.oJ .|t| p|ctcg..p|s |s usoJ |c.
cpt|n.| cc|c. .op.cJuct|cr .|or t|o |n.gos ..o cutput cr |x||ccnp||.rt p.|rto.s
• PictBridge A st.rJ..J Jovo|cpoJ t|.cug| cccpo..t|cr .|t| t|o J|g|t.| c.no.. .rJ p.|rto.
|rJust.|os, .||c.|rg p|ctcg..p|s tc bo cutput J|.oct|y tc . p.|rto. .|t|cut fi.st t..rs|o..|rg
t|on tc . ccnputo.
Available Settings and Defaults
¯|o |c||c.|rg t.b|o ||sts t|o sott|rgs t|.t c.r bo .J¦ustoJ |r o.c| ncJo
P S A M
S
h
o
o
t
i
n
g

m
e
n
u
Opt|n|.o |n.go ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
|n.go ou.||ty
1
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
|n.go s|.o
1
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
\||to b.|.rco
1
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
|SO sors|t|v|ty
1
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
|crg oxp || ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
||g| |SO || ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
Vu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o
1
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
O
t
h
e
r

s
e
t
t
i
n
g
s
S|cct|rg ncJo
1
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
Autc|ccus ncJo
1

2

2

2

2

2

2

2
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
Voto.|rg
1
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
||ox|b|o p.cg..n
1

Autcoxpcsu.o |cck
1
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
|xpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr
1
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
b..ckot|rg
1
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
||.s| ncJo
1

2

2

2, 3

2

2, 3

2, 3

2
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
Voto.|rg
1
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
1. Reset with two-button reset ( 44).
2. Reset with when mode dial is rotated to new setting.
3. Available with optional Speedlight only.
4. Reset with Custom Setting R (Reset).
135 Technical Notes / Appendix
P S A M
C
u
s
t
o
m

S
e
t
t
i
n
g
s
4
1 boop ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
2 A|..o. ncJo ✔
2

2

2

2

2

2

2
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
3 ´orto. A| ..o. ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
4 bu||t|r A| .ss|st |||un|r.tc. ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
5 |c nonc.y c..J` ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
6 |n.go .ov|o. ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
|SO .utc ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
8 ´.|J J|sp|.y ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
9 \|o.firJo. ...r|rg ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
10 |\ stop ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
11 |xpcsu.o ccnp ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
12 ´orto..o|g|toJ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
13 Autc b|¯ sot ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
14 Autc b|¯ c.Jo. ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
15 ´cnn.rJ J|.|s ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
16 |||´ buttcr ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
1 |||un|r.t|cr ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
18 A||/A|| ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
19 A| |cck ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
20 |ccus ..o. ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
21 A| ..o. |||un|r.t|cr ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
22 bu||t|r fl.s| ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
23 ||.s| ...r|rg ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
24 ||.s| s|utto. spooJ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
25 Autc || ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
26 VcJo||rg fl.s| ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
2 Vcr|tc. cff ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
28 Autc noto. cff ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
29 So|| t|no. ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
30 |oncto ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
31 |xpcsu.o Jo|.y ncJo ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
32 Vb|80b.tto.|os ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
136 Technical Notes / Appendix
¯|o |c||c.|rg Jo|.u|ts ..o .ostc.oJ .|or . t.cbuttcr .osot |s po.|c.noJ
P S A M
S
h
o
o
t
i
n
g

m
e
n
u
|n.go ou.||ty '||´ |c.n.|
|n.go s|.o | (382 × 2592)
\||to b.|.rco — Autc
||ro tur|rg — 0
´|ccso cc|c. tonp — 5,000 |
|SO sors|t|v|ty A|¯O 100
Vu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o — Off
O
t
h
e
r

s
e
t
t
i
n
g
s
S|cct|rg ncJo S|rg|o |..no
|ccus ..o. — ´orto. — ´orto.
|ccus |cck Off
A| |cck |c|J Off
Autc|ccus ncJo A|A
Voto.|rg — V.t.|x
||ox|b|o p.cg..n — Off —
|xpcsu.o
ccnpors.t|cr
— Off (00)
b..ckot|rg — Off (0 |..nos)
||.s| ncJo Autc — Autc — S|c.
1
|||| fl.s|
||.s| ccnpors.t|cr — Off (00)
|\ |cck — Off
1. Auto slow sync.
137 Technical Notes / Appendix
¯|o |c||c.|rg Jo|.u|ts ..o .ostc.oJ .|t| ´ustcn Sott|rg | (Reset)
P S A M
C
u
s
t
o
m

S
e
t
t
i
n
g
s
1 boop Or
2 A|..o. ncJo Autc..o. A| Single Dynamic Auto-area AF S|rg|o ..o.
3 ´orto. A| ..o. |c.n.| |..no
4 bu||t|r A| .ss|st |||un|r.tc. Or — Or — Or
5 |c nonc.y c..J` |o|o.so |cckoJ
6 |n.go .ov|o. Or
|SO .utc — Off
1
8 ´.|J J|sp|.y Off
9 \|o.firJo. ...r|rg Or
10 |\ stop 1/3 stop
11 |xpcsu.o ccnp — Off
12 ´orto..o|g|toJ — c8 nn
13 Autc b|¯ sot — A| ° fl.s|
14 Autc b|¯ c.Jo. — V¯| > |rJo. > cvo.
15 ´cnn.rJ J|.|s — Off
16 |||´ buttcr |SO J|sp|.y
1 |||un|r.t|cr Off
18 A||/A|| A|/A| |cck
19 A| |cck Off
20 |ccus ..o. |c ...p
21 A| ..o. |||un|r.t|cr Autc
22 bu||t|r fl.s| — ¯¯|
23 ||.s| ...r|rg — Or
24 ||.s| s|utto. spooJ — 1/60
25 Autc || — Off
26 VcJo||rg fl.s| — Off
2 Vcr|tc. cff 20 s
28 Autc noto. cff 6 s
29 So|| t|no. 10 s
30 |oncto 1 n|r
31 |xpcsu.o Jo|.y ncJo Off
32 Vb|80 b.tto.|os ||6 (AAs|.o .|k.||ro)
1. Max. sensitivity set to 800, Min. shutter speed set to 1/30
138 Technical Notes / Appendix
Memory Card Capacity and Image Quality / Size
¯|o |c||c.|rg t.b|o s|c.s t|o .pp.cx|n.to runbo. c| p|ctu.os t|.t c.r bo stc.oJ cr . 1 ´b
|.r.scr|c |.c ||´| S|||| c..J .t J|ffo.ort |n.go ou.||ty .rJ s|.o sott|rgs
Image quality Image size File size (MB)
1
Number of images
1
Bufer capacity
1, 2
||| + '||´ ||ro
3
| 12 54 6
V 151 63 6
S 136 2 6
||| + '||´ |c.n.|
3
| 148 65 6
V 138 1 6
S 130 6 6
||| + '||´ b.s|c
3
| 136 2 6
V 130 6 6
S 12 8 6
||| (|A\) — 124 82 6
'||´ ||ro
| 48 133 23
V 2 233 100
S 12 503 100
'||´ |c.n.|
| 24 260 100
V 13 446 100
S 06 918 100
'||´ b.s|c
| 12 503 100
V 0 86 100
S 03 1500 100
1 A|| figu.os ..o .pp.cx|n.to |||o s|.o v..|os .|t| scoro .occ.JoJ .rJ n.ko c| nonc.y c..J
2 V.x|nun runbo. c| |..nos t|.t c.r bo t.kor bo|c.o s|cct|rg stcps .t |SO 100 ´.p.c|ty c| nonc.y buffo.
J.cps || rc|so .oJuct|cr |s cr
3 |n.go s|.o .pp||os tc '||´ |n.gos cr|y S|.o c| ||| (|A\) |n.gos c.r rct bo c|.rgoJ |||o s|.o |s t|o tct.| |c.
ccnp.ossoJ ||| (|A\) .rJ '||´ |n.gos
139 Technical Notes / Appendix
Exposure Program (Mode P)
¯|o oxpcsu.o p.cg..n |c. ncJo | |s s|c.r |r t|o |c||c.|rg g..p|
| (|ors |cc.| |orgt|) ≤ 55 nn
135 nn ≥ | > 55 nn
| > 135 nn
¯|o n.x|nun .rJ n|r|nun v.|uos |c. |\ v..y .|t| |SO sors|t|v|ty, t|o .bcvo g..p| .s
sunos .r |SO sors|t|v|ty c| |SO 200 oou|v.|ort \|or n.t.|x noto.|rg |s usoJ, v.|uos cvo.
16 '/· |\ ..o .oJucoJ tc 16 '/· |\
Shutter speed
A
p
e
r
t
u
r
e
140 Technical Notes / Appendix
Bracketing Programs
¯|o runbo. c| s|cts .rJ b..ckot|rg |rc.onort ..o s|c.r |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .s |c||c.s
The Bracketing Progress Indicator and Number of Frames
Number of frames Progress indicator Description
3 |..nos urncJ|fioJ, rog.t|vo, pcs|t|vo
¯
2 |..nos urncJ|fioJ, rog.t|vo
¯
2 |..nos urncJ|fioJ, pcs|t|vo
¯ O.Jo. .|or Under > MTR > over |s so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rg 14 (Auto BKT order) |s rog.t|vo,
urncJ|fioJ, pcs|t|vo (t|.oo |..nos) c. rog.t|vo, urncJ|fioJ (t.c |..nos)
Bracketing Increment
Autoexposure and fash bracketing
White balance bracketing Custom Setting 10 (EV Step) set to 1/3 EV Custom Setting 10 (EV Step) set to 1/2 EV
Display Increment Display Increment Display Increment
'/· |\ '/. |\ 1
²/· |\ 1 |\ 2
1 |\ 1 '/. |\ 3
1 '/· |\ 2 |\
1 ²/· |\
2 |\
White Balance and Color Temperature
App.cx|n.to cc|c. tonpo..tu.os |c. o.c| .||to b.|.rco sott|rg ..o g|vor bo|c. (v.|uos n.y
J|ffo. |.cn cc|c. tonpo..tu.os g|vor by p|ctc cc|c. noto.s)
White balance
Fine tuning
None –3 –2 –1 +1 +2 +3
Auto 3,500 | – 8,000 | ||ro tur|rg .JJoJ tc v.|uo so|octoJ by c.no..
Incandescent 3,000 | 3,300 | 3,200 | 3,100 | 2,900 | 2,800 | 2,00 |
Fluorescent
*
4,200 | ,200 | 6,500 | 5,000 | 3,00 | 3,000 | 2,00 |
Dir. sunlight 5,200 | 5,600 | 5,400 | 5,300 | 5,000 | 4,900 | 4,800 |
Flash 5,400 | 6,000 | 5,800 | 5,600 | 5,200 | 5,000 | 4,800 |
Cloudy 6,000 | 6,600 | 6,400 | 6,200 | 5,800 | 5,600 | 5,400 |
Shade 8,000 | 9,200 | 8,800 | 8,400 | ,500 | ,100 | 6,00 |
Choose color temp. 2,500 | – 9,900 |
|ct .v.||.b|o
White balance preset —
¯ ´c|c. tonpo..tu.o ..rgo .oflocts .|Jo v..|.t|cr .ncrg fluc.oscort ||g|t scu.cos, ..rg|rg |.cn |c.
tonpo..tu.o st.J|un ||g|t|rg tc ||g|tonpo..tu.o no.cu.yv.pc. |.nps
Number of frames Bracketing increment
Bracketing progress indicator
141 Technical Notes / Appendix
Flash Control ( 42, 120)
¯|o |c||c.|rg typos c| fl.s| ccrt.c| ..o suppc.toJ .|or . ´|| |ors |s suoJ |r ccnb|r.t|cr
.|t| t|o bu||t|r fl.s| c. cpt|cr.| Sb800 c. Sb600 SpooJ||g|ts
• i-TTL Balanced Fill-Flash for Digital SLR ||.s| cutput |s .J¦ustoJ |c. . r.tu..| b.|.rco bot.oor
t|o n.|r sub¦oct .rJ t|o b.ckg.curJ
• Standard i-TTL Fill-Flash for Digital SLR ||.s| cutput |s .J¦ustoJ |c. t|o n.|r sub¦oct, t|o b.|g|t
ross c| t|o b.ckg.curJ |s rct t.kor |rtc .cccurt |occnnorJoJ |c. s|cts |r .||c| t|o
n.|r sub¦oct |s onp|.s|.oJ .t t|o oxporso c| b.ckg.curJ Jot.||s, c. .|or oxpcsu.o ccn
pors.t|cr |s usoJ
St.rJ..J |¯¯| fl.s| ccrt.c| |s usoJ .|t| spct noto.|rg c. .|or so|octoJ .|t| t|o cpt|cr.|
SpooJ||g|t |¯¯| b.|.rcoJ fi||fl.s| |c. J|g|t.| S|| |s usoJ |r .|| ct|o. c.sos
Shutter Speeds Available with the Built-in Flash
¯|o |c||c.|rg s|utto. spooJs ..o .v.||.b|o .|or t|o bu||t|r fl.s| |s usoJ
Mode Shutter speed Mode Shutter speed
, , P
¯
, A
¯
'/...–'/-. s '/...–1 s
'/...–'/·. s S, M '/...–'/·. s
¯ S|c.ost s|utto. spooJ .t .||c| fl.s| .||| bo usoJ c.r bo so|octoJ us|rg ´ustcn Sott|rg 24 (Flash
shutter speed) ||.s| .||| st||| fi.o .t s|utto. spooJs .s s|c. .s 30 s .|or sot tc s|c. syrc
Aperture, Sensitivity, and Flash Range
||.s| ..rgo v..|os .|t| sors|t|v|ty (|SO oou|v.|orcy) .rJ .po.tu.o
Aperture at ISO equivalent of Range
100 125 160 200 250 320 400 500 640 800 1000 1200 1600 m ft.
14 16 18 2 22 25 28 32 35 4 45 5 56 10–92 3 |t 3 |r–30 |t 2|r
2 22 25 28 32 35 4 45 5 56 63 1 8 0–65 2 |t 4 |r–21 |t 4|r
28 32 35 4 45 5 56 63 1 8 9 10 11 06–46 2 |t–15 |t 1|r
4 45 5 56 63 1 8 9 10 11 13 14 16 06–32 2 |t–10 |t 6|r
56 63 1 8 9 10 11 13 14 16 18 20 22 06–23 2 |t– |t |r
9 10 11 13 14 16 18 20 22 25 29 32 06–16 2 |t–5 |t 3|r
11 13 14 16 18 20 22 25 29 32 — — — 06–11 2 |t–3 |t |r
16 18 20 22 25 29 32 — — — — — — 06–08 2 |t–2 |t |r
|r t|o |c||c.|rg ncJos, t|o n.x|nun .po.tu.o (n|r|nun |/runbo.) |s ||n|toJ .ccc.J|rg
tc |SO sors|t|v|ty .|or t|o bu||t|r fl.s| |s usoJ
Mode
Maximum aperture at ISO sensitivity of
100 125 160 200 250 320 400 500 640 800 1000 1250 1600
P, , , 4 42 45 48 5 53 56 6 63 6 1 6 8
56 6 63 6 1 6 8 85 9 95 10 11 11
|c. o.c| crostop |rc.o.so |r sors|t|v|ty (og, |.cn 200 tc 400), .po.tu.o |s stcppoJ Jc.r by
|.|| .r |/stcp || t|o n.x|nun .po.tu.o c| t|o |ors |s sn.||o. t|.r g|vor .bcvo, t|o n.x|
nun v.|uo |c. .po.tu.o .||| bo t|o n.x|nun .po.tu.o c| t|o |ors
142 Technical Notes / Specifcations
Specifcations
Type S|rg|o|ors .oflox J|g|t.| c.no..
Efective pixels 102 n||||cr
CCD 236 × 158 nn, tct.| p|xo|s 105 n||||cr
Image size (pixels) • 3,82 × 2,592 (|..go) • 2,896 × 1,944 (VoJ|un) • 1,936 × 1,296 (Sn.||)
Lens mount ||kcr | ncurt .|t| A| ccup||rg .rJ A| ccrt.cts
Compatible lenses
*
Type G or D Nikkor A|| |urct|crs suppc.toJ
Micro Nikkor 85 mm f/2.8D A|| |urct|crs suppc.toJ oxcopt .utc|ccus .rJ scno oxpcsu.o ncJos
AI-P Nikkor A|| |urct|crs suppc.toJ oxcopt 3| cc|c. n.t.|x noto.|rg || .rJ .utc|ccus
Non-CPU ´.r bo usoJ |r ncJo M, but oxpcsu.o noto. Jcos rct |urct|cr, o|oct.cr|c ..rgo firJo.
c.r bo usoJ || n.x|nun .po.tu.o |s |/56 c. |.sto.
Other AF Nikkor

A|| |urct|crs suppc.toJ oxcopt 3| cc|c. n.t.|x noto.|rg ||
¯ |`||kkc. |orsos c.r rct bo usoJ † |xc|uJ|rg |orsos |c. |3A|
Picture angle |ou|v.|ort |r 35 nn (135) |c.n.t |s .pp.cx 15 t|nos |ors |cc.| |orgt|
Viewfnder
Diopter –20 tc +10 n
1
Eyepoint 195 nn (–10 n
1
)
Frame coverage App.cx 95° c| |ors (vo.t|c.| .rJ |c.|.crt.|)
Magnifcation App.cx 094 × (50 nn |ors .t |rfir|ty, –10 n
1
Focusing screen ¯ypob b.|to\|o. ´|o.. V.tto Sc.oor V..k || .|t| supo.|npcsoJ |ccus b..ckots .rJ Or
|on.rJ g.|J ||ros
Opt|c.| fixoJ oyo|ovo| port.p.|sn
Refex mirror Çu|ck .otu.r
Lens aperture |rst.rt .otu.r .|t| Jopt|c|fio|J p.ov|o.
Depth-of-feld preview \|or ´|| |ors |s .tt.c|oJ, Jopt|c|fio|J p.ov|o. buttcr stcps .po.tu.o Jc.r tc v.|uo
so|octoJ by uso. (A .rJ M ncJos) c. by c.no.. (ct|o. ncJos)
Self-timer ||oct.cr|c.||y ccrt.c||oJ t|no. .|t| 2, 5, 10 c. 20 s Ju..t|cr
Focus-area selection |ccus ..o. c.r bo so|octoJ |.cn 11 |ccus ..o.s
Lens servo • Autc|ccus (A|) |rst.rt s|rg|oso.vc A| (A|S), ccrt|rucusso.vc A| (A|´), .utc A|
S/A|´ so|oct|cr (A|A), p.oJ|ct|vo |ccus t..ck|rg .ct|v.toJ .utcn.t|c.||y .ccc.J|rg
tc sub¦oct st.tus
• V.ru.| |ccus (V)
Storage
Media S| (Socu.o D|g|t.|) nonc.y c..Js, c.no.. suppc.ts S||´
File system ´cnp||.rt .|t| Dos|gr |u|o |c. C.no.. F||o Syston (|´|) 20 .rJ D|g|t.| P.|rt O.Jo.
Fc.n.t (||O|)
Compression • NEF (RAW) ccnp.ossoJ 12b|t • JPEG '||´ b.so||roccnp|.|rt
ISO sensitivity (Recom-
mended Exposure Index)
100 tc 1600 .|t| .JJ|t|cr.| sott|rgs c| up tc 1 |\ cvo. 1600 |r stops c| '/· |\
Autofocus
Detection range –10 tc +19 |\ (|SO 100 .t 20 ´/68 |)
AF-area mode S|rg|o..o. A|, Jyr.n|c..o. A|, .utc..o. A|
Focus lock |ccus c.r bo |cckoJ by p.oss|rg t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |.||..y (s|rg|oso.vc A|) c.
by p.oss|rg t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr
¯¯| p|.so Jotoct|cr by ||kcr Vu|t|´AV 1000 .utc|ccus sorsc. ncJu|o
143 Technical Notes / Specifcations
Metering
Exposure
¯|.ooncJo t|.cug|t|o|ors (¯¯|) oxpcsu.o noto.|rg
Matrix 3| cc|c. n.t.|x noto.|rg || (typo ´ .rJ | |orsos), cc|c. n.t.|x noto.|rg || (ct|o. ´||
|orsos), noto.|rg po.|c.noJ by 420sognort |´b sorsc.
Spot Voto.s 35 nn c|.c|o (.bcut 25° c| |..no) corto.oJ cr .ct|vo |ccus ..o.
Range (ISO 100 equivalent,
f/1.4 lens, 20 °C/68 °F)
0 tc 20 |\ (3| cc|c. n.t.|x c. corto..o|g|toJ noto.|rg)
2 tc 20 |\ (spct noto.|rg)
Center-weighted \o|g|t c| 5° g|vor tc 6, 8, c. 10 nn c|.c|o |r corto. c| |..no
Exposure meter coupling ´|| ccup||rg
Mode ||g|t.| \..||.cg..n ( .utc, pc.t..|t, |.rJsc.po, n.c.c c|csoup, spc.ts,
r|g|t |.rJsc.po, r|g| pc.t..|t), p.cg..nnoJ .utc (P) .|t| flox|b|o p.cg..n, s|utto.
p.|c.|ty .utc (S), .po.tu.op.|c.|ty .utc (A), n.ru.| (M)
Exposure compensation –5 tc +5 |\ |r |rc.onorts c| '/· c. '⁄. |\
Bracketing |xpcsu.o .rJ / c. fl.s| b..ckot|rg (2–3 oxpcsu.os |r |rc.onorts c| '⁄· c. '⁄. |\)
Exposure lock |xpcsu.o |cckoJ .t JotoctoJ v.|uo .|t| AE-L/AF-L buttcr
Shutter ||oct.cr|c.||yccrt.c||oJ vo.t|c.|t..vo| |cc.| p|.ro s|utto.
Speed 30 tc '⁄·... s |r stops c| '⁄· c. '⁄. |\, bu|b
White balance Autc (¯¯| .||to b.|.rco .|t| 420sognort |´b sorsc.), s|x n.ru.| ncJos .|t| firo
tur|rg, cc|c. tonpo..tu.o sott|rg, p.osot .||to b.|.rco
Bracketing 2 tc 3 oxpcsu.os |r |rc.onorts c| 1
Built-in fash • , , ,

Autc fl.s| .|t| .utc pcpup
• P, S, A, M V.ru.| pcpup .|t| buttcr .o|o.so
Guide number (m/ft) App.cx 13/42 .t |SO 100 .rJ 20 ´ (68 |)
Sync contact
Flash
`ccrt.ct cr|y, fl.s| syrc|.cr|..t|cr .t s|utto. spooJs c| up tc '⁄... s
Flash control
Auto aperture Av.||.b|o .|t| Sb800 .rJ ´|| |ors
Non-TTL auto Av.||.b|o .|t| suc| SpooJ||g|ts .s Sb800, 80|`, 28|`, 28, 2, .rJ 22s
TTL ¯¯| fl.s| ccrt.c| by 420sognort |´b sorsc. |¯¯| b.|.rcoJ fi||fl.s| |c. J|g|t.| S|| .rJ
st.rJ..J |¯¯| fi||fl.s| |c. J|g|t.| S|| .v.||.b|o .|t| bu||t|r fl.s|, Sb800, .rJ Sb600
Range-priority manual Av.||.b|o .|t| Sb800
Flash-ready indicator ||g|ts .|or bu||t|r fl.s| c. Sbso.|os SpooJ||g|t suc| .s 800, 600, 80|`, 28|`, 50|`,
28, 2, c. 22s |s |u||y c|..goJ, b||rks |c. .bcut 3 s .|to. fl.s| |s fi.oJ .t |u|| cutput
Accessory shoe St.rJ..J |SO |cts|co ccrt.ct .|t| s.|oty |cck
Nikon Creative Lighting
System
\|t| Sb800, 600, .rJ |200, suppc.ts AJv.rcoJ \|.o|oss ||g|t|rg (Sb600 .rJ |200 cr|y
suppc.t A\| .|or usoJ .s .oncto fl.s|), Autc || ||g|SpooJ Syrc, ||.s| ´c|c. |r|c.
n.t|cr ´cnnur|c.t|cr, ncJo||rg ||.s|, .rJ |\ |cck
Flash mode • , ,

Autc, .utc .|t| .oJoyo .oJuct|cr, fi||fl.s| .rJ .oJoyo .oJuct|cr .v.||.b|o
.|t| cpt|cr.| SpooJ||g|t


Autc, .utc s|c. syrc, .utc s|c. syrc .|t| .oJoyo .oJuct|cr, s|c. syrc .rJ s|c.
syrc .|t| .oJoyo .oJuct|cr .v.||.b|o .|t| cpt|cr.| SpooJ||g|t
• , ,

||||fl.s| .rJ .oJoyo .oJuct|cr .v.||.b|o .|t| cpt|cr.| SpooJ||g|t
• P, A |||| fl.s|, .o..cu.t.|r .|t| s|c. syrc, s|c. syrc, s|c. syrc .|t| .oJoyo .oJuct|cr,
.oJoyo .oJuct|cr
• S, M |||| fl.s|, .o..cu.t.|r syrc, .oJoyo .oJuct|cr
Monitor 25 |r, 230,000Jct, |c.tonpo..tu.o pc|ys|||ccr ¯|¯ |´| .|t| b.|g|tross .J¦ustnort
Video output ´.r bo so|octoJ |.cn |¯S´ .rJ |A|
External interface |Sb 20 ||spooJ
Tripod socket '⁄· |r (|SO)
144 Technical Notes / Specifcations
Firmware upgrades ||.n...o c.r bo upg..JoJ by uso.
Supported languages ´||roso (S|np||fioJ .rJ ¯..J|t|cr.|), |utc|, |rg||s|, ||rr|s|, |.orc|, ´o.n.r, |t.||.r,
'.p.roso, |c.o.r, |c||s|, |c.tuguoso, |uss|.r, Sp.r|s|, S.oJ|s|
Power source • Oro .oc|..go.b|o ||kcr ||||3o |||cr b.tto.y, c|..g|rg vc|t.go (V|18. ou|ck c|..
go.) 4 \ |´
• Vb|80 Vu|t||c.o. b.tto.y p.ck (.v.||.b|o sop...to|y) .|t| cro c. t.c .oc|..go.b|o
||kcr ||||3o |||cr b.tto.|os c. s|x ||6 .|k.||ro, ||6 ||V|, ||6 ||t||un, c. ¯|6 r|cko|
n.rg.roso AA b.tto.|os
• ||5 A´ .J.pto. (.v.||.b|o sop...to|y)
Dimensions (W × D × H) App.cx 132 × 103 × nn (52 × 41 × 30 |r)
Weight App.cx 585 g (1 |b 5c.) .|t|cut b.tto.y, nonc.y c..J, bcJy c.p, c. |´| ncr|tc. ccvo.
Operating environment
Temperature 0 tc +40 ´ (+32 tc 104 |)
Humidity |oss t|.r 85° (rc ccrJors.t|cr)
Rated input A´ 100 tc 240 \, 50/60 |.
Rated output |´ 84 \ / 900 nA
Supported batteries ||||3o .oc|..go.b|o |||cr b.tto.|os
Charging time App.cx 135 n|rutos
Operating temperature 0 tc +40 ´ (+32 tc 104 |)
Dimensions (W × D × H) App.cx 90 × 35 × 58 nn (35 × 14 × 23 |r)
Length of cord App.cx 1,800 nn (5 |t 11 |r)
Weight App.cx 80 g (28 c.), oxc|uJ|rg pc.o. c.b|o
Type |oc|..go.b|o ||t||un|cr b.tto.y
Rated capacity 4 \ / 1500 nA|
Dimensions (W × D × H) App.cx 395 × 56 × 21 nn (16 × 22 × 08 |r)
Weight App.cx 80 g (28 c.), oxc|uJ|rg pc.o. c.b|o
|r|oss ct|o..|so st.toJ, .|| figu.os ..o |c. . c.no.. .|t| . |u||yc|..goJ b.tto.y cpo..t|rg .t .r .nb|
ort tonpo..tu.o c| 20 ´ (68 |)
MH-18a Quick Charger
Specifications
||kcr .oso.vos t|o .|g|t tc c|.rgo t|o spoc|fic.t|crs c| t|o |..J...o .rJ sc|t...o Josc.|boJ |r t||s
n.ru.| .t .ry t|no .rJ .|t|cut p.|c. rct|co ||kcr .||| rct bo |o|J ||.b|o |c. J.n.gos t|.t n.y .osu|t
|.cn .ry n|st.kos t|.t t||s n.ru.| n.y ccrt.|r
EN-EL3e Rechargeable Li-ion Battery
145 Technical Notes / Specifcations
Type ´typo A|S |` ¯ccn||kkc. |ors .|t| bu||t|r ´|| .rJ ||kcr ncurt
Supported cameras ||kcr |` |c.n.t J|g|t.| c.no..s
Focal length 18 – 135 nn
Max. aperture 1 35 – 56
Construction 15 o|onorts |r 13 g.cups (|rc|uJ|rg 1 || g|.ss o|onort .rJ 2 .sp|o.|c.| o|onorts)
Focal length scale 18, 24, 35, 50, 0, 105, 135
Distance information Supp||oJ tc c.no.. bcJy
Zoom ¯ccn .J¦ustoJ by .ct.t|rg .ccn .|rg
Focus Autc|ccus .|t| S||ort \.vo Vctc., n.ru.| |ccus, n.ru.| |ccus suppc.toJ .|or AV
s.|tc| sot tc A c. V |ccus c.r bo .J¦ustoJ by .ct.t|rg |ors |ccus|rg .|rg .|to. |cck|rg
|ccus |r s|rg|oso.vc .utc|ccus |c rct uso |ccus|rg .|rg .|||o c.no.. |s |ccus|rg
Closest focus distance 045 n (15 |t) .t .|| .ccn pcs|t|crs
Aperture Sovor b|.Jo J|.p|..gn .|t| .utc .po.tu.o
Aperture range |/35 – 22 (.t 18 nn), |/56 – 38 (.t 135 nn)
Metering V.x|nun .po.tu.o
Filter diameter 6 nn (|05 nn)
Dimensions (W × D × H) App.cx 35 nn J|.noto. × 865 nn/29 × 34 |r
Weight App.cx 385 g (136 c.)
Lens hood |b32 (.v.||.b|o sop...to|y, .tt.c|os .s s|c.r bo|c.)
ቢ ባ


18–135 mm f/3.5–5.6G ED-IF AF-S DX Zoom-Nikkor Lens (Available Separately)
¯|o |c||c.|rg .ccossc.|os c.r rct bo usoJ .|t| t|o 18–135 nn |/35–56´ |||| A|S |` to|occrvo.t
o.s (.|| typos), || .utc oxtors|cr .|rgs (.|| typos), | .|rgs (.|| typos), b|4 .utc .|rgs, bo||c.s .tt.c|
norts (.|| typos), .rJ S`1 .tt.c|nort .|rgs Ot|o. .ccossc.|os n.y .|sc bo |rccnp.t|b|o Soo t|o
.ccossc.y n.ru.| |c. Jot.||s
146 Technical Notes / Specifcations
Battery Life
¯|o runbo. c| s|cts t|.t c.r bo t.kor .|t| . |u||yc|..goJ ||||3o b.tto.y (1500 nA|) v..|os .|t|
t|o ccrJ|t|cr c| t|o b.tto.y, tonpo..tu.o, .rJ |c. t|o c.no.. |s usoJ ¯|o |c||c.|rg no.su.onorts
.o.o po.|c.noJ .t . tonpo..tu.o c| 20 ´ (68 |)
Example 1: 2,700 shots
A|S |` || || 18–135 nn |/35–56´ |ors, ccrt|rucus s|cct|rg ncJo, ccrt|rucusso.vc .utc|ccus,
|n.go ou.||ty sot tc '||´ b.s|c, |n.go s|.o sot tc M, s|utto. spooJ '⁄.. s, s|utto..o|o.so buttcr p.ossoJ
|.||..y |c. t|.oo soccrJs .rJ |ccus cyc|oJ |.cn |rfir|ty tc n|r|nun ..rgo t|.oo t|nos, .|to. s|x s|cts,
ncr|tc. tu.roJ cr |c. fivo soccrJs .rJ t|or tu.roJ cff, cyc|o .opo.toJ crco oxpcsu.o noto.s |.vo
tu.roJ cff
Example 2: 600 shots
A|S |` || || 18–135 nn |/35–56´ |ors, s|rg|o|..no s|cct|rg ncJo, ccrt|rucusso.vc .utc|ccus,
|n.go ou.||ty sot tc '||´ |c.n.|, |n.go s|.o sot tc L, s|utto. spooJ 1⁄250 s, s|utto..o|o.so buttcr
p.ossoJ |.||..y |c. fivo soccrJs .rJ |ccus cyc|oJ |.cn |rfir|ty tc n|r|nun ..rgo crco, ncr|tc.
tu.roJ cr |c. |cu. soccrJs .|to. o.c| s|ct, bu||t|r SpooJ||g|t fi.oJ .t |u|| pc.o. .|t| ovo.y ct|o. s|ct,
roxt s|ct t.kor .|to. oxpcsu.o noto.s |.vo tu.roJ cff
¯|o |c||c.|rg c.r .oJuco b.tto.y |||o
¯c orsu.o n.x|nun b.tto.y po.|c.n.rco
• |oop t|o b.tto.y ccrt.cts c|o.r Sc||oJ ccrt.cts c.r .oJuco b.tto.y po.|c.n.rco
• |so ||||3o b.tto.|os |nnoJ|.to|y .|to. c|..g|rg b.tto.|os .||| |cso t|o|. c|..go || |o|t urusoJ
• ´|ock b.tto.y st.tus .ogu|..|y us|rg t|o Battery info cpt|cr |r t|o sotup noru ( 10)
¯|o b.tto.y |ovo| J|sp|.yoJ by t|o c.no.. n.y v..y .|t| c|.rgos |r tonpo..tu.o
• |s|rg t|o ncr|tc.
• |oop|rg t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr p.ossoJ
|.||..y
• |opo.toJ .utc|ccus cpo..t|crs
• ¯.k|rg |A\ (|||) p|ctcg..p|s
• S|c. s|utto. spooJs
147 Technical Notes / Index
Index
Symbols
3| cc|c. n.t.|x noto.|rg ||
See Voto.|rg
420sognort |´b sorsc. See
Voto.|rg, \||to b.|.rco
(.utc ncJo), 19–23
(c|csoup ncJo), 24–25
(ccrt|rucus s|cct|rg
|rJ|c.tc.), 36
(oxpcsu.o ccnpors.
t|cr), 54
(fl.s| ccnpors.t|cr), 55
(fl.s|.o.Jy |rJ|c.tc.), 23
(|\ |cck), 92–93
(|.rJsc.po ncJo), 24–25
(r|g|t |.rJsc.po ncJo),
24–25
(r|g|t pc.t..|t ncJo),
24–25
(pc.t..|t ncJo), 24–25
(.oncto ccrt.c| |rJ|c.tc.),
38–39
(so|| t|no. |rJ|c.tc.), 3
(spc.ts ncJo), 24–25
A
A See Apo.tu.op.|c.|ty .utc
Accossc.|os See also b.tto.y,
|ors, ||.s|, cpt|cr.|
cpt|cr.|, 116–123
supp||oJ,
AJcbo |´b See ´c|c. ncJo
AJv.rcoJ \|.o|oss ||g|t
|rg, 120
AE-L/AF-L (´ustcn Sott|rgs
noru), 94
AE lock (´ustcn Sott|rgs
noru), 94
A|A See |ccus, .utc|ccus,
ncJo
AF area illumination (´us
tcn Sott|rgs noru), 95
AF-area mode (´ustcn Sot
t|rgs noru), 8
A|.ss|st |||un|r.tc., 28, 8
A|´ See |ccus, .utc|ccus,
ncJo
A|S See |ccus, .utc|ccus,
ncJo
Apo.tu.o, 49–50, 141
n.x|nun, 49, 50, 116, 121
n|r|nun, 45, 49, 50, 132
Apo.tu.op.|c.|ty .utc, 49
AuJ|c/v|Joc (A\) c.b|o, 66
Autc..o. A| See AF-area
mode
Auto BKT order (´ustcn
Sott|rgs noru), 91
Auto BKT set (´ustcn Sot
t|rgs noru), 90
Autcoxpcsu.o |cck, 53 See
also AE lock
Autc|ccus See |ccus
Autc (||.s| ncJo), 41
Auto FP (´ustcn Sott|rgs
noru), 98
Auto image rotation (sotup
noru), 108
Autc noto. cff, 18, 99
Auto meter off (´ustcn
Sott|rgs noru), 99
Autc ncJo, 19–23
B
b.ck||g|t, ccrt.c| p.ro|, 3, 93
bAS|´ See |n.go ou.||ty
b.tto.y, , 12–13, 19, 123, 12
See also Battery info, ´|cck,
b.tto.y, Vb|80
||||3o, , 12–13, 123
|rso.t|rg, 12–13
|||o, 146
stc..go, ||, 12
Battery info (sotup noru),
10
Beep (´ustcn Sott|rgs
noru), 86
(b..ckot|rg |rJ|c.tc.),
56–5
b|.ck .rJ .||to, 81
b|u., .oJuc|rg, 36, 51 See also
Exposure delay mode,
So|| t|no., S|cct|rg ncJo,
Jo|.yoJ .oncto, S|cct
|rg ncJo, ou|ck.ospcrso
.oncto
b..ckot|rg, 56–5, 140 See
also |xpcsu.o, b..ckot|rg,
||.s|, b..ckot|rg, \||to b.|
.rco, b..ckot|rg
b.|g|tross See |xpcsu.o,
||.s|, |ovo|, LCD brightness,
Vcr|tc., b.|g|tross c|
buffo. s|.o, 36
Built-in AF-assist illumi-
nator (´ustcn Sott|rgs
noru), 8
Built-in flash (´ustcn Sot
t|rgs noru), 40, 95
bu|b See |crg t|nooxpc
su.os
bu.st See S|cct|rg ncJo,
ccrt|rucus
b/\ See b|.ck .rJ .||to
C
´.no.. ´crt.c| |.c, 68, 123
´.ptu.o |`, 106, 123
Center AF area (´ustcn
Sott|rgs noru), 8
´orto..o|g|toJ See Cen-
ter-weighted, Voto.|rg
Center-weighted (´ustcn
Sott|rgs noru), 90
´|cck, 103, 132
b.tto.y, 103
(“c|cck rct sot” |rJ|c.
tc.), 103, 132
´|cso up, 24–25
´|S See ´.o.t|vo ||g|t|rg
Syston
´c|c. See ´c|c. ncJo, Filter
effects, |uo, S.tu..t|cr,
\||to b.|.rco
´c|c. ncJo, 80
´c|c. p.cfi|o See ´c|c. ncJo
´c|c. sp.co See ´c|c. ncJo
´c|c. tonpo..tu.o, 58, 59,
140 See also \||to b.|.rco
Command dials (´ustcn
Sott|rgs noru), 91
´cnputo., 6–68, 69
´crt|rucus, 36
´crt|rucusso.vc A| See
|ccus, .utc|ccus, ncJo
´crt..st, 9–80 See also
Optimize image, ¯cro
ccnpors.t|cr
´cp|os See Small picture
´|| |ors See |ors, ´||
´.o.t|vo ||g|t|rg Syston
(´|S), 119, 121
´.cp, 1, 111 See also |.|rt
|rg, Trim
CSM/Setup menu (sotup
noru), 101–102
´ustcn Sott|rgs, 86–100
D
|.to, 14, 103 See also ´|cck,
World time
|.y||g|t s.v|rg t|no, 103 See
also World time
|´| See |os|gr |u|o |c.
´.no.. |||o Syston
|´||, 9
|o|.u|t sott|rgs, 134–13 See
also Reset, ¯.cbuttcr .osot
|o|oto, 26, 65, 4 See also
Vonc.y c..J, |c.n.tt|rg,
|.ctoct|rg p|ctcg..p|s
.|| |n.gos, 4
so|octoJ |n.gos, 4
s|rg|o|..no p|.yb.ck,
26, 65
|o|.yoJ .oncto, 36, 38
Delete (p|.yb.ck noru), 4
|opt| c| fio|J, 49
p.ov|o., 49 See also Mod-
eling flash
|os|gr |u|o |c. ´.no.. |||o
Syston, 134
||g|t.| |.|rt O.Jo. |c.n.t, 69,
3, 134
||g|t.| \..||.cg..n, 24–25
||cpto., 1, 122 See also
\|o.firJo.
|||g|t|rg, 110
D-lighting (.otcuc| noru),
110
||O| See ||g|t.| |.|rt O.Jo.
|c.n.t
Dust off ref photo (sotup
noru), 106–10
|yr.n|c ..o. A| See AF-
area mode
E
||oct.cr|c ..rgo firJo. See
|ccus, n.ru.|
EV step (´ustcn Sott|rgs
noru), 89
|x|| vo.s|cr 221, 134
|xpcsu.o, 52–5, 89 See also
Apo.tu.o, Apo.tu.op.|c.|ty
.utc, Autcoxpcsu.o |cck,
|.cg..nnoJ .utc, S|utto.
p.|c.|ty .utc, S|utto. spooJ,
V.ru.| ncJo
b..ckot|rg, 56–5, 140
ccnpors.t|cr, 54, 55, 89
o|oct.cr|c .r.|cg oxpcsu.o
J|sp|.y, 50
noto.s, 3, 18, 99
p.cg..n, 139
Exposure comp. (´ustcn
Sott|rgs noru), 89
Exposure delay mode (´us
tcn Sott|rgs noru), 99
|yop|oco c.p, 3, 8, 3
F
|||o, 33, 35, , 106, 138
|c.n.t, 35, , 134
File no. sequence (sotup
noru), 106
|||to. See also Accossc.|os,
cpt|cr.|, Filter effects,
|out..| |ors|ty (||)
Filter effects (.otcuc|
noru), 112
||.n...o See Firmware
version
148 Technical Notes / Index
Firmware version (sotup
noru), 108
|||| See |n.go ou.||ty
||.s|
b..ckot|rg, 56–5
bu||t |r, 23, 40–42, 95
ccnpors.t|cr, 55
|ovo|, 42, 90, 92
ncr|tc. p.ofl.s|, 93, 95–9
cpt|cr.|, 119–121
..rgo, 23, 119, 141
.o.Jy |rJ|c.tc., 23, 93, 121
.oncto, 119
syrc spooJ, 42
||.s| ncJo, 40–42
Flash shutter speed (´us
tcn Sott|rgs noru), 98
Flash warning (´ustcn Sot
t|rgs noru), 98
||ox|b|o p.cg..n See |.c
g..nnoJ .utc
|ccus, 28–32 See also AF-
area mode
..o., 30, 32, 8
corto., 30, 8
.utc|ccus, 28–31
|cck, 31
ncJo, 29–30
n.ru.|, 32
t..ck|rg, 24
Focus area (´ustcn Sott|rgs
noru), 94
|c|Jo., 5, 102
p|.yb.ck, 5
.occ.J|rg, 105
Folders (sotup noru), 105
Format (sotup noru), 102
|..n|rg g.|J, 6 See also Grid
display
|.crtcu.t.|r syrc, 42
FUNC button (´ustcn Sot
t|rgs noru), 92–93
|\ |cck, 92–93
G
Grid display (´ustcn Sot
t|rgs noru), 89
H
Hide image (p|.yb.ck
noru), 8
||J|rg |n.gos See Hide
image
High ISO NR (s|cct|rg
noru), 83
||g|||g|ts, 63
||stcg..n, 63
|uo, 80
I
Illumination (´ustcn Sot
t|rgs noru), 93
|||un|r.tc. See b.ck||g|t,
ccrt.c| p.ro|, A|.ss|st
|||un|r.tc.
Image comment (sotup
noru), 104
Image overlay (.otcuc|
noru), 114–115
|n.go ou.||ty, 34
||| (|A\), 34, 35, 69,
114–115
Image quality (s|cct|rg
noru), 81
Image review (´ustcn Sot
t|rgs noru), 88
|n.go sorsc., 34, 46, 106, 125
J|nors|crs c|, 142
|n.go s|.o, 35
Image size (s|cct|rg noru),
81
ISO auto (´ustcn Sott|rgs
noru), 88
|SO sors|t|v|ty, 43
.utc, 43, 88
ISO sensitivity (s|cct|rg
noru), 83
|¯¯| fl.s| ccrt.c|, 96,
119–121, 141
J
'||´, 33, 35, 69, 138
K
| See ´c|c. tonpo..tu.o,
|unbo. c| oxpcsu.os
.on.|r|rg
L
| See |n.go s|.o
|.rJsc.pos See (|.rJ
sc.po ncJo), (r|g|t
|.rJsc.po ncJo)
|.rgu.go, 14, 103
Language (sotup noru), 103
LCD brightness (sotup
noru), 103
|ors, 11, 21, 116–11
´||, 11
typo |, 11
typo ´, 11
rcr´||, 118
||g|t|rg See ||.s|, \||to
b.|.rco
Long exp. NR (s|cct|rg
noru), 83
|crg t|nooxpcsu.os, 51, 123
|c.p.ss fi|to., 125–126
c|o.r|rg, 125–126
M
V See |n.go s|.o
M See V.ru.| ncJo
V.ru.| ncJo, 45, 50–51
Vb|80, 100, 10, 123
MB-D80 batteries (´ustcn
Sott|rgs noru), 100
V.ss stc..go See |Sb, V.ss
stc..go
V.t.|x See Voto.|rg
Vonc.y buffo., 36, 83, 138
Vonc.y c..J, 15–16, 122, 138
.pp.cvoJ, 122
c.p.c|ty, 138
|c.n.tt|rg, 16, 102
|cck, 15
Vorus, 4–114 See also
CSM/Setup menu
us|rg, 9–10
Voto.|rg, 52
V|..c., 16, 106, 124, 125–126
Mirror lock-up (sotup
noru), 106
VcJo, 45–51 See also
Apo.tu.op.|c.|ty .utc, Autc
ncJo, ||g|t.| \..||.cg..n,
|.cg..nnoJ .utc, V.ru.|
ncJo, S|utto.p.|c.|ty .utc
Modeling flash (´ustcn
Sott|rgs noru), 98
Vcr|tc., 8, 9, 61, 124
.utc cff, 98
b.|g|tross c|, 103
ccvo., 8
Monitor off (´ustcn Sot
t|rgs noru), 98
Vcrcc|.cno, 112 See also
b|.ck .rJ .||to
Monochrome (.otcuc|
noru), 112
Vcv|rg sub¦octs See
(spc.ts ncJo), |ccus, .utc
|ccus, ncJo
Vu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o, 84–85
Multiple exposure (s|cct
|rg noru), 84–85
N
|| See |||to., |out..| |ors|ty
(||)
||| (|A\) See |n.go ou.||ty,
||| (|A\)
|out..| |ors|ty See |||to.,
|out..| |ors|ty (||)
||g|t p|ctcg..p|y See
(r|g|t |.rJsc.po ncJo),
(r|g|t pc.t..|t ncJo)
|c|so, 43, 51, 83, 88 See
also High ISO NR; Long
exp. NR
No memory card? (´ustcn
Sott|rgs noru), 88
|cr´|| |ors See |ors,
rcr´||
|O|VA| See |n.go ou.||ty
|¯S´ See Video mode
|unbo. c| oxpcsu.os .on.|r
|rg, 5, 16, 19, 91
O
Off (||.s| ncJo), 41
Optimize image (s|cct|rg
noru), 9–81
Opt|crs See Accossc.|os,
cpt|cr.|
P
P See |.cg..nnoJ .utc
||ctb.|Jgo, 69, 1–3, 8, 134
||ctnct|cr, 5–
||ctu.o|.c¦oct, 6, 69, 104
||ctu.o ¯..rs|o. |.ctccc| See
|Sb, |¯|
(flox|b|o p.cg..n |rJ|c.
tc.), 4
||.yb.ck, 26, 61–3, 4–8
|u|| |..no, 26, 61
noru, 4–8
t|unbr.||, 63
.ccn, 64
Playback folder (p|.yb.ck
noru), 5
|c.t..|ts See (pc.t..|t
ncJo), (r|g|t pc.t..|t
ncJo), Optimize image
||| See \||to b.|.rco,
p.osot
|.|rt|rg, 69–3 See also
||ctb.|Jgo, Print set
Print set (p|.yb.ck noru), 8
|.cg..nnoJ .utc, 4
|.ctoct|rg p|ctcg..p|s, 65
|¯| See |Sb, |¯|
Q
Çu.||ty See |n.go ou.||ty
Çu|ck.ospcrso .oncto, 36, 38
R
|A\ See |n.go ou.||ty, |||
(|A\)
|o..cu.t.|r syrc, 41
Red eye correction (.otcuc|
noru), 111
|oJoyo .oJuct|cr, 41
|oncto See Accossc.|os,
cpt|cr.|, S|cct|rg ncJo,
Jo|.yoJ .oncto, S|cct
|rg ncJo, ou|ck.ospcrso
.oncto
|oncto cc.J, 123
Remote (´ustcn Sott|rgs
noru), 99
|osot See |o|.u|t sott|rgs,
Reset, ¯.cbuttcr .osot
Reset (´ustcn Sott|rgs
noru), 86
|otcuc| noru, 109–115
Rotate tall (p|.yb.ck noru),
5
149 Technical Notes / Index
|ct.t|rg p|ctcg..p|s, 5, 108
S
S See |n.go s|.o
S See S|utto.p.|c.|ty .utc
(s|rg|o|..no s|cct|rg
|rJ|c.tc.), 36
S.tu..t|cr, 80
S| See Vonc.y c..J
Socu.o ||g|t.| See Vonc.y
c..J
So|| t|no., 36, 99
Self timer (´ustcn Sott|rgs
noru), 99
So||pc.t..|ts See So|| t|no.
Sors|t|v|ty See |SO sors|t|v|ty
Sop|. See Monochrome
Sotup noru, 101–108
S|..por|rg, 80
S|cct|rg noru, 9–85
S|cct|rg ncJo, 36–39
ccrt|rucus, 36
Jo|.yoJ .oncto, 38
ou|ck.ospcrso .oncto, 38
so|| t|no., 3
s|rg|o |..no, 36
S|utto., 22, 48
spooJ, 48, 50–51 See also
|xpcsu.o
S|utto.p.|c.|ty .utc, 48
S|rg|o ..o. A| See AF-area
mode
S|rg|o |..no, 36
S|rg|oso.vc .utc|ccus See
|ccus, .utc|ccus, ncJo
S|.o See |n.go s|.o
S||Jo s|c. See Slide show
Slide show (p|.yb.ck noru),
5–
S|c. syrc, 41
Small picture (.otcuc|
noru), 112–113
SpooJ||g|t See ||.s|
Spct See Voto.|rg
s|´b See ´c|c. ncJo
T
¯o|ov|s|cr, 66
¯|no, 14, 103 See also ´|cck,
World time
¯|no oxpcsu.o See |crg t|no
oxpcsu.os
¯|unbr.|| See ||.yb.ck,
t|unbr.||
¯¯| See Built-in flash
¯cro ccnpors.t|cr, 80
Trim (.otcuc| noru), 111
¯.cbuttcr .osot, 44
U
|Sb, 6–68, 0, 104
c.b|o, 6, 0
V.ss stc..go, 6–68, 0,
104
|¯|, 6–68, 0, 104
USB (sotup noru), 104
V
\|Joc Jov|co, 66
Video mode (sotup noru),
103
\|||O O|¯, 66
\|o.firJo., 6, 8, 1, 22, 89,
122 See also Viewfinder
warning
.ccossc.|os, 122
|ccus, 1
|rJ|c.tc.s, 6
Viewfinder warning (´us
tcn Sott|rgs noru), 89
\|o.|rg p|ctcg..p|s See
||.yb.ck
W
(.||to b.|.rco |rJ|c.tc.),
58–60
\||to b.|.rco, 58–60, 82 See
also ´c|c. tonpo..tu.o
b..ckot|rg, 90
p.osot, 59–60, 82
White balance (s|cct|rg
noru), 82
World time (sotup noru),
103
PrihIed ih 1hailahd
6M8A6711-02
No reproducIioh ih ahy !orm o! Ihis mahual, ih whole or ih parI (excepI !or
brie! quoIaIioh ih criIical arIicles or reviews), may be made wiIhouI wriIIeh
auIhorizaIioh !rom NIKON CORPORA1ION.

Where to Find It
Find what you’re looking for from:

The Table of Contents
Find items by function or menu name.

See pages v–vi

The Q&A Index

See pages vii–ix

Know what you want to do but don’t know the function name? Find it from the “question and answer” index.

The Index
Search by key word.

See pages 147–149

Error Messages

See pages 132–133

If a warning is displayed in the control panel, viewfinder, or monitor, find the solution here.

Troubleshooting

See pages 129–131

Camera behaving unexpectedly? Find the solution here.

Digitutor “Digitutor,” a series of “watch and learn” manuals in movie form, is available at the following website: http://www.nikondigitutor.com/index_eng.html Help Use the camera‘s on-board help feature for help on menu items and other topics. See page 9 for details.

Introduction Tutorial
Photography and Playback More on Photography (All Modes) P, S, A, and M Modes

Reference
More on Playback Connecting to a Television, Computer, or Printer Playback Options: The Playback Menu Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu

Menu Guide

Custom Settings Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu

Technical Notes

i

take the power cable to a Nikon-authorized service representative for inspection. • Do not short or disassemble the battery. • Batteries are prone to leakage when fully discharged. remove the battery and/or AC adapter and then take the product to a Nikon-authorized service center for inspection. Using the viewfinder diopter control When operating the viewfinder diopter control with your eye to the viewfinder. Do not place it under heavy objects or expose it to heat or flame. To avoid damage to the product. Keep out of reach of children Failure to observe this precaution could result in injury. • Do not attempt to insert the battery upside down or backwards. Continued use could result in fire. be sure it is unplugged. Observe proper precautions when handling the quick charger • Keep dry. read the following safety precautions in their entirety before using this equipment. the product should be repaired only by a qualified technician. To prevent possible injury. Failure to observe this precaution could result in electric shock. • Replace the terminal cover when transporting the battery. • Do not expose the battery to flame or to excessive heat. Keep these safety instructions where all those who use the product will read them. Failure to observe this precaution could result in fire or electric shock. attach the terminal cover and store in a cool. take the equipment to a Nikon-authorized service center for inspection. care should be taken not to put your finger in your eye accidentally. Do not place the strap around the neck of an infant or child Placing the camera strap around the neck of an infant or child could result in strangulation. unplug the AC adapter and remove the battery immediately. or forcibly tug or bend the power cable. ii For Your Safety . Continued operation could result in injury. • Do not handle the power cable or go near the charger during thunderstorms. • Do not damage. Do not disassemble Touching the product’s internal parts could result in injury. modify. After removing the battery. such as discoloration or deformation. • Do not handle the plug or charger with wet hands. Before removing the battery turn the camera off and allow the battery to cool.For Your Safety To prevent damage to your Nikon product or injury to yourself or to others. Turn off immediately in the event of malfunction Should you notice smoke or an unusual smell coming from the equipment or AC adapter (available separately). Should the insulation be damaged and the wires become exposed. Do not use in the presence of flammable gas Do not use electronic equipment in the presence of flammable gas. In the event of malfunction. read all warnings before using this Nikon product. be sure to remove the battery when no charge remains. The consequences that could result from failure to observe the precautions listed in this section are indicated by the following symbol: This icon marks warnings. Observe proper precautions when handling batteries Batteries may leak or explode if improperly handled. • Dust on or near the metal parts of the plug should be removed with a dry cloth. dry place. as this could result in explosion or fire. • Be sure the product is off before replacing the battery. WARNINGS Do not look at the sun through the viewfinder Viewing the sun or other strong light source through the viewfinder could cause permanent visual impairment. • The battery may be hot immediately after use or when the product has been used on battery power for an extended period. Should the product break open as the result of a fall or other accident. Observe the following precautions when handling batteries for use in this product: • Use only batteries approved for use in this equipment. • When the battery is not in use. Failure to observe this precaution could result in fire or electric shock. • Do not immerse in or expose to water. Do not transport or store the battery with metal objects such as necklaces or hairpins. If you are using an AC adapter. taking care to avoid burns. • Discontinue use immediately should you notice any changes in the battery. Failure to observe this precaution could result in electric shock.

• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. transcribed.S. there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation.: 631-547-4200 Nikon Inc. Interface Cables Use the interface cables sold or provided by Nikon for your equipment. Playing CDthe subject. or translated into any language in any form. • While every effort has been made to ensure that the information in these manuals is accurate and complete. Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Radio Frequency Interference Statement This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device. the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: • Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Wash hands after handling. Tel. Notices iii . Melville..A. which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on. • Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/television technician for help. ATTENTION Cet appareil numérique de la classe B respecte toutes les exigences du Règlement sur le matériel brouilleur du Canada. Using other interface cables may exceed the limits of Class B Part 15 of the FCC rules. and can radiate radio frequency energy and. pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC rules. New York 11747-3064. • Nikon will not be held liable for any damages resulting from the use of this product. This equipment generates. by any means. U. care should be taken to avoid injury due to broken glass and to prevent the liquid crystal from the monitor touching the skin or entering the eyes or mouth. However. Failure to observe this for the purpose to maintain compliance with product precaution could result in burns or fire. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. when the CD-ROMs containing software or manuals should not flash should be no less than one meter (39 in. 1300 Walt Whitman Road.A.Use appropriate cables Observe caution when using the flash When connecting cables to the input and output Do not operate the flash with the flash window jacks. • Nikon reserves the right to change the specifications of the hardware and software described in these manuals at any time and without prior notice. without Nikon’s prior written permission. Using the flash close to the subject’s eyes could cause temporary visual impairment. Particular care should CD-ROMs be observed when photographing infants. • Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. may cause harmful interference to radio communications.S. Notices for Customers in Canada CAUTION This class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations.) from be played back on audio CD equipment. D80 CAUTIONS Modifications The FCC requires the user be notified that any changes or modifications made to this device that are not expressly approved by Nikon Corporation may void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. Notice for Customers in the State of California WARNING: Handling the cord on this product may expose you to lead. use only the cables provided or sold by Nikon touching a person or object. a chemical known to the State of California to cause birth defects or other reproductive harm. if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions. we would appreciate it were you to bring any errors or omissions to the attention of the Nikon representative in your area (address provided separately). regulations. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception. stored in a retrieval system. Avoid contact with liquid crystal Should the monitor break. Notices for Customers in the U. Notices • No part of the manuals included with this product may be reproduced. transmitted. ROMs on an audio CD player could cause hearing loss or damage the equipment. uses.

erase all data using commercial deletion software. music. The copying or reproduction of stamps issued by the government and of certified documents stipulated by law is prohibited. • Cautions on certain copies and reproductions The government has issued cautions on copies or reproductions of securities issued by private companies (shares.Symbol for Separate Collection in European Countries This symbol indicates that this product is to be collected separately. Care should be taken to avoid injury when physically destroying data storage devices. Notice Concerning Prohibition of Copying or Reproduction Note that simply being in possession of material that has been digitally copied or reproduced by means of a scanner. iv Notices . coins. • Items prohibited by law from being copied or reproduced Do not copy or reproduce paper money. woodcuts. Inc. • Comply with copyright notices The copying or reproduction of copyrighted creative works such as books. securities. digital camera. maps. the copying or reproduction or unused postage stamps or post cards issued by the government is prohibited. commuter passes.). and tickets. All other trade names mentioned in this manual or the other documentation provided with your Nikon product are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders. Mac OS. pictures of empty sky). Adobe. gift certificates. prints. even if such copies or reproductions are stamped “Sample. Ensuring the privacy of such data is the user’s responsibility. licenses issued by public agencies and private groups. Unless the prior permission of the government has been obtained. except when a minimum of necessary copies are to be provided for business use by a company. do not copy or reproduce passports issued by the government. or coupon tickets. Disposing of Data Storage Devices Please note that deleting images or formatting memory cards or other data storage devices does not completely erase the original image data. contact the retailer or the local authorities in charge of waste management. checks. Trademark Information Macintosh. or local government bonds. PictBridge is a trademark. and Adobe Reader are registered trademarks of Adobe Systems Inc. Do not use this product for the purpose of making illegal copies or to infringe copyright laws. Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft corporation. Be sure to also replace any pictures selected for preset white balance. or securities which are circulated in a foreign country is prohibited. bills. Acrobat. or format the device and then completely refill it with images containing no private information (for example. and photographs is governed by national and international copyright laws. movies. government bonds. Before discarding a data storage device or transferring ownership to another person. Also.” The copying or reproduction of paper money. The SDHC logo is a trademark. The following apply only to users in European countries: • This product is designated for separate collection at an appropriate collection point. The SD logo is a trademark of the SD Card Association. potentially resulting in the malicious use of personal image data. ID cards. drawings. • For more information. coins. Deleted files can sometimes be recovered from discarded storage devices using commercially available software. etc. such as passes and meal coupons. Do not dispose of as household waste. and QuickTime are registered trademarks of Apple Computer. paintings. or other device may be punishable by law.

........................... 28 Focus ....................... S.............................. 67 Printing Photographs .. 88 8: Grid Display (All Modes) .................... 83 Multiple Exposure (P............. 79 Optimize Image (P......................................... 95 Using the Built-in Flash ................................................................................................... 43 Two-Button Reset ................. 45 .74 Playback Options: The Playback Menu .................................... 84 Image Quality and Size ................................... and M Modes Only)............................61 Viewing Photographs on the Camera ........ 54 Flash Exposure Compensation ................................................. 89 11: Exposure Comp........................................................................................... S............................. 53 Exposure Compensation ................................................... 1 .................................................................. S................................................................... 56 White Balance ..................................................................................................................... S................................................................... 66 ................................................. 48 Mode A (Aperture-Priority Auto) .... 81 White Balance (P. 75 Slide Show ........................................ 65 Connecting to a TV.................................. 59 Preset White Balance ........................................................... and ) ............................ or Printer ...................................... 47 Mode S (Shutter-Priority Auto) ............................. 64 Protecting Photographs from Deletion ....................... 26 Menu Guide ............................................................................ 15 Adjusting Viewfinder Focus ....................................................................................... 89 10: EV Step (All Modes) ........... and M Modes) ............................. 81 Image Size (All Modes) ....................... 61 ...... S...................... 69 Tutorial ....................... and M Modes)...................... 61 Table of Contents v ................ S.................................................. 87 4: AF-Assist (All Modes Except ........................... 91 15: Command Dials (P.....18 “Point-and-Shoot” Photography ( Mode) ... 32 Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu .................... 36 Self-Timer Mode .............................. 66 Connecting to a Computer ................. (P.................................................................................. 89 12: Center-Weighted (P..................1 Getting to Know the Camera.................... and M Modes ......................................................................................................................... 75 Hide Image ......................................... and M Modes Only) ...................................................................... 69 Printing Via Direct USB Connection ...................................................................................... and M Modes) ..... 14 Inserting Memory Cards ....................... 59 More on Playback .................. 83 High ISO NR (All Modes) .................................................................... 19 Creative Photography (Digital Vari-Programs) ...... 74 Delete ................. 88 6: Image Review (All Modes) ................. 86 R: Reset ........ A....................... 74 Playback Folder ........................... A..................................... 67 Before Connecting the Camera....................................................................... 37 Using a Remote Control .......................... 34 Image Size ..........................................................9 First Steps ............................. 90 14: Auto BKT Order (P....... 94 21: AF Area Illumination (All Modes) ....................... 88 7: ISO Auto (P........... 90 13: Auto BKT Set (P.................................................................. 40 ISO Sensitivity .....74 ............................................................ 65 Deleting Individual Photographs .......... 52 Metering .......................................................................................... 24 Basic Playback .............................................vii Introduction ................. 50 Exposure ..................................................... 89 9: Viewfinder Warning (All Modes)..... and M Modes Only) .............................................28 .............................. 86 2: AF-Area Mode (All Modes) ......... 94 19: AE Lock (All Modes) ........................................Table of Contents For Your Safety ............................................. 78 Reference ................................................................. 78 Print Set .............................. 62 Viewing Multiple Images: Thumbnail Playback ............................................................................. 92 17: Illumination (All Modes) .... 79 Image Quality (All Modes) ... 11 Charging and Inserting the Battery .......................... 63 Taking a Closer Look: Playback Zoom......................................... 91 16: FUNC Button (All Modes) .. 49 Mode M (Manual) ........ A.............................................................. NR (All Modes) ........................ and M Modes Only)............... iii Q & A Index ............................................................................. 86 1: Beep (All Modes) ..................................................................... 28 Focus Area Selection ............................................. 35 Choosing a Shooting Mode ................................................................................................................................................................ A......................................... A.............45 Mode P (Programmed Auto).......... 87 3: Center AF Area (All Modes) .................... 93 18: AE-L/AF-L (All Modes) ..................... A.......27 More on Photography (All Modes) .... 31 Manual Focus ............... and M Modes Only) ......... S. ii Notices .............................................................................................................. A............................................................................................................. 83 Long Exp............ 55 Bracketing ......................................................... 11 Attaching a Lens ... 87 5: No Memory Card? (All Modes) .............................................................................. 75 Rotate Tall .............. S........................................................ Computer................................................................. and M Modes Only)...................................... S........................ 33 Image Quality ....................... 12 Basic Setup ......27 ................... 44 P............................................................................... 38 Custom Settings ......................................................... 82 ISO Sensitivity (All Modes) ...... 2 Using Camera Menus .............................. A............................... 28 Autofocus ............. 17 Photo Information .. S....................................................................................... ............................................................. 58 Fine-Tuning White Balance...........................66 Viewing Photographs on TV .. 52 Autoexposure Lock ...................................................................... 94 20: Focus Area (All Modes). 67 Connecting the USB Cable ........................... A............................. 30 Focus Lock ..................................... 58 Choosing a Color Temperature....... A...............................................................................................................................................18 .......

................................................... 106 Dust Off Ref Photo ................ 98 24: Flash Shutter Speed (P..... 112 Image Overlay ..........................................................101 CSM / Setup Menu ............................................................. S................ 99 29: Self-Timer (All Modes) .................................................. 106 Mirror Lock-Up ...............................124 Caring for the Camera and Battery: Cautions . and M Modes Only) ................................. 114 Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu ...................142 Index...134 Specifications .......... A.................... 127 Troubleshooting.................109 D-Lighting .................................................................................... and M Modes Only) .............................................. 108 Auto Image Rotation ............ Sequence ....................... 106 Battery Info ...................................................................... 122 Caring for the Camera ................................116 Lenses ......... A...... 108 Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu .......................................................... 99 30: Remote On Duration (All Modes) ............................... S........................129 Camera Error Messages and Displays ................................................................................................. 111 Monochrome .. 98 26: Modeling Flash (P............................. 99 31: Exp.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 95 23: Flash Warning (P.................................................................................................... 110 Red-Eye Correction .... S........................................................................................... and M Modes Only) ................................................................................................................................................................. 98 25: Auto FP (P.............................................. 103 USB ................................................ 119 Other Accessories ............................................................ 102 World Time .............. 112 Small Picture ......................................................................... A................................................................. 116 Optional Accessories ..... S.................................. 104 Image Comment .......... A............................................. 117 Optional Flash Units (Speedlights) .... 111 Trim ....................................................................... Delay Mode (All Modes) .... 132 Appendix ................. 98 27: Monitor-Off (All Modes) ........................... 98 28: Auto Meter-Off (All Modes) ........................... 99 32: MB-D80 Batteries (All Modes) .... 112 Filter Effects ............................................................................................. 103 Video Mode...... and M Modes Only) ......................... 103 LCD Brightness .. 104 Folders ...... 101 Format Memory Card .......... A........................................................................................................................... S......... 105 File No.................... and M Modes Only) ...................................... 107 Technical Notes ......................................................................147 vi Table of Contents .......................................... 103 Language ...................................................................... 100 Firmware Version ...........................22: Built-in Flash (P..................................................................................................................................................

General Questions Question How do I use the menus? How do I get more information on a menu? What do these indicators mean? What does this warning mean? How many more shots can I take with this card? How much charge does the battery have left? What does “exposure” mean and how does it work? What do I do with the viewfinder eyepiece cap? What optional flash units (Speedlights) can I use? What lenses can I use? What accessories are available for my camera? What memory cards can I use? What software is available for my camera? Who can I ask to repair or inspect my camera? How do I clean the camera or lens? Key phrase Using the menus Help Control panel.Q & A Index Find what you’re looking for using this “question and answer” index. 38 119–121 117–118 123 122 123 x. 6 132–133 19 19 46 37. remote control Optional flash units Lenses Accessories for the D80 Approved memory cards Accessories for the D80 Servicing the camera Cleaning the camera Page # 9–10 3. 126 124 Camera Setup Question How do I focus the viewfinder? How do I keep the monitor from turning off? How do I set the clock? How do I set the clock for daylight savings time? How do I change time zones when I travel? How do I adjust monitor brightness? How do I restore default settings? How do I turn off the light on the front of the camera? Can I display a framing grid in the viewfinder? How do I view the control panel in the dark? How do I keep the shutter speed and aperture displays from turning off? How do I change the self timer delay? How do I change the remote delay? How do I keep the camera from beeping? How do I view all the items in the menus? Can I display the menus in a different language? How do I keep the file number from being reset when I insert a new memory card? How do I reset file numbering to 1? Key phrase Viewfinder focus Monitor off World time LCD brightness Two-button reset AF-assist illuminator Grid display LCD illuminator Auto meter off Self timer Remote control Beep CSM / setup menu Language File number sequence Page # 17 98 103 103 44 87 89 3. 93 99 99 99 86 101 103 106 Q & A Index vii . viewfinder Camera Error messages and displays Number of exposures remaining Battery level Exposure Self timer. 9 5.

25 36 37 38–39 45–51 48 49 54 51 40–42 41 43 28–29 29 30 31 33–35 viii Q & A Index .Taking Photographs Question Is there an easy way to take snapshots? Is there an easy way to take more creative shots? How do I bring out a portrait subject? How can I get good landscape shots? How do I take close ups of small objects? How do I “freeze” a moving subject? How do I shoot scenery at night? Can I include night backgrounds in my portraits? How do I take a lot of photographs quickly? Can I shoot a self-portrait? Is there a remote control for this camera? How do I adjust exposure? How do I freeze or blur moving objects? How do I blur background details? Can I make photos brighter or darker? How do I make a time exposure? How do I use the flash? Can the flash fire automatically when needed? How do I keep the flash from firing? How do I prevent red eye? Can I take pictures under low light without the flash? Can I control how the camera focuses? How do I focus on a moving subject? How do I choose where the camera focuses? Can I change the composition after focusing? How do I improve image quality? How do I take bigger photographs? How can I get more photos on the memory card? Can I take photos at a reduced size for e-mail? Key phrase Auto mode Digital Vari-Program modes Portrait mode Landscape mode Close-up mode Sports mode Night landscape mode Night portrait mode Shooting mode Self timer Remote control Exposure. 25 24. P. S. 25 24. flash mode Red-eye reduction ISO sensitivity Autofocus Autofocus mode Focus area Focus lock Image quality and size Page # 19–23 24–25 24. and M modes Mode S (shutter-priority auto) Mode A (aperture-priority auto) Exposure compensation Long time-exposures Flash photography. A. 25 24. 25 24. 25 24.

and Retouching Photographs Question Can I view my photographs on the camera? Can I view more information about photos? Why parts of my photos blink? How do I get rid of an unwanted photo? Can I delete several photos at once? Can I zoom in on pictures to make sure they’re in focus? Can I protect photos from accidental deletion? Is there an automatic playback (“slide show”) option? Can I view my photos on TV? Can I set a slide show to music? How do I copy photos to my computer? How do I print photographs? Can I print photos without a computer? Can I print the date on my photographs? How do I order professional prints? How do I bring out details in shadows? Can I get rid of red eye? Can I crop photographs on the camera? Can I create a monochrome copy of a photograph? Can I create a copy with different colors? Can I make a small copy of a photograph? Can I overlay two photos to make a single image? Key phrase Camera playback Photo info Photo info. highlights Deleting individual photos Delete Playback zoom Protect Slide show Television playback Pictmotion Connecting to a computer Printing photographs Printing via USB Time stamp. 73 73 110 111 111 112 112 112–113 114–115 Q & A Index ix . DPOF Print set D-lighting Red-eye correction Trim Monochrome Filter effects Small picture Image overlay Page # 61. 63 62–63 62–63 26. Printing.Viewing. 65 74 64 65 75–77 66 75–77 67–68 69–73 69–73 71.

Life-Long Learning As part of Nikon’s “Life-Long Learning” commitment to ongoing product support and education.A. continually-updated information is available on-line at the following sites: • For users in the U.: http://www. Oceania.com/ Visit these sites to keep up-to-date with the latest product information. and the Middle East: http://www. and general advice on digital imaging and photography. Additional information may be available from the Nikon representative in your area.com/ • For users in Europe and Africa: http://www.nikon-asia.nikonusa.com/support • For users in Asia.S.europe-nikon. answers to frequentlyasked questions (FAQs).com/ x Q & A Index . tips. See the following URL for contact information: http://nikonimaging.

32 4. Focal length scale 2. information that should be read before using the camera. Focal length index 8 7 6 7. This icon marks notes. Lens An AF-S DX Zoom-Nikkor IF ED 18–135 mm f/3. This icon marks settings that can be adjusted using camera menus. Read this manual thoroughly before use.Introduction Thank you for your purchase of a Nikon D80 single-lens reflex (SLR) digital camera with interchangeable lenses. This icon indicates that more information is available elsewhere in this manual or in the Quick Start Guide. 1 2 3 4 145) is used in this manual for illustra- 5 9 1. Lens cap: 17. Zoom ring: 21 9. Mounting index: 11 5. This icon marks settings that can be finetuned from the Custom Settings menu. To make it easier to find the information you need. Rear cap: 11 6.5–5. A-M mode switch: 8. Focus ring 3. additional information that may be helpful when using the camera.6G lens ( tive purposes. 19 11. information that should be read before use to prevent damage to the camera. This manual has been written to help you enjoy taking pictures with your Nikon digital camera. and keep it handy when using the product. This icon marks tips. CPU contacts: 117 Introduction 1 . the following symbols and conventions are used: This icon marks cautions.

.... 49........ 52 (format) button .......... 11 15 Lens mount .................... 38 Red-eye reduction lamp .......................... 19 Illuminator switch ......................... 3 25 (exposure compensation) button .............................................................. 11 16 Mirror .. 23 24 Power switch ....................... 125 17 Depth-of-field preview button .......................... 54 ● (reset button) ............... 67.......129 10 DC-IN connector for optional EH-5 AC adapter ................................................ You may find it helpful to bookmark this section and refer to it as you read through the rest of the manual.......................................... 28.......... 29 ● (reset button) ..................................................... 5 29 Accessory shoe cover ...............123 13 Focus-mode selector ................................................................ 36 Self-timer mode .................................... 37.......................... 38 27 (AF mode) button.............Getting to Know the Camera Take a few moments to familiarize yourself with camera controls and displays....................................................................................................................... 44 26 (shooting mode) button ..................................... 92 21 Eyelet for camera strap ...........................................................................................66.......... 37 Remote control mode....................................... 8 22 AF-assist illuminator ................................... button............... 70 8 USB connector .....................................................................................119 30 Accessory shoe (for optional flash unit) ................... 66 12 Remote cord connector. 50 33 (metering mode) button ........................................................ 36 Single/continuous mode ..............................................................106........................... 22............................................................ 48............................ 16 2 Introduction: Getting to Know the Camera ................................................................................. 32 14 Lens release button ............................ 44 28 Control panel .......... 11 6 Eyelet for camera strap ............................................................................. 28... 67 9 Reset switch............ Camera Body 22 20 19 1 33 2 3 4 5 6 31 7 8 9 10 11 15 14 13 12 32 23 24 25 26 21 27 28 30 29 18 17 16 1 Built-in flash ............................................................................. 8 7 Connector cover .......................................... 11...... 23.. 49 18 Grip....................123 11 Video connector ....47........ 39 23 Shutter-release button.............. 10.....................56–57 4 Infrared receiver ..................................................................................................... 55 3 (bracketing) button .. 40 2 (flash mode) button .............................................................................................................................................. 32 32 Mode dial .............. 91 20 FUNC............................................................... 21 19 Sub-command dial ....... 40 (flash compensation) ...................................................................................119 31 (focal plane mark).............. 87 Self-timer lamp .............................. 38 5 Lens mounting index ...............

............ 8 Main command dial ..................... press the button at the button is bottom left corner of the monitor............ View more photo info Move cursor up View previous photo Return to previous menu Cancel View more photo info Move cursor down Help For help on the current mode or menu item........................... 15 Focus selector lock .....................19 18 17 16 20 21 1 3 4 2 6 7 8 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 15 14 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 13 9 12 10 11 Viewfinder eyepiece .... 61 Monitor ... 34.................. 13 Battery-chamber cover........... Help is available in (auto) and Digital Vari-Program modes or when a icon is displayed in the bottom left corner of the monitor........ 43 (help/protect) button ............................ After the power switch is released. 10... 23 button ................................................. 65 WB (white balance) button .................. 63 ISO (ISO sensitivity) button .......................... press the multi selector up or down............................ 26 (delete) button .. 13 Multi selector * Tripod socket (playback zoom) button......................... 26............................................ 9....................... 9 Battery-chamber cover latch ................... 9 (playback) button .................. 9................................................. 65 (format) button ... 58 (menu) button............. 17........................................................................ 94 DK-5 viewfinder eyepiece cap ................. 21 Diopter adjustment control.... Playback ( 61) Menu navigation ( 9) View next photo Display sub-menu Make selection The LCD Illuminator Holding the power switch in the position activates the exposure meters and the control panel backlight (LCD illuminator)...... 17 (AE-L/AF-L) button .. 16 * Multi selector The multi selector is used for menu navigation and to control the display of photo information during playback... allowing the display to be read in the dark....... Introduction: Getting to Know the Camera 3 .............................. 15........................................... Help is displayed while the pressed............. 64 QUAL (image quality/size) button.............. 6.......................... 31........ 8 Viewfinder eyepiece cup ........ 35 (thumbnail) button . 91 Memory card slot cover ........ the illuminator will remain active while the exposure meters are active or until the shutter is released.................................................. 30 Memory card access lamp......................................... to scroll the display....................................................... 26....................................................................

— Auto ( 19): Camera adjusts settings automatically to produce optimal results with “point-and-shoot” simplicity. Recommended for first-time users of digital cameras. S — Shutter-priority auto ( 48): Choose fast shutter speeds to freeze action. 25): Freeze motion for dynamic sports shots.The Mode Dial The D80 offers a choice of the following eleven shooting modes: Advanced Modes (Exposure Modes) Select these modes for full control over camera settings. — Night portrait ( 24. — Sports ( 24. Point-and-Shoot Modes (Digital Vari-Programs) Selecting a Digital Vari-Program automatically optimizes settings to suit the selected scene. 25): Shoot portraits with background in soft focus. 25): Preserve details in landscape shots. and other small objects. — Close up ( 24. — Portrait ( 24. — Landscape ( 24. 25): Shoot portraits against a dimly-lit backdrop. A — Aperture-priority auto ( 49): Adjust aperture to soften background details or increase depth-of-field to bring both main subject and background into focus. user controls other settings. 25): Take vivid close-ups of flowers. 25): Take landscape shots at night. M — Manual ( 50): Match shutter speed and aperture to your creative intent. 4 Introduction: Getting to Know the Camera . insects. slow shutter speeds to suggest motion by blurring moving objects. making creative photography as simple as rotating the mode dial. P — Programmed auto ( 47): Camera chooses shutter speed and aperture. — Night landscape ( 24.

................. 37................. 35 7 White balance mode ............. 68 Preset white balance recording indicator ........................................ 48..................... 87 AF-area mode ...... 81 21 “Beep” indicator .................................................................... Introduction: Getting to Know the Camera 5 ..................... 140 2 ISO sensitivity indicator .......... 36 PC mode indicator...................................................................... 43 ISO AUTO indicator ............................................. 56 PC connection indicator ..................................................... 47 15 Focus area .................. 55 14 Flexible program indicator .............................................................. 56 18 Metering mode ................................ 60 9 “K” (appears when memory remains for over 1000 exposures) 10 Shooting mode ...... 58...... 50 Bracketing increment .. 59 Number of shots in bracketing sequence .............................. 86 22 “Clock not set” indicator ......................... 87 16 AF mode .. 54 13 Flash compensation indicator.............. 132 23 Bracketing indicator ................. the exposure count display will show 1.....56............................................................................................................................. 50 Exposure compensation value ............... 29 17 Bracketing progress indicator........... 34 6 Image size ............. 41 5 Image quality ...................................................................................... rounded down to the nearest hundred (e. 19 Number of shots remaining before memory buffer fills ....................................................... 38 11 Aperture (f/-number) .................................103. the number of exposures remaining will be shown in thousands.............................................. 55 ISO sensitivity .............................................................................. 54 Flash compensation value.............................................2 K)................................................................. 56 Large-Capacity Memory Cards When enough memory remains on the memory card to record a thousand or more pictures at current settings.............................. 43 White balance fine-tuning........................ 30.............. 43 3 Battery indicator ........................... 30............................................................................... 84 20 Black-and-white indicator . or color temperature............... 58 8 Number of exposures remaining ................ if there is room for approximately 1........................................... 49......................... 52 19 Multiple exposure indicator ................... 19 4 Flash sync mode .................... 68 12 Exposure compensation indicator .......Control Panel 1 2 3 4 11 10 14 9 8 5 6 7 16 17 19 18 15 21 20 12 13 23 22 1 Shutter speed ................ 36 Self-timer/remote control mode ............g...........260 exposures................................................... 40......................

........................ 60 Exposure compensation value ..... 50 13 Aperture (f/-number) . 23 19 Auto ISO sensitivity indicator ............................................................................ 36 Preset white balance recording indicator ............ 5 The Control Panel and Viewfinder The response times and brightness of the control panel and viewfinder may vary with temperature........... 55 PC connection indicator ........... 87 8 Wide-frame focus brackets (focus area) .............. 87 9 Focus indicator ...... 19 21 Bracketing indicator ....... Owing to the characteristics of this type of display................. The viewfinder display will return to normal when a fully-charged battery is inserted............................................ 56 22 “K” (appears when memory remains for over 1000 exposures).. 30 7 Normal-frame focus brackets (focus area) ............................. 54 15 Flash compensation indicator........................The Viewfinder Display 1 6 2 7 8 3 4 5 If the battery is totally exhausted or not inserted..................................................................................... 50 Exposure compensation ............. 54 17 Number of exposures remaining .......... 21....... 43 20 Battery indicator ........... 94 11 Autoexposure (AE) lock ...........19............... 48.. 19 5 Black-and-white indicator 1........................ 133 4 Battery indicator 1 .. 90 3 “No memory card” warning 1 ........................... 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 1 Framing grid (displayed when On is selected for Custom Setting 8 (Grid display)) ......................... 21. 48............................................................. 22 10 Flash value (FV) lock .............. the display in the viewfinder will dim............................. 94 12 Shutter speed ................... 52........................15......) reference circle for centerweighted metering ..................... 68 18 Flash-ready indicator............................................................................ This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction.......................... 55 16 Exposure compensation indicator ........... 50 1............................. 6 Introduction: Getting to Know the Camera ....... 54 Flash compensation value.................................. 89 2 8-mm (0........................................... Can be hidden with Custom Setting 9 ( 89) 14 Electronic analog exposure display ...... you may notice fine lines radiating outward from the selected focus area............31 in....... 81 6 Focus brackets (focus area) ............................................................... 19 Number of shots remaining before memory buffer fills .........................

Only Nikon brand electronic accessories (including lenses. Use Only Nikon Brand Electronic Accessories Nikon cameras are designed to the highest standards and include complex electronic circuitry. or leaking. battery chargers. and AC adapters) certified by Nikon specifically for use with this Nikon digital camera are engineered and proven to operate within the operational and safety requirements of this electronic circuitry.Supplied Accessories The MH-18a Quick Charger ( 12) The MH-18a is for use with the supplied EN-EL3e battery. CHARGE lamp AC adapter plug Wall plug (shape varies with country of sale) AC inlet The EN-EL3e Rechargeable Li-ion Battery ( The EN-EL3e is for use with the D80. igniting. contact an authorized Nikon dealer. batteries. Negative terminal 12. THE USE OF NON-NIKON ELECTRONIC ACCESSORIES COULD DAMAGE THE CAMERA AND MAY VOID YOUR NIKON WARRANTY. rupturing. 13) Signal contact Positive terminal Terminal cover The use of third-party rechargeable Li-ion batteries not bearing the Nikon holographic seal shown above could interfere with normal operation of the camera or result in the batteries overheating. Speedlights. Introduction: Getting to Know the Camera 7 . For more information about Nikon brand accessories.

The BM-7 LCD Monitor Cover A clear plastic cover is provided with the camera to keep the monitor clean and protect it when the camera is not in use. To remove the cover. 8 Introduction: Getting to Know the Camera . To attach the cover. insert the projection on the top of the cover into the matching indentation above the camera monitor ( ) and press the bottom of the cover until it clicks into place ( ). remove the viewfinder eyepiece cup by placing your fingers underneath the flanges at either side and sliding it off as shown at right.The Camera Strap Attach the camera strap as shown below. hold the camera firmly and pull the bottom of the cover gently until outwards as shown at right. The DK-21 Viewfinder Eyepiece Cup Before attaching the DK-5 viewfinder eyepiece cap and other viewfinder accessories ( 122).

Move cursor up Increase number ▲ ▼ ▲ Return to previous menu Display sub-menu ▼ Move cursor down Decrease number Press OK to select highlighted option. Create retouched copies of existing photographs ( 109). playback. To view the menus. shooting. Choose from playback. Adjust shooting settings ( 79). Personalize camera settings ( 86).Using Camera Menus Most shooting. Introduction: Using Camera Menus 9 . The multi selector and OK button are used to navigate the camera menus. help for the current item can be viewed by pressing button Slider shows position in current menu Current setting for each option is shown by icon Current menu item is highlighted Menu Playback Shooting Custom Settings Setup Retouch Description Adjust playback settings and manage photos ( 74). Custom Settings. setup. and retouch menus (see below) If “?” icon is displayed. press the button. Format memory cards and perform basic camera setup ( 101). and setup options can be accessed from the camera menus.

6 Display options. 7 Highlight option. 3 Select menu. the sub-command dial to move the cursor left and right. Using the Command Dials The main command dial can be used to move the cursor up and down. 2 Highlight icon for current menu. Menu items that are displayed in gray are not currently available. 28). 8 Make selection.To modify menu settings: 1 Display menus. 4 Position cursor in selected menu. The monitor will turn off. 10 Introduction: Using Camera Menus . The sub-command dial can not be used to make a selection. 5 Highlight menu item. Press the shutter-release button halfway to exit the menus and return to shooting mode ( 19.

Aperture Ring If the lens is equipped with an aperture ring ( f/-number). After removing the lens. index lens aligned with the 3 Keeping the mounting cameraon theposition the lens in the mounting index on the body. 117). 2 Remove the rear cap from the lens. Detaching Lenses Be sure the camera is off when removing or exchanging lenses. lock aperture at the minimum setting (highest Introduction: First Steps 11 . replace the camera body cap and rear lens cover. Remove the camera body cap. 1 Turn the camera off. If the lens is equipped with an A-M or M/A-M switch.First Steps Attaching a Lens Care should be taken to prevent dust from entering the camera when the lens is removed. To remove the lens. See the lens manual for details. 45. camera’s bayonet mount and rotate the lens in the direction shown until it clicks into place. press and hold the lens-release button while turning the lens clockwise. select A (autofocus) or M/A (autofocus with manual priority).

Charge the battery using the supplied MH-18a battery charger as described below. Liio n BA TT ER Y PA CK 1.4 Charging is complete when the CHARGE lamp stops blinking. The camera uses this information to display the battery charge state in six levels in the control panel and to show the battery charge state.2 Connect the power cord to the charger and plug it in.1 Remove the terminal cover from the battery.3 Place the battery in the charger. remaining battery life. About two and a quarter hours are required for an exhausted battery to fully charge.Charging and Inserting the Battery The supplied EN-EL3e battery is not charged at shipment. 1. 1 Charge the battery. The CHARGE lamp will blink as the battery charges. 12 Introduction: First Steps . 1. and number of pictures taken since the battery was last charged in the setup menu Battery Info display ( 107). 1. EN-EL3e Rechargeable Li-ion Batteries The EN-EL3e shares information with compatible devices. Remove the battery from the charger and unplug the charger.

2. the temperature should be in the vicinity of 5–35 °C (41–95 °F). If the battery is charged at a temperature below 5 °C (41 °F).2 Insert a fully charged battery as shown at right. replace the terminal cover when the battery is not in use. Removing the Battery Turn the camera off before removing the battery. The D80 is not compatible with the MS-D70 CR2 battery holder or with EN-EL3 or EN-EL3a batteries for D100. the battery life indicator in the Battery Info display may show a temporary decrease.1 After confirming that the camera is off. Close the battery chamber cover. Do not use the battery at ambient temperatures below 0 °C (32 °F) or above 40 °C (104 °F). together with any warnings and instructions provided by the battery manufacturer. For best results.2 Insert the battery. 2. To avoid shorting the battery. Introduction: First Steps 13 . charge the battery at temperatures above 20 °C (68 °F). The Battery and Charger Read and follow the warnings and cautions on pages ii–iii and 127–128 of this manual. Use only EN-EL3e batteries. or D50 cameras. During charging. D70-series. Battery capacity may drop if the battery is used at a temperature below the temperature at which it was charged. open the battery chamber cover.

Using Camera Menus The language menu is only displayed automatically the first time menus are displayed. up or down to change. 6 Highlight On if daylight saving time is in effect. month. 4 Select local time zone. 5 Display daylight saving time options. See “Using Camera Menus” ( 9–10) for information on normal menu operation. Monitor will turn off automatically. 8 Press multi selector left or right to select item. select World time > Date format from the setup menu ( 103). and day are displayed. 3 Display map of world time zones. 2 Select language. 7 Display date menu. 9 Set clock and return to shooting mode. the language selection dialog shown in Step 1 will be displayed in the monitor. To change the order in which the year. 14 Introduction: First Steps .Basic Setup The first time the camera is turned on. 1 Turn camera on. Follow the steps below to choose a language and set the time and date.

The Access Lamp Do not remove the battery or disconnect the power source while the memory card access lamp is lit. Front 1. When this switch is in the “lock” position. the card is ready for use.Inserting Memory Cards The camera stores pictures on Secure Digital (SD) memory cards (available separately). format the card as described in “Camera Error Messages and Displays” ( 133). 1. Introduction: First Steps 15 . If the control panel shows the number of exposures remaining. Failure to observe this precaution could result in damage to the card. 1.3 Turn the camera on. 1 Insert a memory card. If the message shown at right is displayed in the monitor. turn the camera off and open the card slot cover. The Write Protect Switch SD cards are equipped with a write protect switch to prevent accidental loss of data. The memory card access lamp will light for about a second. the camera will display a message to warn that photos can not be recorded or deleted and the memory card can not be formatted.1 Before inserting or removing memory cards.2 Slide the memory card in as shown at right until it clicks into place. Close the memory card slot cover.

be the rst 2 Memory cards must theformattedcard. Formatting Memory Cards Format cards in the camera. Turn the camera off and open the memory card slot cover. the letters will appear in the frame-count display. Confirm that the access lamp is off. The card can then be removed by hand ( ). 3. Pressing both buttons together a second time will format the memory card.fiturntime they are used in the D80. 16 Introduction: First Steps . Camera Off Display If the camera is turned off with a battery and memory card inserted. the control panel will show will be displayed in the viewfinder. Performance may drop if they are formatted in a computer. If no and a icon memory card is inserted. the number of exposures remaining will be displayed in the control panel. To format memory the camera on and press the ( and ) buttons until control panel and viewfinder displays flash as shown at right. Formatting memory cards permanently deletes all photographs and other data they may contain. Be sure all data you wish to keep have been copied to another storage device before formatting the card. During formatting. Press the card in to eject ( ). the monitor has turned off. 2. Removing Memory Cards 1. and the control panel shows the number of exposures remaining. Do not turn the camera off or remove the battery until formatting is complete.

make sure that the display in the viewfinder is in clear focus. When operating the diopterfocus brackets are adjustment control with your eye to the viewfinder. be careful not to put your fingers or fingernails in your eye. Focus brackets Introduction: First Steps 17 . Corrective lenses (available separately. 122) allow diopters of –5 – +3 m -1. Viewfinder Focus Viewfinder focus (diopter) can be adjusted in the range –2 – +1 m-1. 1 Remove the lens cap and turn the camera on.Adjusting Viewfinder Focus Photographs are framed in the viewfinder. the diopter adjustment control until the 2 Rotate in sharp focus. Before shooting.

reducing the drain on the battery. the viewfinder display and the aperture and shutter-speed indicators in the control panel will turn off if no operations are performed for about six seconds (auto meter off ). 18 Tutorial . This section assumes that default camera settings are used. for information on restoring default settings. Auto Meter Off At default settings. Press the shutter-release button halfway to reactivate the display. see page 134. the shutter release will be disabled. If these modes are selected when a non-CPU lens is attached.Tutorial Photography and Playback The Tutorial outlines the basics of taking and viewing photographs in (auto) and Digital Vari-Program modes. 99). Use a CPU Lens (auto) and Digital Vari-Program modes are only available with CPU lenses. 6s Exposure meters on Exposure meters off Exposure meters on The length of time before the exposure meters turn off automatically can be adjusted using Custom Setting 28 (Auto meter off.

1. No further pictures can be taken until the memory card has been replaced ( 15) or photographs have been deleted ( 26. The monitor remains off during shooting. 65. Check the number of exposures remaining. 74). 1.“Point-and-Shoot” Photography ( Mode) This section describes how to take photographs in (auto) mode. The control panel and viewfinder displays will light.1 Remove the lens cap and turn the camera on. Change battery.3 The exposure count displays in the control panel and viewfinder show the number of photographs that can be stored on the memory card. If there is not enough memory to store additional photographs at current settings. 1. Tutorial: “Point-and-Shoot” Photography ( Mode) 19 . Low battery. an automatic “pointand-shoot” mode in which the majority of settings are controlled by the camera in response to shooting conditions. 1 Turn the camera on.2 Check the battery level in the viewfinder or control panel. Ready fully-charged spare battery. (blinks) (blinks) Shutter release disabled. Battery partially discharged. Battery level not displayed when camera is powered by optional AC adapter. the display will flash as shown at right. Control panel Viewfinder — — Description Battery fully charged.

1 Rotate the mode dial to 2.2 Select mode and choose autofocus.2 Rotate the focus-mode selector to AF (autofocus). The default settings for Option Flash sync mode Image quality Image size Shooting mode Autofocus mode AF-area mode mode are listed below. 2. 3 Check settings in the control panel. Default Auto JPEG Normal Large Single frame Auto select Auto-area AF 40 34 35 36 29 30 20 Tutorial: “Point-and-Shoot” Photography ( Mode) . .

The monitor remains off during shooting. Keep your elbows propped lightly against your torso for support and place one foot half a pace ahead of the other to keep you upper body stable.4 Frame a photograph in the viewfinder. 4.2 Frame a photo in the viewfinder with the main subject positioned in any of the eleven focus areas. Focus area Using a Zoom Lens Zoom in Use the zoom ring to zoom in on the subject so that it fills a larger area of the frame. shorter focal lengths to zoom out). 4. Zoom out Tutorial: “Point-and-Shoot” Photography ( Mode) 21 . or zoom out to increase the area visible in the final photograph (select longer focal lengths on the lens focal length scale index to zoom in.1 Hold the camera as shown. Holding the Camera Hold the handgrip in your right hand and cradle the camera body or lens with your left.

1 Press the shutter-release button halfway to focus. press the shutter-release button the rest of the way down. Focus Take photograph 22 Tutorial: “Point-and-Shoot” Photography ( Mode) .5 Focus. If the subject is dark. 5.2 When the focus operation is complete. The camera focuses when the shutter-release button is pressed halfway. 5. the selected focus areas will be briefly highlighted. the flash may pop up and the AF-assist illuminator may light. focus will lock and the number of exposures that can be stored in the memory buffer will be displayed in the viewfinder. Shutter speed Aperture Selected focus area In-focus indicator Shutter speed Aperture Viewfinder In-focus indicator ● ● (blinks) Description Subject in focus. and the in-focus indicator (●) will appear in the viewfinder (the beep may not sound if the subject is moving). The camera will select the focus area automatically. While the shutter-release button is pressed halfway. a beep will sound. The Shutter-Release Button The camera has a two-stage shutter-release button. Buffer capacity Control panel Camera unable to focus on subject in focus area using autofocus. To take the photograph.

For more information on using the flash. see page 40. Do not eject the memory card or remove or disconnect the power source until the lamp has gone out and recording is complete. Smoothly press the shutter-release button the rest of the way down to release the shutter and record the photograph. the built-in flash will pop up automatically when the shutter-release button is pressed halfway. The access lamp next to the memory card slot cover will light. remove your finger briefly from the shutter-release button and try again. photographs can only be taken when the flash-ready indicator ( ) is displayed. If the flash-ready indicator is not displayed. return it to its closed position by pressing it gently downward till the latch clicks into place. To save battery power when the flash is not in use. Tutorial: “Point-and-Shoot” Photography ( Mode) 23 . 7 Turn the camera off when shooting is complete. Flash range varies with aperture and ISO sensitivity ( 141). Camera Off Display If the camera is turned off with a battery and memory card inserted. remove lens hoods when using the flash. the number of exposures remaining will be displayed in the control panel.6 Take the photograph. If the flash is raised. The Built-in Flash If additional lighting is required for correct exposure in mode.

If the subject leaves the center focus area. • mode: The camera focuses continuously while the shutter-release button is pressed halfway. To take photographs in Digital Vari-Program modes: 1 Rotate the mode dial to select a Digital Vari-Program mode. mode. the camera selects the focus area as follows: • . and shoot. The Built-in Flash If additional lighting is required for correct exposure in . tracking the subject in the center focus area. and modes: The camera selects the focus area automatically. 2 Frame a photograph. or automatically when the shutter-release button is pressed halfway. • mode: The camera focuses on the subject in the center focus area. For close up shots of flowers. . the camera will continue to focus based on information from the other focus areas. the D80 offers a choice of six Digital Vari-Program modes. Other focus areas can be selected with the multi selector ( 30). Selecting a program automatically optimizes settings to suit the selected scene. Mode Portrait Landscape Close up Sports Night landscape Night portrait Description For portraits. Focus Area At default settings. the built-in flash will pop 24 Tutorial: Creative Photography (Digital Vari-Programs) . For portraits taken under low light. focus. .Creative Photography (Digital Vari-Programs) In addition to . For moving subjects For low-light or night scenes. For natural and man-made landscapes. and other small objects. insects. . The starting focus area can be selected with the multi selector ( 30). making creative photography as easy as rotating the mode dial.

Landscape Use for vivid landscape shots. The built-in flash and AF-assist illuminator turn off automatically. The camera automatically focuses on the subject in the center focus area. Use of a tripod is recommended to prevent blur. The built-in flash and AF-assist illuminator turn off automatically. Tutorial: Creative Photography (Digital Vari-Programs) 25 . natural-looking skin tones. Night Landscape Slow shutter speeds are used to produce stunning night landscapes. The built-in flash and AF-assist illuminator turn off automatically . use of a tripod is recommended to prevent blur. background details will be softened to lend the composition a sense of depth. Sports High shutter speeds freeze motion for dynamic sports shots in which the main subject stands out clearly. insects. Night Portrait Use for a natural balance between the main subject and the background in portraits taken under low light. If the subject is far from the background or a telephoto lens is used.Portrait Use for portraits with soft. Close Up Use for close-up shots of flowers. and other small objects.

Press the the button again to delete the image and return to playback. A confirmation dialog will be displayed. To end playback and return to shooting mode. the most recent picture can be viewed by pressing the button. press the shutterrelease button halfway.Basic Playback Photographs are automatically displayed for about four seconds after shooting. Deleting Unwanted Photographs To delete the photograph currently displayed in the monitor. Additional pictures can be displayed by rotating the main command dial or pressing the multi selector left or right. If no photograph is displayed in the monitor. press the button. 26 Tutorial: Basic Playback . To exit without deleting the picture. press button.

contrast. adjust exposure and flash level Make colors look natural Take photos under unusual lighting See the Menu Guide for information on other operations that can only be performed in P. or using the self-timer or a remote control Use the built-in flash Raise ISO sensitivity when lighting is poor Restore default settings 28 Focus: Image Quality and Size: Choosing a Shooting Mode: Using the Built-in Flash: ISO Sensitivity: Two-Button Reset: 28 33 36 40 43 44 Shoot a moving subject or focus manually P. 84). lock exposure. and M modes. in bursts. 61 View photographs on the camera See the Menu Guide for other playback options ( Connecting to a TV. More on Playback: 61 Viewing Photographs on the Camera: 74). including customizing sharpening. color saturation. 79) and creating multiple exposures (“Multiple Exposure”. and M Modes: 45 Mode P (Programmed Auto): Mode S (Shutter-Priority Auto): Mode A (Aperture-Priority Auto): Mode M (Manual): Exposure: White Balance: 47 48 49 50 52 58 Let the camera choose shutter speed and aperture Freeze or blur motion Choose whether to blur background objects Choose shutter speed and aperture manually Choose a metering method. More on Photography (All Modes): Adjust image quality and size Take photographs in one at a time. S. Computer.Reference This section builds on the Tutorial to cover more advanced shooting and playback options. and hue (“Optimize Image”. S. or Printer: View photographs on TV Copy photographs to a computer Print photographs 66 Viewing Photographs on TV: Connecting to a Computer: Printing Photographs: 66 67 69 Reference 27 . A. A.

The AF-assist illuminator will not light in .–9 ft. 28 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Focus . The AF-Assist Illuminator If the subject is poorly lit. The illuminator has a range of about 0. or modes or if Off has been selected for Custom Setting 4 (AF assist.More on Photography (All Modes) Focus Focus can be adjusted automatically (see “ Autofocus. select A (autofocus) or M/A (autofocus with manual priority). the camera focuses automatically when the shutter-release button is pressed halfway. In single-area AF. The user can also select the focus area for automatic or manual focus ( 30) or use focus lock to focus to recompose photographs after focusing ( 31). a beep will sound when the camera focuses. when using the illuminator. 10 in. use manual focus ( 32). A-M Selection/Autofocus with Manual Priority If the lens is equipped with A-M selection or an M/A-M switch. 8 in. . use a lens with a focal length of 24–200 mm and remove the lens hood.” below) or manually ( 32). 1 — Beep ( 86) This option can be used to turn the beep speaker on or off. 87).0 m (1 ft.).5–3. the AF-assist illuminator will light automatically to assist the autofocus operation when the shutter-release button is pressed halfway. No beep will sound when AF-A is selected in (sports) mode or when continuous-servo autofocus is used (note that continuous-servo autofocus may be selected automatically when shooting moving subjects in AF-A autofocus mode). Autofocus Controls used: Focus mode selector When the focus mode selector is set to AF. If the lens does not support autofocus or the camera is unable to focus using autofocus.

Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Focus 29 . continuous-servo autofocus when subject is moving. Shutter can only be released when in-focus indicator is displayed. Focus locks when shutter-release button is pressed AF-S Single-servo AF halfway. The subject many contains fine details Example: A row of windows in a skyscraper. For moving subjects. use manual focus ( 32) or use focus lock ( 31) to focus on another subject at the same distance and then recompose the photograph. Shutter can (default setting) only be released if camera is able to focus. To choose the autofocus mode. ground. For stationary subjects. Photographs can be taken even when in-focus AF indicator is not displayed.Autofocus Mode Autofocus mode Controls used: button The following autofocus modes are available when the focus mode selector is set to AF: Description Camera automatically selects single-servo autofocus when subject is staAuto select AF-A tionary. Camera focuses continuously while shutter-release Continuous-servo AF-C button is pressed halfway. are small or lack variation in brightness.Example: Subject is inside a cage. button until the desired AF-A AF-C AF-S Getting Good Results with Autofocus Autofocus does not perform well under the conditions listed below. The subject is dominated by regular geometric patterns The focus area contains areas of sharply contrasting brightness Example: Subject is half in the shade. If the camera is unable to focus using autofocus. press the setting is displayed. The subject appears smaller than the focus area Example: Focus area contains both foreground Example: A field of flowers or other subjects that subject and distant buildings. There is little or no contrast The focus area contains obbetween the subject and the jects at different distances background from the camera Example: Subject is the same color as the back.

Custom Setting 20 (Focus Area. 94) controls whether focus area selection “wraps around. the camera chooses the focus area automatically or focuses on subject in the center focus area. Custom Settings Custom Setting 2 (AF-Area Mode. 95) controls whether the active focus area is highlighted in the viewfinder. 87) controls the size and number of focus areas available. and To tion in these modes. the multi selector in 3 Usecontrol panel whileto select the focus areaarethe viewfinder or the exposure meters active ( 18). focus is selected automatically in 1 At . 87) controls how the camera selects the focus area. Custom Setting 18 (AE-L/AF-L.” Custom Setting 21 (AF Area Illumination. At the default settings. settings. . The focus area can also be selected manually to compose photographs with the main subject positioned almost anywhere in the frame. 94) determines allows the AE-L/AF-L button to be used to select the focus area. 30 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Focus . This allows the multi selector the focus area. select Single Area or Dynamic Area for Custom Setting 2 (AF-Area Mode. 87). Custom Setting 3 (Center AF Area.Focus Area Selection Controls used: Multi selector (monitor off ) The D80 offers a choice of eleven focus areas that together cover a wide area of the frame.area enable manual focus selec.default. selector lock to the 2 Slide the focusto be used to select “●” position. themodes. The focus selector lock can be returned to the “L” (locked) position following selection to prevent the selected focus area from changing when the multi selector is pressed.

If the subject moves. AF-A and AF-C autofocus modes ( 29) Press the AE-L/AF-L button to lock both focus and exposure. Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Focus 31 . and remain locked until you remove your finger from the shutter-release button. Focus will remain locked while the AE-L/AF-L button is pressed. Do not change the distance between the camera and the subject while focus lock is in effect. making it possible to focus on a subject that will not be in a focus area in the final composition. Focus will also remain locked between shots while the AE-L/AF-L button is pressed.and press the shutter-release button 2 Check that the in-focus indicator (●) appears in the viewfinder. Continuous Shooting Mode ( 36) Use the AE-L/AF-L button to lock focus in continuous shooting mode. AF-S autofocus modes ( 29) Focus will lock automatically when the in-focus indicator appears. It can also be used when the autofocus system is unable to focus ( 29). focus again at the new distance.Focus Lock Controls used: AE-L/AF-L button (AF-A/AF-C)/Shutter-release button (AF-S) Focus lock can be used to change the composition after focusing. 3 Recompose the photograph and shoot. even if you later remove your finger from the shutter-release button. the selected focus area 1 Position the subject in halfway to initiate focus. An AE-L icon will be displayed in the viewfinder. 18 — AE-L/AF-L ( 94) This option controls the behavior of the AE-L/AF-L button. allowing several photographs in succession to be taken at the same focus setting. Focus can also be locked by pressing the AE-L/AF-L button (see below). Focus will remain locked between shots as long as the shutter-release button is kept pressed halfway.

Focal Plane Position To determine the distance between your subject and the camera. The Electronic Range Finder If the lens has a maximum aperture of f/5. See the documentation provided with your lens for details. the viewfinder focus indicator can be used to confirm whether the portion of the subject in the selected focus area is in focus. To focus manually. focus can be adjusted manually with the lens set to M or M/A. The distance between the lens mounting flange ( 11) and the focal plane is 46. measure from the focal plane mark on the camera body.). select M when focusing manually.6 or faster.5 mm (1.Manual Focus Controls used: Focus mode selector/lens focusing ring Manual focus is available for lenses that do not support autofocus (non-AF Nikkor lenses) or when autofocus does not produce the desired results ( 29). press the shutter-release button halfway and rotate the lens focusing ring until the in-focus indicator (●) is displayed. even when the image is not in focus. 32 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Focus . Photographs can be taken at any time.83 in. With lenses that support M/A (autofocus with manual priority). When using a lens that offers A-M selection. set the focus-mode selector to M and adjust the lens focusing ring until the image displayed on the clear matte field in the viewfinder is in focus. After positioning the subject in the active focus area.

High < Image quality > Low JPEG Normal JPEG Basic file all e Sm siz S M Small < Image size > Large L Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Image Quality and Size 33 . image quality and size determine how much space each photograph occupies on the memory card. Image Quality and Size le efi arg ize L s JPEG Fine Changes to image quality and size are reflected in the number of exposures remaining as displayed in the control panel and viewfinder ( 19). Image Size. higher quality images can be printed at larger sizes but also require more memory. and File Size See the Appendix for information on the number of pictures that can be stored on a memory card ( 138).Image Quality and Size Together. Larger. meaning that fewer such images can be stored on the memory card. Image Quality.

NEF (RAW)/NEF+JPEG Capture NX (available separately. NEF (RAW) + Two images are recorded: one NEF (RAW) image and one fine-quality JPEG image.Image Quality Controls used: button + main command dial (monitor off ) The camera supports the following image quality options (listed in descending order by image quality and file size): Description Compressed raw data from the image sensor are saved directly to memory card. Images are compressed less than JPEG Normal. White balance bracketing ( 90) is not available when an NEF (RAW) + JPEG option is selected for image quality. producing higher-quality images. JPEG Normal Best choice in most situations. both NEF and JPEG images will be deleted. Compression ratio: roughly 1 : 16. NEF (RAW) + Two images are recorded: one NEF (RAW) image and one basic-quality JPEG image. 123) or the supplied PictureProject software are required to view NEF (RAW) images on a computer. 34 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Image Quality and Size . JPEG Fine NEF (RAW) + Two images are recorded: one NEF (RAW) image and one normal-quality JPEG imJPEG Normal age. When photographs taken at these settings are deleted. Selecting an NEF (RAW) + JPEG option cancels white balance bracketing. JPEG Fine Compression ratio: roughly 1 : 4. NEF (RAW) Choose for images that will be processed on a computer. When photographs taken at NEF (RAW) + JPEG Fine. or NEF (RAW) + JPEG Basic are viewed on the camera. JPEG Basic Option Image quality can be set by pressing the QUAL button and rotating the main command dial until the desired setting is displayed in the control panel. (default) JPEG Basic Smaller file size suited to e-mail or the Web. only the JPEG image will be displayed. Image quality can also be adjusted from the shooting menu ( 81). NEF (RAW) + JPEG Normal. Compression ratio: roughly 1 : 8.

872 × 2. Small copies created with the small picture option in the retouch menu have file names beginning with “SSC_” and ending with the extension “.9 cm (19. Size (pixels) 3.592 pixels in size.. Images recorded at a Optimize Image > Custom > Color Mode setting of II (AdobeRGB) ( 80) have names that begin with an underscore (e.592 2. When viewed on a computer. Images printed at higher resolutions will be smaller.296 Approximate size when printed at 200 dpi* 49.JPG”).936 × 1..g.68 × 6. “CSC_0001. Image quality can also be adjusted from the shooting menu ( 81).2 × 32. Note that the option selected for image size does not affect the size of NEF (RAW) images.xxx. File Names Photographs are stored as image files with names of the form “DSC_nnnn.6 M) Small (1936 × 1296/2. Image size can be set by pressing the QUAL button and rotating the sub-command dial until the desired setting is displayed in the control panel. “_DSC0001.” where nnnn is a fourdigit number between 0001 and 9999 assigned automatically in ascending order by the camera.g.5 M) Controls used: button + sub-command dial (monitor off ) Image size is measured in pixels.896 × 1.g. “SSC_0001.) * “dpi” stands for dots per inch. JPG”).JPG” (e.36 × 12.8 × 24.72 in. images printed at lower resolutions larger. The following options are available. a measure of printer resolution.Image Size Image size Large (3872 × 2592/10.48 in.. NEF images are 3. The NEF and JPEG files recorded at a setting of “NEF+JPEG” have the same file names but different extensions.JPG”).) 24. and xxx is one of the following three letter extensions: “NEF” for NEF images or “JPG” for JPEG images.6 × 16.48 × 9. while images recorded with the other options in the retouch menu have file names beginning with “CSC” (e.) 36.872 × 2.944 1.7 cm (14.96 in.5 cm (9.0 M) (default) Medium (2896 × 1944/5. Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Image Quality and Size 35 .

Shooting can continue up to a maximum of 100 shots. 1. the buffer is full and shooting will slow. See the Appendix for more information ( 138). Access lamp will light while photo is recorded. or with a remote control. If 0 is displayed. Do not remove the memory card or remove or disconnect the power source until the access lamp has gone out. Buffer Size The number of images that can be stored in the memory buffer at current settings is shown in the exposure-count displays in the viewfinder and control panel while the shutter-release button is pressed. and memory remaining in memory buffer. the power will not turn off until all images in the buffer have been recorded. in a continuous sequence. Camera records photographs at up to three frames per second 1 while shutter-release button is pressed.Choosing a Shooting Mode Mode Single frame Continuous Self-timer Controls used: button Shooting mode determines how the camera takes photographs: one at a time. Description Camera takes one photograph each time shutter-release button is pressed. manual or shutter-priority auto exposure. To choose a shooting mode. 36 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Choosing a Shooting Mode . next shot can be taken immediately if enough space remains in memory buffer. If the camera is switched off while data remain in the buffer. While photographs are being recorded to the memory card. 38). Use for self-portraits or to reduce blurring caused by camera shake ( 37). the access lamp next to the memory card slot will light. a shutter speed of / s or faster. with a timed shutter-release delay. press the button until the desired setting is displayed. Use to reduce blurring caused by remote camera shake ( 38). This number is updated as photographs are transferred to the memory card and more memory becomes available in the buffer. Delayed remote Optional ML-L3 remote control required. Average frame rate with manual focus. Use for self-portraits ( Quick-response Optional ML-L3 remote control required.

the shutter-release to focus. Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Choosing a Shooting Mode 37 . The self-timer lamp will start to blink and a beep will begin to sound. a shutter speed of is equivalent to approximately / s. press the button to raise the ash and wait for to in the viewfinder ( started. the self-timer lamp will stop blinking and the beeping will become more rapid. At default settings. 2 Press the button until is displayed in the control panel. 1 — Beep ( 86) This option controls the beep that sounds during the self-timer count-down. A. Two seconds before the photograph is taken. 40). the shutter will be released ten seconds after the timer starts. The self-timer can be cancelled by selecting another shooting mode. The timer will not start if the camera is unable to focus or in other situations in which the shutter can not be released. Turning the camera off cancels self-timer mode and restores single frame or continuous shooting mode. or 20 s. 1 Mount the camera on a tripod or place the camera on a stable. 10 s (the default setting).be displayed 45). Bulb In self-timer mode. or M modes 3 (Frame the photograph.Self-Timer Mode The self-timer can be used to reduce camera shake or for self-portraits. level surface. Before taking aflphotograph withthe flindicatorS. The timer will stop if the flash is raised after the timer has In modes remove the nder eyepiece cup 4 and insert other than M. This prethe supplied cap vents light entering via the viewfinder interfering with exposure. 5 Press the button the rest ofbutton halfway to start theand then press the way down self-timer.DK-5 eyepieceviewfias shown. 29 — Self-timer ( 99) Self-timer delay can be set to 2 s. 5 s. the ash in P.

In delayed remote mode. remove the clear plastic battery insulator sheet. although only can be used to release the shutter. transmitter on the ML-L3 at the infrared 5 Aim the and press the shutter-release button onreceiver on the camera the ML-L3. or if the camera has already been focused using the camera shutter-release button (see step 3). 123) or to operate the camera Before Using the Remote Control Before using the remote control for the first time. the self-timer lamp will flash after the shutter has been released. The camera will release the shutter without focusing in manual focus mode. if AF-C is selected in autofocus mode. In quick-response remote mode. 2 Press the button to select one of the following modes: Mode Shutter released about 2 s after remote shutter-release button is pressed. Quick-response Shutter released when remote shutter-release remote button is pressed. In modes remove the nder eyepiece cup 4 and insert other than M. the camera shutter-release button can 3 be used tophotograph.DK-5 eyepieceviewfias shown.Using a Remote Control Use the optional ML-L3 remote control for self-portraits ( remotely. level surface. 38 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Choosing a Shooting Mode . Delayed remote The camera will enter stand-by mode. single frame or continuous shooting mode will be restored if no operations are performed for about a minute. If autofocus the shutter-release button on the remote control set focus. Frame the is in effect. the self-timer lamp will light for about two seconds before the shutter is released. Remote control mode can be cancelled by selecting another shooting mode. 1 Mount the camera on a tripod or place the camera on a stable. Single-frame or continuous shooting mode will be restored if the camera is turned off or no operations are about one minute. At default settings. This prethe supplied cap vents light entering via the viewfinder interfering with exposure. If AF-A or AF-S is selected in autofocus mode ( 29). the camera will return to stand-by mode without releasing the shutter if unable to focus.

. In P. 30 — Remote on Duration ( 99) Choose length of time the camera will remain in stand-by before remote control mode is cancelled. In delayed remote mode. Wait for the flash to charge and then press the shutter-release button on the ML-L3 to restart the timer. and modes. the self-timer lamp will blink for two seconds and then light for one second before the shutter is released. 1 — Beep ( 86) This option controls the beeps that sound when the remote control is used. raising the flash during the two-second count-down in delayed remote mode will cancel the two-second timer. once the flash is charged. it will pop up automatically if required when the shutter-release button on the ML-L3 is pressed. A. In .Using the Built-in Flash If the flash is required. . the camera will only respond to the shutter-release button on the ML-L3 once the flash has charged. In flash-sync modes that support red-eye reduction. S. the red-eye reduction lamp will light for about one second before the shutter is released. and M modes. Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Choosing a Shooting Mode 39 . the flash will begin charging when delayed remote or quick-response remote mode is selected.

and M Modes 1 Rotate the mode dial to select the desired mode. 5 Take pictures. . A. Using the Built-in Flash: . press it gently downward until the latch clicks into place.Using the Built-in Flash The camera supports a variety of flash modes for photographing poorly lit or backlit subjects. the shutter-release button is pressed halfway. button 3 Press the 41). The flash will fire whenever a picture is taken. 40 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Using the Built-in Flash .button and rotate until the desired flash mode is displayed in the control panel ( will up as required when 3 Take pictures. Lowering the Built-in Flash To save power when the flash is not in use. The flash whenpopphotograph is taken. and rotate until the desired flash mode is displayed in the control panel ( 4 Select a metering method and set exposure. S. 2 Press the 41). and Modes 1 Rotate the mode dial to select the desired mode. . 2 Press the button to raise the flash. and fire a Using the Built-in Flash: P.

is displayed when the flash is off.” : Off Flash does not fire even when lighting is poor or subject is back-lit. AUTO: Auto flash When lighting is poor or subject is back lit.Flash Mode The current flash mode is displayed in the control panel as shown below. Auto Auto+Slow sync Auto+ red-eye reduction Off Off Auto+ Slow sync+ red-eye reduction S. If this icon is not displayed. The flash modes available depend on the mode currently selected with the mode dial. flash will fire immediately after shutter opens. SLOW: Slow sync Shutter speed slows automatically to capture background lighting at night or under low light. : Red-eye reduction Use for portraits. . If this icon is not displayed. M P. . Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Using the Built-in Flash 41 . Use to include background lighting in portraits. flash pops up automatically when shutter-release button is pressed halfway and fires as required. reducing “red-eye. Red-eye reduction lamp lights before flash fires. flash will only pop up when button is pressed. REAR: Rear-curtain sync Flash fires just before shutter closes (see note on following page). A Fill flash Red-eye reduction Rearcurtain+ slow sync * Red-eye reduction Slow sync Fill flash Slow sync+ red-eye reduction Rear-curtain sync * SLOW is displayed after main command dial is released.

See “FV Lock” for information using FV lock ( 92). Front-curtain sync 22 — Built-in Flash ( 95) Choose how the built-in flash fires. Rear-Curtain Sync Normally the flash fires as the shutter opens (“front curtain sync”. creating the effect of a stream of light behind moving subjects. The flash can be used again after a short pause. For information on optional flash units (Speedlights). In rear-curtain sync. only one picture will be taken each time the The shutter release may be briefly disabled to protect the flash after it has been used for several consecutive shots.The Built-in Flash Use with CPU lenses with focal lengths of 18–300 mm or non-CPU lenses with focal lengths of 18–200 mm ( 118. see below at left). and range. note that auto flash level control is available with CPU lenses only). The flash has a minimum range of 60 cm (2 ft. shutter sync speeds. Lenses that block the subject’s view of the red-eye reduction lamp may interfere with red-eye reduction. including flash control. the flash fires just before the shutter closes. Remove lens hoods to prevent shadows. see “Optional Flash Units (Speedlights)” ( 119). Rear curtain sync 42 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Using the Built-in Flash . See the Appendix for more about the built-in flash. 36).) and can not be used in the macro range of macro zoom lenses. 26 — Modeling Flash ( 98) Preview the effects of the flash. If the flash fires in continuous shooting mode ( shutter-release button is pressed.

ISO sensitivity can be selected by pressing the ISO button and rotating the main command dial until the desired setting is displayed in the control panel.7. H (auto) and Digital Vari-Pro0. allowing higher shutter speeds or smaller apertures. The higher the ISO sensitivity. and H 1. Values over 1600 are displayed as H 0. ISO sensitivity can also be adjusted from the shooting menu ( 83). and M modes. brightly-colored pixels. Sensitivities of H 0. A.0 are not available when ISO auto is on.7 (ISO 2500 equivalent). H 0.ISO Sensitivity Controls used: button + main command dial (monitor off ) “ISO sensitivity” is the digital equivalent of film speed. 7 — ISO Auto ( 88) This option can be used to enable automatic ISO sensitivity control in P. The High ISO NR option in the shooting menu can be used to reduce noise at ISO sensitivities of 400 or more. and M modes 100. S. the default setting for P. High ISO NR ( 83) The higher the ISO sensitivity. and H 1. Photos taken at ISO sensitivities over ISO 1600 will likely contain appreciable amounts of noise. the more likely pictures are to be subject to “noise” in the form of randomly-spaced. Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / ISO Sensitivity 43 . The default setting for (auto) and Digital Vari-Program modes is Auto. gram modes also offer an Auto setting that allows the camera to set ISO sensitivity automatically in response to lighting conditions. S. A.0 (ISO 3200 equivalent). the less light needed to make an exposure.3. ISO sensitivity can be set between values roughly equivalent to ISO 100 and ISO 1600 in steps equivalent to / EV.3 (ISO 2000 equivalent).

White balance Auto ( 58–60. The control panel turns off briefly while settings are reset. 81) ISO sensitivity ( 43. 81) Image size ( 35.Two-Button Reset Controls used: button + button The camera settings listed below can be restored to default values by holding the and buttons down together for more than two seconds (these buttons are marked by a green dot). 44 Reference: More on Photography (All Modes) / Two-Button Reset . † Focus area not displayed if Auto-area AF is selected for Custom Setting 2 (AF-area mode). . S. 83) . A. A. Digital Vari-Program P. Choose color temp. Bracketing increment reset to 1 EV (exposure/flash bracketing) or 1 (white balance bracketing). Default Off ±0 ±0 ‡ ±0 Off Auto front-curtain sync Auto slow sync P. S. Custom Settings are not affected. reset to 5000 K. M Front-curtain sync Multiple exposure Off ( 84–85) ‡ Number of shots reset to zero. 82) * Autofocus mode ( 29) AF-A Center Focus area ( 30) † Matrix Metering ( 52) Off AE lock hold ( 53) * Fine-tuning reset to 0. Option Shooting mode ( 36–39) Image quality ( 34. M Default Single frame JPEG Normal Large Auto 100 Option Flexible program ( 47) Exposure compensation ( 54) Bracketing ( 56–57) Flash exposure compensation ( 55) FV lock ( 92–93) Flash sync mode ( 40–42) . Default Settings See the Appendix for a list of default settings ( 134–137).

and M modes. and M modes offer control over a variety of advanced settings. and image optimization. camera selects shutter speed for best results. A. Mode Lens Aperture Ring When using a CPU lens equipped with an aperture ring ( 117).P. Custom Setting 10 (EV step. lock the aperture ring at the minimum aperture (highest f/-number). S. A. Each of these modes offers a different degree of control over shutter speed and aperture: Description Camera sets shutter speed and aperture for optimal exposure. the shutter-release will be disabled). and variety of other features can not be used ( 117). User controls both shutter speed and aperture. Non-CPU lenses can only be used in exposure mode M. Shutter-priority auto User chooses shutter speed. 88) to enable auto ISO sensitivity control in P. camera selects aperture for best results. 89) determines the size of the increments used for exposure control. S. Type G lenses are not equipped with an aperture ring. A. Aperture-priority auto A Use to blur background or bring both foreground and background into ( 49) focus. Reference: P. S. S. Set shutter speed to M Manual ( 50) “bulb” or “--” for long time-exposures. 91) determines the roles played by the main and sub-command dials in setting shutter speed and aperture. and M Modes 45 . A. and M Modes P. white balance. The camera exposure meter. ISO Auto. including exposure ( 52). when aperture can be adjusted manually using the lens aperture ring (in other modes. User chooses aperture. RecomProgrammed auto P mended for snapshots and in other situations in which there is little ( 47) time to adjust camera settings. Custom Settings Use Custom Setting 7 (ISO auto. S ( 48) Use to freeze or blur motion. Custom Setting 15 (Command Dials.

If the cup overflows. Open up the tap and the cup will fill in less time. If the cup doesn’t fill. producing darker exposures. the picture will be overexposed. Smaller apertures mean less light and darker exposures. different combinations of shutter speed and aperture can be used to produce the same exposure. Just as a cup can be filled in different times using different tap settings. The results. the smaller the aperture. the picture will be underexposed.) 46 Reference: P. The larger the aperture. while slow shutter speeds and small apertures blur moving objects and bring out background details. the longer the image sensor is exposed to light and the brighter the exposure. In this analogy. and the length of time the tap is opened the shutter speed. the greater the amount of light that passes through the opening and the brighter the exposure. the larger the f/-number. The camera displays show aperture in “f/-numbers”: the larger the f/-number. The relationship between shutter speed and aperture can be likened to filling a cup from a tap. will be very different: fast shutter speeds and larger apertures freeze moving objects and soften background details. A. tighten the tap and more time will be needed to fill the cup. Two factors that determine exposure are shutter speed and aperture. The amount the tap is opened is the aperture. Fast shutter speed (/ s) Slow shutter speed (1 s) Small aperture (f/36) Large aperture (f/3) (Remember.Exposure The exposure (brightness) of photographs is determined by the amount of light that falls on the image sensor (CCD) while the shutter is open. the amount of water needed to fill the cup is the amount of light needed for optimal exposure. Faster shutter speeds mean that the image sensor is exposed to light for less time. and M Modes . however. S. the smaller the aperture. Aperture refers to the size of the opening through which the light passes. The slower the shutter speed. Shutter speed determines how long the shutter is open.

S. and M Modes / Mode P (Programmed Auto) 47 . While flexible program is in effect. This mode is recommended for snapshots and other situations in which you want to leave the camera in charge of shutter speed and aperture. The exposure program for mode P is given in the Appendix ( Reference: P. f/2. choose another mode. / s. Rotate the main command dial to the right for large apertures (small f/-numbers) that blur background details or fast shutter speeds that “freeze” motion. rotate the main command dial until the indicator is no longer displayed. a indicator appears in the control panel. To take photographs in programmed auto: 1 Rotate the mode dial to P. 2 Frame a photograph. A. different combinations of shutter speed and aperture can be selected by rotating the main command dial (“flexible program”). f/8 / s. Rotate the main command dial to the left for small apertures (large f/-numbers) that increase depth of field or slow shutter speeds that blur motion.8 (Large aperture) 139).Mode P (Programmed Auto) In this mode. or turn the camera off. and shoot. focus. Flexible Program In mode P. To restore default shutter speed and aperture settings. All combinations produce the same exposure. the camera automatically adjusts shutter speed and aperture for optimal exposure in most situations.

high shutter speeds to “freeze” motion. and shoot. A. ” or 48 Reference: P.Mode S (Shutter-Priority Auto) In shutter-priority auto. Flashing Shutter-Speed Display See “Camera Error Messages and Displays” ( 132) for information on what to do if flashing “ “ ” indicators appear in the shutter-speed displays. S. you choose the shutter speed from values between 30 s and / s while the camera automatically selects the aperture that will produce the optimal exposure. 3 Frame a photograph. To take photographs in shutter-priority auto: 1 Rotate the mode dial to S. focus. 2 Rotate the main command dial to choose the desired shutter speed. Use slow shutter speeds to suggest motion by blurring moving subjects. and M Modes / Mode S (Shutter-Priority Auto) .

A. you choose the aperture from values between the minimum and maximum for the lens while the camera automatically selects the shutter speed that will produce the optimal exposure. S. The lens will be stopped down to the current aperture value. such as focal length and focus distance). 3 Frame a photograph. To take photographs in aperture-priority auto: 1 Rotate the mode dial to A. Large apertures (low f/-numbers) reduce depth of field. Small apertures (high f/-numbers) increase depth of field. blurring objects behind and in front of the main subject. and M Modes / Mode A (Aperture-Priority Auto) 49 . Large apertures (low f/-numbers) soften background details. focus.Mode A (Aperture-Priority Auto) In aperture-priority auto. long field depths in landscape photographs to bring the foreground and background into focus. Depth of Field “Depth of field” is the distance to which objects behind and in front of the focus point appear to be in focus. 2 Rotate the sub-command dial to choose the desired aperture. press and hold the depth-of-field preview button. To preview depth of field. Small apertures (high f/-numbers) increase depth of field. bringing out details in the background and foreground (note that depth of field is also influenced by other factors. allowing depth of field to be previewed in the viewfinder. Short field depths are generally used in portraits to blur background details. bringing both the main subject and background into focus. Reference: P. and shoot.

and the sub-command dial 2 Rotate the main command dialintothe electronic analog exposure displays (see below). A. focus. If the limits of the exposure metering system are exceeded. and M Modes / Mode M (Manual) . Aperture can be set to values between the minimum and maximum values for the lens. S.or over-exposed at current settings. and shoot. f/4. the electronic analog exIf a CPU lens is attached and a shutter speed other than posure displays in the control panel and viewfinder show whether the photograph would be under. the displays will flash. you control both shutter speed and aperture. choose a shutter speed. To take photographs in manual exposure mode: 1 Rotate the mode dial to M. 89). Check exposure 3 Frame a photograph.5 Electronic Analog Exposure Display is selected. Depending on the option chosen for Custom Setting 10 (EV step. Shutter speed can be set to values between 30 s and / s.Mode M (Manual) In manual exposure mode. the amount of under. or the shutter can be held open for indefinitely for longer exposures ( ). EV Step set to “1/3 step” Optimal exposure Underexposed by / EV Overexposed by more than 2 EV Underexposed by / EV Overexposed by more than 3 EV EV Step set to “1/2 step” 50 Reference: P. to set aperture.or over-exposure is shown in increments of / EV or ⁄ EV. / s.

f/25 To prevent loss of power before the exposure is complete. Shutter speed Description Shutter remains open while the shutter-release button is held down.” and then select delayed remote or quick-response remote mode ( 38). Select mode M. A. use a fully charged battery or an optional AC adapter. use a tripod and an optional remote control ( 123) or remote cord ( 123). or fireworks. night scenery. S. Note that noise may be present in long exposures. choose On for the Long exp. Optional ML-L3 remote control required ( 123). To prevent blurring caused by camera shake. Reference: P. and M Modes / Mode M (Manual) 51 . before shooting. the stars. NR option in the shooting menu ( 83). Shutter opens when the shutter-release button on the remote control is pressed and until the button is pressed a second time or remains open for thirty minutes. 35 s. choose a shutter speed of “bulb.Long Time-Exposures Shutter speeds of “bulb” and “--” can be used for long time-exposure photographs of moving lights.

making it possible to meter off-center subjects (if non-CPU lens is used or if Auto-area AF is selected Spot for Custom Setting 2 ( 87). exposure is set using a 420-segment RGB sensor. and composition for natural results. 3D Color Matrix II Metering In matrix metering.14 in. Circle is centered on current focus area. and M Modes / Exposure . recommended when using filters with an exposure factor (filter factor) over 1 × ( 122). color. A.). The default is 8mm (0. button and rotate the main command dial until 12—Center Weight ( 90) This option controls the size of the area assigned the greatest weight in center-weighted metering. Use a type G or D lens for results that include range information (3D color matrix metering II. 52 Reference: P. even when background is much brighter or darker. camera will meter center focus area). Camera meters circle 3. 3D range information is not included (color matrix metering II). Camera meters entire frame but assigns greatest weight to center area. Camera meters a wide area of the frame 3D Color Matrix II and sets exposure according to distribution of brightness.5 % of frame).5 mm (0. Center-weighted Classic meter for portraits. 117). press the the desired mode is displayed.31in. The following options are available: Description Recommended in most situations. Ensures that subject will be correctly exposed.) in diameter (approximately 2. S. Method To choose a metering method.Exposure Metering Controls used: button + main command dial The metering method determines how the camera sets exposure. distance. With other CPU lenses.

Autoexposure Lock

Controls used: AE-L/AF-L button

Use auto exposure lock to recompose photographs after metering exposure: Select mode P, S, and 1 no effect in modeorM,Awhilechoose center-weighted or spot metering (exposure lock has and Digital Vari-Program modes are not recommended as center-weighted and spot metering are not available in these modes). If using centerweighted metering, select the center focus area with the multi selector ( 30).

the selected area and press the 2 Position the subject in halfway. Withfocusshutter-release butshutter-release button the ton pressed halfway and the subject positioned in the focus area, press the AE-L/AF-L button to lock exposure. While exposure lock is in effect, an AE-L indicator will appear in the viewfinder.

3 Keeping the AE-L/AF-L button pressed, recompose the photograph and shoot.

Adjusting Shutter Speed and Aperture While exposure lock is in effect, the following settings can be adjusted without altering the metered value for exposure. Mode Programmed auto Shutter-priority auto Aperture-priority auto Setting Shutter speed and aperture (flexible program; Shutter speed Aperture 47)

The new values can be confirmed in the viewfinder and control panel. Note that the metering method can not be changed while exposure lock is in effect (changes to metering take effect when the lock is released). 18 — AE-L/AF-L ( 94) This option controls the behavior of the AE-L/AF-L button. 19 — AE Lock ( 94) This option controls whether the shutter-release button locks exposure.

Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / Exposure

53

Exposure Compensation

Controls used:

button + main command dial

Exposure compensation is used to alter exposure from the value suggested by the camera, making pictures brighter or darker. It is most effective when used with center-weighted or spot metering ( 52). Exposure compensation is available in modes P, S, and A (in mode M, only the exposure information shown in the electronic analog exposure display is affected; shutter speed and aperture do not change). Press the button and rotate the main command dial until the desired value is displayed in the control panel. Exposure compensation can be set to values between – 5 EV (underexposure) and + 5 EV (overexposure) in increments of / EV. In general, choose positive values to make the subject brighter, negative values to make it darker. At values other than ± 0, a icon will be displayed after you release the button. The current value for exposure compensation will be displayed in the viewfinder when the button is pressed.
+ 2.0 EV – 0.3 EV

–1 EV

No exposure compensation

+1 EV

Normal exposure can be restored by setting exposure compensation to ± 0. Exposure compensation is not reset when the camera is turned off.

10 — EV Step ( 89) Use this option to set the increments for exposure compensation to ½ EV. 11 — Exposure Comp. ( 89) If desired, exposure compensation can be set without pressing the button.

54

Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / Exposure

Flash Exposure Compensation

Controls used:

button + sub command dial

Flash exposure compensation is used to alter flash output from the level suggested by the camera, changing the brightness of the main subject relative to the background. Flash output can be increased to make the main subject appear brighter, or reduced to prevent unwanted highlights or reflections. Press the ( ) button and rotate the sub-command dial until the desired value is displayed in the control panel. Flash compensation can be set to values between – 3 EV (darker) and + 1 EV (brighter) in increments of / EV. In general, choose positive values to make the subject brighter, negative values to make it darker. At values other than ± 0, a icon will be displayed after you release the ( ) button. The current value for flash compensation will be displayed in the viewfinder when the button is pressed.

−0.3 EV +0.7 EV

Normal flash output can be restored by setting flash compensation to ± 0.0. Flash exposure compensation is not reset when the camera is turned off.

Using Flash Exposure Compensation with Optional Speedlights Flash exposure compensation is also available with an optional SB-800 or SB-600 Speedlights. 10 — EV Step ( 89) Use this option to set the increments for flash compensation to ½ EV.

Reference: P, S, A, and M Modes / Exposure

55

dial to choose the bracketing increfrom Bracketing increment Understanding the Bracketing Display Number of shots Progress indicator Description 3 shots: unmodified. S. Below. positive 2 shots: unmodified. negative Bracketing Programs See the Appendix for a list of bracketing programs ( 140).3 EV and 2. Other options can be used to vary exposure or flash level separately or to bracket white balance. and M Modes / Exposure . No. 56 Reference: P. 10 — EV Step ( 89) Use this option to set the increments for exposure and flash bracketing to ½ EV. it is assumed that AE & flash is selected to vary exposure and flash level.Bracketing Controls used: button + command dials Bracketing automatically varies selected settings slightly with each shot. 1 Press the button and rotate the main command dial to choose the number of shots in the bracketing sequence (two or three). 14 — Auto BKT Order ( 91) This option can be used to change the bracketing order. positive 2 shots: unmodified. negative. “bracketing” the current value. of shots Progress indicator Press button and rotate the sub-command 2 ment the values between 0.0 EV. 90). A. The setting affected is chosen with Custom Setting 13 (Auto BKT set.

A. Exposure Bracketing The camera modifies exposure by varying shutter speed and aperture (programmed auto). S. and the indicator when the shot with the positive increment is taken. To cancel bracketing. and camera will vary 3 Compose and flash levelfocus. If the camera is turned off before all shots in the sequence have been taken. Resuming Exposure or Flash Bracketing If the memory card fills before all shots in the sequence have been taken. When On is selected for Custom Setting 7 (ISO Auto. shooting can be resumed from the next shot in the sequence after the memory card has been replaced or shots have been deleted to make room on the memory card. shutter speed will only be changed after the camera has adjusted ISO sensitivity. The modified values can be higher or lower than the maximum and minimum values for exposure and flash compensation. The default settings. aperture (shutter-priority auto). Exposure and flash bracketing are cancelled when WB bracketing is selected for Custom Setting 13 (Auto BKT set. While bracketing is in effect. or shutter speed (aperture-priority auto. exposure with shot. In exposure bracketing. 88). the camera will automatically vary ISO sensitivity for optimum exposure when the limits of the camera exposure system are exceeded. manual exposure mode). S. The modified shutter speed and aperture are displayed in the control panel and viewfinder. shooting will pause after the number of shots specified in the bracketing program. eachshoot. 90). bracketing will resume when mode P. a bracketing progress indicator will be displayed in the control panel. Reference: P. Exposure and Flash Bracketing In continuous mode. the indicator when the shot with the negative increment is taken. or M is selected. the bracketing increment will be subtracted from the current values in the second shot and added in the third shot. “bracketing” the current values. The segment will disappear from the indicator when the unmodified shot is taken. A. The program last in effect will be restored the next time bracketing is activated. At the first shot will be taken at the current values for exposure and flash compensation and the following shots at modified values. Selecting or Digital Vari-Program modes will cancel bracketing. press the button and rotate the main command dial until the number of shots in the bracketing sequence is zero and is no longer displayed in the control panel. If the bracketing sequence consists of three shots.a photograph. and M Modes / Exposure 57 . bracketing will resume from the next shot in the sequence when the camera is turned on.

Option To select a value for white balance. During shooting.White Balance Controls used: WB button + main command dial (monitor off ) White balance ensures that colors are unaffected by the color of the light source. white balance can be “fine tuned” by ± 3 in increments of one. Recommended for most situAuto ations. Incandescent Use under incandescent lighting. Direct Sunlight Use with subjects lit by direct sunlight. higher values to lend images a bluish tinge. White balance can also be adjusted from the shooting menu ( 82). Choose color temp. Shade Use in daylight with subjects in the shade. if necessary. S. and M Modes / White Balance . Flash Use with built-in flash or optional Nikon flash units. Choose lower values to make photographs appear slightly more yellow or red. press the WB button and rotate the main command dial until the desired setting is displayed in the control panel. other values can be selected according to the type of source. White balance Use gray or white object or existing photograph as reference for white preset balance ( 59). A. settings other than ±0 are displayed in the control panel as shown at right.) and PRE (White balance preset). The following options are available: Description Camera sets white balance automatically. Auto white balance is recommended for most light sources. Fine-Tuning White Balance Controls used: WB button + sub-command dial (monitor off ) At settings other than (Choose color temp. Press the WB button and rotate the sub-command dial until the desired setting is displayed in the control panel. Cloudy Use in daylight under overcast skies. Fluorescent Use under fluorescent lighting. Choose color temperature from list of values ( 59). 58 Reference: P.

appear slightly yellow or red. The color temperatures for each of the white balance settings supported by the camera may be found in the Appendix ( 140). Preset White Balance Preset white balance can be used when the desired results can not be achieved at other settings or to match white balance to the value used in an previous photograph. Take a test shot to determine if the selected color temperature is appropriate to the light source. S. Color temperature is an objective measure of the color of a light source.Choosing a Color Temperature Controls used: WB button + sub-command dial (monitor off ) At a setting of (Choose color temp. Two methods are available for setting preset white balance: Method Direct measurement Copy from existing photograph Description Neutral gray or white object is placed under lighting that will be used in final photograph and white balance is measured by camera ( 60). such as incandescent light bulbs. Color temperature can also be selected in the shooting menu ( 82). and M Modes / White Balance 59 .500 K appear white. light sources with a lower color temperature. color temperature can be selected by pressing the WB button and rotating the sub-command dial until the desired value is displayed in the control panel. 13 — Auto BKT Set ( 90) This option to create a series of photographs “bracketing” the current white balance value. While light sources with a color temperature in the neighborhood of 5. defined with reference to the temperature to which an object would have to be heated to radiate light in the same wavelengths. Color Temperature The perceived color of a light source varies with the viewer and other conditions. White balance is copied from photo on memory card ( 82).). A. Choose color temp.000–5. Note that the desired results may not achieved with the flash or with fluorescent lighting. Light sources with a higher color temperature appear tinged with blue. Reference: P. choose (Flash) or (Fluorescent) instead.

and M Modes / White Balance . the 5 If the cameraflwas as shown at rightafor about six seconds before displays will ash the camera returns to shooting mode (to return to shooting mode before the display stops flashing. press the WB button. able to measure value for white balance. press button. not use exposure compensation.Measuring a Value for Preset White Balance under lighting that fi 1 Place a neutral gray or white objectbe usedthe a reference inwill be used in theDonal photograph. No photograph will be recorded. A standard gray card can as studio settings. White balance will automatically be set to the measured value. A. press the shutter-release button halfway). the reference object so it nder and 4 Framethe shutter-release buttonthat thefills the viewfiThe campress all way down. the camera was unable to measure white balance. To exit without measuring a new value for white balance. era will measure a value for white balance and use this value when preset white balance is selected. button withoutand then pressnew value foruntil displays start to flthe WB To exit measuring a white balance. 2 Press the WB button and rotate the main command dial until control panel. is displayed in the Release the WB briefly the button ash as 3 shown at right. S. If the displays flash as shown at right. 60 Reference: P. Press the shutter-release button halfway to return to Step 4 and measure white balance again.

View menus Retouch photo Create retouched copy of current photograph ( 109). View thumbnails View multiple photographs ( 63). Zoom in on current photograph ( 64). 6 — Image Review ( 88) Choose whether to display photographs as they are taken. press shuttermode or button. Protect photo Protect current photograph ( 65). The following operations can be performed in full-frame playback: Description Press multi selector to right or rotate main command dial right to view photographs in order recorded. Exit to shooting Shutter button To turn monitor off and return to shooting mode. To Use Auto Image Rotation ( 108)/Rotate Tall ( 75) These options control whether photographs taken in “tall” orientation are rotated for display in the monitor during playback. Press multi selector left View additional or or rotate main command dial left to view photographs in rephotographs verse order.More on Playback Viewing Photographs on the Camera To play photographs back. The most recent photograph will be displayed in the monitor. press the button. release button halfway or press the View menus ( 74). Zoom in on photo Delete photo Delete current photograph ( 65). View photo inforPress multi selector up or down or rotate sub-command dial to or mation view information about current photograph ( 62). Photographs taken in “tall” (portrait) orientation are displayed in tall orientation as shown at right. 27 — Monitor Off ( 98) Choose how long the monitor remains on before turning off automatically to save power. Reference: More on Playback / Viewing Photographs on the Camera 61 .

............................. 1 2 3 4 5 ³ ¸ µ ¹ Retouch History 1 1 Protect status ..... starting with most recent change..................109 4 Frame number/total number of images 1.................. 104 White balance/white balance fine-tuning ............. 58 12 Frame number/total number of images 6 Image size/ image quality....................14.... 80 Protect status ........................................................... 3... 49........... 40 Frame number/total number of images ³ µ ¸ Shooting Data... Filter name is displayed if photo was taken with filter option selected for Optimize image > Black-and-white > Custom....................... 48....... 103 Time of recording ..14............ 43 10 Saturation ........ Page 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 Protect status ......... ................... 75 5 6 7 8 9 Image quality............................. 109 9 Color mode/hue . 109 3 Frame number/total number of images 4 Folder name .... 35 1.......................... 52 Shutter speed ............................. 35 Image size .........Photo Information Photo information is superimposed on images displayed in full-frame playback.... 34................. 54 Focal length ...... 103 File name ...............................65 2 Retouch indicator ....................... 45 Exposure compensation .......... Only first 13 letters are displayed......... 80 11 Image comment 3 .................................................... Page 2 7 Tone compensation .......................... 80 Retouch indicator ........ Displayed in red if ISO sensitivity was modified from selected value by auto ISO...... ³ 62 Reference: More on Playback / Viewing Photographs on the Camera .......................... 65 8 Sharpening ........................... 109 Camera name Metering ...................... 80 Image optimization 1............... 79 ISO sensitivity 2 ............. 34 Date of recording .................... Press the multi selector up or down or rotate the sub-command dial to cycle through the following information: Basic Information ↔ Shooting Data Page 1 ↔ Shooting Data Page 2 ↔ Retouch History (retouched copies only) ↔ Highlights ↔ RGB Histogram ↔ Basic Information.......... 50 Aperture ..109 3 Retouch history: Lists changes made to image using options in retouch menu ( 109)........1 Flash mode ... 65 Retouch indicator .. 2...... 65 2 Retouch indicator ........ 50 7 8 9 10 11 Mode ....................................................... 35 ³ · Shooting Data............................................... Displayed if image was created using options in retouch menu.. Basic Information 1 Protect status ............

................... press the button in full-frame playback. Use multi selector to highlight photographs..................................... 65 Retouch indicator ........... The horizontal axis corresponds to pixel brightness... Details may be lost (“washed out”) in areas of highlights that are overexposed................ 109 Histogram (all channels) Red channel histogram 5 Green channel histogram 6 Blue channel histogram 7 Frame number/total number of images ³ Viewing Multiple Images: Thumbnail Playback To display images in “contact sheets” of four or nine images... or rotate main command dial to move cursor up or down.. press shutteror button...... 1 2 3 4 Protect status ... Decrease number of images displayed from nine to four or from four to one (full-frame playback). release button halfway or press the View menus ( 74).. Delete highlighted photograph ( 65)........................... The vertical axis shows the number of pixels of each brightness in the image....... Protect highlighted photograph ( 65).......... 1 Protect status .......109 3 Image highlights (areas of image that are “washed out”) are indicated by flashing border 4 Frame number/total number of images ³ RGB Histogram A histogram is a graph showing the distribution of tones in the image..........65 2 Retouch indicator ..................... The following operations can be performed while thumbnails are displayed: To Display more images per page Display fewer images per page Highlight photographs View highlighted picture full frame Delete photo Protect photo Exit to shooting mode View menus Use Description Increase number of images displayed from one (full-frame playback) to four or from four to nine................. Reference: More on Playback / Viewing Photographs on the Camera 63 ............... with dark pixels at the left and bright pixels at the right.. Shutter button To turn monitor off and return to shooting mode.... Note that camera histograms may differ from those displayed in imaging applications.................... View picture highlighted in thumbnail list full frame....... sub-command dial to move cursor left or right.......Highlights Highlights are the brightest portions of the image...

View menus ( 74). Navigation window is displayed when zoom View other areas of ratio is altered. View menus To Use 64 Reference: More on Playback / Viewing Photographs on the Camera . or right to view areas of image not visible in monitor. Press Zoom in and out / to zoom out. Cancel zoom Return to full-frame playback. area currently visible in monitor is indicated by image yellow border. Delete photo Protect current photograph ( 65). Keep multi selector pressed to scroll rapidly to other areas of frame. left. Rotate main command dial to view same location in other imView other images ages at current zoom ratio.Taking a Closer Look: Playback Zoom Press the button to zoom in on a photograph in full-frame playback. While photo is zoomed in. down. 19 × (medium images) or 13 × (small images). The following operations can be performed: Description Press to zoom in to maximum of approximately 25 × (large images). Delete current photograph ( 65). press multi selector up. press shuttermode or release button halfway or press the button. Protect photo Exit to shooting Shutter button To turn monitor off and return to shooting mode.

and thumbnail playback. One of the following confirmation dialogs will be displayed. To remove protection from all images in the folder or folders currently selected for Playback Folder. Press the button to protect the photograph currently displayed in full-frame or zoom playback or highlighted in the thumbnail list. Press any other button to exit without deleting the photograph. press the button again to delete the photograph. and have DOS “read-only” status when viewed on a Windows computer. Reference: More on Playback / Viewing Photographs on the Camera 65 . Deleting Individual Photographs Press the button to delete the photograph currently displayed in full-frame or zoom playback or highlighted in the thumbnail list. Delete ( 74) This option can be used to delete multiple photographs.Protecting Photographs from Deletion In full-frame. press the and buttons together for about two seconds. the button can be used to protect photographs from accidental deletion. butTo remove protection from the photograph so that it can be deleted. Note that protected files will be deleted when the memory card is formatted ( 102). The photograph will be marked with a icon. zoom. Protected files can not be deleted using the button or the Delete option in the playback menu. press the ton when the photograph is displayed in full-frame or zoom playback or highlighted in the thumbnail list.

the camera monitor-off delay will be fixed at ten minutes and the exposure meters will remain on indefinitely. Computer. or Printer Viewing Photographs on TV The supplied EG-D2 audio/video (A/V) cable can be used to connect the camera to a television or VCR for playback or recording. Computer.Connecting to a TV. images willcamera monion the television or to video tape. Background music included with Pictmotion slide shows ( 75) will be played back over the television speakers. During be displayed 5 Turn the camera on. Use an AC Adapter Use of an EH-5 AC adapter (available separately) is recommended for extended playback. recordedplayback. Audio (white) Connect to video device Video (yellow) Connect to camera Video connector 4 Tune the television to the video channel. Always the camera 2 Turn the or disconnecting theturn cable. off before connecting A/V 3 Connect the A/V cable as shown. or Printer / Viewing Photographs on TV . the tor will remain off. When the EH-5 is connected. camera off. 1 Choose the appropriate video mode ( 103). 66 Reference: Connecting to a TV.

Connecting to a Computer
The camera can be connected to a computer using the supplied UC-E4 USB cable. The supplied PictureProject software can then be used to copy photographs to the computer, where they can be organized, retouched, and printed.

Before Connecting the Camera
Install PictureProject or any other software you may need after first reading the manuals and reviewing the system requirements. To ensure that data transfer is not interrupted, be sure the camera battery is fully charged. If in doubt, charge the battery before connecting the camera or use an EH-5 AC adapter (available separately). Before connecting the camera, select the USB item in the camera setup menu and choose a USB option as described below.
Computer operating system Windows XP Home Edition Windows XP Professional Mac OS X Windows 2000 Professional USB Choose PTP or Mass Storage Choose Mass Storage *

* Do NOT select PTP. If PTP is selected when the camera is connected, the Windows hardware wizard will be displayed. Click Cancel to exit the wizard, and then disconnect the camera and select Mass Storage.

Connecting the USB Cable

1 Turn the computer on and wait for it to start up. 2 Turn the camera off.
UC-E4 USB cable as shown. Do not use force or attempt to 3 Connect the suppliedangle. Connect the camera directly to the computer; do notinsert the connectors at an connect the cable via a USB hub or keyboard.
USB connector

Reference: Connecting to a TV, Computer, or Printer / Connecting to a Computer

67

camera 4 Turn thepanel andon. If Mass Storage is selected for USB, the control viewfinder will display the indicators shown at right (when PTP is selected, the normal shooting indicators are displayed).

photographs 5 Transfer (on CD). to the computer as described in the PictureProject reference manual the USB 6 If PTP is selected forisUSB, the camera can be turned off andthe cameracable disconnected once transfer complete. If Mass Storage is selected, must first be removed from the system as described below. Windows XP Home Edition/Windows XP Professional Click the “Safely Remove Hardware” icon in the taskbar ( ) and select Safely remove USB Mass Storage Device. Windows 2000 Professional Click the “Unplug or Eject Hardware” icon in the taskbar ( ) and select Stop USB Mass Storage Device.
Mac OS X Drag the camera volume (“NIKON D80”) into the Trash.

During Transfer Do not turn the camera off or disconnect the USB cable while transfer is in progress. Camera Control Pro Camera Control Pro (available separately; 123) can be used to operate the camera from a computer. Before connecting the camera, set the camera USB option ( 104) to PTP. When Camera Control Pro is running, the camera will show in place of the number of exposures remaining.

68

Reference: Connecting to a TV, Computer, or Printer / Connecting to a Computer

Printing Photographs
Photographs can be printed by any of the following methods: • Connect the camera to a printer and print JPEG photographs directly from the camera (see below). • Insert the camera memory card in a printer equipped with a card slot (see the printer manual for details). If the printer supports DPOF ( 134), photographs can be selected for printing using Print Set ( 73). • Take the camera memory card to a developer or digital printer center. If the center supports DPOF, photographs can be selected for printing using Print Set. • Transfer pictures ( 67) and print them from a computer using PictureProject or Capture NX (available separately; 123). Note that this is the only method available for printing RAW (NEF) pictures.

Printing Via Direct USB Connection
JPEG photographs can be printed directly from a camera connected to a PictBridge printer ( 134). When taking photographs for printing via direct USB connection in P, S, A, and M modes, choose Ia (sRGB) or IIIa (sRGB) for the Custom > Color mode option in the Optimize image menu ( 80).
Take photographs Select photographs for printing using Print Set Select PTP in camera USB menu and connect camera to printer ( 70)

Print photographs one at a time ( 71)

Print multiple photographs ( 72)

Create index prints ( 72)

Disconnect USB cable

Printing Via Direct USB Connection If an error occurs during printing, the camera will display the dialog shown at right. After checking the printer, press the multi selector up or down to highlight Continue and press OK to resume printing. Select Cancel to exit without printing the remaining pages. RAW (NEF) photographs can not be printed by direct USB connection. They are displayed in the Print Select menu but can not be selected for printing.

Reference: Connecting to a TV, Computer, or Printer / Printing Photographs

69

To view six photographs at a time. A welcome display. or press to display the highlighted photograph full frame.Connecting the Printer Before printing. UC-E4 USB cable as shown.will be displayed. 3 Turn the camera off. 70 Reference: Connecting to a TV. followed by the PictBridge playback Proceed to “ Printing Pictures One at a Time” ( 72).attempt connect the connectors at an do not the cable via a USB hub or keyboard. Use the multi selector to highlight photographs. or Printer / Printing Photographs . 1 Set the camera USB option to PTP ( 104). press the button. Connect the camera directly to the printer. USB connector screen 5 Turn the camera on. 71) or “ Printing Multiple Pictures” ( ➜ Press the multi selector left or right to view additional photographs. 2 Turn the printer on. or press the button to zoom in on the current photo ( 64). charge the battery or use an EH-5 AC adapter (available separately). If in doubt. check that the camera battery is fully charged. Computer. Do not use force or to insert 4 Connect the suppliedangle.

of Copies then press OK to select and return to print menu. 8 x 10 in. 5 x 7 in. press OK. then press OK to select and return to print menu. Print with Border (print photo with white border). Use and buttons to choose size of crop and use multi selector to choose position of crop. Option Menu shown at right will be displayed. press OK. highlight No cropping and press OK. Menu shown at right will be displayed. Press the multi selector up or down to highlight an option and press to the right to select. Press multi selector up or down to choose Printer Default (default for current Time stamp printer). Menu shown at right will be displayed. Page Size. Press multi selector up or down to choose print style from Printer Default Border (default for current printer). or Printer / Printing Photographs 71 ..5 x 5 in. To cancel and return to PictBridge playback display before printStart ing is complete. then press OK to select and return to print menu. Reference: Connecting to a TV. To exit without cropping picture. 100 x 150 mm.. Cropping If Crop is selected. then press OK to select and return to print menu. PictBridge playback display is shown when printing is comPrinting plete.. Only options supported by the current printer can be selected. or No Border. A3. dialog shown at right will be displayed. or A4. Letter. Press OK to return to print menu.Printing Pictures One at a Time To print the picture currently selected in the PictBridge playback display. 3. Menu shown at right will be displayed. Menu shown at right will be displayed. Press multi selector up or down to choose number of copies (maximum 99). highlight Crop and press multi selector right. To crop picture. No.. Press multi selector up or down to choose page size from Printer Default Page Size (default page size for current printer). or No Time Stamp. The menu shown at right will be displayed. and Time Stamp Choose printer default to print at current printer settings. Description Print current picture. Border. Print Time Stamp (print time and date of recording on photo). Computer. 4 x 6 in.

To start printing. press OK to display menu of print options. Press the multi selector up or down to highlight an option and press to the right to select. PictBridge menu will be displayed when printing is complete. press 2 Select current picture and set number of prints to 1. The menu shown at right will be displayed. Create index print of all JPEG photos. and time stamp options as described on precedIndex Print ing page (warning will be displayed if selected page size is too small). Computer. 3 4 Display print options. press the PictBridge playback display. To display current button. highlight Start Printing and press OK. press multi selector down when number of prints is 1. and time stamp options as described on page 71. Choose page size. or Printer / Printing Photographs . Option Description Print Select Print selected pictures (see below). PictBridge menu will be displayed when printing is complete. to maximum of 256. Choose page size. picture full screen. To start printing. Print (DPOF) Print current DPOF print order ( 73). Specify number of prints (up to 99). Confirmation dialog shown at right will be displayed. To deselect picture. Printing Selected Photographs Choosing Print Select displays the menu shown in Step 1. border. highlight Start Printing and press OK. Repeat Steps 1 – 3 to select additional pictures.Printing Multiple Pictures To print multiple pictures or create an index print listing all JPEG button in the photographs as small thumbnail images. 72 Reference: Connecting to a TV. border. Selected pictures marked by icon. 1 Scroll through pictures.

Creating a DPOF Print Order: Print Set The Print Set option in the playback menu is used to create digital “print orders” for PictBridge-compatible printers and devices that support DPOF. Selecting Print Set from the playback menu displays the menu shown in Step 1.

1
Highlight Select / Set.

2
Display selection dialog.

3 4

Select pictures and specify number of prints as described in Steps 2 – 3 on previous page. Note that RAW (NEF) photos can not be selected for printing. Display options. Highlight option and press multi selector right: • Data imprint: Print shutter speed and aperture on all pictures in print order. • Imprint date: Print date of recording on all pictures in print order. To complete print order and exit, highlight Done and press OK.

To print the current print order when the camera is connected to a PictBridge printer, select Print (DPOF) in the PictBridge menu and follow the steps in “ Printing Selected Photographs” to modify and print the current order ( 72). DPOF date and data imprint options are not supported when printing via direct USB connection; to print the date of recording on photographs in the current print order, use the PictBridge Time Stamp option.

Print Set The Print Set option can not be used if there is not enough space on the memory card to store the print order. Print orders may not print correctly if images are deleted using a computer after the print order is created.

Reference: Connecting to a TV, Computer, or Printer / Printing Photographs

73

Menu Guide
Playback Options: The Playback Menu
The playback menu contains the following options (options displayed may differ if My menu is selected for the CSM/Setup menu option in the setup menu; 101). See “Using Camera Menus” ( 9) for more information on using the menus.
Option Description Delete Delete all or selected photos. Playback folder Choose folder for playback. Rotate tall Slide show Hide image Print set Rotate “tall” (portrait-orientation) photos during playback.

74 75 75

Play photos back in automatic slide shows, either with background music and 75 panning, zoom, and transition effects (Pictmotion) or without (standard) Hide selected photos. 78 Select photos for printing. 78

Delete
The delete menu contains the following options:
Option Selected All Description Delete selected photographs (see below). Delete all photographs.

Selecting Multiple Pictures To select multiple pictures for deletion, slide shows, or the Hide image option:

1
Highlight picture. To view highlighted picture full frame, press button.

2
Select highlighted picture. Selection shown by icon.

3

Repeat steps 1–2 to select additional pictures. To deselect picture, highlight and press multi selector down.

4
Complete operation.

74

Menu Guide / Playback Options: The Playback Menu

Playback Folder
Choose a folder for playback:
Option Description Only photos in the folder currently selected for Folders in the shooting menu are displayed during playback. This option is selected Current automatically when a photo is taken. If a memory card is inserted (default) and this option selected before photos have been taken, a message stating that the folder contains no images will be displayed during playback. Select All to begin playback. All Play back photos in all folders on the memory card.

Rotate Tall
Select On to rotate “tall” (portrait-orientation) photos for display in the monitor. Photographs taken with Off selected for Auto image rotation ( 108) will be displayed in “wide” (landscape) orientation.

Slide Show
Play pictures back one after the other in an automated “slide show.” A Pictmotion option is available with transitions, panning and zoom effects and background music (background music will only be audible if the camera is connected to a television set; 66). The recommended steps involved in creating a slide show are shown below.

1 Select photos pictures and press the multi selector right. Highlight one of the folHighlight Select
lowing options and press OK to select the highlighted option and return to the slide show menu.

•All pictures: Slide show will include all the photos in the current playback folder ( 75). •Select pictures: Select up to fifty photos for the slide show ( 74). Only photos in the current playback folder ( 75) are available for selection; hidden photos and images that can not be displayed by the camera can not be selected.

Menu Guide / Playback Options: The Playback Menu

75

style 2 Choose a Change settings and press the multi selector right, then highlight Style and Highlight press the multi selector right. Highlight one of the following options and press OK to select the highlighted option and return to the slide show menu.

•Standard: Pictures are played back at a selected interval, without background music, transitions, or other effects. •Pictmotion: Select a pattern that includes background music with matching transitions and panning and zoom effects. Note that background music will only be audible if the camera is connected to a television ( 66).

3 Choose a frame interval or playback pattern selector right, then choose a frame Highlight Change settings and press the multi
interval or playback pattern as described below.
“Standard” selected in Step 2 To change the interval between slides from the default setting of two seconds, highlight Frame interval and press the multi selector right. Highlight one of the following options and press OK to select the highlighted option and return to the slide show menu.

“Pictmotion” selected in Step 2 To change the background track from the default setting of Pachelbel’s Canon, highlight Background music and press the multi selector right. Highlight one of the following options and press OK to select the highlighted option and return to the slide show menu.

Panning and zoom effects and transitions are matched to the selected background track.

76

Menu Guide / Playback Options: The Playback Menu

4 Start the show show. Pause the slide show. Change the photo info displayed. End the slide show and return to full-frame ( 61) or thumbnail playback ( 63). Select Restart to restart the show or Exit to return to the playback menu. This option is not available if Pictmotion is selected in Step 2. The following To start the slide operations can be performed during a slide show: To Go forward or back one frame View photo info Pause slide show Exit to playback menu Exit to playback mode Exit to shooting mode Shutter release Use / / Description Press multi selector or rotate main command dial left to return to the previous frame. Photos can be taken immediately. highlight Start and press OK. This option is not available if Pictmotion is selected in Step 2. End the slide show and return to the playback menu. Press the shutter-release button halfway to turn the monitor off and return to shooting mode. The dialog shown at right is displayed when the show ends or when the button is pressed to pause playback. right to skip to the next frame. Menu Guide / Playback Options: The Playback Menu 77 .

and can only be deleted by formatting the memory card. Protected and Hidden Images Revealing an image that is both hidden and protected will simultaneously remove protection from the image. Option Select/set Deselect all? Description Hide or reveal selected photographs ( Reveal all photographs. 78 Menu Guide / Playback Options: The Playback Menu . Print Set Choose Select / set to select photographs for printing on a PictBridge printer or DPOF-compatible device ( 73). File Attributes for Hidden Images Hidden images have “hidden” and “read-only” status when viewed on a Windows computer. In the case of “NEF + JPEG” images.Hide Image Hide or reveal selected photographs. Hidden images are visible only in the Hide Image menu. Choose Deselect all? to remove all photos from the current print order. 74). this marking applies to both NEF (RAW) and JPEG images.

and sharpness to produce crisp images with sharp outlines. † Record multiple exposures in a single frame. Maximizes saturation. greens. and sharpness to produce vivid images with vibrant reds. Image quality † Image size † Choose image size. S. and other settings according to how photographs will be used or the type of scene. Enhances saturation. Choose image quality. Customize image optimization settings ( 80). • Use a type G or D lens for best results. select Custom and choose II (Adobe RGB) for Color Mode. To use the Adobe RGB color space. 101). contrast. Option SO Softer VI Vivid VI More vivid PO Portrait Description Softens outlines. * Available in P. Custom BW Black-and-white At Settings Other than “Custom” At settings other than Custom: • Photographs are optimized for current shooting conditions. contrast. High ISO NR Reduce noise at high ISO sensitivities. Lowers contrast while lending natural texture and rounded feel to skin of portrait subjects.Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu The shooting menu contains the following options (options displayed may differ if My menu is selected for the CSM/Setup option in the setup menu. and M modes only. 79–81 81 81 82 83 83 83 84–85 Optimize Image (P. Results will vary with exposure and the position of the subject in the frame. N Normal (default) Recommended for most situations. producing natural results suitable for portraits or retouching on a computer. sharpening. White balance *. Take photos in black-and-white ( 81). Option Description Optimize image * Optimize images according to scene. † Adjust colors according to the light source. Menu Guide / Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu 79 . • The sRGB color space is used. and blues. See “Using Camera Menus” ( 9) for more information on using the menus. NR Reduce noise at slow shutter speeds. A. and M Modes) Optimize contrast. S. Multiple exposure *. † Reset to defaults when a two-button reset is performed ( 44). Raise sensitivity when lighting is poor. ISO sensitivity † Long exp. A.

tone compensation. • Image sharpening: Choose how much outlines are sharpened during shooting. which supports a wider gamut of colors than sRGB. Mode II is adapted to the Adobe RGB color space. “Auto” Results for auto image sharpening. 80 Menu Guide / Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu . Default setting: Auto. Choose Ia for portrait shots and IIIa for nature or landscape shots. See the Camera Control Pro manual for details. and blues more purple. Enhanced for more vivid colors. Photos taken in modes Ia and IIIa are adapted to the sRGB color space and are suited for printing or use “as is. If the application supports color management. • Color mode: Control color reproduction. choose the Adobe RGB color space when opening photos taken in mode II. • Saturation: Control the vividness of colors. Default setting: Auto. Choose Custom to select a user-defined tone curve created using Camera Control Pro (available separately. Default setting: Auto. low settings for softer outlines. Choose Moderate for less saturated colors.Customizing Image Enhancement Options: Custom Select Custom to make separate adjustments to the following options. After adjusting settings. Default setting: Ia (sRBG). • Tone compensation: Control contrast. Capture NX (available separately. • Hue adjustment: Hue can be adjusted between –9 ˚ to +9 ˚ in increments of 3 ˚ (the degrees refer to the “color wheel” often used to express hue). 123) and PictureProject display colors correctly even if the correct color space is not selected. Mode II is the preferred choice for photos that will be extensively processed or retouched. and greens more yellow. Negative values make reds more purple. Default setting: ±0. Use a type G or D lens for best results. 123). greens more blue. highlight Done and press .” with no further modification. Choose high settings for sharp outlines. and saturation vary with exposure and the position of the subject in the frame. Higher settings preserve detail in misty landscapes and other low-contrast subjects. Color Mode Modes Ia and IIIa are recommended for photos that will be printed without modification or viewed in applications that do not support color management. blues more green. Positive values make reds more orange. Lower settings prevent loss of detail in highlights under harsh lighting or in direct sunlight.

Enhances contrast. Image Size (All Modes) Image size can be selected from Large. red more contrast than orange. or Custom to adjust sharpening and tone compensation before shooting as described in on page 80. Menu Guide / Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu 81 . Custom also supports the following color filter effects: Filter effect Off Yellow Orange Red Green Description No color filter effect. Orange produces more contrast than yellow.Taking Pictures in Black-and-White: Black-and-White Selecting Black-and-white for Optimize image displays the menu shown at right. See “Reference: Image Quality and Size” ( 33). Can be used to tone down the brightness of the sky in landscape photographs. Image Quality (All Modes) Seven options are available for image quality. Softens skin tones. Medium. Black-and-white indicators appear in the control panel and viewfinder when Black-andwhite is selected for Optimize image ( 5–7). and Small. Can be used for portraits. See “Reference: Image Quality and Size” ( 33). Choose Normal to take standard black-and-white pictures.

3 Highlight Select image. white balance will be set to the measured value even if Use photo is currently selected in the preset white balance menu. Copying White Balance from a Photograph A white balance value copied from an existing photograph can be used for preset white balance. 7 Highlight photograph. ‡ 8 Set preset white balance to value for highlighted photograph and return to shooting menu. and M Modes) Nine options are available for white balance. highlight Measure and press multi selector right. highlight This image and press multi selector right. See “Reference: White Balance” ( 58). 82 Menu Guide / Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu . Note that if a new value is measured for white balance. S. 60). * * To use last measured value ( 2 Display current source photo. 6 Display images in selected folder. 5 Highlight folder. ‡ Images displayed may include those created with other cameras. † To use the previous source photo. 1 Highlight Use photo.White Balance (P. The menu shown in Step 1 will be displayed. but only photographs created with D80 can be used as source for preset white balance. A. Select White balance > White balance preset in the shooting menu. † 4 Display folder list.

Choose from the following options: Option Off (default) On Description Noise reduction off. the displays shown at right appear in the control panel and viewfinder. No further photos can be taken until processing is complete. Long Exp. High for more noise reduction. Choose from the following options: Option Normal (default) Low High Off Description Noise reduction takes effect at sensitivities over ISO 400. slowing burst shooting and reducing the number of images that can be stored in the memory buffer. Choose Low for less noise reduction. Minimal noise reduction is performed at sensitivities over ISO 800. Noise reduction turns off unless sensitivity exceeds ISO 800. Note that if photos are played back during processing. NR (All Modes) Photographs taken at shutter speeds of 8 s or slower can be processed to reduce “noise” in the form of randomly-spaced. High ISO NR (All Modes) Photographs taken at high sensitivities can be processed to reduce “noise”. During processing.ISO Sensitivity (All Modes) Adjust ISO sensitivity. the image displayed in the monitor may not show the effects of noise reduction. See “Reference: ISO Sensitivity” ( 43). Menu Guide / Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu 83 . Photographs taken at shutter speeds of about 8 s or slower are processed to reduce noise. Noise reduction will not be performed if the camera is turned off during processing. brightly-colored pixels.

focal length. mode. 4 Highlight one of the following options and press OK. S. and M Modes) Follow the steps below to record a series of two or three exposures in a single photograph. and other information listed in the playback photo information display is for the first shot in the multiple exposure. Option Description On (default) Off Gain adjusted to correct exposure according to the number of exposures recorded (gain for each exposure is set to / for two exposures. Highlight Number of shots and press the multi selector right. multi choose 2 Press thethat willselector up or down to a single the number of exposures be combined to form photograph. exposure. shooting will end automatically if no operations are performed for 30 s. Selecting Multiple exposure in the shooting menu displays the 1 menu shown at right. 99) or use an optional EH-5 AC adapter. For an interval between exposures of more than 30 s. 84 Menu Guide / Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu . camera orientation. metering. Press OK to return to the multiple exposure menu. Photo Info The date of recording. 3 Highlight Auto gain and press the multi selector to the right.Multiple Exposure (P. Exchanging Memory Cards Do not remove or replace the memory card while recording a multiple exposure. Recommended if background is dark. / for three exposures). Gain not adjusted to correct exposure. Note that at default settings. choose 30 min for Custom Setting 28 (Auto meter-off. A.

highlight Cancel. and press OK. select Multiple exposure from the shooting menu. While multiple exposure mode is in effect. highlight Reset. To exit without recording a multiple exposure. If Auto gain is on. is complete. S.will disappear from7the control shooting Repeat steps 1 – to take additional multiple exposures. and press OK. Shooting will also end if: • The exposure meters turn off during shooting ( 18) • The user performs a two-button reset • The camera is turned off • The battery is exhausted • The multiple exposure is deleted • A mode other than P. remaining The icon 7 Take thepanel whenexposures. The blink. Bracketing and Other Settings Bracketing is cancelled when multiple exposure is selected and can not be restored until shooting has ended. A.5 Highlight Done and press OK. 6 Frame a photograph. or M is selected If shooting ends before the specified number of exposures have been taken. a multiple exposure will be created from the exposures that have been recorded to that point. icon will start to Cancelling a Multiple Exposure To end shooting before the multiple exposure is complete. A icon will be displayed in the control panel. and shoot. select Multiple exposure from the shooting menu. with the exceptions of Multiple exposure and White balance. memory cards can not be formatted and no shooting menu options can be changed. Menu Guide / Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu 85 . gain will be adjusted to reflect the number of exposures actually recorded. focus.

86 Menu Guide / Custom Settings . 38). The beep will not sound when Off is selected. Center-weighted Auto BKT set Auto BKT order Command dials FUNC button Illumination AE-L/AF-L AE lock Focus area AF area illumination 89 90 90–91 91 91 92–93 93 94 94 94 95 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 Option Built-in flash Flash warning Flash shutter speed Auto FP Modeling flash Monitor-off Auto meter-off Self-timer Remote on duration Exp. a beep will sound when the camera focuses in single-servo AF (AF-S or when shooting stationary subjects in AF-A autofocus mode). select Full for CSM/Setup menu: 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Option Exposure comp. when it is off ( 5). or when a photograph is taken in quick-response remote mode ( 38). 1: Beep (All Modes) At the default setting of On. The current setting is shown in the control panel: is displayed when the beep is on. delay mode MB-D80 batteries 95–97 98 98 98 98 98 99 99 99 99 100 R: Reset Select Reset to restore all Custom Settings to their default values. The following options are available when Simple (the default option) is selected for CSM/Setup menu in the setup menu ( 101): Option Reset Beep AF-area mode Center AF area AF-assist No memory card? Option Image review ISO auto Grid display Viewfinder warning EV step R 1 2 3 4 5 86 86 87 87 87 88 6 7 8 9 10 88 88 89 89 89 To display the following options. See the Appendix ( 134) for a complete list of default settings.Custom Settings Custom Settings are used to customize camera settings to suit individual preferences. while the release timer is counting down in selftimer and delayed remote modes ( 37. including settings not affected by a two-button reset ( 44).

4: AF-Assist (All Modes Except . the AF-assist illuminator will light to assist the focus operation in single-servo AF (AF-S or single-servo AF selected in AF-A autofocus mode) when Single area or Auto-area AF is selected for Custom Setting 2 (AFarea mode) or when Custom Setting 2 is set to Dynamic area and the center focus area is selected. the camera may not be able to focus on poorly-lit subjects using autofocus. Use with stationary subjects. A. Default setting for mode. and modes. Use with erratically moving subjects. . camera will focus based on information from other focus areas.2: AF-Area Mode (All Modes) This option determines how the focus area is selected in autofocus mode ( 28). Choose from: Description User selects focus area using multi selector. and ) If On (the default setting) is selected and the subject is poorly lit. 3: Center AF Area (All Modes) This option determines the size of the center focus area. . Default for . Focus on moving subjects and other objects that are difficult to track. Choose Off to disable the AF-assist illuminator. but if subject leaves selected focus area even briefDynamic area ly. Note that when the illuminator is off. Option See “Focus” for more information on focus settings ( 28). . and modes. Menu Guide / Custom Settings 87 . Auto-area AF Camera selects focus area automatically. Description Viewfinder display Focus on a specific subject in a small area Normal zone without other nearby objects interfering with (default) focus. S. Option The current setting is shown by an icon in the control panel ( 5). Default setting for P. Not available when Wide zone Auto-area AF is selected for Custom Setting 2 (AF-area mode). camera focuses on subject in selected Single area focus area only. User selects focus area manually. . M.

ISO sensitivity will remain fixed at the value selected with the ISO button ( 43) or using the ISO sensitivity option in the shooting menu ( 83). ISO sensitivity can not be set to values over 1600 when On is selected for ISO auto. If On is selected. photographs can be displayed in the monitor by pressing the button. ISO Auto Auto ISO control is not available when a value over ISO 1600 is selected for ISO sensitivity. sensitivity will only be adjusted if underexposure would result at the shutter speed selected for Min. or against a bright background. 6: Image Review (All Modes) If On (the default setting) is selected. the shutter-release is disabled when no memory card is inserted.5: No Memory Card? (All Modes) If Release locked (the default setting) is selected. ISO sensitivity will automatically be adjusted if optimal exposure can not be achieved at the selected value (flash level is adjusted appropriately). The maximum value for auto ISO sensitivity can be selected using the Max. Noise is more likely at higher sensitivities. In modes P and A. photographs will automatically be displayed in the monitor for about for seconds after shooting. When sensitivity is altered from the value selected by the user. sensitivity option. and M Modes Only) If Off (the default setting) is selected. 7: ISO Auto (P. shutter speed. Foreground subjects may be underexposed in photos taken with the flash at slow shutter speeds. When On is selected. Photographs will be displayed in the monitor but will not be saved. S. Choose Enable release to enable the shutter-release button when no memory card is inserted. in daylight. Choose a flash mode other than slow sync or select mode A or M and choose a larger aperture. A. these indicators blink and the altered value is shown in the viewfinder (the indicators do not blink if a flash is used. Use the High ISO NR option in the shooting menu to reduce noise ( 83). 88 Menu Guide / Custom Settings . the control panel and viewfinder show ISO-AUTO. If Off is selected.

aperture. the default option) or / EV (1/2 step). (P. and M Modes Only) If Off (the default option) is selected. and bracketing are made in increments equivalent to / EV (1/3 step. Displayed when the battery is low. Select On to set exposure compensation using only a command dial. Displayed when no memory card is inserted. This option is not available in mode M. S.8: Grid Display (All Modes) Select On to display grid lines in the viewfinder to assist in framing photographs ( 6). the 0 at the center of the exposure display will blink even when exposure compensation is set to ±0. 10: EV Step (All Modes) Choose whether adjustments to shutter speed. The dial used depends on the option selected for Custom Setting 15 (Command dials. The default option is Off. 9: Viewfinder Warning (All Modes) Select On (the default option) to display the following warnings in the viewfinder ( 6): Warning B/W Description Displayed when Black-and-white is selected for Optimize image in the shooting menu ( 81). exposure compensation is set by pressing the button and rotating the main command dial ( 54). 11: Exposure Comp. Mode Menu Guide / Custom Settings 89 . 91): P S A M Custom Setting 15 (Command dials): Off Sub-command dial Sub-command dial Main command dial Exposure compensation set by pressing Custom Setting 15 (Command dials): On Sub-command dial Main command dial Sub-command dial button and rotating main command dial If On is selected. A. No warnings are displayed when Off is selected.

13: Auto BKT Set (P. the white balance adjustment. Not available at a whitebalance of (Choose color temp. Each time the shutter is released. To take photographs using white balance bracketing: 1 Highlight WB bracketing and press the multi selector right. The default option is Φ 8 mm. Camera varies flash level with each shot (i-TTL and. button and rotate the sub-command to choose 3 Press the Each increment is roughly equivalent todialmired. see “Bracketing” ( 56). Camera varies exposure with each shot. A. Only one shot is required to complete the bracketing sequence. 120). NEF+JPEG Normal. White balance bracketing is recommended when shooting under mixed lightWB bracketing ing or experimenting with different white balance settings.12: Center-Weighted (P. For information on recording photographs at settings of AE & flash. NEF+JPEG Fine. 119. S. with the opFlash only tional SB-800 Speedlight. auto aperture modes only.) or at image qualities of NEF (RAW). 10 90 Menu Guide / Custom Settings . the camera creates multiple images “bracketing” the current white balance setting. AE only. S. A. 2 Press the button and rotate the main command dial to choose the number of images in the bracketing sequence. or NEF+JPEG Basic. and M Modes Only) The following options are available: Option AE & flash (default) AE only Description Camera varies flash level and exposure with each shot. and Flash only. and M Modes Only) This option controls the size of the area in the center of the viewfinder assigned the greatest weight in center-weighted metering.

the sub-command dial shutter speed. ( ) will be displayed and the number of exposures remaining will blink. NEF+JPEG Normal. the subcommand dial aperture. 15: Command Dials (P. A. If the number of images in the bracketing program exceeds the number of exposures remaining. and each copy will have a different white balance. Each in thewill be processed to copies specified bracketing program. and M Modes Only) Choose the command dials used to set shutter speed and aperture. The program last in effect will be restored the next time bracketing is activated. Option Default (default) Reversed Description The main command dial controls shutter speed. S. White Balance Bracketing Selecting NEF (RAW). 140). shot 4 Compose create the number of and shoot. button and rotate the main comTo cancel bracketing. although in this case the bracketing program will not be restored the next time bracketing is activated.) for white balance ( 58) cancels white balance bracketing. Modifications to white balance are added to the white balance adjustment made with white balance fine-tuning. and M Modes Only) Choose the order in which bracketing is performed. Bracketing can also be cancelled by performing a two-button reset ( 44).a photograph. Option Description Default order Unmodified > negative > positive ( (default) Under > MTR > over Negative > unmodified > positive ( 56). Shooting can begin if a new memory card is inserted. Bracketing Programs See the Appendix for a list of white balance bracketing programs. 56. A. or NEF+JPEG Basic for image quality ( 34) or (Choose color temp. 14: Auto BKT Order (P. press the mand dial until the number of shots in the bracketing sequence is zero and is no longer displayed in the control panel. NEF+JPEG Fine. Menu Guide / Custom Settings 91 . The main command dial controls aperture. S. focus.

flash value locks when the FUNC. Flash output is adjusted automatically for any changes in ISO sensitivity or aperture. to use the AE-L/AF-L button. Center-weighted metering is activated while the FUNC. S. Press again to cancel FV lock. FV Lock Both the FUNC. and M modes only). A. Press the FUNC. Spot metering is activated while the FUNC. S. Built-in flash and optional Speedlights turn off while the FUNC. FV Lock This feature is used to lock flash output. choose FV lock for Custom Setting 18 (AE-L/AF-L. button is pressed. button is pressed (P. In P. . and M modes. button is pressed (P. and the AE-L/AF-L button can be used for FV lock. or SB-R200 flash unit is used. and M modes only). the fl up au2 Raise the flash. preventing the flash level from changing between shots or while recomposing photographs. button to raise the 92 Menu Guide / Custom Settings . button and rotate the main command dial to select AF area mode ( 87).16: FUNC Button (All Modes) Choose the function performed by the FUNC. If the built-in flash or an optional SB-800. In . S. Matrix metering is activated while the FUNC. SB-600. A. Option ISO display (default) Framing grid AF-area mode Center AF area FV lock Flash off Matrix metering Center-weighted Spot metering Description The modified value for ISO sensitivity is displayed while the FUNC.required when the shutter-releaseash will poppressed tomatically as button is halfway. A. S. Press the FUNC. and M modes only). button and rotate the main command dial to turn the grid display in the viewfinder on and off ( 89). button is pressed. 94). press the flash. FV lock using the FUNC. button is described below. and modes. A. button. button is pressed ( 93). Press the FUNC. button and rotate the main command dial to choose between normal and wide center AF areas ( 87). . button is pressed (P. 1 Select FV lock for Custom Setting 16 (FUNC button).

see the Speedlight manual for details). Set the Speedlight to TTL mode (the SB-800 can also be used in AA and A modes. Check that the flash-ready indicator ( ) is displayed in the viewfinder. or SB-R200 flash units if (a) any of the built-in flash. flash output will automatically be adjusted for changes in Speedlight zoom head position. Flash a monitor prefllocked determine the output will be at this level and a flash-value lock icon will appear in the viewfinder.appropriate flash level. and SB-R200 Speedlights (available separately). Using FV Lock with Optional Speedlights FV lock is also available with SB-800. The flash will emit ash to 4 Press the FUNC. button to release FV lock and confirm that the icon no longer displayed in viewfinder. the backlight will remain on while the exposure meters are active (note that this will increase the drain on the battery). 96). rest of the way down to shoot. flash group A. Using FV Lock with the Built-in Flash When the built-in flash is used alone. button. If On is selected. FV lock is only available if TTL (the default setting) is selected for Custom Setting 22 (Built-in flash. Menu Guide / Custom Settings 93 . or flash group B is in TTL mode. 6 Press the shutter-release button thebe taken without releasing FV If desired. FV lock can be used with remote SB-800. or (b) a flash group is composed entirely of SB-800 Speedlights in TTL or AA mode. 5 Recompose the photograph. 7 Pressisthe FUNC. SB-600. When Commander mode is selected for Custom Setting 22 (Built-in flash. 95).subject in the 3 Position thebutton halfway center of the frame and press the shutter-release to focus. the control panel backlight (LCD illuminator) will turn on only when the power switch is rotated to . While FV lock is in effect. 17: Illumination (All Modes) If Off (the default option) is selected. additional pictures can lock. SB-600.

and left to right. press and rotate the sub-command dial to AF-L/AF area select the focus area. Press the AE-L/AF-L button to lock focus. Press the AE-L/AF-L button to lock focus and exposure.18: AE-L/AF-L (All Modes) Choose the function performed by the AE-L/AF-L button. Focus is unaffected. Press the AE-L/AF-L button to initiate autofocus. If the built-in flash or an optional SB-800. Focus area Press the AE-L/AF-L button and rotate the sub-command dial to select the focus area selection ( 30). press and rotate the sub-comAE-L/AF-L/AF area mand dial to select the focus area. The AE-L/AF-L button initiates autofocus. The shutter-release button can not be used AF-ON to focus. Select Wrap to allow focus-area selection to “wrap around” from top to bottom. Option AE/AF lock (default) AE lock only AF lock Description Both focus and exposure lock while the AE-L/AF-L button is pressed. SB-600. Exposure locks when the AE-L/AF-L button is pressed and remains locked until the AE lock hold button is pressed again or the exposure meters turn off. the focus-area display is bounded by the outer focus areas so that. 19: AE Lock (All Modes) If Off (the default option) is selected. bottom to top. Exposure locks while the AE-L/AF-L button is pressed. for example. right to left. or SB-R200 flash unit is used. flash FV lock value locks when the AE-L/AF-L button is pressed ( 92). Focus locks while the AE-L/AF-L button is pressed. pressing the shutter-release button halfway does not lock exposure. exposure will lock when the shutter-release button is pressed halfway. 20: Focus Area (All Modes) At the default setting of No wrap. If On is selected. pressing the multi selector up when the focus area is selected has no effect. Press the AE-L/AF-L button to lock exposure. Exposure is unaffected. 94 Menu Guide / Custom Settings . press and rotate the sub-command dial AE-L/AF area to select the focus area. Press again to cancel FV lock. press and rotate the sub-command AF-ON/AF area dial to select the focus area.

Manual: The flash fires at the level selected in the menu shown at right. ISO 100. the focus area will always be highlighted. 20 ˚C/68 ˚F). The options available depend on the option selected for Output. 20. 15 2–10. 20. 25 2–10. No monitor preflash is emitted. TTL (default): Flash output is adjusted automatically in response to shooting conditions. the built-in flash has a Guide Number of 13/42 (m/ft. At full power. Description Choose flash output (expressed as a fraction of full power). Selecting this option displays the menu shown at right. The number of times the flash fires per second. 30.. 22: Built-in Flash (P. 1/4 1/8 1/16 1/32 1/64 1/128 Options available for “Times” 2 2–5 2–10 2–10. 15. Note that depending on shutter speed and the option selected for Freq. S. and M Modes Only) Choose a flash control mode for the built-in flash. 15. producing a strobe-light effect. 35 Output Menu Guide / Custom Settings 95 . the active focus area is highlighted in the viewfinder as need to establish contrast with the background. 25. Repeating flash: The flash fires repeatedly while the shutter is open. A. up or down to change. although it may be difficult to see against the background. Choose the number of times the flash fires at the selected output. If Off is selected. the focus area is not highlighted. the actual number of flashes emitted may be less than selected. If On is selected.21: AF Area Illumination (All Modes) At the default setting of Auto. Option Output Times Freq. “Times” The number of times the flash can fire in succession is determined by flash output.. Press the multi selector left or right to highlight the following options.

Choose from output levels between 1/1 (full power) and 1/128 (/ of full power). SB-600 and SB-R200 flash units will not fire when this option is selected. 3 Choose the flash control mode and output level for the flash units in group B. Selecting this option displays the menu shown at right. / EV. Press the multi selector up or down to highlight the following options. . Choose a flash compensation (Comp.0 and –3.0 EV in steps AA of / EV.The flash units in the selected group do not fire.0 EV in steps of will be displayed in the control panel and viewfinder.Commander mode: Use the built-in flash as a master flash controlling one or more remote optional SB-800..0 and –3. flashes M in the control panel and viewfinder. At settings other than ±0. Choose a flash compensation (Comp. up or down to change. Note that the built-in flash must be raised to emit monitor preflashes. value between +3. M Choose from output levels between 1/1 (full power) and 1/128 (/ of full power). All flash units in both groups must be set to the same channel. • Group A/Group B: Choose a flash control mode for all flash units in Group A or B. • Built-in flash: Choose a flash control mode for the built in flash.is selected for flash control mode. TTL i-TTL mode.) value between +3.) value between +3. not be adjusted when . or SB-R200 flash units in up to two groups (A and B) using advanced wireless lighting. but AF-assist illuminator lights.0 and –3. does not appear in control panel Built-in flash does not fire. SB-600. 2 Choose the flash control mode and output level for the flash units in group A. To take photographs in commander mode: the flash control mode 1 ChooseNote that output level canand output level for the -built-in flash. Choose a Comp. 96 Menu Guide / Custom Settings . Auto aperture. -flash mode display. • Channel: Choose from channels 1–4. TTL i-TTL mode. 4 Select the channel.0 EV in steps of / EV.

take a test shot and view the results in the camera monitor. See the details. Be sure that direct light or strong reflections from the remote flash units do not enter the camera lens (in TTL mode) or the photocells on the remote flash units (AA mode). as this may interfere with exposure.. To prevent timing flashes emitted by the built-in flash from appearing in photographs taken at short range. the light emitted by the remote flash units will interfere with performance. the built-in flash must be . flash units as 6 Compose the shot and arrange the flash units canshown below. or less 60°–30° 5 m/16 ft. after 9 Focusfland shootare lit. choose low ISO sensitivities and small apertures (large f/-numbers) or use an optional SG-3IR infrared panel for the built-in flash. the built-in flash. With more than this number. the practical maximum is three.is for Built-in flash > raised so that monitor preflashes will be emitted. 60°–30° 10 m/33 ft. all the remote flash units on and 7 TurnSpeedlight instruction manuals forset them to the channel selected in Step 4. After positioning the remote flash units. Note that even if 8 Pressselectedbutton to raise the Mode. which produces brighter timing flashes. or less Wireless remote sensors on flash units should face camera. Although there is no limit on the number of remote flash units that may be used. including the built-in flash. An SG-3IR is required for best results with rear-curtain sync. Flash compensation ( 55) is added to the flash output for all flash units. or less 30° or less Camera (built-in flash) 30° or less 5 m/16 ft.confirming that the flash-ready lights on the camera and all remote ash units Commander Mode Position the sensor windows on the remote flash units to pick up the monitor preflashes from the builtin flash (particular care is required when not using a tripod).5 Press OK. Note that the maximum distance at which the remote be placed may vary with shooting conditions. Menu Guide / Custom Settings 97 .

No warning will be displayed if Off is selected. S. the flashready light ( ) will flicker in the viewfinder when the shutter-release button is pressed halfway to warn that the built-in flash is required. the monitor remains on for four seconds during image review ( 88) and for ten minutes when the camera is powered by an optional EH-5 AC adapter. 25: Auto FP (P. S. Regardless of the setting chosen. 98 Menu Guide / Custom Settings . A. and M Modes Only) Choose the slowest shutter speed at which the flash will be used in modes P and A (the default setting is 1/60 s). A. Regardless of the setting chosen. A. S. 24: Flash Shutter Speed (P. 27: Monitor-Off (All Modes) Choose how long the monitor remains on when no operations are performed (the default setting is 20 s). A. SB-600. 26: Modeling Flash (P. and M Modes Only) If On is selected. and M Modes Only) Select On to activate Auto FP High-Speed Sync when using the optional SB-800. SB-600. and M Modes Only) If On (the default setting) is selected and lighting is poor. Auto FP High-Speed Sync is not available when using the built-in flash. Choose a shorter monitor-off delay for longer battery life. and SBR200 flash units will emit a modeling flash when the camera depth-offield preview button is pressed ( 49). S.23: Flash Warning (P. the flash will fire at shutter speeds as slow as 30 s when set to slow sync ( 41). The default setting is Off. or SB-R200 flash units at shutter speeds faster than / s (because the actual shutter speed may be slightly slower than displayed in P and A modes. the built-in flash and optional SB-800. Auto FP may not always be activated at a shutter speed of / s). The default setting is Off. Choose to enable fill flash when taking portraits under bright light or when taking photographs at Large apertures.

Choose shorter times for longer battery life. reducing camera shake in situations in which the least camera movement could result in blurred photographs (for example. 31: Exp. microscope photography). Menu Guide / Custom Settings 99 . 30: Remote On Duration (All Modes) Choose how long the camera will wait for a signal from the remote before cancelling delayed or quick-response remote modes ( 38). Delay Mode (All Modes) Select On to delay shutter release until about 0. Choose a shorter meter-off delay for longer battery life.4 s after the shutterrelease button is pressed. The default setting is one minute.28: Auto Meter-Off (All Modes) Choose how long the camera continues to meter exposure when no operations are performed (the default setting is 6 s). The default setting is 10 s. The default option is Off. Regardless of the setting chosen. the exposure meters remain on for ten minutes when the camera is powered by an optional EH-5 AC adapter. 29: Self-Timer (All Modes) Choose the length of the shutter-release delay in self-timer mode ( 37).

Some AA batteries can not be used. Using AA Batteries EN-EL3e batteries are recommended for best performance. The camera shows the level of AA batteries as follows: Control panel Viewfinder – Description Batteries fully charged. in some cases. The capacity of AA batteries drops sharply at temperatures below 20 ˚C (68 ˚F) and varies with make and storage conditions. Select when using HR6 NiMH AA batteries. batteries may cease to function before their expiry date. There is no need to adjust this option when using EN-EL3e batteries. due to their performance characteristics and limited capacity. Select when using FR6 lithium AA batteries. Insert fresh batteries. Fewer pictures can be taken with AA batteries than with EN-EL3e batteries. match the option selected in this menu to the type of batteries inserted in the battery pack. (blinks) (blinks) 100 Menu Guide / Custom Settings . Select when using ZR6 nickel-manganese AA batteries. Shutter release disabled. Ready fresh batteries. Option LR6 (AA alkaline) (default) HR6 (AA Ni-MH) FR6 (AA lithium) ZR6 (AA Ni-Mn) Description Select when using LR6 alkaline AA batteries. Low battery. alkaline and nickel-manganese batteries should only be used when no other alternative is available.32: MB-D80 Batteries (All Modes) To ensure that the camera functions as expected when AA batteries are used in the optional MB-D80 battery pack.

menu names A list of menu The items in the selected 2 Highlight abe listedname and press OK. Custom Settings. the multi selector right. See “Using Camera Menus” ( 9) for more information on using the menus.Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu The setup menu contains the options listed below (options displayed may differ if My Menu is selected for CSM/Setup menu). sequence 106 106 Mirror lock-up * Dust off ref photo 106–107 Battery info 107 Firmware version 108 Auto image rotation 108 * Not available at battery levels of or below or when camera is powered by optional MBD80 battery pack with AA batteries. select Full Simple (the default option) is selected for for CSM/Setup menu: CSM/Setup menu: Option Option CSM/Setup menu Format memory card World time LCD brightness Video mode Language USB 101–102 102 103 103 103 103 104 Image comment 104 Folders 105 File no. (the illustration shows the menu will as shown at right items listed when the playback menu is selected). Display all options in all menus. Other menus list all options. Menu Guide / Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu 101 . To choose menu items for display with My menu: menu and press 1 Highlight Mywill be displayed. The CSM / Setup menu item in the setup menu can not be selected. setup. The following options are available when To display the following options. Display only selected options in the playback. CSM / Setup Menu Choose the options displayed in the menus. shooting. Option Simple (default) Full My menu Description Display only basic options in the Custom Settings ( 86) and setup menus (see above). and retouch menus.

Be sure that any valued files have been copied to a computer before formatting. 5 Highlight Done in the list of menu names and press OK to return setup menu. Format Memory Card Select Yes to format the memory card. and press OK to return to additional menu names Repeat steps 2–3 to edit menus. Highlight Done the list of 4 shown in Step 1. Selected items are indicated by a check mark. Two-Button Format Memory cards can also be formatted with the ( and ) buttons ( 44). Formatting Memory Cards Do not turn the camera off or remove the memory card while formatting is in progress.multi selector up 3 Press thethe right to select or down to highlight items and then press to or deselect. Note that this permanently deletes all photographs and any other data the card may contain. 102 Menu Guide / Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu .

00:00:00.01. the clock battery is exhausted and the clock has been reset to a time starting at 2006. day. Choose PAL when connecting the camera to a PAL video device. Set the camera clock ( 14). Reset the clock regularly for acDate curate time keeping.World Time Set the camera clock to the current date and time. Daylight Turn daylight saving time on or off. which is charged as necessary when the main battery is installed or the camera is powered by an optional EH-5 AC adapter. If flashes in the control panel. Video Mode Choose NTSC when connecting the camera to an NTSC television or VCR.01. rechargeable power source. Set the clock to the correct date and time. The camera clock will automatically be Time zone reset to the time in the selected zone. Option LCD Brightness Adjust monitor brightness between –2 (darkest) and +2 (brightest). Description Choose the time zone. The camera clock is autosaving time matically advanced or set back one hour. Menu Guide / Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu 103 . Two days of charging will power the clock for about one month. and year are disformat played. Language Choose the language for camera menus and messages from: De En Es Fi Fr It Nl Pl Deutsch English Español Suomi Français Italiano Nederlands Polski German English Spanish Finnish French Italian Dutch Polish Pt Português Ru Русский Sv Svenska Portuguese Russian Swedish Traditional Chinese Simplified Chinese Japanese Korean The Clock Battery The camera clock is powered by an independent. Date Choose the order in which the month.

Image Comment Add a comment to photographs as they are taken. press to select. To move cursor. • Input comment: The following dialog will be displayed. Image Comment Keyboard area: Use multi selector to highlight letters. 123) or PictureProject. Comments can be viewed in Capture NX (available separately. Any additional characters will be deleted. press button and use multi selector. Highlight this option and press the multi selector to the right to toggle the check mark on or off. Comments can be up to thirty-six characters long. Name area: Comment appears here. • Done: Save changes and return to the setup menu. Choose PTP when connecting to a PictBridge printer or using Camera Control Pro (available separately). 104 Menu Guide / Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu . or press to exit without changing the comment. To delete the character at the current cursor position. Input a comment as described below. • Attach comment: A comment is added to all photographs taken while this option is checked.USB Choose a USB option for connection to a computer or PictBridge printer. press . See “Connecting to a Computer” for information on selecting a USB option for use with PictureProject ( 67). Press OK to save changes and return to the image comment menu.

101NCD80). Folder names can be up to five characters long.” below. Renaming changes all folders with the same name but leaves the folder numbers intact. NCD80 (default folder) Current folder Other folders (in alphabetical order) • New: Create a new folder and name it as described in “Naming Folders. Naming Folders Keyboard area: Use multi selector to highlight letters. • Rename: Select a folder from a list and rename it as described in “Naming Folders.Folders Create. press to select. or press to exit without creating a new folder or changing the folder name. etc. press . the camera will create a new folder by adding one to the current folder number (e. 100NCD80). photographs in all folders named NIKON (100NIKON. • Delete: Delete all empty folders on the memory card. To delete the character at the current cursor position.. For example. press button and use multi selector. pictures are stored in the highest-numbered folder with the selected name. Menu Guide / Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu 105 . 101NIKON. If a photograph is taken when the current folder if full or contains a photograph numbered 9999. Folder Names On the memory card. folder names are preceded by a three-digit folder number assigned automatically by the camera (e. 102NIKON.. Press OK to save changes and return to the setup menu. if the folder NIKON is selected for Select folder.g. rename. During shooting. Any additional characters will be deleted.g.) will be visible when Current is selected for Playback folder ( 75). Each folder can contain up to 999 photographs. To move cursor.” below. The camera treats folders with the same name but different folder numbers as the same folder. Name area: Folder name appears here. or delete folders or choose the folder in which new photographs will be stored. • Select folder: Choose the folder in which subsequent photographs will be stored.

or a new memory card is inserted. turn it off and format the memory card or insert another memory card in the camera. andselector right. see the Capture NX manual).File No. File Numbering If the current folder is numbered 999 and contains 999 photographs or a photograph numbered 9999. If a photograph is taken when the current folder contains a photograph numbered 9999. On press the multi The message 1 Highlight rightand be displayed. except that file numbering is reset to 0001 with the next photograph taken (if the current folder already contains photographs. the memory card is formatted. 106 Menu Guide / Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu . Mirror Lock-Up Lock the mirror in the up position when inspecting or cleaning the lowpass filter that protects the camera image sensor ( 125). • On: File numbering continues from the last number used after a new folder is created. a new folder will be created). Dust Off Ref Photo Acquire reference data for the Image Dust Off option in Capture NX (available separately. the shutter release will be disabled. the memory card is formatted. or a new memory card is inserted. a new folder will be created and file numbering will begin again from 0001. for more information. • Reset: As for On. sequence is on. Sequence Choose how the camera names files.displayed in the shown at will “rEF” will be control panel and viewfinder. If File no. • Off (default): File numbering is reset to 0001 when a new folder is created.

meter Note that the camera may sometimes release the shutter without recording a photograph (e. A lens with a focal length of at least 50 mm is recommended. Menu Guide / Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu 107 . A five-level display showing battery age.. in manual focus mode.the shutter-release button frame the object so that it fills press halfway. set focus to infinity manually. from 0 (new) to 4 (displayed when the battery has reached the end of its charging life and requires replacement).g. The number of times the shutter has been released since the battery was last charged. Battery info can not be displayed when MB-D80 is used with AA batteries). Note that charging Charge life life may be temporarily reduced if the battery has been charged at low temperatures. The same reference image can be used for photographs taken with different lenses or at different apertures. If using a zoom lens. Option Description Bat.(four inches) from a featureless white object. In autofocus mode. Off data. The monitor turns off when button If the reference object is too bright or too dark. zoom all the way in. Reference images can not be viewed using computer imaging software. Pic. Image Dust Off Dust off ref photo is available with CPU lenses only. when measuring a value for preset white balance). the camera may be unable to acquire Image Dust Off reference data and the message shown at right will be displayed. Press the the way down to Image Dust 3 reference shutter-release button the rest of the shutter-releaseacquire is pressed. (If the camera is powered by an optional MBD80 battery pack containing EN-EL3e batteries. Choose another reference object and repeat the process from Step 1. A grid pattern is displayed when reference images are viewed on the camera. information for each battery will be listed separately. focus will automatically be set to infinity. 2 With the lens ten centimetersthe viewfinder and thenwell-lit. meter The current battery level as a percentage of full charge. Battery Info View information on the EN-EL3e rechargeable Li-ion battery currently inserted in the camera. the display will return to normal if the battery is charged again at room temperature.

orientation recorded for first shot applies to all images in same burst. even if camera orientation is changed during shooting. Auto Image Rotation Photographs taken while On (the default option) is selected contain information on camera orientation. * The following orientations are recorded: Landscape (wide) orientation Camera rotated 90 ° clockwise Camera rotated 90 ° counter-clockwise * In continuous mode ( 36). 123) or PictureProject. Camera orientation is not recorded when Off is selected. 108 Menu Guide / Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu . allowing them to be rotated automatically during playback ( 61) or when viewed in Capture NX (available separately.Firmware Version View the current camera firmware version. Choose this option when taking photographs with the lens pointing up or down.

Except in the case of Image overlay. Each retouch option can however only be applied once. See “Using Camera Menus” ( 9) for more information on using the menus. although this may result in loss of quality. 114–115 * Not available with photographs taken with Black-and-white selected for Optimize image. Small picture Create small copies of existing photographs. copies created from RAW photos are 3. resized. press button. or cyanotype. Menu Guide / Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu 109 . Retouching Copies With the exception of images created using Small picture. † * Image overlay is not available during full-frame playback. † If sub-menu is displayed. 111 Monochrome * Copy pictures in black-and-white.872 × 2. Other options copy RAW photos as JPEG Fine quality images. 112 112 Filter effects * Create copies with color filter effects. Image overlay creates copies at the current image quality setting. 112–113 Image overlay Combine two RAW photographs into a single image. repeat Steps 2–3 to select options from sub-menu. Image Quality Small picture creates JPEG Fine copies (1 : 4 compression ratio). Trim Create cropped copies of existing photographs. the options in the retouch menu can be applied to existing copies. 2 Display retouch menu. the photographs to be copied can be selected in fullframe playback or from the retouch menu.592 pixels in size. or retouched copies of the photographs on the memory card. 110 111 Red-eye correction * Correct “red-eye” caused by the flash. 101). To exit to full-frame playback without creating modified copy. save where otherwise noted. sepia. Option Description D-lighting * Brighten dark or back-lit subjects. * 4 Display retouch options.Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu The options in the retouch menu are used to create trimmed. 3 Highlight menu item. The following options are available (options displayed may differ if My menu is selected for the CSM/Setup option in the setup menu. To copy photos during full-frame playback: 1 Display photo in full-frame playback ( 61).

Before After Press the multi selector up or down to choose the amount of correction performed. press D-Lighting D-lighting brightens shadows. The effect can be previewed in the edit display. button. † * Photos can also be highlighted using command dials: main command dial moves cursor horizontally. 3 Highlight photo. 2 Display selection screen. † To exit to playback mode without creating modified copy. press and hold button. making it ideal for dark or back-lit photographs. 110 Menu Guide / Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu . sub-command dial moves cursor vertically. * 4 Display retouch options.To copy photos from the retouch menu: 1 Highlight menu item. Press OK to copy the photograph and return to the retouch menu or full-frame playback. To view selected picture full frame.

Trim: Image Quality and Size Copies created from NEF (RAW) or NEF (RAW)+JPEG photos (NEF (RAW). down. to zoom out. and NEF (RAW) + JPEG Basic) have an image quality of JPEG Fine. JPEG Normal. or 640 × 480 pixels in size. Depending on the size of the crop. View other areas of image Create copy Trim Choosing this option displays the selected image full frame as shown below. press multi selector up. Note that red-eye correction may not always produce the expected results and may in very rare circumstances be applied to portions of the image that are not affected by red eye.920 × 1.440. to zoom out. Keep multi selector pressed to scroll rapidly to other areas of frame. Confirm the effects of redeye correction and create a corrected copy as described in the following table. a copy will be created that has been processed to reduce its effects. No copy will be created if the camera is unable to detect red eye. area currently visible in monitor is indicated by yellow border. To Zoom in and out Use / Description Press to zoom in. or right to view areas of image not visible in monitor. While photo is zoomed in. If the camera detects red eye in the selected photograph. cropped copies created from JPEG photos (JPEG Fine. To create a cropped copy of the selected image: To Zoom in and out View other areas of image Create copy Use / Description Press to zoom in. NEF (RAW) + JPEG Fine. left. Save the area currently visible in the monitor as a separate file and return to the retouch menu or full-frame playback. the copy may be 2. 960 × 720.560 × 1. check the preview thoroughly before proceeding. While photo is zoomed in. down. or right to view areas of image not visible in monitor. NEF (RAW) + JPEG Normal. 1. and JPEG Basic) have the same image quality as the original. Menu Guide / Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu 111 . 1.920. Navigation window is displayed while / button or multi selector is pressed. press multi selector up. Red-eye correction is available only with photographs taken using the flash.Red-Eye Correction Selecting this option displays a preview image as shown below. left.280 × 960.

The effect can be previewed in the monitor as shown at right. Filter Effects Choose from the following options. Selecting Sepia or Cyanotype displays a preview of the selected image. Color balance Small Picture Create a small copy of the selected picture. press the multi selector up to increase color saturation. Creates a copy with warm tone filter effects. Suitable for e-mail. Suited to display on Web pages. Press OK to create a monochrome copy and return to the retouch menu or full-frame playback. and blue histograms giving the distribution of tones in the copy ( 63). green. the user selects a picture size first and then selects one or more photographs to copy at the selected size as described on the following page. differs from that described at the beginning of this section: instead of selecting a single photograph and then choosing a picture size. The small picture option can be used during full-frame playback as described on page 109. Option Sky light Warm filter Description Creates the effect of a sky light filter. down to decrease. After adjusting filter effects as described below. however.Monochrome Choose from Black-and-white. or down to increase the amount of magenta. 112 Menu Guide / Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu . Sepia. and Cyanotype (blue and white monochrome). press OK to copy the photograph and return to the retouch menu or full-frame playback. The following sizes are available: Option 640 × 480 320 × 240 160 × 120 Description Suited to television playback. Press the multi selector up to increase the amount of green. right to increase the amount of red. The procedure for selecting pictures after choosing Small picture from the retouch menu. The effect is displayed in the monitor together with red. left to increase the amount of blue. making the picture less blue. giving the copy “warm” red cast. The effect can be previewed in the monitor.

Selected pictures are icon. 2 Display options. 3 Highlight desired picture size. Follow the steps below to create small copies of multiple pictures. 7 Select pictures ( 74). Press MENU to exit to retouch menu without creating copies. Playback zoom is not available when small pictures are displayed. Menu Guide / Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu 113 . * To return to Step 7 without creating copies.Selecting Small picture from the retouch menu displays the menu shown in Step 1. marked with 8 Confirmation dialog displayed. Viewing Small Pictures Small pictures are indicated by a gray border during full-frame playback. 4 Make selection and return to previous menu. 9 Highlight Yes. 5 Highlight Select picture. * 10 Copy photos and return to retouch menu. highlight No and press OK. 1 Highlight Choose size. 6 Display selection screen.

1 and 2. selecting 0.5 cuts gain in half.Image Overlay Image overlay combines two existing RAW photographs to create a single picture that is saved separately from the originals.0 doubles gain.0. Image overlay the retouch the multi 1 Highlightright.0. The new picture is saved at current image quality and size settings. To create a RAW image. all options are available). The effects of gain are visible in the Preview column. before creating an overlay. image will the overlay by pressing 5 Optimize exposure forthe gain for image 1 fromthe multi selector up or down to select between 0. 2 Press OK. while selecting 2. 114 Menu Guide / Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu . Repeat Steps 2–5 to select the photo gain.to the preview display. To viewright highlighted photograph full graph in the frame. press and hold the button. to select the image and return 4 Press OK The selected highlightedappear as Image 1. The default value is 1. set image quality and size ( 33. choose an image quality of NEF (RAW). A picture selection dialog will be displayed. multi selector left or to highlight the first photo3 Press the the overlay. The previewindialog shownmenu and pressdisplayed selector at right will be with Image 1 highlighted. left or highlight 6 Press the multi selectorsecondright toand adjustImage 2.

The overlay has the same photo info (including date of recording. Press OK to save the new image. exposure mode. and image orientation) and values for white balance and optimize image as the photograph selected for Image 1. shutter speed. To return to Step 6 and select new photos or adjust gain. aperture. • Overlay: Preview the overlay as shown at right. + Image Overlay Only RAW photographs created with the D80 can be selected for image overlay. focal length. • Save: Save the overlay without viewing a preview. Hidden images are also not displayed on the selection screen and can not be selected. metering. the camera will enter full-frame playback ( 61) with the new picture displayed in the monitor. Other images are not displayed on the selection screen. After an overlay is created.right 7 Press the multi selector left or up or to highlight the Preview column. exposure compensation. Menu Guide / Creating Retouched Copies: The Retouch Menu 115 . Press the multi selector down to highlight one of the following options and press OK. press .

116 Technical Notes / Optional Accessories .5 times that of the D80.8 mm) Picture angle (35-mm format) Picture angle (D80) Lens f/-number The f/-number given in lens names is the maximum aperture of the lens. The approximate focal length of lenses for the D80 in 35-mm format can be calculated by multiplying the focal length of the lens by about 1. in contrast.6 × 15. Battery packs Flash units (Speedlights) Viewfinder accessories Lenses Batteries ML-L3 remote control AC adapters 10-pin remote terminal accessories Filters Software Use Only Nikon Brand Electronic Accessories Only Nikon brand accessories certified by Nikon specifically for use with your Nikon digital camera are engineered and proven to operate within its operational and safety requirements. Picture Angle and Focal Length The size of the area exposed by a 35-mm camera is 36 × 24 mm. See our web sites or product catalogs for up-to-date information on accessories for the D80.8.Technical Notes Optional Accessories One advantage of digital SLR cameras is the wide variety of accessories they support. Picture size (35-mm format) (36 mm × 24 mm) Lens Picture diagonal Picture size (D80) (23. The size of the area exposed by the D80.5. is 23.6 mm × 15. meaning that the picture angle of a 35-mm camera is approximately 1. THE USE OF NON-NIKON ACCESSORIES COULD DAMAGE YOUR CAMERA AND MAY VOID YOUR NIKON WARRANTY.

12. S. A ✔ — ✔ ✔ ✔ Metering M ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ .6 or faster. Electronic range finder can not be used when shifting or tilting lens. electronic analog exposure display. 600mm 2.8S. 300mm f/2. the electronic range finder can be used with lenses that have a maximum aperture of f/5. ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ — 1 The following CPU lenses can be used with the D80. f/4D IF* 3. 200mm f/2G IF. 35–70 mm f/2. 500mm f/4D II IF*.8D IF. • AF-S ED: 80–200mm f/2. With maximum effective aperture of f/5. 8.8G IF.6 or faster. 300mm f/4D IF*. 4.8G IF (autofocus not supported) mum range.8D II IF.6 or faster. Spot metering meters selected focus area. Compatible with the following lenses: f/3. metering. AI-. . P.8D IF. when in-focus indicator is displayed. AF-I Nikkor PC-Micro Nikkor 85 mm f/2.or 28–85 mm f/3. 7.5–4. AF-S.8D II IF. Type G lenses are not equipped with a lens aperture ring.8S. 500mm f/4D IF*.5S is zoomed while focusing at mini• AF-S VR Micro ED: 105mm f/2. 13. 6. but only when the camera is in mode M. Selecting another mode disables the shutter release. can be used in horizontal orien• Reflex Nikkor (electronic range finder can not be tation once attached) * • Auto extension rings (PK 11A. 300mm f/2.5S.5–4. Vibration Reduction (VR) supported with VR lenses. 400mm f/2. 400mm f/2. or Series E Nikkor • AI-type teleconverter * • Medical Nikkor 120 mm f/4 (can only be used at • PB-6 Bellows focusing attachment (attach in vershutter speeds slower than 1/180 s) tical orientation. With maximum aperture of f/5.8D 3 AF-S/AF-I Teleconverter 5 Other AF Nikkor (except lenses for F3AF) AI-P Nikkor AF ✔ — ✔6 ✔7 — Type G lens Focus M (with electronic range finder) ✔ ✔4 ✔6 ✔7 ✔8 Type D lens Mode Digital Vari Program. image on matter screen in viewfinder may not be in focus • AF-S VR ED: 70–200mm f/2. Aperture ring CPU lens Camera setting Lens/accessory Type G or D AF Nikkor 2. Focus manually using image in 200–400mm f/4G IF viewfinder as guide. 300mm f/2. used when shifting or tilting lens) Technical Notes / Optional Accessories 117 . • AF-I ED: 300mm f/2. 500mm f/4D IF*. 600mm f/4D IF* Non-CPU Lenses The non-CPU lenses listed below may be used. Camera exposure metering and flash control may not function when * Autofocus not available with TC-17E II/TC-20E II AF-S teleconverter. new-model 28–85 mm 5.8D IF. PN-11) * used) * Electronic range finder can be used if maximum ef• PC Nikkor (electronic range finder can not be fective aperture is f/5. IX Nikkor CPU lenses can not be used. 600mm f/4D II IF*.8G IF. Aperture must be adjusted manually via the lens aperture ring and the camera autofocus system. • AI-modified. If AF 80–200 mm f/2.8D IF. AI-S.Lenses CPU lenses (particularly type G and D lenses) are recommended for use with the D80. CPU lenses can be identified by the presence of CPU contacts. 400mm f/2. M ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 1. and TTL flash control can not be used.6 or faster. lens is shifted and/or tilted or aperture is not at maximum. Except where otherwise noted. type G and D lenses by a letter on the lens barrel.8D IF.

8D AF-S VR ED 24–120 mm f/3.8–4D • AF 24–120 mm f/3. 800 mm f/8. Ai-modified 85–250 mm f/4: use at 135 mm or above 118 Technical Notes / Optional Accessories . the following lenses may block the AF-assist illuminator and interfere with autofocus when lighting is poor: • AF-S VR Micro IF 105 mm f/2. 300 mm Min.8 (serial numbers 851001–906200) • Old-model PC 35 mm f/3.0 m / 3 ft. 3 in.0 m / 3 ft.6G AF-S DX VR ED 18–200 mm f/3.5D AF 20–35 mm f/2.6D • AF-S 80–200 mm f/2. 3 in. Restrictions apply with the following lenses: • Ai-S 25–50 mm f/4.5–5. 1. 200 mm f/3.6.0 m / 6 ft.8D • AF-S VR ED 70–200 mm f/2.6G AF-S ED 28–70 mm f/2.5 m / 4 ft.5G AF-S DX ED 18–135 mm f/3.6D • AF Micro ED 70–180 mm f/4. OP 10 mm f/5.5–4. 2. use at ranges of 1 m (3 ft.8.0 m / 6 ft. 1.6G Lenses that block the subject’s view of the AF-assist illuminator can interfere with red-eye reduction.) or more • Ai. 35 mm 35 mm 50 mm 24 mm 200 mm 250 mm. 1. 1. 3 in.5 m / 4 ft.5–4. 2 in. 1. 3 in.5–5. 2. 1200 mm f/11) • Fisheye (6 mm f/5. 1.5 • Old-model 1000 mm f/6. The Built-in Flash The built-in flash can be used with CPU lenses with focal lengths of 18 – 300 mm. 3 in.5–5. Ai 25–50 mm f/4.5–5. 3 in.0 m / 9 ft. Ai-S 35–70 mm f/4: at 35 mm zoom position.5.6D • AF Micro 200 mm f/4D • AF-S DX IF ED 17–55 mm f/2. 3 in.6G • AF IF ED 28–200 mm f/3.6.5–5.5G • AF 24–85 mm f/2.5G • AF-S ED 28–70 mm f/2. 3 in.5D • AF 20–35 mm f/2. 1.6) • Old-model 21 mm f/4 • K2 rings • ED 180–600 mm f/8 (serial numbers 174041–174180) • ED 360–1200 mm f/11 (serial numbers 174031–174127) • 200–600 mm f/9.8D • AF-S VR ED 24–120 mm f/3. 3 in.8D AF-S DX IF ED 17–55 mm f/2.5.5 m / 4 ft. 11 in.8G • AF-S DX IF ED 17–35 mm f/2.3 Reflex • 1000 mm f/11 Reflex (serial numbers 142361–143000) • 2000 mm f/11 Reflex (serial numbers 200111–200310) AF-Assist Illumination/Red-Eye Reduction AF-assist illumination is not available with the following lenses: • AF-S VR IF 300 mm f/2G • AF ED 80–200 mm f/2.5–5.5 (serial numbers 280001–300490) • Lenses for the F3AF (80 mm f/2. 10 in. 11 in.0 m / 3 ft.5. 1.5–4. 11 in.8G • AF-S VR DX 18–200 mm f/3. 1.0 m / 3 ft. 8 mm f/8. 7 in.5–5.0 m / 3 ft. The flash may be unable to light the entire subject with the following lenses at ranges less than those given below: Lens AF-S DX ED 12–24 mm f/4G AF-S ED 17–35 mm f/2.5–5.6G AF-S VR ED 200–400 mm f/4G Zoom position 20 mm 24 mm 24 mm 28 mm.6G • AF-S IF ED 24–85 mm f/3.5–5. TC-16 Teleconverter) • PC 28 mm f/4 (serial number 180900 or earlier) • PC 35 mm f/2.0 m / 3 ft.8D • AF-S DX 18–70 mm f/3. and Ai-S ED 50–300 mm f/4. 11 in. Ai ED and Ai-S ED 200 mm f/2 lenses can not be used.5 m / 8 ft.0 m / 3 ft.0 m / 3 ft. 1. 3 in.5 m / 4 ft.8D • AF-S VR ED 200–400 mm f/4G At ranges under 1 m (3 ft. 1.5–4. 1.Incompatible Non-CPU Lenses and Accessories The following non-CPU lenses and accessories can NOT be used: • TC-16A AF Teleconverter • Non-AI lenses • Lenses that require the AU-1 focusing unit (400 mm f/4. 7 in. 3 in.5–4. 1.).8G AF ED 18–35 mm f/3. 600 mm f/5.8D • AF-S DX ED 12–24 mm f/4D • AF ED 18–35 mm f/3. 3.8G • AF VR ED 80–400 mm f/4. range 2. The built-in flash can also be used with compatible non-CPU lenses with a focal length of 18–200 mm. Ai-modified. 35 mm 28 mm 35 mm 24 mm 20 mm 24 mm 18 mm 18 mm 24 mm.8D AF-S DX ED 18–70 mm f/3.0 m / 3 ft.

3 meters (or in feet.6 (35-mm zoom head position).42 ÷ 5. See the Speedlight manual for details. such as the SB800 and SB-600. respectively) ensures that the illuminating angle is adjusted in accord with lens focal length. SB-600. Use Only Nikon Flash Accessories Use only Nikon Speedlights. (ISO 100. 22S. 92). The built-in wide panel can be used for an angle of 14 mm (the SB-800 also supports 17 mm). 20 °C/68 °F). contact a Nikon-authorized service representative for more information. The AS-15 Accessory Shoe Adapter When the AS-15 accessory shoe adapter (available separately) is mounted on the camera accessory shoe. Guide Number To calculate the range of the flash at an ISO sensitivity of 100. An illuminator is included to assist in adjusting settings in the dark. ISO 100. and Auto FP High-Speed Sync (synchronizes the flash and shutter at high shutter speeds). including the SB-800. 35-mm zoom head position. 23. With Guide Numbers of 38 and 30.6 or about 2. 28DX. and 29S to be mounted directly on the camera without a sync cable.Optional Flash Units (Speedlights) The accessory shoe allows SB-series Speedlights . the built-in flash has a Guide Number of 13 m or 42 ft. The built-in flash will not fire when an optional Speedlight is attached. The flash head can be rotated through 90 ° above the horizontal. 20 °C/68 °F). With the built-in flash in commander mode. and 90 ° right for bounce-flash or close-up photography. When used with compatible flash units such as the optional SB-800 and SB-600 Speedlights or SB-R200 wireless remote Speedlight. The SB-800 can be rotated 7 ° below the horizontal. Before using a Nikon Speedlight not listed in this section. the SB-800 and SB-600 respectively have ranges of about 6. It is equipped with a safety lock for Speedlights with a locking pin. Before attaching an optional flash unit.6 is 13 ÷ 5.8 and 5. its range at an aperture of f/5. and SB-R200 flash units. 27. Technical Notes / Optional Accessories 119 . 80DX. SB-800 and SB-600 Speedlights These high-performance Speedlights have Guide Numbers of 38/125 and 30/98 respectively (m/ft. For example. 600. flash accessories can be connected via a sync cable. the D80 can be used to control remote SB-800. the D80 supports the advanced Nikon Creative Lighting System (CLS). Auto power zoom (24–105 mm and 24–85 mm. but damage the sync circuitry of the camera or flash.5 ft). including i-TTL flash control ( 141). remove the accessory shoe cover. divide the Guide Number by the aperture. Negative voltages or voltages over 250 V applied to the accessory shoe could not only prevent normal operation. FV lock (locks flash level. 180 ° left.3 and 17. 28.5 feet) at f/5.6 = about 7.4 meters (22.

SB-16B. the camera shutter-release button will lock and no photographs can be taken. SB-22. Use Speedlight controls to select flash mode. SB-29s 1 — ✔ — ✔ SB-30. The following Speedlights can be used in non-TTL auto and manual modes. CPU lens required. SB-20. If they are set to TTL. SB-27 2. SB-22S. SB-15 ✔ ✔ — ✔ 1. 5. Auto aperture is selected automatically if CPU lens is attached. The SB-R200 can be hand-held. or mounted on the camera lens using the SX-1 attachment for remote control and close-up i-TTL photography. Although it can not be mounted directly on the accessory shoe. 105 mm. SB-28. Otherwise i-TTL Balanced Fill-Flash for Digital 6. the SBR200 servers as a remote flash when the built-in flash is in commander mode. Autofocus is available only with AF-Micro lenses (60 mm. Non-TTL 3. automatically when a non-CPU lens is attached. Non-TTL auto is selected flash units. SLR is used. Options shown are only available when SU-800 is used to control other 4. SB-28DX. placed on an AS-20 Speedlight stand. 20 °C/68 °F). ter release is disabled. or 2. Use Speedlight controls to select flash mode. It can also be controlled using an optional SB-800 Speedlight or SU-800 wireless Speedlight commander. 3 AA Auto aperture 2 A Non-TTL auto GN Range-priority manual M Manual RPT Repeating flash REAR Rear-curtain sync Red-eye reduction Flash Color Information Communication Auto FP High-Speed Sync 6 FV Lock AF-assist for multi-area AF 2 Auto zoom Auto ISO SB-800 ✔ ✔4 ✔4 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ SB-600 ✔ — — — ✔ — ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Advanced Wireless Lighting Commander Remote SB-800 SU-800 1 SB-800 SB-600 SB-R200 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ — — ✔6 ✔5 ✔5 — — — ✔5 ✔5 — — — — — ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ — ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ — — — — ✔ — — — — ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ — — — ✔ ✔ — — — — ✔ — — — — — 1. 120 Technical Notes / Optional Accessories .SB-R200 Wireless Remote Speedlight This high-performance wireless remote Speedlight has a Guide Number of 10/32 (m/ft. ISO 100. 2. Set Speedlight to A (non-TTL auto) mode. lected with Speedlight.auto is selected automatically if non-CPU lens is attached. SB-24 A Non-TTL auto ✔ M Manual ✔ RPT Repeating flash ✔ REAR Rear-curtain sync ✔ SB-50DX. Standard i-TTL for Digital SLR is used with spot metering or when se. Flash mode SB-26. flash mode is automatically set to TTL and shut70–180 mm). Speedlight SB-80DX. SB-23. SB-25. When mounted on D80. SB-29 1 SB-21B1. The following features are available with CLS-compatible flash units: Speedlight Flash mode/feature i-TTL2.

5 4.6 6 6. correct exposure may not be achieved in i-TTL mode. In i-TTL mode. The following flash modes are available: • P. Auto with red-eye reduction becomes red-eye reduction. use the flash panel or bounce adapter provided with the Speedlight. i-TTL flash control can be used at ISO sensitivities between 100 and 1600.5 9 9. 5. the flash will fire whenever a photograph is taken.Notes on Optional Speedlights Refer to the Speedlight manual for detailed instructions. The D80 is not included in the “digital SLR” category in the SB-80DX. mode: Auto slow sync becomes slow sync. If AUTO is selected for ISO sensitivity in Digital Vari-Program modes or On is selected for Custom Setting 7 (ISO Auto) in P.5 10 11 11 For each one-step increase in sensitivity (e. . and off becomes slow sync. In the following modes. and SB-50DX manuals. If an optional Speedlight is attached with the camera in a Digital Vari-Program mode. SB-28DX. Auto power zoom is available only with SB-800 and SB-600 Speedlights. Technical Notes / Optional Accessories 121 . aperture is stopped down by half an f/stop. When an SC-series 17. from 200 to 400).7 7. .. Take a test shot and view the results in the monitor.3 6.3 6. A. The optional SB-800 and SB-600 Speedlights and SU-800 wireless Speedlight commander provide active AF assist illumination for the following focus areas: • 24–34 mm AF lens • 35–105 mm AF lens The SB-800 and SB-600 also provide red-eye reduction. or 29 sync cable is used for off-camera flash photography.2 4.1 7.7 7. We recommend that you choose spot metering to select standard i-TTL flash control.6 8 8. or against a bright background.1 7. S. With other Speedlights. . refer to the section on CLS-compatible digital SLR cameras.8 5 5. . This may result in foreground subjects being underexposed in photographs taken with the flash at slow shutter speeds. If the flash-ready indicator blinks for about three seconds after a photograph is taken. . Higher values may not produce the desired results at some ranges or apertures.3 5. Choose a flash mode other than slow sync or choose a larger aperture. If Auto FP High Speed Sync is used. auto slow sync with red-eye reduction becomes slow • sync with red-eye reduction. . Do not use other panels such as diffusion panels. the flash has fired at full power and the photograph may be underexposed. and modes: Fill flash and red-eye reduction. as this may produce incorrect exposure. the shutter will synchronize with an external flash at speeds of ½00 s or slower. . 28. the maximum value for aperture will be the maximum aperture of the lens. ISO sensitivity will be adjusted for optimal flash output when an optional SB-800 or SB-600 Speedlight is attached. If the Speedlight supports the Creative Lighting System. the maximum aperture (minimum f/-number) selectable by the camera is limited according to ISO sensitivity ( 43): Maximum aperture at ISO sensitivity of Mode 100 125 160 200 250 320 400 500 640 800 1000 1250 1600 4 4. .6 8 P.6 6 6. or M mode. If the maximum aperture of the lens is smaller than given above. Fill flash is automatically selected if the flash mode is set to off or auto when an optional Speedlight is attached. . in daylight. the camera AF assist illuminator is used for AF-assist illumination and red-eye reduction. .g.

0. –1. or subject to strong physical shocks. drop. 4 GB *† Panasonic 64 MB. 2 GB * Toshiba 64 MB. ND8S. Y52.† SDHC compliant. Failure to observe these precautions could result in loss of data or in damage to the camera or card. +1. –2. O56. and +3 m–1. • Turn the power off before inserting or removing memory cards. • Do not apply force to the card casing. • Center-weighted metering is recommended with filters with exposure factors (filter factors) over 1 × (Y44. Operation is not guaranteed with other makes of card. 256 MB.0 to +1.Other Accessories • Diopter adjustment viewfinder lenses: Lenses are available with diopters of –5. or remove or disconnect the power source during formatting or while data are being recorded. –4. B2. 128 MB. or other device. check that device sup. ND400. • The D80 can not be used with linear polarizing filters. copying. 512 MB. Failure to observe this precaution could damage the card. Use Nikon filters. ND2S.10 × Viewfinder (50 mm f/1. Approved Memory Cards The following SD memory cards have been tested and approved for use in the D80.0 m–1). X1. 1 GB . A2. and rear-interchange. Test diopter adjustment lenses before purchase to ensure that the desired focus can be achieved. 2 GB *. R60. • Do not expose to heat. 512 MB. • Eyepiece adapter: Attach the DG-2 magnifier to the D80. +2. regardless of speed. ND4. 128 MB. other filters may interfere with autofocus or electronic range finding. Use diopter adjustment lenses only if the desired focus can not be achieved with the built in diopter adjustment control (–2. Contact the manufacturer for details on the above cards. B8. Do not remove memory cards from the camera. slip-in. Eyepiece adapter required (available separately). • DK-21M magnifying eyepiece: Increases viewfinder magnification to approximately 1. 128 MB. 512 MB. water.4 lens at infinity. +0. turn the camera off. high levels of humidity. eyepiece • DG-2 magnifier: Magnify the scene displayed in the center of the viewfinder for close-up accessories photography.0 m–1). or copied to a computer. C-PL. Y48. deleted. • Do not touch the card terminals with your fingers or metal objects. • Nikon filters can be divided into three types: screw-in. SanDisk 64 MB. • The NC and L37C filters are recommended for protecting the lens. or direct sunlight. 1 GB. A12. telephoto lenses. Memory Cards • Format memory cards in the camera before first use. ND8. X0. 256 MB. If card will be used with card reader ports 2 GB cards. check that device supports SDHC. • DR-6 right-angle viewing attachment: The DR-6 attaches at a right angle to the viewfinder eyepiece.5. and other tasks that require added precision. –3. • Do not bend. ND4S. 2 GB * * If card will be used with card reader or other device. 122 Technical Notes / Optional Accessories . B12). All cards of the designated make and capacity can be used. Filters • Moiré may occur if a filter is used when the subject is framed against a bright light or when a bright light source is in the frame. allowing the image in the viewfinder to be viewed from above when the camera is in portrait orientation. Use the C-PL circular polarizing filter instead. 1 GB. 256 MB.

• MB-D80 Multi-Power battery pack: The MB-D80 takes one or two rechargeable Nikon EN-EL3e Li-ion batteries or six AA alkaline.Accessories for the D80 At the time of writing. Software • Camera Control Pro: Control the camera remotely from a computer and save photographs directly to the computer hard disk. • EN-EL3e rechargeable Li-ion battery: Additional EN-EL3e batteries are available from local retailers and Nikon service representatives. It is equipped with a shutter-release button. Use the latest version. viewfinder screen. Up to date information is available at Nikon websites or from our latest product catalogs. Use the latest version. or nickel-manganese batteries. remove the camera battery cover as shown at right. and an AE-L/AF-L button for ease of use when taking photographs in tall (portrait) orientation. 35° • EH-5 AC adapter: Use to power the camera for extended periods. EN-EL3a and EN-EL3 batteries can not be used. • Capture NX: A complete photo editing package with support for RAW images. The ML-L3 uses a 3 V CR2025 battery. open the remote cord connector cover and insert the cord as shown. • BF-1A Body Cap: The BF-1A keeps the mirror. Ni-MH. When connecting the MC-DC1. and low-pass filter free of dust when a lens is not in place. keep the remote cord connector cover Remote closed when not in use. controls • ML-L3 wireless remote control: Use as a remote shutter release for self-portraits or to prevent and cords blur caused by camera shake. Body cap Technical Notes / Optional Accessories 123 . When attaching the MB-D80. the following accessories were available for the D80. To prevent water from entering the camera. lithium. main and sub-command dials. Power sources • MC-DC1 remote cord: Prevents blur caused by camera shake and features a shutter-release button lock for long time-exposures.

as this could result in damage or malfunction. Do not apply pressure. dry cloth. After using the camera at the beach or seaside. The Monitor Should the monitor break. care should be taken to avoid injury caused by broken glass and to prevent liquid crystal from the monitor from entering your eyes or mouth. apply a small amount of lens cleaner to a soft cloth and clean with care. a blower. Important: Dust or other foreign matter inside the camera may cause damage not covered under warranty. such as televisions or radios • are exposed to temperatures above 50 ˚C/122 ˚F (for example. If using an aerosol blower. dry area with the terminal cover in place. and store the battery in a cool. replace the monitor cover. Do not store the camera with naphtha or camphor moth balls or in locations that: • are poorly ventilated or subject to humidities of over 60% • are next to equipment that produces strong electromagnetic fields. This does not indicate a malfunction. and the display will soon return to normal. 124 Technical Notes / Caring for the Camera . keep the can vertical to prevent the discharge of and viewfinder liquid.Caring for the Camera Storage When the camera will not be used for an extended period. near a space heater or in a closed vehicle in a hot day) or below –10 ˚C (14 ˚F) Cleaning Use a blower to remove dust and lint. static electricity may cause the control panel to brighten or darken. The Control Panel In rare cases. store the camera in a dry. When removing fingerprints and other stains. mirror. Remove dust and lint with a blower. wipe off sand or salt with a cloth lightly dampCamera body ened in distilled water and dry thoroughly. turn the camera off. remove the battery. Monitor wipe the surface lightly with a soft cloth or chamois leather. then wipe gently with a soft. Remove dust and lint with Lens. To remove fingerprints and other stains. well-ventilated area. These elements are made of glass and are easily damaged. To prevent mold or mildew.

To restore normal operation without inspecting the low-pass filter. you can clean the filter as described below. however. The display in the viewfinder will turn off and the row of dashes in the control panel will blink. 6 Remove aany dust and lint frombristleslter withdamage the Do not use blower-brush. Under no circumstances should you touch or wipe the filter. Technical Notes / Caring for the Camera 125 . 5 Holding the ficamera dustthatlint. the shutter-release button all the way down. Nikon recommends that the filter be cleaned only by Nikon-authorized service personnel. If the battery level is or below or the camera is powered by an optional MB-D80 battery pack with AA batteries. turn the camera off. The mirror 4 Pressbe raised and the shutter curtain will open. so light falls on the low-pass filter. turn the camera off and insert a fully-charged EN-EL3e battery or connect an optional EH-5 AC adapter.and amessage shown atappear in be displayed monitor row of dashes will the control panel and viewfinder. as the could filter. Press thelock-up button display menus and select Mirror from the setup menu (note that this option is not available at battery levels of or below. or when using an optional MB-D80 battery pack with AA batteries). 1 and turn MENU 2 Removetothe lens the camerathe camera on. and The right will 3 Highlight Onin thepress OK. the fi a blower. revealing the will low-pass filter. proceed to Step 7.The Low-Pass Filter The image sensor that acts as the camera’s picture element is fitted with a low-pass filter to prevent moiré. If you suspect that dirt or dust on the filter is appearing in photographs. The menu shown at right will be displayed. while recording a multiple exposure. A reliable power source is required when inspecting or cleaning the low-pass filter. If no foreign objects are presexamine the lter for or ent. that the filter is extremely delicate and easily damaged. Note. Dirt that can not be removed with a blower can only be removed by Nikon-authorized service personnel.

If the camera powers off while the mirror is raised. Photographs affected by the presence of foreign matter on the filter can be retouched using Capture NX (available separately. Servicing the Camera and Accessories The D80 is a precision device and requires regular servicing. and foreign matter may enter the camera when lenses are removed or exchanged. the curtain will close automatically. and that it be serviced once every three to five years (note that fees apply to these services). 7 Turn the camera bodyThe mirror will be lowered and the shutter curtain will close. such as lenses or optional Speedlights. Once inside the camera. Should foreign matter find its way onto the low-pass filter. Frequent inspection and servicing are particularly recommended if the camera is used professionally. 126 Technical Notes / Caring for the Camera . observe the following precautions: • Do not turn the camera off or remove or disconnect the power source while the mirror is raised. be sure to replace the body cap provided with the camera. a beep will sound and the AF-assist illuminator will blink to warn that the shutter curtain will close and the mirror will be lowered after about two minutes. Foreign Matter on the Low-Pass Filter Nikon takes every possible precaution to prevent foreign matter from coming into contact with the low-pass filter during production and shipping. Replace the lens or cap. To protect the camera when no lens is in place. however. where it may appear in photographs taken under certain conditions. should be included when the camera is inspected or serviced. clean the filter as described above. Use a Reliable Power Source The shutter curtain is delicate and easily damaged. being careful to first remove all dust and other foreign matter that may be adhering to the body cap. this foreign matter may adhere to the low-pass filter. or have the filter cleaned by authorized Nikon service personnel. is designed to be used with interchangeable lenses.off. The D80. End cleaning or inspection immediately. 123) or the clean image options available in some third-party imaging applications. To prevent damage to the curtain. Nikon recommends that the camera be inspected by the original retailer or Nikon service representative once every one to two years. • If the battery runs low while the mirror is raised. Any accessories regularly used with the camera.

wipe Keep dry: This product is not waterproof. midity. These parts Do not apply pressure to the monitor. card-slot. or connector covers. Stains can be removed by wiping source: Do not unplug the product or remove the battery lightly with a soft cloth or chamois leather. cover before putting the battery away. or affect the well-ventilated area. tery-chamber. Notes on the monitor: The monitor may contain a few pixels that are always lit or that do not light. damage data stored on the memory card.will soon return to normal.light. In rare instances. be replaced at regular intervals.Store the battery in a cool. Intense light may cause the image sensor to gradually loses its capacity to absorb moisture and should deteriorate or produce a white blur effect in photographs. Note that desiccant tended period. and the display Avoid sudden changes in temperature: Sudden changes in tem. dark. extended period. use a blower to gently remove dust and lint. When using an aerosol device. a small amount of lens cleaner to a soft cloth and wipe the Keep away from strong magnetic fields: Do not use or store this lens carefully. Images in the monitor may be difficult to see in a bright Handle all moving parts with care: Do not apply force to the bat. or tear the curtain. Technical Notes / Caring for the Camera 127 . Dust or lint on the monitor can be Turn the product off before removing or disconnecting the power removed with a blower. as this could cause are especially susceptible to damage. Should the moniwhile the product is on or while images are being recorded tor break.Storage: To prevent mold or mildew. apply in temperature. as this pointed at the sun or other strong light source for an exmay cause the material to deteriorate. can cause condensation inside the be gently removed with a blower. store the camera case in a plastic bag. cloth.Caring for the Camera and Battery: Cautions Do not drop: The product may malfunction if subjected to Cleaning: When cleaning the camera body. perature. Forcibly cutting power in these circumstances glass and to prevent liquid crystal from the monitor touchcould result in loss of data or in damage to product memory ing the skin or entering the eyes and mouth. Replace the terminal ing an ND filter. at least once a month. such as occur when entering or leaving a heated The lens and mirror are easily damaged. charges or the magnetic fields produced by equipment such as radio transmitters could interfere with the moni. Images recorded with the product are unaffected. Lens contacts: Keep the lens contacts clean. store the camera in a dry. and may malfuncoff any sand or salt using a cloth lightly dampened in pure tion if immersed in water or exposed to high levels of huwater and then dry the camera thoroughly. This is common to all TFT LCD monitors and does not indicate a malfunction. amount of light that falls on the image sensor. Turn the camera on and release the known as “blooming. device in the vicinity of equipment that generates strong See “ The Low-Pass Filter” ( 125) for information on cleanelectromagnetic radiation or magnetic fields. avoid carrying the product from one location to leaving it unattended. deform. or subject it to powerful air currents from a blower. These actions could scratch. Do Do not leave the lens pointed at the sun: Do not leave the lens not. To prevent condensation. care should be taken to avoid injury from broken or deleted. This does not indicate a malfunction. To prevent an accidental interruption Replace the monitor cover when transporting the camera or of power. Strong static ing the low-pass filter. or internal circuitry. tor. damage or malfunction. dry strong shocks or vibration. either by choosing a slow shutter speed and small aperture or by us. If the product will not be used for an product’s internal circuitry. poke it with cleaning tools. After using the camera at the beach or seaside. then wipe gently with a soft. Do not touch the shutter curtain: The shutter curtain is extremely thin and easily damaged. place the device in a carryblower. keep the can vertical to prevent discharge of liquid. This phenomenon. another while the AC adapter is connected. remove the battery to prevent leakage and store the camera in a plastic bag containing a desiccant. Dust and lint should building on a cold day. take the camera out of storage of the sun or other strong light sources.” can be prevented by reducing the shutter a few times before putting it away. Blooming: Vertical white streaks may appear in photographs To prevent mold or mildew. Rusting of the internal mechanism can cause irrepastatic electricity may cause the LCD displays to light up or go rable damage. however. Under no circumstances should you exert pressure on the curtain. dry place. ing case or plastic bag before exposing it to sudden changes To remove fingerprints and other stains from the lens.

be sure to replace pair battery performance. When taking photographs on from functioning and should be removed with a soft. dry cloth important occasions. in cold weather. a cold battery may • Use only batteries approved for use in this equipment. Once warmed. recover some of its charge. the capacity of batteries tends to decrease. Keep a spare battery in a warm place and exObserve due caution when handling the battery. Used batteries are a valuable resource. the battery is fully charged before taking photographs outside • The battery may become hot when used for extended periods. Continuing to charge the battery after it is fully charged can im• After removing the battery from the camera.Batteries: Dirt on the battery terminals can prevent the camera Charge the battery before use. the terminal cover. Batteries may leak or explode if improperly handled. 128 Technical Notes / Caring for the Camera . Depending on your location. Please recycle used batteries in accord with local regulations. Observe the following precautions when handling batteries: On cold days. change the two as necessary. purchase replacement batteries on short notice. • Do not expose the battery to flame or excessive heat. it may be difficult to before use. Be sure • Turn the product off before replacing the battery. ready a spare EN-EL3e battery and keep it fully charged.

45 able. 98. 34. Displays in control panel or view. unusual characters may appear in the control panel and the camera may stop functioning. Image size can not be changed. Refer to the page numbers in the rightmost column for more information. S. able. Problem Camera takes time to turn on.The response times and brightness of these displays — finder are unresponsive and dim. 60 Image can not be selected as source 82 Image was not created with D80. • NEF (RAW) or NEF + JPEG option selected for image White balance bracketing unavail.See “ A Note on Electronically-Controlled Cameras. Can not measure white balance. or A. Exposure compensation not availChoose mode P.quality. varies with temperature. 101 Rotate mode dial to another setting or insert memory Menu item can not be selected. 99 off) or 28 (Auto meter off). 105 Adjust viewfinder focus or use optional diopter adjust17. Viewfinder is dark.) selected for white balance. Fine lines are visible around active These phenomena are normal for this type of viewfind— focus area or display turns red when er and do not indicate a malfunction. card. Menu item is not displayed. Subject is too dark or too bright. Reset switch Connector cover Technical Notes / Troubleshooting 129 . 84 • Multiple exposure in progress. and turn the camera on again. Turn the camera off.Troubleshooting If the camera fails to function as expected. 74. for preset white balance. Viewfinder is out of focus. 24. Solution 65. Delete files or folders. 59. Note that Battery info option is only available 107 when camera is powered by EN-EL3e battery. 94 lock in effect. If the problem persists. Insert a fully-charged battery. check the list of common problems below before consulting your retailer or Nikon representative. In the event of continued malfunction. low. Image quality set to NEF (RAW). Unusual characters displayed in con.” be— trol panel. In most cases. 34 Digital Vari-Program mode selected or autoexposure Metering can not be changed. A Note on Electronically-Controlled Cameras In extremely rare instances. turn the camera off and press the reset switch (see right. • (Choose color temp. 122 ment lenses. contact your retailer or a Nikon-authorized service representative. 12 Choose longer delays for Custom Setting 27 (Monitor Displays turn off without warning. note that this resets the clock). remove and replace the battery (note that the battery may be hot) or disconnect and reconnect the AC adapter. Select Full for CSM / setup menu. focus area is highlighted. this phenomenon is caused by a strong external static charge.

• Memory card is full. • Illuminator has turned off automatically. . S. 130 Technical Notes / Troubleshooting . Illuminator may become hot with continued use. • P. • Flash is charging. optional SB-800. A. • Unlock focus area selector. and M modes: lower flash. Date of recording is not correct. Can not select focus area. or mode. and M. Shutter release is disabled. • AF-assist lamp does not light for continuous-servo autofocus. • Bright light is interfering with remote. • Choose On for Custom Setting 4 (AF assist). • Non-CPU lens is attached: rotate camera mode dial to M. Solution Flash in use. • CPU lens with aperture ring attached without locking aperture at highest f/-number. Focus does not lock when shutterrelease button is pressed halfway. Camera is slow to record photos. • Mode dial rotated to S after shutter speed of bulb selected in mode M: choose new shutter speed. 119 30 87 18 29. Image in viewfinder is not in focus. Turn long exposure noise reduction off. A. and SB-R200 Speedlights can be used at all shutter speeds. SB600. • Camera is not in focus. • Press shutter-release button halfway to turn monitor off or activate exposure meters. 94 31. If On is selected for Custom Setting 25 (Auto FP) modes P. No photo taken when remote control shutter-release button is pressed. Set camera clock. • Choose remote control mode. S. wait for lamp to cool down. • Digital Vari-Program modes: turn flash off.Problem Full range of shutter speeds not available. • Custom Setting 2 (AF-area mode) set to Auto-area AF or Dynamic area: select center focus area. 32 24 29 87 87 — 15 23 22 11. • Replace battery in remote control. locked. : select another • Mode dial rotated to . Use AE-L/AF-L button to lock focus when AF-C autofocus mode is selected or when photographing moving subjects in AF-A mode. or not inserted. • Rotate focus mode selector to AF. • Flash is charging. • Camera unable to focus using autofocus: use manual focus or focus lock. • Auto-area AF selected for Custom Setting 2 (AFarea mode): choose another mode. Set autofocus mode to AF-S. AF-assist illuminator does not light. 98. • Time selected for Custom Setting 30 (Remote) has passed: reselect remote control mode. 117 50 48 123 38 23 99 — 23 40 83 103 Only one shot taken each time shutter-release button is pressed in continuous shooting mode.

Flashing areas appear in images Press multi selector up or down or rotate sub-comShooting data appear on images mand dial to choose photo information displayed. Set USB to PTP. • Clean low-pass filter. print using supplied software or Capture NX. A. 104 67. • Clean lens. — 43. Colors are unnatural • Select mode P. • Select On for Rotate tall. connection. A graph appears during playback RAW image is not played back. 19 67. or M and adjust Optimize image settings. Note that Current will • Message displayed stating that no automatically be selected when next photo is taken. Reddish areas may appear in long time-exposures. Choose correct video mode. Photos are blotched or smeared. Can not copy photos to computer. Can not use Camera Control Pro. Can not print pictures via direct USB Set USB to PTP. approximately 95 %. mode. A. 58 45. Photo was taken at image quality of NEF + JPEG. Turn long exposure noise reduction On when shooting at shutter speeds of “bulb” or “--”. • Some photos are not displayed during playback Select All for Playback folder. noise reduction. Photo is in RAW (NEF) format. 104 Technical Notes / Troubleshooting 131 .Problem Solution Final photo is larger than area shown Viewfinder horizontal and vertical frame coverage is in viewfinder. “Tall” (portrait) orientation photos • Camera orientation was changed while shutter-reare displayed in “wide” (landscape) lease button was pressed in continuous shooting orientation. Memory card is full or locked. 83 83 83 124 125 45. • Select mode P. Randomly-spaced bright pixels • Shutter speed is slower than 8 s: use long exposure (“noise”) appears in photographs. Choose correct USB option. S. • Camera was pointed up or down when photo was taken. Can not delete photo. Can not change print order. Reddish areas appear in photos. • Photo was taken with Off selected for Auto image rotation. images are available for playback. or M and adjust white balance to match light source. Transfer to computer and Can not select photo for printing. S. 79 62 34 75 75 108 108 108 65 15. Photo is not displayed on TV. Photo is protected: remove protection. 104 103 67. • Lower ISO sensitivity or use high ISO noise reduction. 123 67.

117 (blinks) • Select mode M. 7. 103 15 33 65. control panel. Low battery. flash has fired at full power. (blinks) (blinks) • Battery information not avail. Camera unable to focus using ● (blinks) autofocus. consult with Nikon(blinks) authorized service representative. 61 Problem Lens aperture ring not locked at minimum aperture. (blinks) mode. • Choose larger aperture (smaller f/-number). if underexposed. Optional Speedlight that does Change flash control mode for opnot support i-TTL set to TTL tional Speedlight. Subject too bright. (blinks) / Camera clock not set. • Delete photographs. • Flash required for correct expo• Raise built-in flash. sure. 123 • Recharge or replace with fully. (blinks) “bulb” selected in mode M and (blinks) mode dial rotated to S. Set camera clock. 32 43 48. 50 23 26. 12. 50 Ready fully-charged spare battery. 50 — 132 Technical Notes / Troubleshooting . 50 49. era. Indicator Control panel Viewfinder Solution Lock ring at minimum aperture 11 (blinks) (highest f/-number). underexposed. No memory card. 141 48. photo will be • Choose smaller aperture (larger overexposed. Camera malfunction. • Use optional Neutral Density (ND) filter. Change shutter speed or select “--” selected in mode M and mode M. Recompose photo or focus manually. 50 49. • View photo. • Battery is exhausted. 123 charged spare battery. • No lens attached. • Non-CPU lens attached.12. 50 122 43 48. • Increase shutter speed. • Reduce image quality or size. Subject too dark.• Battery can not be used in cam13 able. photo will be • Decrease shutter speed. f/-number). 74 15 22. (blinks) mode dial rotated to S. or camera has (blinks) run out of file or folder numbers. Insert memory card.Camera Error Messages and Displays This section lists the warning indicators and error messages that appear in the viewfinder. • Choose higher ISO sensitivity. 120. (blinks) • blinks for 3 s after flash fires: adjust settings and try again. Press shutter-release button again. • Choose lower ISO sensitivity. No memory for further photos at current settings. If error persists. • Attach lens (IX Nikkor excluded). and monitor. (blinks) • Insert new memory card.

74 Memory card has not been Highlight Format and press formatted for use in D80. • Insert another card. photos. make of camera. 65. File created or modified using computer or other Delete file or reformat mem. • Use Nikon-approved card.16. OK to format memory card. 102 corrupt. 15 75 Set Playback folder to All All photos in current folder or use Hide image to reveal 75. 122 • Card may be damaged. Memory card is locked (write protected). — running low. CARD IS NOT FORMATTED (blinks) Format No FOLDER CONTAINS NO IMAGES ALL IMAGES HIDDEN FILE DOES NOT CONTAIN IMAGE DATA CHECK PRINTER Continue Cancel — • Memory card is empty. 77 are hidden. Solution Insert memory card. sert new memory card. folder. If error occurs Printer is out of ink or ink is with ink remaining in printer. Technical Notes / Troubleshooting 133 . • Set Playback folder to All. check printer status. Replace ink. or file is ory card. • Unable to create new • Delete unwanted files or in.15. • Error accessing memory card. — Contact retailer or Nikonauthorized service representative. 15 THIS CARD CAN NOT BE USED (blinks) Slide card write-protect 15 switch to “write” position.Monitor NO CARD PRESENT CARD IS LOCKED Indicator Control panel Viewfinder / / (blinks) Problem No memory card. 74. • Current folder is empty. 65.

................................. Reset with when mode dial is rotated to new setting................................................................................................. Available with optional Speedlight only................... • Aperture.... Available Settings and Defaults The following table lists the settings that can be adjusted in each mode...... Reset with two-button reset ( 44)............................. NR ✔ High ISO NR ✔ Multiple exposure 1 Shooting mode 1 ✔ Autofocus mode 1 ✔2 Metering 1 Flexible program 1 Autoexposure lock 1 ✔ Exposure compensation 1 Bracketing 1 Flash mode 1 ✔2 Metering 1 1.............. 3 ✔ 2............ • Memory Card Capacity and Image Quality / Size .................................................................................................... Reset with Custom Setting R (Reset)................. • PictBridge: A standard developed through cooperation with the digital camera and printer industries..................................................................................................................................................... • Available Settings and Defaults .................................... S ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ A ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ M ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 134 Technical Notes / Appendix Shooting menu Other settings ✔ ✔2 ........................21: The D80 supports Exif (Exchangeable Image File Format for Digital Still Cameras) version 2.. a standard in which information stored with photographs is used for optimal color reproduction when the images are output on Exif-compliant printers... • Flash Control ....0: The Design Rule for Camera File Systems (DCF) is a standard widely used in the digital camera industry to ensure compatibility among different makes of camera................................ 4.. 3 ✔ 2 ✔ ✔ 3.......................... Sensitivity....................................... • Shutter Speeds Available with the Built-in Flash ................ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔2 P ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔2 ✔2 ✔2 ✔2 ✔2 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 2...................................................................... Optimize image Image quality 1 ✔ Image size 1 ✔ White balance 1 ISO sensitivity 1 ✔ Long exp..................... allowing photographs to be output directly to a printer without first transferring them to a computer. • DPOF: Digital Print Order Format (DPOF) is an industry-wide standard that allows pictures to be printed from print orders stored on the memory card................................................................................... • White Balance and Color Temperature ............................................................................................................ • Bracketing Programs........................................................21... • Exif version 2.. 134 134 138 139 140 140 141 141 141 Supported Standards • DCF Version 2...Appendix The Appendix covers the following topics: • Supported Standards ....................... and Flash Range............... 3 ✔ 2 ✔ 2........................................... • Exposure Program (Mode P)..................... 2..................................................

P 1: Beep 2: AF-area mode 3: Center AF area 4: Built-in AF assist illuminator 5: No memory card? 6: Image review 7: ISO auto 8: Grid display 9: Viewfinder warning 10: EV step 11: Exposure comp. 12: Center-weighted 13: Auto BKT set 14: Auto BKT order Custom Settings 4 15: Command dials 16: FUNC button 17: Illumination 18: AE-L/AF-L 19: AE lock 20: Focus area 21: AF area illumination 22: Built-in flash 23: Flash warning 24: Flash shutter speed 25: Auto FP 26: Modeling flash 27: Monitor off 28: Auto meter off 29: Self timer 30: Remote 31: Exposure delay mode 32: MB-D80batteries ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔2 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔2 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔2 ✔ ✔ ✔2 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔2 ✔ ✔ ✔2 ✔ ✔ ✔2 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ S ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ A ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ M ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Technical Notes / Appendix 135 .

ISO sensitivity Multiple exposure Shooting mode Focus area Focus lock AE lock hold Autofocus mode Metering Flexible program Exposure compensation Bracketing Flash mode Flash compensation FV lock 1.0) Off (0 frames) Fill flash Off (0.The following defaults are restored when a two-button reset is performed: P Image quality Image size White balance Fine tuning Choose color temp.000 K 100 Off Center Shooting menu Other settings S A M — — — Auto — — Auto — — — Slow 1 Matrix — Off (0. Auto slow sync. JPEG Normal L (3872 × 2592) — — — AUTO — — Center Single frame — Off Off AF-A Off Auto 0 5.0) Off 136 Technical Notes / Appendix .

Max. 12: Center-weighted 13: Auto BKT set 14: Auto BKT order 15: Command dials 16: FUNC button 17: Illumination 18: AE-L/AF-L 19: AE lock 20: Focus area 21: AF area illumination 22: Built-in flash 23: Flash warning 24: Flash shutter speed 25: Auto FP 26: Modeling flash 27: Monitor off 28: Auto meter off 29: Self timer 30: Remote 31: Exposure delay mode 32: MB-D80 batteries 1. shutter speed set to 1/30. sensitivity set to 800. Custom Settings On Single Dynamic Auto-area AF Normal frame On — Release locked On — Off On 1/3 step — — — — — ISO display Off AE/AF lock Off No wrap Auto — — — — — 20 s 6s 10 s 1 min. Min.The following defaults are restored with Custom Setting R (Reset): P 1: Beep 2: AF-area mode Auto-area AF 3: Center AF area 4: Built-in AF assist illuminator On — 5: No memory card? 6: Image review 7: ISO auto 8: Grid display 9: Viewfinder warning 10: EV step 11: Exposure comp. Off LR6 (AA-size alkaline) S A M Single area On Off 1 Off ø8 mm AE & flash MTR > Under > over Off TTL On 1/60 Off Off Technical Notes / Appendix 137 .

8 13.8 2.2 0.6 1.0 12.4 1.8 13.0 13. 138 Technical Notes / Appendix . 3. 2 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 23 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 NEF + JPEG Normal 3 NEF + JPEG Basic 3 NEF (RAW) JPEG Fine JPEG Normal JPEG Basic 1.7 0. Capacity of memory buffer drops if noise reduction is on. All figures are approximate.6 14.1 13.7 12. 2.2 2.7 1. File size varies with scene recorded and make of memory card. Size of NEF (RAW) images can not be changed. Image quality NEF + JPEG Fine 3 Image size L M S L M S L M S — L M S L M S L M S File size (MB) 1 17.3 0.Memory Card Capacity and Image Quality / Size The following table shows the approximate number of pictures that can be stored on a 1 GB Panasonic Pro HIGH SPEED card at different image quality and size settings. File size is the total for compressed NEF (RAW) and JPEG images.6 13. Image size applies to JPEG images only. Maximum number of frames that can be taken before shooting stops at ISO 100.3 Number of images 1 54 63 72 65 71 76 72 76 78 82 133 233 503 260 446 918 503 876 1500 Buffer capacity 1.2 15.4 4.

Aperture Shutter speed Technical Notes / Appendix 139 . When matrix metering is used. the above graph assumes an ISO sensitivity of ISO 200 equivalent. F (lens focal length) ≤ 55 mm 135 mm ≥ F > 55 mm F > 135 mm The maximum and minimum values for EV vary with ISO sensitivity.Exposure Program (Mode P) The exposure program for mode P is shown in the following graph. values over 16 / EV are reduced to 16 / EV.

400 K 7. positive * 2 frames: unmodified.100 K 2.400 K 6.600 K 5.200 K 5. 2.200 K 8.400 K 6.600 K 5. positive (three frames) or negative.700 K Choose color temp.000 K 4.000 K 9.800 K Flash 5.800 K 5. negative.700 K Dir. Number of frames Progress indicator Bracketing Increment Autoexposure and flash bracketing Custom Setting 10 (EV Step) set to 1/3 EV Custom Setting 10 (EV Step) set to 1/2 EV Display Increment Display Increment / EV / EV / EV 1 EV 1 EV 1 / EV 1 / EV 2 EV 1 / EV 2 EV White balance bracketing Display Increment 1 2 3 White Balance and Color Temperature Approximate color temperatures for each white balance setting are given below (values may differ from color temperatures given by photo color meters): Fine tuning White balance None –3 –2 –1 +1 +2 +3 Auto 3.800 K 2.400 K Shade 8.200 K 7.500 K – 8. positive * Order when Under > MTR > over is selected for Custom Setting 14 (Auto BKT order) is negative.Bracketing Programs The number of shots and bracketing increment are shown in the control panel as follows: Number of frames Bracketing increment Bracketing progress indicator The Bracketing Progress Indicator and Number of Frames Description 3 frames: unmodified.000 K 5.500 K – 9.800 K 5.800 K Cloudy 6.200 K 5. ranging from lowtemperature stadium lighting to high-temperature mercury-vapor lamps.000 K 6.900 K 2.500 K 5.700 K Fluorescent* 4. unmodified (two frames).900 K 4.300 K 5.500 K 7.000 K 2. negative * 2 frames: unmodified.000 K 4.600 K 5. 140 Technical Notes / Appendix .100 K 6. unmodified.300 K 3.200 K 3.600 K 6.800 K 8.400 K 5. sunlight 5.200 K 5.000 K Fine tuning added to value selected by camera Incandescent 3.700 K 3.900 K Not available White balance preset — * Color temperature range reflects wide variation among fluorescent light sources.200 K 6.000 K 3.000 K 3.

8 4 5.g.6–1.3 200 4. 4in.8 6. 7in. 100 1.6–2. Flash will still fire at shutter speeds as slow as 30 s when set to slow sync. 3 ft. the maximum value for aperture will be the maximum aperture of the lens.6 8 10 11 11 For each one-step increase in sensitivity (e.1 0.5 2. • Standard i-TTL Fill-Flash for Digital SLR: Flash output is adjusted for the main subject.5 6.4 2 2.6 7 11 16 125 1. or when exposure compensation is used. Technical Notes / Appendix 141 .1 8 6.1 10 14 20 200 2 2.6–1.5 1000 1250 1600 7.2 4.–3 ft.2 3.–2 ft.5 6.5 3. 7in. 2 ft.8 ft.Flash Control ( 42. M /–/ s * Slowest shutter speed at which flash will be used can be selected using Custom Setting 24 (Flash shutter speed).8 2. 2 ft.6–3.2 0. 2 ft.6 0. 2 ft. Mode .6 8 11 16 22 32 — — m 1. 120) The following types of flash control are supported when a CPU lens is sued in combination with the built-in flash or optional SB-800 or SB-600 Speedlights. 100 4 5.6 4.1 7.3 5.2 0.5 5 7.6 8 8.2 2.–21 ft.3 7.–10 ft. Shutter Speeds Available with the Built-in Flash The following shutter speeds are available when the built-in flash is used.. .7 7.5 4 3.–15 ft.2 3. 3 in.3 7.–5 ft.7 Maximum aperture at ISO sensitivity of 250 320 400 500 640 800 5 5. 2 ft.3 6.6 8 11 16 22 Aperture at ISO equivalent of 250 320 400 500 640 800 2.6 125 4.8 3. 7in.1 10 14 20 29 — — 1600 5.6 6.–7 ft.1 8 9 10 11 9 10 11 13 14 16 13 14 16 18 20 22 18 20 22 25 29 32 25 29 32 — — — Range 1000 4.6 2.3 9 13 18 25 — — 1200 5 7.–30 ft.5 4 4. . 2in.2 3.3 9 13 18 160 1. Sensitivity.6 6 6. Shutter speed Mode Shutter speed /–/ s /–1 s /–/ s S.8 4 5. 6in. 2 ft.5 5 5. A * Aperture.3 0.5 6. the maximum aperture (minimum f/-number) is limited according to ISO sensitivity when the built-in flash is used: Mode P. i-TTL balanced fill-flash for digital SLR is used in all other cases.6 0. 2 ft. P *.5 9 9.2 6 160 4. • i-TTL Balanced Fill-Flash for Digital SLR: Flash output is adjusted for a natural balance between the main subject and the background. If the maximum aperture of the lens is smaller than given above. 1in.6–0. and Flash Range Flash range varies with sensitivity (ISO equivalency) and aperture.7–6. 4 in.5 0. 3in. aperture is stopped down by half an f/-stop.0–9. Recommended for shots in which the main subject is emphasized at the expense of background details. .5 5 5.1 7. the brightness of the background is not taken into account.6–4. In the following modes. from 200 to 400). Standard i-TTL flash control is used with spot metering or when selected with the optional Speedlight.

2 million 23.94 × (50 mm lens at infinity. electronic range finder can be used if maximum aperture is f/5.5 times lens focal length. depth-of-field preview button stops aperture down to value selected by user (A and M modes) or by camera (other modes) Electronically controlled timer with 2.0 m -1 Quick return Instant return with depth-of-field preview When CPU lens is attached.0 to +19 EV (ISO 100 at 20 °C/68 °F) Single-area AF. 95% of lens (vertical and horizontal) Approx. 10 or 20 s duration Focus area can be selected from 11 focus areas • Autofocus (AF): Instant single-servo AF (AF-S). continuous-servo AF (AF-C).296 (Small) * IX-Nikkor lenses can not be used Picture angle Viewfinder Diopter Eyepoint Focusing screen Frame coverage Magnification Reflex mirror Lens aperture Depth-of-field preview Self-timer Focus-area selection Lens servo Storage Media File system Compression Autofocus Detection range AF-area mode Focus lock ISO sensitivity (Recommended Exposure Index) 142 Technical Notes / Specifications .0 and Digital Print Order Format (DPOF) • NEF (RAW): compressed 12-bit • JPEG: JPEG baseline-complaint TTL phase detection by Nikon Multi-CAM 1000 autofocus sensor module –1. Optical fixed eye-level pentaprism –2. –1.0 m -1) Type-B BriteView Clear Matte Screen Mark II with superimposed focus brackets and OnDemand grid lines Approx. dynamic-area AF.0 m -1 19.592 (Large) • 2. † Excluding lenses for F3AF Equivalent in 35 mm (135) format is approx.5 mm (–1. predictive focus tracking activated automatically according to subject status • Manual focus (M) SD (Secure Digital) memory cards.896 × 1. auto-area AF Focus can be locked by pressing the shutter-release button halfway (single-servo AF) or by pressing the AE-L/AF-L button 100 to 1600 with additional settings of up to 1 EV over 1600 in steps of / EV • 1. total pixels: 10.872 × 2.Specifications Type Effective pixels CCD Image size (pixels) Lens mount Compatible lenses * Type G or D Nikkor Micro Nikkor 85 mm f/2.6 or faster. auto AFS/AF-C selection (AF-A).8 mm. 5.944 (Medium) Nikon F mount with AF coupling and AF contacts All functions supported All functions supported except autofocus and some exposure modes All functions supported except 3D color matrix metering II All functions supported except 3D color matrix metering II and autofocus Can be used in mode M. camera supports SDHC Compliant with Design Rule for Camera File System (DCF) 2. 1. but exposure meter does not function.8D Other AF Nikkor † AI-P Nikkor Non-CPU Single-lens reflex digital camera 10.936 × 1.75 million • 3.0 to +1.6 × 15. 0.

nigh portrait).5% of frame) centered on active focus area Range (ISO 100 equivalent. 600. slow sync and slow sync with red-eye reduction available with optional Speedlight • . 50DX. bulb Auto (TTL white balance with 420-segment RGB sensor). or 22s is fully charged. blinks for about 3 s after flash is fired at full output Standard ISO hot-shoe contact with safety lock With SB-800. programmed auto (P) with flexible program. S. landscape. six manual modes with fine tuning. flash synchronization at shutter speeds of up to ⁄ s TTL flash control by 420-segment RGB sensor. preset white balance 2 to 3 exposures in increments of 1 • . 27. Available with SB-800 and CPU lens Available with such Speedlights as SB-800. or 10 mm circle in center of frame Spot Meters 3. macro close-up. rear-curtain sync. auto slow sync. shutterpriority auto (S). night landscape. auto slow sync with red-eye reduction. portrait. slow sync with red-eye reduction. 28. 2. . A. Flash Color Information Communication. fill-flash and red-eye reduction available with optional Speedlight • : Auto. : Auto. color matrix metering II (other CPU lenses). M: Fill flash. . 20 °C/68 °F) 2 to 20 EV (spot metering) Exposure meter coupling CPU coupling Mode Digital Vari-Program ( auto. 8. red-eye reduction Lights when built-in flash or SB-series Speedlight such as 800. (ISO) Shutter Speed White balance Bracketing Built-in flash Guide number (m/ft) Flash Sync contact Flash control TTL Auto aperture Non-TTL auto Range-priority manual Flash mode Flash-ready indicator Accessory shoe Nikon Creative Lighting System Monitor Video output External interface Tripod socket Technical Notes / Specifications 143 . : Auto flash with auto pop-up • P.5 in. 28DX. : Fill-flash and red-eye reduction available with optional Speedlight • P. 28DX. low-temperature polysilicon TFT LCD with brightness adjustment Can be selected from NTSC and PAL USB 2. slow sync. sports. aperture-priority auto (A). metering performed by 420-segment RGB sensor Center-weighted Weight of 75% given to 6. and R200. and FV Lock. Auto FP High-Speed Sync. 80DX. .0 Hi-speed ⁄ in. 13/42 at ISO 100 and 20 °C (68 °F) X-contact only. rear-curtain with slow sync.4 lens. and SB600.5 mm circle (about 2. 27.. A: Fill flash. 80DX.Exposure Metering Matrix Three-mode through-the-lens (TTL) exposure metering 3D color matrix metering II (type G and D lenses). SB-800. 230. . 600. auto with red-eye reduction. color temperature setting. 28. and 22s Available with SB-800 • .000-dot. M: Manual pop-up with button release Approx. red-eye reduction • S. supports Advanced Wireless Lighting (SB-600 and R200 only support AWL when used as remote flash). modeling Flash. 0 to 20 EV (3D color matrix or center-weighted metering) f/1. manual (M) Exposure compensation –5 to +5 EV in increments of / or ⁄ EV Bracketing Exposure and / or flash bracketing (2–3 exposures in increments of ⁄ or ⁄ EV) Exposure lock Exposure locked at detected value with AE-L/AF-L button Electronically-controlled vertical-travel focal plane shutter 30 to ⁄ s in steps of ⁄ or ⁄ EV. i-TTL balanced fill-flash for digital SLR and standard i-TTL fill-flash for digital SLR available with built-in flash.

5 × 56 × 21 mm (1.8 oz. 50/60 Hz DC 8.8 oz. Nikon will not be held liable for damages that may result from any mistakes that this manual may contain. memory card. or ZR6 nickel manganese AA batteries • EH-5 AC adapter (available separately) Approx.Firmware upgrades Supported languages Power source Firmware can be upgraded by user Chinese (Simplified and Traditional).0 in. Spanish. Italian. 39. Korean.5 × 1. or LCD monitor cover 0 to +40 °C (+32 to 104 °F) Less than 85% (no condensation) Dimensions (W × D × H) Weight Operating environment Temperature Humidity Unless otherwise stated.4 V DC • MB-D80 Multi-Power battery pack (available separately) with one or two rechargeable Nikon EN-EL3e Li-ion batteries or six LR6 alkaline. 132 × 103 × 77 mm (5. charging voltage (MH-18a quick charger): 7.3 in.4 × 2.800 mm (5 ft.). 90 × 35 × 58 mm (3.8 in.).6 × 2. MH-18a Quick Charger Rated input Rated output Supported batteries Charging time Operating temperature Dimensions (W × D × H) Length of cord Weight AC 100 to 240 V.) Approx. English. 11 in.2 × 0. 80 g (2. Swedish • One rechargeable Nikon EN-EL3e Li-ion battery.4 V / 1500 mAh Approx. 585 g (1 lb.) Approx. Russian. Japanese.) without battery. Finnish. 1. HR6 Ni-MH. 135 minutes 0 to +40 °C (+32 to 104 °F) Approx. German.1 × 3.4 V / 900 mA EN-EL3e rechargeable Li-ion batteries Approx. excluding power cable EN-EL3e Rechargeable Li-ion Battery Type Rated capacity Dimensions (W × D × H) Weight Rechargeable lithium-ion battery 7. Dutch. all figures are for a camera with a fully-charged battery operating at an ambient temperature of 20 °C (68 °F).) Approx. Polish. body cap. 80 g (2.2 × 4. excluding power cable Specifications Nikon reserves the right to change the specifications of the hardware and software described in this manual at any time and without prior notice. 5 oz. Portuguese.) Approx. French. 144 Technical Notes / Specifications . FR6 lithium.

Do not use focusing ring while camera is focusing. 24. See the accessory manual for details. attaches as shown below) Closest focus distance Aperture Aperture range Metering Filter diameter Dimensions (W × D × H) Weight Lens hood The following accessories can not be used with the 18–135 mm f/3. manual focus supported when A-M switch set to A or M. 70. Other accessories may also be incompatible.5 – 5. bellows attachments (all types). 50.6 oz.) HB-32 (available separately. manual focus. K rings (all types). aperture Construction Focal length scale Distance information Zoom Focus G-type AF-S DX Zoom-Nikkor lens with built-in CPU and Nikon mount Nikon DX format digital cameras 18 – 135 mm 1 : 3.6 – 38 (at 135 mm) Maximum aperture 67 mm (P=0. 385 g (13. 73.6 15 elements in 13 groups (including 1 ED glass element and 2 aspherical elements) 18.5 mm diameter × 86. and SX-1 attachment rings.5 – 22 (at 18 mm). 105. Technical Notes / Specifications 145 . 35. Focus can be adjusted by rotating lens focusing ring after locking focus in single-servo autofocus.5 mm/2.5 ft. 0.5–5. PK auto extension rings (all types).5–5.6G ED-IF AF-S DX: teleconverters (all types). BR-4 auto rings.18–135 mm f/3. 135 Supplied to camera body Zoom adjusted by rotating zoom ring Autofocus with Silent Wave Motor. Approx.4 in.6G ED-IF AF-S DX Zoom-Nikkor Lens (Available Separately) Type Supported cameras Focal length Max.9 × 3.45 m (1.) at all zoom positions Seven blade diaphragm with auto aperture f/3. f/5.75 mm) Approx.

built-in Speedlight fired at full power with every other shot. image size set to M.6G lens. continuous-servo autofocus. continuous-servo autofocus. image size set to L. Example 2: 600 shots AF-S DX IF ED 18–135 mm f/3. next shot taken after exposure meters have turned off.700 shots AF-S DX IF ED 18–135 mm f/3. • Use EN-EL3e batteries immediately after charging. temperature.5–5.6G lens. after six shots. Soiled contacts can reduce battery performance. shutter-release button pressed halfway for three seconds and focus cycled from infinity to minimum range three times. • Check battery status regularly using the Battery info option in the setup menu ( 107). monitor turned on for four seconds after each shot. cycle repeated once exposure meters have turned off. image quality set to JPEG Normal. single-frame shooting mode. The following measurements were performed at a temperature of 20 °C (68 °F). image quality set to JPEG Basic. shutter speed ⁄ s. Example 1: 2. continuous shooting mode.5–5. shutter-release button pressed halfway for five seconds and focus cycled from infinity to minimum range once. The following can reduce battery life: • Using the monitor • Keeping the shutter-release button pressed halfway • Repeated autofocus operations • Taking RAW (NEF) photographs • Slow shutter speeds To ensure maximum battery performance: • Keep the battery contacts clean.Battery Life The number of shots that can be taken with a fully-charged EN-EL3e battery (1500 mAh) varies with the condition of the battery. monitor turned on for five seconds and then turned off . 146 Technical Notes / Specifications . Batteries will lose their charge if left unused. and how the camera is used. shutter speed 1⁄250 s. The battery level displayed by the camera may vary with changes in temperature.

132 Aperture-priority auto. 92–93 (landscape mode). Aperture-priority auto. See also Clock. formatting. 24–25 (remote control indicator).Index Symbols 3D color matrix metering II. See Focus. 17. 101–102 Custom Settings. 35. 12–13. 36 Built-in AF-assist illuminator (Custom Settings menu). See also White balance Command dials (Custom Settings menu). 138 format. 58. See Black and white C Camera Control Pro. Shooting mode. 98 Auto image rotation (setup menu). control panel. 7. 86 (bracketing indicator). Shooting mode. 68. See Focus. Lens. 116. 12–13. 134–137. 91 Computer. 19–23 B Backlight. See also Memory card. World time Daylight saving time. Flash. 40. 24–25 CLS. mode Aperture. 49. Shutterpriority auto. See Focus. autofocus. continuous B/W. See Metering. 74 Depth of field. 38–39 (self timer indicator). Programmed auto. CPU Creative Lighting System (CLS). 103. 116–123 supplied. 132 Close up. Filter effects. 19–23 (close-up mode). See also Exposure. 110 DPOF See Digital Print Order Format Dust off ref photo (setup menu). Self timer. See Focus. 9 Default settings. 35. 36 (exposure compensation). Metering Center-weighted (Custom Settings menu). White balance Color mode. Manual mode bracketing. 132 battery. 127. autofocus. White balance. See also Battery. 26. 103. 134 Digital Print Order Format. bracketing. 93 BASIC. 99 program. 122. 73. See also Viewfinder D-lighting. 49. See Exposure. 3. 36. Filter effects. 50 meters. 26. See also Accessories. 24–25 A A. 81 Blur. Hue. 80 Color profile. 3. 89 electronic analog exposure display. See Center-weighted.21. Neutral Density (ND) Filter effects (retouch menu). See Design Rule for Camera File System DC-IN. 123 Capture NX. 140. 94 AF-A. See Focus Auto (Flash mode). 146 storage. 90 Clock. Autoexposure lock. 127 Battery info (setup menu). See Metering 420-segment RGB sensor. 24–25 (continuous shooting indicator). Flash. 89 Exposure delay mode (Custom Settings menu). White balance (auto mode). (Custom Settings menu). See also Printing. 3. brightness of Buffer size. Saturation. See Small picture CPU lens. 106. 87 Built-in flash (Custom Settings menu). 38 Delete (playback menu). Two-button reset Delete. battery. 99 Auto meter off (Custom Settings menu). 139 Exposure comp. 7 Adobe RGB. 91 Auto BKT set (Custom Settings menu). LCD brightness. 49 preview. 123 inserting. 36 Continuous-servo AF. 69 Continuous. ii. 99 Eyepiece cap. 54 (flash compensation). 66 Auto-area AF. 87 AF-assist illuminator. 37 (sports mode). 120 AE-L/AF-L (Custom Settings menu). optional. See Color mode Advanced Wireless Lighting. bracketing. Monitor. 89 Exif version 2. See Aperture-priority auto Accessories. 103. See also Aperture. mode Contrast. 140. 94 AE lock (Custom Settings menu). 24–25 (night portrait mode). 69. 106. 24–25 (night landscape mode). 99 Auto mode. 65. 95 Bulb. Trim CSM/Setup menu (setup menu). 49 Audio/video (AV) cable. 49–50. 24–25 Diopter. See Focus. 7. 18. Clock. 37 F File. 121 minimum. See AF-area mode Auto BKT order (Custom Settings menu). 134 Digital Vari-Program. 74. See also Optimize image. autofocus. See Shooting mode. 41 Auto FP (Custom Settings menu). 71. 59. 24–25 (portrait mode). 56–57. 89. 77. 23 (FV lock). 50. 33. 8. See Color mode. level. 79–80. 123 Center AF area (Custom Settings menu). reducing. Protecting photographs all images. 18. 95 AF-area mode (Custom Settings menu). 65 Delayed remote. Flash. bracketing Brightness. Tone compensation Copies. 77. 55 (flash-ready indicator). 108 Auto meter off. autofocus. See Color mode Color temperature. mode AF-S. 140 compensation. See also Modeling flash Design Rule for Camera File System. See Image quality Battery. MB-D80 EN-EL3e. 56–57 Black and white. 51. 106 Filter. See Firmware version Technical Notes / Index 147 . 90 Autoexposure lock. 141 maximum. 74 single-frame playback. 87 Center-weighted. 123. 49. See AFarea mode E Electronic range finder. 112 Firmware. See also World time DCF. 54. quick-response remote Bracketing. 53. optional optional. 103 (“clock not set” indicator). 50. 87 AF-C. sequence (setup menu). 119. 28. See Lens. See Color mode Color space. 103. 121 Crop. See also Battery info. See also AE lock Autofocus. mode AF area illumination (Custom Settings menu). 12–13 life. 111. 52–57. 74 selected images. 55. 110 D-lighting (retouch menu). 45. 134 Exposure. See also Exposure delay mode. 67–68. 107 Beep (Custom Settings menu). 86–100 D Date. delayed remote. See Long time-exposures Burst. 106–107 Dynamic area AF. See also Reset. 19. Shutter speed. 14. 36. See Creative Lighting System Color. 134 File no. 56–57. manual EV step (Custom Settings menu).

83 i-TTL flash control. 104 Image overlay (retouch menu). 75–77 PictureProject. See also Aperture-priority auto. 122 capacity. 103 cover. 51. 98 brightness of. 50–51 MB-D80. See Color temperature. preset Printing. 100 Mass storage. Shooting mode. 99 Reset. 74–78 thumbnail. See Programmed auto Focus. 69. Optimize image PRE. 64 Playback folder (playback menu). mode Multiple exposure. 124 auto off. 32. 34. 103 LCD brightness (setup menu). 6. 52 Mirror. 121 remote. 103 Language (setup menu). 30. 24 Focus area (Custom Settings menu). 19. 43 auto. See Image size M. 15–16. 34 NEF (RAW). Shutter-priority auto Modeling flash (Custom Settings menu). See (landscape mode). 16. See (night landscape mode). 35 Image size (shooting menu). PTP (flexible program indicator). 69. 32 tracking. 63 Histogram. optional. 94 Folder. 23. See Image quality. See (portrait (night portrait mode). 33. 92–93 G Grid display (Custom Settings menu). 67. 74–78 full frame. 83 Highlights. 123 Remote (Custom Settings menu). 34. See Image quality Quick-response remote. 65 PTP. 81 Image review (Custom Settings menu). See Metering Memory buffer. NR (shooting menu). 134 Pictmotion. 8 Monitor off (Custom Settings menu). AF-assist illuminator Image comment (setup menu). 118 Lighting. 107. 81 ISO auto (Custom Settings menu). 125–126 cleaning. See Flash. 123 Low-pass filter. See Filter. 23. 112 Moving subjects. 28–32. See USB. 35. 38 R RAW. Neutral Density (ND) Night photography. (night portrait mode) Noise. 91 O Off (Flash mode). 28–31 lock. 74–114. 122. 46. See Hide image High ISO NR (shooting menu). 42 Flash mode. 78 Programmed auto. See White balance. 93 Illuminator. 16. 103 Lens. See Image quality NTSC. See Accessories. 123 MB-D80 batteries (Custom Settings menu). 138 Memory card. Reset. See Video mode Number of exposures remaining. 102 Framing grid. 71–73. 125 dimensions of. 61–73. 95–97 optional. 90. 95 compensation. 102 playback. Programmed auto. 69. 142 Image size. 105 Format (setup menu). Digital Vari-Program. 105 Folders (setup menu). 119. 47 Protecting photographs. 106 Mode. 119–121. 78 Hiding images. 109–115 Rotate tall (playback menu). 106. 98 Flash warning (Custom Settings menu). 117 type G. 9–10 Metering. 88 Image sensor. optional P P. 75. Number of exposures remaining L L. 41 Optimize image (shooting menu). 86 Retouch menu. NEF (RAW) Rear-curtain sync. 92–93 FV lock. (night landscape mode) Language. See Backlight. 117 non-CPU. 102 lock. See Manual mode Manual mode. 83. 83 Long time-exposures. 88 Non-CPU lens. 124. control panel. 87 center. See USB. 9. 45. See Filter. non-CPU NORMAL. 26. 75 Portraits. 16. 116–117 CPU. See Image size Landscapes. 41 Red eye correction (retouch menu). 21. See Image quality. 96. 42. 138 K K. Print set Print set (playback menu). 69–73. Shooting mode. 112. 84–85 N ND. 56–57 built in. 84–85 Multiple exposure (shooting menu). 104 Picture Transfer Protocol. 61. 11. 79–81 Options. See also Grid display Front-curtain sync. 119 sync speed. 41 Remote. 8. 87 autofocus. See Accessories. 36. 45–51. delayed remote. 61 menu. quick-response remote Remote cord. See also PictBridge. NEF (RAW) Neutral Density. Neutral Density (ND) NEF (RAW). 35. 108 FINE. 117 type D. Auto mode. 106. See Programmed auto PictBridge. 88 ISO sensitivity (shooting menu). 125–126 M M. 47 Playback. Manual mode. mode). 63 zoom. 93. White balance Long exp. 119–121 range. 93. 42 FUNC button (Custom Settings menu). 100. 40–42. See also AFarea mode area. 63 Hue. 29–30 manual. 26. 88. 14. 69. 51. 43. 98 Monochrome. 98 Monitor.Firmware version (setup menu). NR No memory card? (Custom Settings menu). 15 Menus. See USB. 125–126 Mirror lock-up (setup menu). See Lens. 92 monitor preflash. Two-button reset Reset (Custom Settings menu). 89 H Hide image (playback menu). Focus. Mass storage Matrix. 30. 83. 31 mode. 23. 5. autofocus. PTP Q Quality. See also Black and white Monochrome (retouch menu). See Default settings. 111 Red-eye reduction. 138 approved. 141 ready indicator. See (sports mode). Long exp. 55 level. 40–42 Flash shutter speed (Custom Settings menu). 75 recording. 114–115 Image quality (shooting menu). 43. See Image quality Flash bracketing. 114–115 Image quality. 36. 80 I Illumination (Custom Settings menu). 98 Flexible program. See also High ISO NR. 141 J JPEG. See also CSM/Setup menu using. 75 148 Technical Notes / Index . 138 formatting. 78. 88 ISO sensitivity.

36 Shutter. See Playback W (white balance indicator). 103 VIDEO OUT. 50–51. 80 SD. 79–85 Shooting mode. 67–68. See ISO sensitivity Sepia. 111 Two-button reset. 70. 80 Shooting menu. autofocus. 70. 101–108 Sharpening. 6 Viewfinder warning (Custom Settings menu). 89. 82 White balance (shooting menu). See Shutter-priority auto (single-frame shooting indicator). See Slide show Slide show (playback menu). See Focus. 58–60. 14. 82. 8. 80 Trim (retouch menu). 36 Single-servo autofocus. 99 Self timer (Custom Settings menu). 103 Technical Notes / Index 149 . See Monochrome Setup menu. 67–68. 22. World time Time exposure. 122 focus. 17. 108 S S. See Memory card Secure Digital. See Self timer Sensitivity. See Image size Slide show. 36 delayed remote. 89 Viewing photographs. See also Clock. 104 PTP. 36–39 continuous. 122. 70. 36. 41 Small picture (retouch menu). 17 indicators. 67. See Long time exposures Thumbnail. 66 Viewfinder. thumbnail TTL. See Memory card Self timer. 48 Single area AF. 104 V Video device. 75. 104 USB (setup menu). 99 Self-portraits. 38 quick-response remote. 58–60 White balance. 112–113 Speedlight.Rotating photographs. 6. 67–68. mode Size. See also Exposure Shutter-priority auto. 82 World time (setup menu). See also Viewfinder warning accessories. 75–77 Slow sync. 44 U USB. 59–60. 90 preset. See Built-in flash Tone compensation. See also Color temperature bracketing. See Color mode T Television. See Metering sRGB. 66 Video mode (setup menu). See AF-area mode Single frame. 36 Saturation. 103. See Playback. 22. 104 cable. 38 self timer. See Image size S. 48 speed. 48. 70 Mass storage. 66 Time. See Flash Spot. 37 single frame.

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful